An Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an

طرح کلی اندیشه اسلامی در قرآن

A series of twenty-eight lectures delivered during the holy month of Ramadan, 1353 (1974), in four parts: Faith, Tawhid, Prophethood, and Wilayah. This English edition is a faithful, full translation of the Persian original.

Note

Forty years have passed — forty years…

A precious and cherished jewel was right there, all around us, yet we were heedless of it and deprived of its blessing. A radiant jewel from the limpid ocean of the Wise Qur’an, a luminous jewel of the very substance of the Book of Light — for forty years it gathered dust, and its absence pained a people thirsting for the teachings of the Qur’an and the Ahl al-Bayt. A jewel without peer or match, named A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an.

* * *

In the closing days of the summer of 1353 (1974), the prayer leader of a small, half-finished mosque — the Mosque of Imam Hasan al-Mujtaba, at the far end of the Sarshur Bazaar in Mashhad — with the arrival of the month of Ramadan, draws up a new program for his mosque. Sayyid 'Ali Khamene’i, thirty-five years old, with his tall stature and his penetrating eyes, resolves that every day of the blessed month, after the noon and afternoon prayers, he will stand behind the lectern with the Qur’an in hand and deliver a lecture for one hour, on the subject of A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an.

With the start of these sessions, the city of Mashhad is thrown into a stir. In the final days of summer — at the hour of the noon prayer, when the city normally empties out and people give themselves over to a few hours of rest — in one corner of the city an extraordinary bustle is afoot. People, old and young, women and men, from near and far, in the searing heat of the noon hours, with the parched tongues of those who are fasting, are on the move toward the Mosque of Imam Hasan. All of them eagerly make their way to this mosque so that they may drink deeply from the blessing-laden table of teachings that the young sayyid has spread out for them in the best month of God, and quench their thirst.

Each day the number of listeners to this young cleric grows, and his gathering becomes more crowded. Soon there is no longer even any room to sit in the very large garage behind the mosque. When you cast your eyes about, you see that people of every class are seated there: seminary student, university student, schoolchild, tradesman, local resident, woman, man — and most of them young. The medical students have hired a bus to bring them each day from the university to the prayer and then take them back after the session.

In the session of Sayyid 'Ali Aqa-yi Khamene’i, everything is fresh and new. Before the session begins, each person is handed a mimeographed sheet on which a summary of the session’s discussion has been written. The lecturer, contrary to custom, does not sit on the pulpit (minbar); he stands behind the lectern and each day, with a fasting tongue, for more than an hour, speaks with fervor and in a loud voice. After the lecture, a Qur’an reciter sits in a place that has been prepared for him atop the pulpit and recites — in a beautiful voice and tone — the verses that were taken up in that session’s discourse. The mosque’s session bears more resemblance to a classroom lesson than to an ordinary lecture.

These are years — years of suffocation, despotism, and the dictatorship of the Pahlavi regime; black years of torture and of killing under torture. In these dark years — during which Imam Khomeini was living in exile — it was impossible, in any religious gathering, to utter the slightest word about, or even allude to, the sensitive matters of the regime of the Taghut. SAVAK is at the height of its power and has informers everywhere. Reciting the verses pertaining to jihad and struggle is a crime, and if a lecturer mentions the name of the Children of Israel in a verse and makes any allusion to Israel, his gathering is shut down and he himself is imprisoned. For all that, the young cleric of the Mosque of Imam Hasan is a veteran of the struggle. He knows how to conduct the lecture-session so as not to be caught by SAVAK’s agents. With the utmost shrewdness and discernment, he opens a passageway for conveying the light of God’s word to a people kept far from the Qur’an. Mr. Khamene’i, with the greatest precision and astuteness, sets forth the entire body of Islamic beliefs in the language of the Qur’an in such a way that the people — beyond rebuilding their own beliefs upon the foundation of the teachings of the Qur’an — also begin to think about bringing an Islamic society into being! The young sayyid begins his discussions with Faith, carries them on to Tawhid, and then, by taking up Prophethood and Wilayah — and with the ending of the month of Ramadan — brings this pure and matchless course on belief to its conclusion. In these sessions the young sayyid was able, by sowing the seed of conscious Faith in the hearts and souls of the youth of Mashhad, to reconcile them with the Qur’an — and to draw the cherished Qur’an out of the estrangement of the mantelpiece niches, the marriage-contract spreads, and the funeral gatherings, and to place it in the hands of the young.

For years on end, certain people who had no correct understanding of religion had, with their rigid notions, kept the people away from the Qur’an under various pretexts and excuses — for instance, that understanding the Qur’an is not the business of ordinary people, and that the Qur’an should be read only in hope of its reward, and other such talk; talk that the governments welcomed. But Sayyid 'Ali Aqa-yi Khamene’i regarded these things either as the enemy’s plot or as the misunderstandings of the elite. He himself was enraptured by the Qur’an, a lover of the Qur’an, a devotee of the Qur’an, and he had girded himself to put an end to the Qur’an’s neglected estrangement. Firm and steadfast, with warm and captivating speech, he would take the Qur’an in hand, stand behind the lectern, and devote his entire being to the words of God. He wanted to revive pure Islamic thought once more, from the heart of the purest of divine texts, and to bring the Qur’an back into the hearts and the conduct of a Muslim people.

In the end, a few months after the sessions of the General Outline came to an end at the Mosque of Imam Hasan, and following the sessions explicating the Nahj al-Balagha, Sayyid 'Ali Aqa-yi Khamene’i is arrested and taken off to the capital of oppression; he is sent to one of the most terrifying torture-chambers of that era of the world: the "Joint Committee Against Sabotage."

* * *

Now forty years have passed since that unforgettable month of Ramadan, and in these forty years that ocean of Qur’anic teachings has remained only in the breasts of those same few thousand Mashhadi listeners, and the rest of the thirsting were deprived of it. In these forty years, of those pure Qur’anic teachings there remained only a report and a trace — just enough that we might be certain they had once existed — and only a small booklet bearing the name A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an.

Yes! Forty years were lost and gone. But thanks and praise be to God all the same that at last, after the passing of all these years, the dust has been lifted from this treasure-hoard, and that luminous jewel has lifted its head and come into view. Al-hamdu lillah…

A forty-year-old vintage has raised its dignity and its allure, while from every one of its words there rains down freshness and youth. Let us open our arms to this dear guest who has remained on the road for forty years. The treasure-hoard A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an has reached us out of the dark, black years of utter suffocation — for today, for tomorrow, and for the tomorrows to come — so that it may illuminate hearts. Alas for the years that have gone by…

The Booklet A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an

A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an was the fifth written work of His Eminence Ayatollah Khamene’i, published before the Revolution, in the year 1354 (1975).

This booklet was a collection of those very mimeographs that had been handed out to those present at the daily Ramadan sessions at the Mosque of Imam Hasan in 1353 (1974) — together with a preface that the author himself had written upon it before publication. A preface in which the necessity and the indispensability of presenting a general outline of Islamic thought grounded in the Qur’an are well expressed, and its aims and fruits are mentioned and its accomplishments explained to the reader.

What is striking is that the text of this very booklet, for all its brevity and concision, set the individual and the social dimensions of religion squarely side by side and offered a fresh and original reading of the Qur’an. A booklet outwardly brief, yet with a profound content.

In addition to this booklet, after the Revolution, the content of six of the twenty-eight sessions of this collection was published in the form of a pamphlet titled Wilayat by the Islamic Republic Party in the year 1360 (1981); it was never reprinted and is not readily available.

How Sahba Came to Obtain the Tapes of the Sessions

For a long time, gaining access to the content of these sessions was one of our heart’s wishes and prayers — until one day we saw an interview with Mr. Murtada Sadat-Fatimi about his Qur’anic activity before the Revolution, and about a tape-sales center that he had had on Sanabad Street in Mashhad. He is among the country’s distinguished Qur’an reciters and masters who, in the period before the Revolution, were among the companions, intimates, and trusted associates of the Supreme Leader, and who after the Revolution likewise continue to enjoy his attention and favor.

At one point in the interview Mr. Sadat-Fatimi had said that at that time he had been in charge of the audio recording of the General Outline sessions. We did not hesitate; we went to Mashhad and presented ourselves before him. We brought up his interview and asked about the audio of the General Outline sessions. He told us that the audio of all the sessions had been recorded, that the book A General Outline of Islamic Thought had also been published, and that one could obtain the content of the sessions from that book. When we put it to him that the book contained only the content of the mimeographs and was empty of the text of the sessions themselves, he was astonished and lamented. We asked him whether he still had the tapes. The answer was yes — but the reels, which were the original source-documents themselves, had gone to the central archive holding the documents pertaining to the author, and he had only a single copy on a cassette tape.

Mr. Sadat-Fatimi, without any expectation in return, placed those tapes at our disposal, and we for our part were never able to thank him as we ought to have. He humbly did the very same thing that had been entrusted to him forty years before: distributing and reproducing the tapes for trusted associates. It was as though, after long years, once again someone had come from afar to the center for distributing religious tapes in order to procure Mr. Khamene’i’s tapes — and he did the very same thing he used to do in the years before the Revolution. May God preserve his luminous, Qur’anic being.

Because the tapes had been recorded over from the reels, they had certain defects: for example, they begin from the middle of the discussion rather than from the start of the session; or they generally end at the conclusion of the discussion and do not include the recitation of the Qur’an and the supplication of the author — for the sessions generally ran longer than an hour.

One option was to wait in the hope of gaining access to the reel tape — a thing all but remote and beyond possibility. After careful study of the content of the sessions, we reached the conclusion that nothing of the content had been lost, save to the extent of one or two percent. We therefore decided to publish the book, so that whenever, at any time, we found new audio bearing upon the content of the sessions, we might add it to the book.

The Value and Standing of the Book

The value of this book’s content will become ever more apparent to the reader through careful study, review, repeated reading, and supplementary reading. Here, by briefly setting out the book’s distinguishing features, we make the esteemed reader more keenly aware of the importance of publishing and studying it, so that — being conscious of the value of the book’s content — he may set aside suitable and sufficient time to study it, and apply himself to it with precision and keen attention.

The present book is a work unique in its correct and complete presentation of Islamic thought. This book differs from the numerous books that have been written under the title of Islamic Thought or Principles of Belief. Those books treat the doctrinal principles of religion largely as mental concepts, and set themselves to proving the correctness of these principles and answering the doubts that have been raised. In contrast to those books, A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an introduces the essential matters of religion in a manner that engenders commitment. Hence the first feature is precisely this: that this book is not of the kind of theological (kalami) works that take up the course of proof and refutation.

The second feature of the book is its presentation of a general picture of Islamic thought to the whole world — not only to Muslims, but to each and every human being, whether a monotheist or not. Anyone, with any idea or way of thinking, can be an addressee of this book, because the course of the discussion and the points presented in the book are so logical and so far removed from any kind of bigotry that they will meet with the approval of every sound mind.

The third feature of the book is that in it a fresh definition of religion is given to the reader. A definition that does not regard religion as merely a collection of separate intellectual or practical principles, but rather defines it as a unified whole whose parts have been set side by side in a particular order.

This book is an eloquent testament to the efforts of His Eminence Ayatollah Khamene’i toward the revival of Islamic thought — in those years when the concepts of religion had been emptied of their true meanings and nothing remained of them but a husk. Although the movements and the words of certain Islamic thinkers had once again turned attention toward Islam and its profound concepts, what was lacking — or altogether absent — was a comprehensive outline of religion. An outline that could fill the intellectual void of Muslims in the face of the hollow, empty human schools of thought, and prepare the ground for the penetration of Islam among societies and free-thinking people.

His Eminence Imam Khomeini[1] was assuredly the reviver of Islam in this age. With the start of the Imam’s uprising, the name of Islam was once again on everyone’s lips, and the dormant hearts of the Muslims were awakened. After the Imam’s exile, this fervor and ardor that had been kindled became, for the Imam’s struggling disciples, a fertile ground for deep intellectual and faith-based work — for building a firm substructure of the pure thought of Muhammadan Islam.

The presentation of such an outline was not feasible save from a thinker who was aware and responsible, familiar with the concepts of the Qur’an and conscious of the purpose and the destination of religion. His Eminence Ayatollah Khamene’i — sensing this void and need in society, and with mastery over the works of Islamic thinkers and through association with the time-conscious scholars of the age such as the martyr Mutahhari, and with command over and devotion to the Qur’an — set forth the discussions of A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an in the blessed month of Ramadan; discussions that, owing to their presentation of a comprehensive view of monotheistic thought and their consideration of the various dimensions of human life, are a gateway for entering the domain of Islamic thought. This is the fourth feature of this book.

The fifth feature of the book is its reflection of his fresh and original view of religious concepts. Although the words of the Qur’an are words that have reached the listener’s ear time and again, in his speech they take on a fresh life; a view that grants new dimensions to religious concepts — and that, in those days, came in for criticism:

"A certain group in Mashhad raised an uproar against me, asking why so-and-so had said these things under the word 'Wilayat' — whereas this was not a denial of the wilayat that they used to speak of. They said wilayat means love. Well, we accept the love of the Imams; wilayat means belief in the Imamate of 'Ali (peace be upon him) — that we did accept. There were certain things, over and above these, that we had discovered in the word 'wilayat.' I gathered together the verses of wilayat in the Qur’an — the verses in which the word 'wilayat' is used; for instance, imagine “There, the [protective] authority [walayah] belongs to God.”[2] and many verses; from these verses I put forward, I set out, a new interpretation of the word 'wilayat.' Well, this ought to have been deemed a thing of value. In the field of medicine, if someone comes along and — suppose — puts forward a new idea about typhoid that adds to the previous knowledge, how do they treat him? Well, they honor him, they show him respect, they thank him. In religious matters, if a new word was put forward, if a fresh interpretation was set out on some question — even though it did not impugn the words of the past, simply by virtue of being new — a certain group would set about opposing it; and this state of affairs still persists in a certain group even now."[3]

The sixth feature of the book is the conformity of its discussions with the political-militant conduct (sirah) of the Imams (peace be upon them) for the establishment of Islamic governance. His view of the life of the Imams — gathered in the collection of episodes The 250-Year-Old Person — had led him, in the arena of struggle, always to keep three points in mind: first, expounding Islam in its correct form; second, speaking of the Islamic society and the 'Alawi government; and third, speaking of the ruler of the Islamic society and directing people to the actual exemplar. This book is an example of his shrewd manner of struggle in that dark era. "Under the former regime, at times when things became very hard for us and I was lecturing at the Mosque of Karamat or the Mosque of Imam Hasan in Mashhad, a point that I thought it would be severely harmful for the system and the regime for people to know, I would put forward without making the slightest allusion to the apparatus. Nor did I make any taunt or innuendo whatsoever against the apparatus. For instance, suppose that at that time we would say 'the 'Alawi government.' If we said 'Islamic government,' they would grow sensitive. We would say 'the 'Alawi order' or 'the 'Alawi government.' My discussions in those days were full of such expressions. It was as though we were slipping a crowbar under the root of the apparatus so as to wrench it out with a single heave. And the apparatus was not even aware of it, because it did not strike its trunk at all."[4]

The seventh feature of the book is its special attention to the chief affliction of human and Muslim societies — namely, the weakness of faith. By plunging deep into various verses of the Qur’an, he introduces the reality of Faith to his audience and explains that this conscious, commitment-bearing belief, if it is correctly known, is like the spirit that sets the body in motion: it brings beliefs onto the stage of life and human gatherings, and then this Faith becomes a maker of human beings and a maker of society.

The eighth feature of the book is the unity-engendering character of its discussions for the Islamic Ummah. The author at that time, with the insight he possessed, clearly perceived the hidden hands of colonialism at work in sowing discord among the Islamic Ummah; therefore, by relying upon the fundamental doctrinal principles of Islam, such as Tawhid, and by attending carefully to their dimensions, he prepared the ground for the unity of the Islamic Ummah in the face of the Taghuts of the age.

The author’s effort and striving to teach his audience the method of pondering (tadabbur) and going deep into the Qur’an is the ninth feature of the book. He would generally select a group of verses for his discussions and, while translating the verses, would encourage his audience to find the relation of the verses with one another. As he translated and explained the verses, he advanced step by step alongside his audience and impelled them to reflect upon and discover the connection among the verses. And by the interpretation that he offered of the verses, he created in his audience a fresh view toward the Qur’an.

The tenth feature of the book is His Eminence Ayatollah Khamene’i’s particular attention to the young. What emerges from his words in this series of lessons is that the principal addressees of these sessions are generally the young. "When I look at you dear young university students, I am reminded of the Mosque of Karamat and the Mosque of Imam Hasan al-Mujtaba; for there too these same people — these same people of you, of thirty-five years ago — would sit, and the exegesis of the Qur’an, the exegesis of the Nahj al-Balagha, and the foundations of the Islamic uprising were debated and discussed, written down and spoken. We got beaten for it too — both you got beaten, and we got beaten. The tyrannical apparatus of the Taghut could not, in those days, tolerate a seminary student sitting with a gathering of university students and speaking of religion — especially since our student gathering in those days was also a warm gathering; it was a populous and densely packed gathering. To be sure, these crowds that you see today, after the Revolution, formed nowhere and on no occasion before the Revolution; but compared to the sessions and assemblies of those days, perhaps no assembly in the country — no student assembly — possessed the unity, the uniformity, and the density of the assembly at the Mosque of Imam Hasan or the Mosque of Karamat, where I would give exegesis lessons for the students."[5]

Beyond all the unique features that have been mentioned, the importance of this book among the author’s works lies in two respects:

The first respect is that the content of these sessions, from beginning to end, is all arranged according to the author’s own view. From the selection of the title A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an for the collection of sessions and for the booklet that was published, to the ordering of the sections of Faith, Tawhid, Prophethood, and Wilayat, the selection of a title for each session, the manner of entering into and exiting from a discussion, the selection of verses, and so on — all of it was according to his own view.

The second respect is that one may say there is no essential and important topic that has not been touched upon in this collection. More important than this is that this outline is, in truth, an expression of the author’s intellectual system. In the course of these sessions, he has set forth the foundations of his own intellectual system, drawn from the verses of the Qur’an and the conduct of the Imams. The truth of this claim becomes more evident when, with a careful eye, we examine the author’s words and orientations across these years. No general and fundamental line is to be found that does not have its root in this delineated system. Even the verses taken up in this series of sessions are among the verses that he ordinarily employs in his addresses. Hence the reader, by studying the present book, has taken an important step toward becoming acquainted with the author’s intellectual system.

"A few years ago I had gone to Mashhad; one of our old friends — who has been very much present at our private and public discussions, and whom I still see a great deal — gave me a tape and said, please, listen to this tape just as you are, sitting in the car. I said, very well. I put on the tape, and I saw that he had searched through my lectures of long-ago periods and had selected from each a piece in which there is the image of the future, the promise of the future, and the 'Alawi government — and he wishes to ask me: do you still have that same image in mind even now? Of course, his objection did not hold. Afterward I saw him in person and told him this objection does not hold. Even now, if I wanted to speak in that station, I would say the very same things, and my word has not changed.

I once held continuous sessions of lectures, thirty in all, for a month of Ramadan at the Mosque of Imam Hasan in Mashhad. At that time little importance was attached to recording lectures; but, exceptionally, all thirty of these lectures were recorded. These lectures are a fine source for catching me out! In those lectures, Tawhid, Imamate, Wilayat, Prophethood, and other fundamental topics are discussed — which even now I affirm. These were the intellectual foundations for bringing an Islamic system into being; although at that time we were not hopeful that an Islamic system would be realized in six or seven years' time. We would say that even if it is not brought about for another fifty years, in the end these are its intellectual foundations. That work was about giving direction to the thought of the young generation of those days."[6]

The Style of the Book’s Arrangement

While preserving the order of the sessions in the book, the course of the presentation of the material within a single session, the tone of the author’s speech, the material unrelated to the content within the sessions, and the inclusion of the mimeographs of that time — we have endeavored to make the content of the work itself convey the serial nature of the sessions, their style, the atmosphere of the sessions, the limited facilities, and the venue where the sessions were held.

* * *

In arranging the content of this book, several things have been done:

  1. The main body of the book has taken shape from the setting side by side of the content of the sessions. The book has four main sections, named Faith, Tawhid, Prophethood, and Wilayat, beneath each of which the related sessions appear. To preserve the independent identity of the sessions, the session title and the date of the session’s holding have been inserted at the beginning of each session. The end of each session, too, has been marked by the placement of that session’s mimeograph.

  2. To preserve the flow of each session’s content, in the manner that the author had expressed it, we have refrained from breaking up his words and inserting subheadings. Thus the reader keenly senses the flow of a single session’s content.

  3. In most of the cassette tapes of the sessions, the opening sentences of the session were not recorded. In the audio of one or two sessions, the author began the session with the recitation of a few selected verses of that session. We too, in order that all the sessions might have a uniform opening, in light of the author’s method of reciting verses in those two sessions, have begun the sessions with verses of the Qur’an; but since we did not wish the reader to imagine that the author had recited these verses, the verses have been set in a form distinct from the body text.

  4. The tone of Ayatollah Khamene’i’s speech in the General Outline sessions of the year '53 differs in certain respects from the manner and tone of the author’s speech during the period of his Leadership. We for our part resolved to arrange the book in such a way that his tone would be conveyed to the reader. His tone of speech in those years is the tone of a revolutionary orator who, with great fervor and ardor, stands behind the lectern and speaks to a gathering of the young. His speech is warm and captivating, and his words are fresh and engaging. We therefore made our every effort, by inserting precise editorial marks alongside smoothing out the text, to convey the author’s tone of speech to the reader in the best possible way.

  5. Another thing that helps in conveying the atmosphere of the session and the circumstances of that period is the incidental material that the author expressed in the midst of his talks. Preserving this material within the main discussion causes interruptions and, in some cases, the losing of the thread of speech. On the other hand, in some cases the author touched upon points that are pleasant for the reader to hear and that make him aware, to some degree, of the circumstances of that period. To include this material, we have set it in a different typeface, within parentheses. The reader of the book is free to read these portions or to pass over them.

  6. Another of the book’s components is its mimeographs, which were handed out to those present at the beginning of each session. We have placed images of them at the end of the relevant session. After writing the material pertaining to the mimeographs, the author would give it to a person so that the material would first be written out in fine calligraphy and then mimeographed from that sheet. The style and the script of the writing of the mimeographs indicate that more than one person wrote these mimeographs. It was by God’s grace that, in the course of the project, we found seventeen of those mimeographs. Taking these mimeographs as a model — in terms of script and appearance — and using the text of the session summaries in the booklet A General Outline of Islamic Thought, we reconstructed ten more mimeographs and placed them at the end of the relevant sessions. The errors present in the mimeographs — especially in the verses — were also corrected.

  7. The main body of the book and its flow of content took shape through the arranging of the sessions side by side; but we felt it a pity not to include in this book the preface that the author wrote for the publication of the collection of mimeographs. Anyone who has read that preface will, with a glance at this book, confirm that the author’s preface was, more than it suited the case of that booklet, set down in writing for these sessions and the content expounded in them.

  8. Since the verses of the text are constantly broken up and repeated, or another verse is introduced amid them as a corroborating example, the reader may run into difficulty in correctly identifying the verses. To solve the problem: first, the verses of the Qur’an have been set in a different typeface; second, when the author reads the first portion of a group of verses for translation and explanation, the citation for that group of verses appears in the footnote. In this case, a footnote has been inserted only for those verses that, in between, have been recited from somewhere else. So that the narrations may be distinguished by their Arabic phrasing and terminology, they have been set in «» and in an Arabic font. Because there is an index of narrations at the end of the book, we have refrained from inserting their citations on the pages, and have referred the reader to the index merely by the mention of a number.

* * *

At the end of the book there are two indexes: the index of verses and the index of narrations. The index of verses comprises the collection of verses that are cited in the text of the book. The verses are arranged in order of surah and verse number. In these sessions, the author recited more than three hundred verses. Owing to the observance of brevity and the mention of the meaning of the verses in the text of the session and in the mimeographs, the repeated mention of the meaning of the verses in the index has been avoided. In this index, the portions of a verse that the author recited are in black, and the portions that were not recited are in gray. This manner of presentation provides a context and a ground for the reader’s greater acquaintance and intimacy with the Qur’anic foundations of the topics taken up and the key verses in the thought of the Supreme Leader.

In the index of narrations, the order in which the hadiths are placed is, first, according to the order of the Infallibles, and, in the second stage, according to the page number of the book. The Arabic texts that are not a narration from an Infallible but describe a historical event are not in this index, and their citation has been inserted as a footnote in the main text of the book.

We also thank the esteemed masters, Messrs. Ghulam-Rida Khalaj and Mas’ud Najabati, who undertook the labor of the calligraphy of the book’s Bismillah and the design of the book’s emblem.

If someone takes a broad and deep look at the span of the luminous life of His Eminence Ayatollah Khamene’i — and especially at the period of his Leadership — and reflects upon the root of his orientations and actions, and searches for this root in his own words, he will find one of the most prominent and most effective roots to be "the verses of the Holy Qur’an."

The bond of His Eminence with the Qur’an, although it goes back to childhood and to the foot of his mother’s Qur’anic tales and his learning of the 'amma-juz' [the thirtieth part of the Qur’an] in the maktab-khanah [traditional schoolhouse], very soon turns into a bond of affection, of knowledge, and of practical application, and day by day its depth and effect increase. The "movement of return to the Qur’an" first occurs within His Eminence the Master himself, and the Qur’an becomes the most important and most practically useful road-map and the most reliable guide, illuminating for the human being the great and the small of thoughts, beliefs, faiths, orientations, traits, deeds, relations, and so on — in the individual, the social, and the governmental domain. The examination and recognition of this bond, in its outward dimensions (special attention to powerful and beautiful recitation, memorization, calligraphy, and so on) and in the meaning of the verses, is a most sweet and instructive undertaking that calls for a separate and ample occasion. We hope this important matter may come about among Sahba’s products.

The adoption of the epithet "Qur’anic Leader" for His Eminence Ayatollah Khamene’i is a claim that, on the one hand, goes back to the recognition of that bond and shows his deep and long-standing intimacy with the Qur’an; and, on the other hand, derives from attention to his addresses and to the original, precise, manifest, and disclosed Qur’anic uses within them, as well as from reflection upon his decisions and actions — which guides us to the Qur’anic wellsprings.

A General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an is perhaps the most important intellectual cornerstone for recognizing the thought of this "Qur’anic Leader" and for benefiting from his Qur’anic teachings. Yet this line has many points, great and small, and we hope that by moving along the luminous path of the school of the "Qur’anic Leader" we may benefit from them, and become Qur’anic to the extent of our own capacity.

* * *

Our Leader, dearer to us than our own souls, is a grace from the holy and merciful being of His Eminence al-Rida (upon him be thousands of greetings and praise); for whatever our nation possesses is from the blessings of the Sun of Tus. "Sahba," from the very beginning, has set out by recourse to His Eminence 'Ali ibn Musa and has been a sipper at his threshold, so that it might take a single step in the weighty duty of conveying the teachings and lights of this Leader — this Ridawi gift — to the longing and thirsting people. We hope that, through the attention and prayer of His Eminence al-Rida, this small step may meet with the satisfaction of his precious son, His Eminence the Master of the Age and the Time [the Imam of the Age].

Fatimiyyah 1434 — Farvardin 1392 (March–April 2013)

* * *

The Discourse "The Spirit of Tawhid: The Negation of Servitude to Other than God"

The tenth discourse of the collection of Sahba discourses is the discourse "The Spirit of Tawhid: The Negation of Servitude to Other than God." This discourse is an article that the author wrote at the request of a university student and in answer to the question "What role does belief in Tawhid actually play in a human being’s life?" This article was published for the first time in the year 1356 (1977) in a book titled The Monotheistic Worldview (Didgah-i Tawhidi). Although the title of this article bears a resemblance to the title of the twelfth session of this book, in terms of content it is deeper and is, in truth, a summary and a conclusion of all the discussions of the chapter on Tawhid.

* * *

In response to the many requests of Sahba’s audience for listening to the audio of the book, an audio collection has been prepared. This collection comprises: the complete audio of the sessions, twenty-eight audio segments of the session summaries, ten thematic audio segments, and ten audio segments about the session and its margins. To obtain whichever items you wish, you may go to the address jahadi.ir/sahba/tarhekoli.

Urdibihisht-mah 1399 (May 2020)

Author’s Introduction

To present Islam as a social school of thought, possessed of coherent and harmonious principles and oriented toward the collective life of human beings, is one of the most urgent necessities of religious thought.

Islamic discussions and studies have, for the most part, until now lacked these two vital characteristics. For this reason, in comparing Islam with the social schools and ideologies of our age, they have not brought researchers and seekers to a fruitful conclusion or a decisive judgment to the degree that one might wish and ought to expect. That is to say, they have proven incapable of presenting—as a whole—the design and blueprint of a unified, cohesive creed whose every part holds together, and of defining its relationship to the other schools and creeds.

In addition, because the discussions have generally been carried out in a mental, abstract manner, far removed from the sphere of practical and concrete—and especially social—impact, they have yielded nothing more than an intellectual, mental sort of knowledge. With respect to the collective life of human beings—and in particular with respect to determining the shape and structure of society—they have offered no commitment, no obligation, and not even a clear and definite theory.

Another point is this: the Qur’an—Islam’s decisive and indisputable document—has in most cases been given no share in illuminating the way and opening the path. In its place, quasi-rational subtleties and deep speculations, or conjectural narrations and transmitted reports—sometimes accorded even greater authority—have been treated as the standard-bearers and the responsible authorities. As a result, doctrinal thought has grown and taken shape apart from the Qur’an and in disregard of it. Perhaps it is precisely this disconnection and indifference—or a sense of needing nothing from it, or a despair of the possibility of making sound use of it (each of which, in turn, is the effect of particular causes)—that has caused contemplation of the verses of the Qur’an to give way to a superficial, careless, fruitless recitation and chanting, devoid of worldly benefit and aimed entirely at otherworldly reward and recompense, so that the noble Book of God has become the raw material of vulgar habits and of demagoguery that exploits the common people.

In view of this reality, one may, in brief, regard three important features as necessities in the intellectual discussions and accounts of Islam—necessities that it is unworthy for the aware and responsible thinkers of this age to neglect:

First, that the teachings and intellectual apparatus of Islam should come out of pure abstraction and mentalism and—like all social schools of thought—should be oriented toward practical duties and especially toward social life; and that each of its theoretical topics should be examined, reflected upon, and investigated from this standpoint: what plan it offers for the life of the human being, what purpose it offers for his existence, and what path it offers for reaching that purpose.

Second, that the intellectual questions of Islam should be studied in a connected manner, as the parts of a single whole—each one examined in light of the fact that it is a part of the totality of the religion, an element of this compound, and a pillar in this firm edifice, harmonious with and connected to the other parts and elements (and not separate and unrelated to them)—so that, from a knowledge of these principles taken as a whole, a comprehensive and all-encompassing general design of the religion may be derived, in the form of a complete, unambiguous ideology possessed of dimensions commensurate with the multidimensional life of the human being.

Third, that in deducing and understanding the principles of Islam, the basic documents and texts of the religion should be the source and origin—not personal tastes and opinions, nor the mental and intellectual stockpiles of this person or that—so that the result of the inquiry and investigation may truly be "Islamic," and nothing other than that. To fulfill this aim, the Qur’an is the most complete and most trustworthy document upon which one can rely, that "falsehood cannot reach it from any direction,"[7] and in which "there lies the means of clarifying every thing,"[8] and this, of course, in the light of the deep, far-reaching contemplation that the Qur’an itself has commanded us to undertake.

What has been gathered in this treatise is a reflection of an effort to fulfill these aims, in the form of an account of Islam delivered through a series of lectures.

In these lectures, the effort was made to seek out the most important intellectual foundations of Islam, in their most constructive and living dimensions, within the eloquent and luminous verses of the Qur’an. Then, while offering an explanatory exposition that would teach the listeners the method of contemplating and pondering deeply over the Qur’an, those foundations were to be identified and shown within these verses; and, where necessary, recourse was to be had to the authentic narrations issued from the Prophet of God and the Infallible Imams (peace be upon them) for clarification and emphasis—so that, while verses of the Qur’an were reflected upon, pondered, and understood, one of the principles of Islam would be expounded—and this from a practical standpoint, generative of commitment and obligation, and as one of the points of Islam’s mode of thought and ideology.

…And finally, so that a summary and a distillation of the whole of the material presented might remain in the minds and thoughts of the listeners, and might serve as a starting point for independent and settled thought and reflection, the substance of each lecture’s content was recorded on a sheet of paper and placed, day by day, at the disposal of those present…

What is now offered is the collection of those "summaries" (with slight modification), the publication of which is a necessary response to the logical and acceptable request of many of those who heard the lectures, or heard of them… in the hope that it may prove useful and find acceptance.

The third of Aban, 1353

Part One: Faith

1. Session 1: Faith (1)

ایمان (۱) — delivered Thursday, 28 Shahrivar 1353 / 2 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

۞وَسَارِعُوٓاْ إِلَىٰ مَغۡفِرَةٖ مِّن رَّبِّكُمۡ وَجَنَّةٍ عَرۡضُهَا ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتُ وَٱلۡأَرۡضُ أُعِدَّتۡ لِلۡمُتَّقِينَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ فِي ٱلسَّرَّآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ وَٱلۡكَٰظِمِينَ ٱلۡغَيۡظَ وَٱلۡعَافِينَ عَنِ ٱلنَّاسِۗ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلۡمُحۡسِنِينَ

"And hasten to a forgiveness from your Lord and to a Garden whose breadth is the heavens and the earth, prepared for the God-conscious — those who spend in prosperity and adversity, who restrain their anger and pardon people; and God loves those who do good."

— Surat Al 'Imran (3:133-134)

The monks of Christianity took up monasticism [10] so that the hem of their garment should not be stained by sin; they fled to caves, to mountains, to desolate corners. The Qur’an says: “And the monasticism which they invented — We did not prescribe it for them.”[9]

That is: the monasticism they themselves brought forth, which they established as an innovation — We had not prescribed it for them. But the Muslim scholar has no monasticism, no seclusion, no flight. The Muslim scholar is precisely the one who strives to lay hold of the drowning man.[11] An aware Muslim is exactly like this — and so is every Muslim, since being a Muslim and being responsible entail one another. He strives to save the drowning man, the cholera-stricken, the sick. Flight cannot do it. He makes himself God-conscious (muttaqi), possessed of taqwa — that is, he puts on the necessary equipment, the necessary armor, against the harm of sin, and then enters the zone of sin to take the sinners by the hand. This is what taqwa is.

Once this is the meaning of taqwa, is it a prerequisite and a means for victory, or not? You see that it is a means of victory. Take the one who wishes to overcome this disease, to be victorious in this zone: if he were perpetually afraid that the microbe might take effect in his own body, how could he rescue those struck by it, those struck by cholera? He must first have made himself secure; he must be assured about himself, and only then enter the zone of the cholera-stricken and rescue the others. Then, too, he will attain victory. Then, too, he will accomplish this task with ease.

“And be conscious of God, that perhaps you may be the victorious.”[12] “And be conscious of the Fire that has been prepared for the disbelievers.”[13] “And obey God and the Messenger, that perhaps you may be shown mercy.”[14]

Now, obedience to God is no different from obedience to the Prophet — so why does He say: obey God, and obey the Prophet? Is it not redundant to mention both together? No. Suppose He said only "Obey God," without naming the Prophet as a concrete instance and exemplar, without calling to mind obedience to the Prophet. Then even those who stand at the opposite pole from the Prophet could claim: we too are obeying God. The scope of claims is wide; anyone can openly profess the cause of religion and faith and taqwa. Anyone can claim to be a servant of God, obedient to Him.

In the time of the Prophet, he claimed servitude to God and obedience to Him — but so did those on the opposing front who fought him and made trouble. The leaders and lords and monks of Christianity, and the rabbis [16] of the Jews — they made the claim too: “And the Jews and the Christians said, 'We are the sons of God.'”[15] They pitched it even a notch above the Prophet. He said, "I am the servant of God"; these said, "We are the children and the sons of God." They imagined that obedience to God was entirely at their disposal. Or, to put it another way: they do not even really believe it themselves. Some of those who disobey God merely pretend, in this manner, that they obey Him. Is that right or not? There are people who, when they sit alone with themselves, see what a black record they have; they understand that what they say is, from head to foot, a lie. Yet before the people they pretend, in this way, that they are the good servants of God, the obedient ones, the worshippers of the Lord. These must be set apart from the truly truth-worshipping people; they must be distinguished [17]. This is why, here — in the station of explaining obedience and its necessity for the believers — God the Exalted speaks in this manner: “And obey God and the Messenger”. Had He not said "the Prophet," the enemies of the Prophet would have said, "We too are obedient to God." So it must be made clear what obedience to God means. Take those who consider themselves servants of God but are not servants of the command of God’s law, who do not act upon the law, who are not bound to the requirements of this servitude — how can they say, "We are servants of God"?

“Obey God and the Messenger, that perhaps you may be shown mercy”.

What does the mercy of God mean? What does it mean to be placed within the mercy of God? Here, compare the expression of the Qur’an with our popular, vulgar notion. We say: if we are sinners, if we have disobeyed God, if we have not acted upon the obligatory duties, if we have not drawn our foot back from the forbidden zones of the Lord — we have only one hope. What is it? The mercy of God. That God should deal with us by His mercy, that God should have mercy upon us — this is our claim, this is our talk. It is the customary talk of our society and our people. And where do we place the mercy of God? Right there, where we did not act. When we have disobeyed, when we have trampled underfoot the forbidden zone of God, when we have not observed the divine responsibility — in just such cases we say: we have no deeds, unless God have mercy on us. We treat mercy — the mercy of God, the mercy of the Lord — as the rival of acting and the substitute for acting.

The verse of the Qur’an is the reverse; it says: act, obey, that perhaps you may be placed within the mercy of the Lord. The mercy of God is for that time when a nation acts upon its responsibility — God has mercy upon a people when they obey Him, when they carry out their duties. Should seven hundred million Muslims sit awaiting the cloud of the Lord’s mercy to rain down upon their heads, while they leave the roads open for the thieves of honor and the plunderers of religion to come and carry off everything they have? Sitting in hope of the mercy of God? Then tell them to keep sitting, for now!

“And obey God and the Messenger, that perhaps you may be shown mercy”. What does it mean, "Obey God"? In what does obedience to God consist? It consists in this: we bear upon our shoulders all the duties and divine proofs, and we carry out what has been placed in our charge. As the noble verse of the Qur’an says: the believers are those who, when a dispute occurs among them, refer it to you, O Prophet — they have recourse to you — and when you have issued a ruling, “then they find within themselves no discomfort from what you have judged”[18]. The command you have issued leaves not the least speck of resentment upon their spirits and their hearts, "and they submit in full submission."

The true believer is like this. If a nation were like this, an ummah — if a body of people came under the command of God in this manner — then the mercy of the Lord and His infinite grace would encompass them; then an ummah attains lordship; then a nation reaches human maturity; then the captivities and chains are loosed from its hand and foot; then divine mercy encompasses it. “And obey God and the Messenger, that perhaps you may be shown mercy”.

“And hasten to a forgiveness from your Lord”[19] — here is the field of contest, the field of taking the lead and of racing. Outstrip one another, take the lead, toward a forgiveness and a Paradise "whose breadth is the heavens and the earth," from the side of your Lord, as wide as the heavens and the earth, made ready for the people of taqwa.

There, one sign of taqwa and one result of taqwa was mentioned; here, the signs of taqwa will be mentioned one after another. O human being — for a handspan of earth, a measure of water and clay, in such-and-such a region of the world, you are ready to take the lead, ready to leave others behind, ready to put all your strength and powers to work. In the auction of such-and-such a piece of land, in acquiring such-and-such capital, in seizing such-and-such a shop, in taking such-and-such a corner of such-and-such a country, in setting up such-and-such a company in such-and-such a region of the world, in obtaining material privileges as much as possible — for these you are ready to compete, to gather speed, to leave others behind, even though you have trampled honors and virtues underfoot. O human being! They do not tell you: do not gather speed; they do not tell you: sleep at home, do not put your powers to work. Whoever says this to you in the name of religion lies and does not know. Religion does not say: leave your powers idle; religion says: gather speed, as much as possible; compete, as much as possible — but toward what? Toward that which is worthy of you, not toward a handspan of water and clay, not toward some trifling sum, not toward the material life of this world which, whatever it may be, is small and slight for you. O great human being! Toward something that befits your grandeur, that accords with your station — for the human being is the loftiest of the creatures of this world, the greatest of the grandeurs of existence after the Lord, lodged within this small and limited frame. O great human being, gather speed, compete, but toward what?

“To a forgiveness from your Lord and a Garden.” Let your speed be toward the forgiveness of the Lord, toward that supernal divine Paradise before which all the heavens are small, and all the earth is but little against it.

What does this mean? Pay close attention to the Qur’anic expressions so that you may understand well. The Qur’an says: if you wish to set your aspiration upon something, do not stop at the earth and the heaven — for you they are little and trifling. Set your aspiration on something higher than these. O great human being! Forgiveness is what matters for you. Higher than everything is forgiveness, and after forgiveness, that thing whose worth and grandeur is higher than the heavens and the earth.

What does forgiveness (maghfirah) mean? We have seen it: we said to so-and-so, "Sir, I beg your pardon; I gave you an insult; forgive me." And he too — whether with airs and pride, or with good nature and graciousness, in whatever manner — said, "Very well, we have overlooked it." Somewhere an unintentional offense was committed; the person circles the one who holds the right, pleading, "Sir, forgive me, sir, be gracious," and he too says, "Very well, I have forgiven you." In some government or state office, a certain amount of tax was levied upon you — on what reckoning, rightly or wrongly, no one knows. You went, paid a courtesy, spoke a flattering word, said a couple of sentences, took someone along with you, a letter, a recommendation, a telephone call; and they said, "Very well, we have forgiven you a certain amount." Having seen these acts of pardon, we imagined that divine forgiveness, too, was of the same kind. Such-and-such a person has done wrong, has committed a crime, has sinned, has bred and stirred up corruption in the land, and deserves the chastisement of God; then, on the Day of Resurrection, on account of a single tear he shed or some show of attention he made, God is supposed to say, "Very well, now that it has come to this, We too have overlooked your faults; We have forgiven you." Is the forgiveness of God this?

“Hasten to a forgiveness” — is this what it is saying? No.

On the meaning of forgiveness (ghufran), too, I have spoken much. Ghufran means the healing and the filling of a void. Your body takes a wound; this thigh, this arm, takes a deep wound; here the flesh is torn open. They give you a salve, you apply a medicine, you take a vitamin, you have an injection — until it knits together, until it seeps and breeds, until at last it brings into being, beside itself, its own like, its own kind: that flesh of the body, that muscle of the body. The structures of your body go to work, this wound is filled, it finds healing. Keep before your eyes this healing of a wound, of an injury, so that I may draw it as a parable for ghufran; see how ghufran is.

If your soul, in the station of parable, were like a body, then every sin you commit strikes a blow upon the soul and opens a wound. Why, sir? Why do we say that sin is a blow upon the soul? Because the soul must rise higher, and sin is anything that holds it back one step from its intended exaltation and perfection. In the station of likeness and parable, this is the wounding itself, the very gashing of the body of your soul. When that sin was committed, that deficiency took shape. You consumed people’s property unlawfully, God forbid; the one who drank wine, the one who took usury, the one who committed fornication, the one who lied, the one who slandered — by each of these acts a gash entered his soul, the body of his soul; this soul was wounded, was rendered deficient, fell far from the perfection that is the utmost of aspirations [20]. Now this sin must find forgiveness.

What does ghufran mean? It means that this void, this deficiency of the soul, this wound of the soul, this defect that has come into being within him, should be removed — that is what they call ghufran. How is it removed? How do you remove the defect that sin has brought into being in your soul? By making amends. The one who by some sin has debased [21] himself, who has cast his life down from the summit of human ascent — his falling-behind is made good the moment he rises again a measure.

Let me give another example. You boarded a car; you are heading for the fifty-farsakh mark. If this car halted along the road, what became of you? You fell behind. And how is that falling-behind made good? By going a little faster, by pressing on without interruption, by giving up a little more of your rest, so that you reach the intended point at the appointed time. It gets nothing done to sit there and say, "O God, I did wrong; an hour ago I lounged here in the coffeehouse and set off late; O God, I erred; O God, I did wrong." After all, the wrong is already done; set off sooner, go faster, so that you may make good this one-hour halt and delay. Divine forgiveness is like this.

God the Exalted does not say: because you sinned, now no matter what good work you do, We will never wipe out that sin — God does not act out of spite. “And indeed I am Most Forgiving”[22] — We are not spiteful, We are the Forgiver. Those sins that were committed, those errors that came into being — We are ready to overlook them, provided that amends are made. We do not say: because you erred one day, now, though you have striven a hundredfold, your striving counts for nothing because of that one error. No.

“And indeed I am Most Forgiving” — We are the Forgiver, We fill up the voids, We heal the wounds — but for whom? “For whoever repents and believes and does righteous deeds and then is guided”[23] — I am the Forgiver for the one who repents. And what does "repents" mean? It means he turns back. The path of your perfection ran from here; this is the way you ought to have gone. We are ready to forgive you — when? When you turn once more toward perfection, back to the right path. Tawbah means turning back. Let him strengthen his faith, let him do righteous deeds. Deeds! One must not be heedless of deeds and content oneself with mere speech and self-satisfaction.

Forgiveness, then, means filling those voids that are the wounds of the human soul; by filling them, a person reaches perfection. This is something worth striving for on its path — worth competing for, worth racing toward. Forgiveness is very important. It does not mean that God the Exalted, without reckoning, out of arbitrary whim, singles out some person for an unmerited grace — a person who has made no effort of his own on the path of that divine grace.

“And hasten to a forgiveness from your Lord, and a Garden whose breadth is the heavens and the earth, prepared for the God-conscious.”

That well-known thing people say — "Sir, you are of the people of Paradise and will go to Paradise, God willing, if they let you in" — is a very apt remark. We are all longing for Paradise; we all ask for Paradise in our supplications. Sometimes asking for Paradise alone does not even satisfy us: we bring its particular features into our supplication too, one by one — its houris [24] and its good food and its bird-meat [25] and so on, all lined up in our supplications. But God Himself says: We have prepared this Paradise for the people of taqwa; We have spread this table for a certain special people; they must come and sit at this table and enter this zone. Who are they? The people of taqwa.

Who is the person of taqwa? “Prepared for the God-conscious.” Made ready for the people of taqwa — and who are the people of taqwa?

“Those who spend in prosperity and adversity”[26] — this is one condition of being a person of taqwa: spending (infaq).

Infaq, too, I have explained several times by now. There is no harm in repeating these things, since for the most part they reach your ears fresh — the more they are repeated, the more they remain in the heart, and so much the better. Infaq is not the same as spending. Spending means simply that a person lays out some money. Infaq is spending, but not every kind of spending: it is spending that fills a void, that meets a true need. Consider those who spend millions — apparently on good works, too — and yet, in the language of the Qur’an, we must tell them they are the most wretched of people, because their work is not infaq.

“Shall We inform you of the greatest losers in deeds? Those whose effort in the life of this world has gone astray, while they reckon that they are doing good.”[27][28] These monies that are spent, this gold and these ornaments hung upon the starving body of a group of people, these superfluous and false adornments — these are not infaq. Why? Because they fill no void.

Sir! Say you give these five rials [29] to someone who already has a hundred such five-rial coins and a one-tuman coin in his pocket, and can get a hundred more besides — that is not infaq. But give it to the person who is waiting on a single five-rial coin to buy a loaf of sangak bread and fill his stomach — that is infaq. Of course, I don’t mean by this that the gentlemen should now go and keep handing out five-rial coins to the hungry and the beggars so they can fill their stomachs — no. Sometimes filling the stomach of a hungry person isn’t even infaq; only under certain conditions is it so. When poverty and hunger sprout up over the land like a weed, without limit, filling the stomach of one hungry person is like snipping the top off a single blade of that weed. In the wilderness, how much value does a weed have? Yes, one weed disappears from view — but how fundamental is this work? How worthwhile is this work? Very little and slight. So infaq is what fills a void, what meets a need. Say a nation today needs a certain thing — air and water, say — and you help that nation with something other than that thing: you have not performed infaq; you have committed an unlawful squandering of money. So infaq is not the work of everyone; infaq is the work of intelligent people — those who understand the voids and the needs, and are ready to fill those voids and needs in their proper place. Infaq is very important.

“Those who spend in prosperity and adversity”[26] — one of the signs of the people of taqwa is this: they spend in ease and in hardship.

“And those who restrain anger” — those who swallow down their wrath. What does swallowing down wrath mean? It means: they do not act on the basis of emotion — everywhere, intellect. But sometimes intellect is also accompanied by righteous wrath. Do you not see that the Qur’an says: “Harsh against the disbelievers, merciful among themselves.”[30] When they say "those who restrain anger," it doesn’t mean what you might imagine. It doesn’t mean that wrath itself — a nation’s wrath, a person’s wrath, a society’s wrath toward those who deserve it — should be erased and brought to nothing. No. The Qur’an, too, does not say to swallow down these instances of wrath; it says: don’t act out of wrath. "And those who restrain anger" — those who suppress it, who swallow it down — not those who forget, but those who swallow down their wrath; so that when the wrath has subsided, a person may, with intellect, with understanding, do what is fitting.

“And those who pardon people” — those who overlook what people do, who forgive people’s faults. From people’s errors, from people’s mistakes, from people’s sins, from people’s slips, one must overlook, one must let it pass. But not the sin that was no slip — God Himself would hardly overlook such a sin. Not the wrong done out of deliberate intent and obstinacy. It is the slips, the shortcomings, so common in the conduct of ordinary people, that are pardonable and to be overlooked.

“And those who pardon people; and God loves those who do good”.

What else marks the people of taqwa? “And those who, when they commit an indecency or wrong themselves, remember God and seek forgiveness for their sins”[31] — those who, when they commit some great sin, or wrong their own selves, immediately fall to remembering God. In the valley of heedlessness, beneath the cover of heedlessness, they do not tarry long.

There is a very strange verse in the Qur’an on the theme of remembrance and recollection — and this one too, as it happens, is for the people of taqwa:

“Indeed, those who are God-conscious — when a touch of Satan afflicts them, they remember.”[32] When a band of satans — with the wide meaning that "satan" has — when a band of satans and the satan-natured ones surround a man to lead him astray, to draw him off the path, to cast him into forgetfulness, he immediately falls to remembering God. The remembrance of God is just such a thing. It is a weapon in our hand against the satans; it is a rope within our reach, to pull us out of the chasm the enemies have opened before us, behind our backs. The remembrance of God is a precious and priceless thing.

“They remember God” — when they do some wrongful deed or wrong their own selves, they fall to remembering God, and seek forgiveness for their sins, coming to seek that this sin, this void, may find healing. But even this is not possible without the help of the Lord. “And who forgives sins except God?” The striving is from you and the movement is from you, and the blessing is from God; the striving is from us, and the acceptance is from our God. So we have no right to strike the striving from our own record.

“And they do not persist knowingly in what they have done” — they do not persist in what they know to be a sin.

“Those — their reward is forgiveness from their Lord”[33] — such people, who do not give up striving, who seek forgiveness for their sins, who do not persist on the way of error and wrong — “and gardens beneath which rivers flow, abiding therein eternally; and excellent is the reward of the workers”. Here again it says: the reward of the workers. The matter of deeds is one of the most important matters.

(In this series of Islamic teachings, which God willing I intend to set forth and expound in order, in these Qur’anic discussions and recitations, through to the end of the month of Ramadan, one session will be devoted to this very matter of deeds.)

'

* In the booklet "The General Outline of Islamic Thought in the Qur’an" (Tarh-i kulli-yi andisha-yi islami dar Qur’an), which the author arranged at the conclusion of the sessions, this section was placed in place of the sessions "Faith 1" and "Faith 2." So that this content should not be overlooked, an image of the pages of that book has been included at the end of this session. The text of the other mimeographed copies corresponds with the text given in the booklet.

2. Session 2: Faith (2)

ایمان (۲) — delivered Friday, 29 Shahrivar 1353 / 3 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

إِنَّمَا ٱلۡمُؤۡمِنُونَ ٱلَّذِينَ إِذَا ذُكِرَ ٱللَّهُ وَجِلَتۡ قُلُوبُهُمۡ وَإِذَا تُلِيَتۡ عَلَيۡهِمۡ ءَايَٰتُهُۥ زَادَتۡهُمۡ إِيمَٰنٗا وَعَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمۡ يَتَوَكَّلُونَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُقِيمُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَمِمَّا رَزَقۡنَٰهُمۡ يُنفِقُونَ أُوْلَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلۡمُؤۡمِنُونَ حَقّٗاۚ لَّهُمۡ دَرَجَٰتٌ عِندَ رَبِّهِمۡ وَمَغۡفِرَةٞ وَرِزۡقٞ كَرِيمٞ

"The believers are only those who, when God is mentioned, their hearts tremble; and when His signs are recited to them, it increases them in faith; and upon their Lord they rely; those who keep up the prayer and spend out of what We have provided them. Those are the true believers; for them are ranks with their Lord, and forgiveness, and a generous provision."

— Surat al-Anfal (8:2-4)

The chapter opens on the verse just before it: “They ask you — O Prophet — about the spoils (al-anfal)…”[34] They ask you, in short, about the anfal — for whom are they, and to whom do they rightfully belong? The anfal can be rendered this way: it means the wealth that belongs to the Muslims at large. One kind is the income that falls to the Muslims in war — not every income, but specific ones. Then the mines, that underground wealth; the forests; the vast plains and grazing lands scattered here and there and across the mountains. In short, the anfal is the wealth that belongs to no one particular individual and to no one particular group, but is at the disposal of everyone — belonging to the whole nation. One kind of it — as already mentioned — is the particular spoils that fall to the warriors of the Muslim army in war.

The first time this issue came up for the Muslims was, it seems, at the Battle of Badr. The Muslims were debating among themselves: to whom do these spoils belong? A disagreement arose, so they brought the matter to the Holy Prophet — they asked that noble one — and a verse of the Qur’an gave the answer. God inspires His Prophet: “Say: the anfal belong to God and the Messenger.” The anfal belong to God. And what does "belonging to God" mean? It means they are not for any specific, designated group of God’s servants — they are the Prophet’s. To belong to God means that whatever bears God’s name must be spent for divine aims, for divine goals. The "wealth of God" is not spent on God’s own needs; God Almighty has no such interests, no need, no want that His wealth should be spent to meet it. What belongs to God is in reality the wealth of God’s servants, and it must be spent in the channels of welfare that God Almighty has appointed. So mal-Allah — the anfal belonging to God — means this.

"And the Messenger" — what does this mean? Does the Messenger stand as a pole opposite God? No. Anyone might think himself entitled to dispose of God’s wealth. Everyone might say, "This is God’s wealth, and we too are God’s servants" — and under this pleasant-looking name, under this attractive, popular slogan that "this wealth is God’s wealth and we too are God’s servants," they might spend the public wealth on their own personal expenses. Such a thing is possible. The wealth of God must indeed reach the welfare of the generality of Muslims and the true servants of God. But reaching the generality does not mean a free-for-all[35] — everyone spending whatever his heart desires. There must be a central authority, a powerful hand reckoned the representative of God and the guardian (qayyim) of the people’s affairs. Who is he? He is the Messenger. And the Messenger stands here not in his capacity as messengership and prophethood, but in his capacity as divine governance. That is, when the Messenger departs this world, the Imam has full charge of the anfal. The Imam means the divine ruler. In the era when the Infallible Imam is not governing the people, the one who can and must govern them on God’s behalf — he has full charge of the anfal and the public wealth.

In any case, this wealth is public. The mines belong to everyone, the forests and reed-beds to everyone, the grazing lands to everyone, the spoils taken from the enemy to everyone, the royal treasures (sawafi al-muluk)[36] to everyone — and so with every like case cited for the anfal. Yet even though it belongs to everyone, in the end it must rest at the disposal of a powerful divine authority: none other than the Islamic ruler. And who is that? In the time of the Prophet, the Messenger of God; after him, the Infallible Imam; and if there is no Infallible Imam, the just divine leader — the one who must hold the reins of the Islamic government in his hand. He has authority over the matter of the anfal. This is the first part of the verse, which was not the part under our discussion.

After it appoints the use of the anfal, it says: “So fear God, and set right the relations between you, and obey God and His Messenger, if you are believers.” If you are believers, do these three things. First, the fear of God — "fear God" — so be wary of God. In the necessarily approximate Persian translation we have given on this sheet[37]: "fear God," so be wary of God — that is one. Second, "And set right the relations between you" — set right what is between you. Remove the disputes from among yourselves. In favor of truth, let those who speak something other than the truth give up their words; remove the disputes from among yourselves. "And set right the relations between you" — set right what is between you; do not fall upon each other over trivial things; do not go hunting for pretexts to fall upon one another. This is exactly the mark of a people who delight in quarreling with friends and enemies alike: they go looking for small pretexts to fight, to dispute, and to sow discord. And to people of this sort, the counsel of God and the Messenger is this: instead of hunting for pretexts to fight your friends, do not pass up the pretexts for fighting your enemies. If you are a person of war, then fight the enemy — but why your brother? Why your friend? "And set right the relations between you."

These two are great counsels. The third counsel is general, encompassing all good deeds and abstention from all evil: "and obey God and His Messenger" — and obey, take the command of, God and His Messenger, "if you are believers."

Faith is an inclination of the heart — an intellectual, doctrinal, and psychological attachment to a matter, to a person, to a pole, to a center. But it is not summed up merely in the heart’s having this inclination, this leaning, this attachment. Faith truly exists in a person only when he acts in accordance with that faith. Only when he is bound to the requirements of faith and the commitments of faith can he claim to be a true believer. Only when his life, and the very reality of his being, differs from that of one who denies God can he say "I believe in God and am convinced of Him." Take the one who today denies God — how does his conduct differ from the conduct of those who claim to believe in God? Both commit oppression. Both are drowned up to the throat in materiality. Both, for the sake of these few breaths of life — a few more days of breathing, a couple more morsels to eat and fouling the air, a couple more days of comfortable living — are ready to trample every virtue underfoot. The only difference is that this one openly says, "I am not convinced of God," while the other claims that he is. What kind of faith is this? Here the verse of the Qur’an is explicit. Here there is no longer the reckoning of rational arguments that admit of doubt; you must do these deeds, if you are believers. And one of these deeds is “obey God and the Messenger.”[38] Obey God and the Prophet; set out on the path of following their command.

What is the command of God? Whatever it is, this much is evident: God has appointed duties for us — over a person’s wealth, over a person’s life, over a person’s lifespan, over a human’s relations with other humans, with God, with animals, and even with plants. Here too, if you obeyed God, you can say "we are believers." Otherwise faith is of no use. A person’s heart and soul may be attached to some pole, but if the radiance of that attachment is never reflected in action — in the hand, in the tongue, in the foot, in the other limbs and members — then in the view of Islam the very name of faith does not hold true for him. This is the logic of the Qur’an.

"Fear God" — so be wary of God; "and set right the relations between you" — set right what is between you; "and obey God and His Messenger" — obey God and His Messenger; "if you are believers."

Now, on the occasion of the name "believer" at the end of this verse, the next verse continues the discourse concerning the attributes of the believers and the conditions of faith: “The believers are only those who, when God is mentioned, their hearts tremble; and when His signs are recited to them, it increases them in faith; and upon their Lord they rely; those who keep up the prayer and spend out of what We have provided them. Those are the true believers.”[39]

For the true believer, five traits are appointed here. These five traits may not yet be present in the speaker or the listener; but if a person makes some effort toward bringing them into being within himself, he is still on the path of faith, on the path of the goal of faith, and worthy of the name "believer." The true believer is the one in whom these five traits are present.

First: "The believers are only" (innama al-mu’minun) — exclusively, the believers; "those who" (alladhina) are the ones who, "when God is mentioned" (idha dhukira llah) — when God is remembered, "their hearts tremble" (wa-jilat qulubuhum) — their hearts come into fear. What does "to come into fear" mean? What does fearing God mean? Is it like a sinner before a judge, or is it another and subtler kind? Someone might say, "I have committed no sin, so I do not fear God." True, the fear of a sinner before the judge and the prosecutor — the one who must punish the man — is ruled out where there is no sin. But who can be certain that he has no sin?

There is another kind of fear, and it arises from knowledge (ma’rifah). In the face of great things, mighty essences, majestic realities, a human inevitably feels awe[40] and bewilderment. This is a property of a person’s very existence; his spiritual and bodily composition demands it. In the face of anything grand, every human feels a state of awe rise within him. This awe does not come from fearing that being — he may have no fear of it at all, in the sense of any aggression[41]; the fear here is not the fear born of sin. Rather this awe and dread arises from sensing His grandeur and one’s own smallness before Him. Such a fear of God is fitting, is desirable, is necessary, is beneficial. Consider the one who sees himself, before the Lord, as small and deficient and lowly, and who beholds God as dominant, all-encompassing, and overpowering (muhaymin, musaytir)[42] over every aspect of his affairs. Such a person strives to travel no path but that straight line of conduct which the God of the world has appointed for him, and to move no other way. This is the greatest guarantor of action, movement, and effort in a Muslim person and in a Muslim society.

This that you see — the Commander of the Faithful, in the depths of the night, in the nights of the month of Ramadan, writhing upon himself and shedding tears; this that you see — Imam Sajjad at times crying out; this that you see — the Messenger of God, with all his majesty and grandeur, when the last ten days of the month of Ramadan come, saying, "Roll up my bedding," not spreading any bed for himself — that is, the nights are no longer the time for sleep; they are the time for worship, the time for supplication, the time for humility before the Lord — do not imagine that these are contrived acts being performed. How deficient is the one who says that the Imam, in the Du’a of Abu Hamzah, means only to teach the people something and is not speaking of himself. How untutored in the spirit of supplication, in the manner of God’s righteous servants communing intimately with their Lord, is the one who imagines that the weeping and lamentation of the Imam, peace be upon him, are for the sake of instruction. Did they weep artificially so that you and I would learn? No — this is a mistake. They truly shed tears. And why? Because their knowledge of God is greater. In the sacred being of the Lord, the Commander of the Faithful sees a grandeur that these near-sighted eyes of yours and mine cannot see. "You are great, and do not show forth in a small mirror."[43] The small mirror of our soul cannot reflect within itself that wondrous grandeur — but the mirror of the soul of the Commander of the Faithful can. He comprehends this grandeur, he grasps it, he perceives it — and that is the very reason he writhes upon himself like that and sheds tears.

When the remembrance of God comes into the midst, a certain state takes hold of the believer’s heart: that state of awe, that state of reverent fear (khashyah), that sense of fear and dread, that terror that arises from feeling one’s own smallness before the grandeur of God: "when God is mentioned, their hearts tremble." God ceases, for a person, to be a plaything; the name of God ceases to be a kind of habitual incantation. In a gathering someone sits down and says "ya Allah" as a mere phrase of respect; he yawns and finishes it off with "la ilaha illa Allah," out of weariness. Such states are the sign of indifference, of dull perception, of a soul gone numb before the remembrance of God and the name of God and the grandeur of God. From all of this, the heart of a God-knowing, grandeur-perceiving person departs — one who comprehends and feels the grandeur of the Lord. "The believers are only those who, when God is mentioned, their hearts tremble." The believers are those whose hearts, when God is remembered, come into trembling (wajal) — into fear and dread and terror, into the sense of grandeur in the Lord and of smallness in themselves; their hearts become filled with this sense. This is one.

"And when His signs are recited to them, it increases them in faith." Another sign of the believer: when the signs (ayat) of God are recited to them — whether they recite them themselves or someone else recites these signs to them — their faith is increased. "It increases them in faith." That faith is like a seed in his heart, in his soul: it grows, becomes great, comes up like a plant, and — like a tree — grows sturdy[44] in stem and root, until the possibility of uprooting it disappears. Faith in the form of stagnant water has no meaning within the being of a believer. Consider those who learned a single word in childhood, and then, through the doubt of the adolescent years, watched that one word fall from its firmness and its grandeur in their souls. It grew small, became deficient, became insignificant; only a half-faith, a half-truth, remained in their souls. And that too, as various currents and events came, was diminished and diminished. Such a faith too will one day be easily taken from a person. A faith held in trust (mustawda'), a borrowed ('ariyat) faith — the believer is not like this. The true believer is the one who, if a single word of the realities and the religious and divine teachings is in his heart, takes that one word and — through reflection, through precision of insight, through thought, through whatever is conducive[45] to that one word — makes his faith greater, and rescues it from vanishing. This is the true believer.

From this verse, from this sentence, we derive that the believing person’s faith must increase through the recitation of the Qur’an. And from this sentence we take a proof — from this word of God we take a proof. To those who say "do not translate the Qur’an, do not give its meaning, do not interpret it, for our minds do not reach it," we answer: if we could not understand the Qur’an, how is it that our faith increases by the reading of it? So it is plain: the Qur’an is not a book of code. The Qur’an is a book that must be read with the intent of understanding, and understood with the intent of increasing and growing stronger in the faith of the believer. We take this proof.

Now the continuation of the verse: "and upon their Lord they rely." Another sign of the believers is that they rely and depend upon the Lord. "And when His signs are recited to them, it increases them in faith" — that is the second condition, the second trait. "And upon their Lord they rely" — but what does it mean that they rely (tawakkul)? Does it mean they fold their hands together and say, "Let God set it right Himself"? No, the meaning of tawakkul is not this. Picture the man who folds his hands in the face of his obligations and responsibilities, and who, instead of holding his own power responsible, presumes a divine miracle to be responsible. Such a man should know that the Qur’an has rejected this deed — it dealt a firm blow to the mouth of the Children of Israel, who said to Moses:

You and your Lord go, busy yourselves with the war, do battle with the enemy; we will sit here — in my own expression, by the wall, in the shade — and when you have conquered, then inform us too so that we may come. The Qur’an rejects this method. It is the method of the accursed, banished Children of Israel, far from the road of humanity, deprived of the delights of religion and faith — theirs, not a Muslim’s. So tawakkul does not mean this. This saying that has become current among the people — and I am saying it so that all may hear and understand — when they say, "Sir, God Himself must set things right; nothing can come from God’s servant" — this is wrong. If nothing could come from God’s servant, if the will of man and the power of man were of no avail for uprooting corruption, God would not have mobilized the prophets. He would not have invited the people to follow them. He would not have sent the divine prophets, with their heavy missions, into the arena of battle in this world. But you see that God has sent persons to uproot corruption, and those persons are of the human race — so know that human corruption must be uprooted by humans.

So what does tawakkul mean? It means that, in every state, your reliance and your hope are upon God. Examine this carefully and you will see what it does: with this expression I am stating — that in every state your reliance and hope are upon God — tawakkul ceases to be a kind of narcotic and reveals itself as a stirring agent, an agent of dynamism.

You have seen what a person does in the hardships of life, in crises, at the point where his hands fall short of every outward means — have you seen? Have you heard? He does one of several things. Either he surrenders to the enemy, saying, "When nothing can come from me, what am I to do?" — surrender to the enemy, that is one. Or he surrenders to the ordinary course of life: he does not go and fall prostrate before the enemy, but in practice he takes up some path and routine, gives up all movement and effort, and forgets that he has, in reality, surrendered to the ordinary current of life. Such a man too, though outwardly he has not surrendered to the enemy, has inwardly surrendered to him. This too is a state the common run of people adopt in such crises. The other way is to put an end to one’s own life. Take that gentleman who, once he comes to power, is harassed from all sides by the gamesmanship[46] of the international powers — every day they raise some uproar against him from some corner of his country. And when he is forced and compelled, when he is wearied, exhausted, made wretched, he puts an end to his own life; he commits suicide.[47]

These are the paths that open before a Godless person at an impasse. When you have reached a dead end, when it seems to you that this is the end of the alley and there is no way through, several doors open for ordinary people: surrendering to the enemy, surrendering to the natural course of life, surrendering to events — every one of them a surrender; or suicide and self-destruction, wiping yourself out to be rid of it all, and at times regret. But for the person with God, a different door opens at the impasse, a door whose opening shuts the others upon him — the doors of betraying one’s own honor. What is that door? It is the door of tawakkul upon God. He says, "Here is an impasse." And he answers himself, "The God I know breaks through the impasse too. What is an impasse? In God’s view we have no impasses. Every one of them, by the hand of God’s power, stands open at the far end! There is a way."

Is there an impasse higher than the Battle of Uhud? The small army of Islam, in the very midst of gathering the spoils, is suddenly attacked from two directions, because a few soldiers grew heedless. One group attacks from the front, another from behind. These men have laid down their swords, dismounted from their horses, set their weapons on the ground — and suddenly they see two bands falling on them from both sides, armed, savage, enraged. It is plain what an army without weapons and without equipment[48] does at such a moment: it flees. And they fled. Satan, through the throat of the Satan-natured ones, proclaimed that the Prophet too had perished. It is very clear; Satan always does these things. One of his plainest schemes, one of his most exposed hands, is this: to proclaim the defeat of the divine and merciful front sooner than its time — "Yes, you are defeated; the Prophet has passed away." In such a crisis, in such an impasse, what does a believer who relies on God do? Sir, is there an impasse higher than this? The paths of deliverance entirely closed, the weapons fallen on the ground, the enemy equipped, dominant, overpowering — what comes to a person’s aid here is that window which only the God-worshippers possess: reliance upon God. What impasse? Which is the impasse? Suppose the Prophet has passed away — the God of the Prophet has not perished. The duty has not perished. With tawakkul here, whom does the man act like? Like the Commander of the Faithful, 'Ali ibn Abi Talib; like Abu Dujanah[49]; like two or three other soldiers — these were people of tawakkul. And who were the ones without tawakkul? Those who ran from Uhud to Medina without so much as looking back, all the way to the very gates of the city. Now you have seen what tawakkul means.

Consider the man who pretends that tawakkul is folding your hands and sitting idle, waiting on an unknown future, stripping his faith of his own power — who pretends that tawakkul means a stroke of cancellation[50] upon man’s will and his strength. Such a man either does not understand tawakkul at all — Islam never sinks in, and he never grasps what tawakkul is — or he understands it perfectly well but has no honor in him, and wants to twist it on purpose, so that people are raised without tawakkul, raised wrong. The meaning of tawakkul is this: "and upon their Lord they rely." In my view, man has two mighty wings for his flight through the efforts of life: one is patience, one is tawakkul. Any ummah that has these two wings passes wholly beyond the reach of its earthbound enemies — the wing of patience and the wing of tawakkul: "and upon their Lord they rely." These are three signs for the believer. The worth of faith; what kind of thing is faith? The characteristics of faith — these are vital discussions that, God willing, I shall take up tomorrow. For today, what is raised concerning faith is these signs and commitments of faith.

Third: "and upon their Lord they rely." Fourth: "those who keep up the prayer" — those who establish the prayer. There is a difference between the expression alladhina yusallun (those who pray) and "those who keep up the prayer" (alladhina yuqimun al-salah). Yusallun means "they perform the prayer." If mere performance were the point — if this getting up and bending down were all that mattered — there would have been no need to say "those who keep up the prayer," no need to bring two words and give them length and interpretation. They could simply have said yusallun, alladhina yusallun, those who pray. So it is plain: "those who keep up the prayer" — those who establish the prayer — is something other than reciting prayer. It is something else, a higher and loftier reality. In your view, what is this reality? What does "establishing the prayer" mean?

Several possibilities can be supposed, and it may be that all of them are correct. One is this: establishing the prayer, keeping it up, means performing the prayer in a complete form, an all-around form, a perfect form: "those who keep up the prayer." And "establishment" (iqamah), in Arabic usage, carries exactly these meanings — that is, carrying out the work in a complete form: “So set your face toward the religion, devoted purely (to it).”[51]

Turn the whole face, the whole being, toward religion, in a complete form. This is one possibility, and it holds true. Suppose a person establishes the prayer in this sense — performs it in a complete form, with correct pillars, attentive to the teachings and inspirations of the prayer (about which I gave a fairly detailed discussion over several weeks, in that mosque[52]). Then success and salvation surely await him. A person who prays well — all his difficulties become easy for him. You have heard that some of the great ones of religion, when they faced hardships and calamities, would pray two rak’ahs? You have heard that the Messenger of God, at the time of crises and severities, would turn to Bilal and say, "Comfort us, O Bilal" (arihna ya Bilal) — Bilal, ease us; go give the call to prayer. "Cool us, cool us, O Bilal" (abrid, abrid ya Bilal) — cool our hearts, O Bilal; that is, give the call to prayer.[53] Truly, if a person establishes the prayer — with attention, with humility, with reverence, with presence of heart, with comprehension of what he is doing and saying, and with the intent of drawing a result from it — then certainly what has been promised to the believers will be his.

This is one possibility. The other is that "those who keep up the prayer" means they establish prayer in society — they make society a praying society. Some people are content simply to pray themselves. Instead of seventeen rak’ahs in a day and night, they pray fifty-one, besides the other recommended prayers. Tell them, "Sir, the people are turning away from religion in droves," and they feel no grief over it. As the saying goes: "He carries his own rug off the wave."[54] He says, "Sir, carrying our own rug off is already a great task, a great feat; we cannot get to others." Some are like this. But the deed that is the sign of faith is not this deed. To pray well yourself, yet pray only for yourself with no concern for others — this is not right. It is not right — that is, it is not complete; complete.

What is the sign of faith? The establishment of prayer — keeping up the prayer in society, making everyone a praying people — not in the sense that everyone performs a single act of worship. (I want you to take your mind out of the mold of the words, to think more broadly. I think in just that way myself. Words are small and inadequate.) It is not that so-and-so does not pray, so let us make him pray; rather, a praying society means a society that is always remembering God and on God’s path. A society that says: “You alone do we worship, and from You alone do we seek help.”[55]

A society that worships and serves none but God, and relies upon none but God and seeks help from none but God. A praying society means the society that every day disavows[57] the ringleaders of corruption — that is, “those upon whom is wrath (al-maghdubi 'alayhim)”[56] — and the followers of corruption — that is, “those who go astray (al-dallin).” This is their prayer.

If a person strives to make other human beings into prayer-performers in this sense, then in reality he has made an effort on the path of the absolute servitude of God, on the path of uprooting corruption, on the path of doing away with "me" and "us," on the path of bringing about social and human unity among the individuals of the Muslim ummah and of humanity — an effort on these paths. This is what the establishment of prayer means. That is, you do something so that all the people, every day, five times, and each time several times, say "You alone do we worship, and from You alone do we seek help." O God! Only before You do we bend the neck of servitude and the back of servitude — not before any other than You. Five times every day, and each time several times, we disavow "those upon whom is wrath" and "those who go astray" — that is, the ringleaders of corruption and their followers; we declare our innocence of them. We make such a society. The establishment of prayer may also carry this meaning.

"And spend out of what We have provided them" (wa mimma razaqnahum yunfiqun). What is another sign of the believers? It is that they spend (infaq) out of what We have provided them. What does infaq mean? (Yesterday I mentioned it in passing. Up to now I have explained the meaning of infaq perhaps ten times in the course of various discussions — this time too, let it be the eleventh.) Infaq means filling voids and needs. The spending that fills a void, that meets a need — that is infaq. Take this mosque: its wall has been freshly painted. If you came and gave money and painted it over again, that is not infaq. Why? Because there was no need for the work; there was paint already. Or say there was no paint, but the place had no need of paint. If you came to the dirt floors of the Imam Hasan Mosque and scattered sums of money in paint, and said, "I spent for the Imam Hasan Mosque; we took several boxes and cans of paint to the mosque and used them up — what did you do, sir? Over the clods and the dust and the mud, we painted it all" — yes, this is spending, but it is not infaq. Infaq is that there is a void and a need in the very fabric of society, and you fill that void, you meet that need; that is what infaq means.

"And spend out of what We have provided them" — what does it mean? It means the believers are those who spend out of what We have provided them. The word "wealth" is not in it. Out of the moneys We gave them? No; it makes no difference — out of the money We gave, out of the lifespan We gave, out of the child We gave, out of the reputation We gave, out of the bodily strength We gave, out of the tongue We gave, out of the thought and brain We gave, out of all the resources We gave. He said "what We have provided them" — out of everything We have provided them, what do they do? "They spend." They make infaq. That is, they spend it in its place — not just any spending. This is one of the signs of the believer.

O brother named "believer," O believer-seeming brother, O brother who is pleased to be called "believer" — who takes offense if someone shows the slightest wavering or doubt about your faith, who may even say, "What do you gain by counting us irreligious and faithless in your talk?" — O brother named "believer," do you make infaq? I do not ask whether you spend; yes, you spend a great deal. How much money do you give in these days of Ramadan, you cook delicious food, you spread a colorful table and invite the well-fed; how much you spend — but do you also make infaq?

O dear speaker, how much you talk, how much breath you spend, how much you draw from your chest and your lungs and your being, from your body and your nerves; how much of the power of your speech you spend — but do you also make infaq out of this power? To speak much is no feat; to say what is needed, that is a feat. That is not infaq; this is infaq. O you who spend out of your reputations, out of your standing — you write a letter to someone, you go see someone about some affair, you arrange for a deed to be carried out, for a job to be given to so-and-so, for such-and-such a person to pay a fitting respect to so-and-so — you are spending your standing, but what of infaq? Do you also make infaq? O you who spend money in various places, in the name of religion and in the name of other than religion — yes, sometimes a person spends money in the name of religion while he has not made infaq — do not take fright at this saying, for it is a reality, and what a bitter reality! How much money is spent in the name of religion, but it is not infaq, because it does not fill a void, because it does not bring a pain to its cure, because it does not remove a need from this needy society. What is the substance of being a believer, what is the condition and sign of faith, is infaq: "and spend out of what We have provided them." After this, if you wish to spend time, if you wish to lay down your reputation, if you wish to spend money, think well; see whether, by this expenditure of yourself, you are making infaq, or spending pointlessly.

"Those are the true believers." "For them are ranks with their Lord." For them are ranks — degrees, ranks, stations — "with their Lord." With their Lord. "And forgiveness (maghfirah)" — and forgiveness too is among these. It is the very forgiveness I explained to you yesterday — and I hope it has stayed whole in your memory. When God intends to grant someone forgiveness, He intends to heal a wound that sin has opened in the soul; He heals the wound of sin in such a person. "And forgiveness and a generous provision (rizq karim)" — an honorable provision, a generous provision, without abasement, without hardship, without disgrace. This is the provision God gives them.

Wherever you find a believing society — and I am not speaking of an individual. Do not say, "By God’s grace, we get our morsel of bread, we are comfortable enough, we have no grief, we are beholden to no one." Look carefully through the inner workings of that man’s affairs and you will see it is all wretchedness and obligation. All those who hold the most disgraceful occupations do not feel that the work they do is disgraceful, that this morsel of bread is a morsel of disgrace — but I am speaking of a society. A society’s morsel of bread is pure and honorable, joined with pride and dignity; it receives a noble and honorable provision only when it is believing and possessed of these attributes. And if it were this way, a society of faith would make good on all those slogans — the slogans the political parties of the world raise today, here and there, behind their loudspeakers, rightly or falsely, among the nations of the earth. Peace, freedom, welfare, comfort; without war, without bloodshed; with brotherhood, with sincerity; a high level of culture, a high level of literacy, a high level of provision — all these words and all this verbiage, some with meaning beneath them and some with none — every one of them, taken together, is realizable in a society of faith. "And a generous provision" — a generous and magnanimous provision.

Concerning faith, there remain several matters I will speak about again, in a Qur’anic discussion like today’s: the consciousness of faith, its not being fanatical and imitative; the realities and effects of faith, and the practical commitments of faith of the sort we read today. On these, God willing, on another day we shall speak, until afterward we reach the discussions that follow upon faith.

3. Session 3: Faith Through Awareness

ایمان از روی آگاهی — delivered Saturday, 30 Shahrivar 1353 / 4 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

إِنَّ فِي خَلۡقِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلۡأَرۡضِ وَٱخۡتِلَٰفِ ٱلَّيۡلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ لَأٓيَٰتٖ لِّأُوْلِي ٱلۡأَلۡبَٰبِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَذۡكُرُونَ ٱللَّهَ قِيَٰمٗا وَقُعُودٗا وَعَلَىٰ جُنُوبِهِمۡ وَيَتَفَكَّرُونَ فِي خَلۡقِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلۡأَرۡضِ رَبَّنَا مَا خَلَقۡتَ هَٰذَا بَٰطِلٗا سُبۡحَٰنَكَ فَقِنَا عَذَابَ ٱلنَّارِ

"Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth, and in the alternation of night and day, there are signs for those endowed with understanding — those who remember God standing and sitting and lying upon their sides, and who reflect upon the creation of the heavens and the earth, [saying:] 'Our Lord, You did not create this in vain. Glory be to You! Protect us, then, from the punishment of the Fire.'"

— Surat Al 'Imran (3:190-191)

In light of the several verses we are reciting today, two or three further truths concerning faith come to hand.

Faith is one of the outstanding traits of God’s prophets, of the believers, and of those who follow them: to have faith, to believe, to be convinced of one’s own mission. Here lies the difference between divine leaders and the political leaders of the world. The divine leader, like one who himself treads the road, is sincerely a believer with his whole being — in what he says, in every step he takes, in the path he walks. The politicians of the world, by contrast, may at times have beautiful words and charming, eloquent speech, yet they do not have the requisite faith — or even any faith at all — in what they say.

Here is a story told of the leaders of one of the greatest countries of the Eastern Bloc [58] — a state that, for all its atheistic pretensions, professed a culture and school of thought that severely condemns every non-materialist idea. After the independence of India, hoping to win the hearts of the millions of the newly independent Indian masses, these leaders made a journey to the land of India. And the Hindus and the Indians generally looked on in utter astonishment: for they saw upon the foreheads of the leaders of this communist country the mark of Tilak. Tilak was one of the freedom-loving leaders of India, a clergyman — one of the great Hindu holy men, reckoned for a span of time the chief and forerunner of the Indian revolution. This is worth mentioning in the margin, though it has no bearing on my subject. The Indian movement, which from the day of its blossoming to the day of its fruition lasted a full ninety years, had as its principal leaders, from beginning to end, the clergy. These were either Muslim clergy such as Mawlana Shah Mahmud Dihlawi, Mawlana Mahmud al-Hasan,[59] Mawlana Abu al-Kalam Azad,[60] Mawlana Muhammad 'Ali, Mawlana Shawkat 'Ali [61] — for Mawlana means Ayatullah; in the usage of the Muslims of India, it is something equivalent to the rank of "Hadrat Ayatullah" that we have. Ayatullah Muhammad 'Ali, Ayatullah Shawkat 'Ali, Ayatullah Abu al-Kalam, Ayatullah Mahmud al-Hasan — these "Ayatullahs" were the great leaders of the Indian movement on the part of the Muslims. On the part of the Hindus, Mahatma Gandhi was a Hindu holy man, a Jain holy man, attached to the school of Jainism.[62]

Let me tell you about Tilak, a Hindu holy man of astonishing greatness. He was a remarkable man, this Tilak — who died in the midst of the movement, before its outcome was reached; he passed from this world and never saw the freedom of India. Yet thirty, forty years after his death, those he had nurtured tasted the sweet drink of freedom. And a mark remained behind, called the mark of Tilak, in memory of that great freedom-loving man who was a clergyman. It is the mark of a holy man; it carries an aspect of spirituality, a metaphysical aspect — because in the view of the Hindus, Tilak himself possessed spiritual stations. So when the materialist leaders of the Soviet Union came to India and wanted to catch the attention of the masses, they drew the mark of Tilak upon their foreheads — as if to say: yes, we too are with you in this. And yet their own pretensions gave the lie to it, and their whole school of thought gives the lie to it.

Such is the standing of leaders who are politicians, remote from spiritual responsibility, from faith, and from the divine. But the prophets of God are not like this. They have believed in what they said with their whole being. To whatever they summoned the people, they themselves came hastening first, ahead of all others. It would make no sense for me to recline and sleep at the foot of the mountain, letting my whole being wilt and grow cold, and then say to you, "Gentlemen, up there at the top of the mountain there is delicious water; run, go, hurry, be swift, sari’u (vie with one another), sabiqu (outstrip one another)" — while I myself never stir from here. Everyone would have the right to say: if you were telling the truth, if you really knew of a refreshing spring, then you, burning with thirst, you poor wretch, would have set out yourself! So you are lying; so you do not believe in what you are saying. The divine leaders went ahead of everyone, before all others — like the vanguards of a road, banner in hand, foot on the path, firm, pressing forward. Abraham, the Friend of the All-Merciful, says: the first who submitted [in Islam] and yielded before You, O Lord, was I myself; after me came the rest of God’s creation, following me. This is the mark of divine leaders. The divine leader must be like this, and is like this. The Most Noble Prophet was himself present in the most important and most dangerous events of early Islam. Yes, it is true that 'Abdullah ibn Mas’ud [63] was beaten, that Khabbab [64] was tortured, that 'Ammar Yasir [65] from the Prophet in order to remain safe. Then this verse was revealed: "…except one who is compelled while his heart is at rest in faith." After the passing of the Prophet, 'Ammar remained at the side of the Commander of the Faithful. In the time of the second caliph he was for a while the governor of Kufa, but through the slanders of a group the caliph deposed him. He played an effective role in mobilizing the Imam’s army in the Battle of the Camel, and in answering the doubts of that Imam’s soldiers in the Battle of Siffin. 'Ammar was martyred at the age of ninety-one in the Battle of Siffin.] fell under torture — but the torture of the Prophet himself was no less than theirs; it was greater. Compare the situation of the Prophet, that man who staked his all, with the situation of these Muslims around him, and you will see it plainly: the severity exercised against the Messenger of God himself was greater and more grueling than against them. First to step forward, first to advance.

Faith is one of the characteristics found in the prophets of God — an acceptance with one’s whole being, a belief in what one says. And the sign of that belief is precisely this: that one takes a step on that road ahead of everyone else and moves forward. This is what the verse of the Qur’an teaches us: “The Messenger has believed in what was sent down to him from his Lord, and so have the believers. Each one has believed in God, His angels, His scriptures, and His messengers. They say, 'We make no distinction between any of His messengers.' And they say, 'We hear and we obey. Grant us Your forgiveness, our Lord, and to You is the final return.'”[66]

Amana al-Rasul bima unzila ilayhi min Rabbihi — the Prophet has believed in what was sent down to him from his Lord. Wa al-mu’minun — and so have the believers: those who came to faith in him, those outstanding individuals who gathered around him and became the loudspeakers of his summons. Kullun amana billah — each one of them believed in God, accepted Him; wa mala’ikatihi — and His angels; wa kutubihi — and the heavenly scriptures, from beginning to end; wa rusulihi — and all His messengers. The Prophet and his companions have faith in every one of them, for the road is a single road — "In this path the prophets are like caravan-guides; they are the guides and signposts of the caravan."[67] They are all caravan-guides of a single caravan, guides toward a single goal; everywhere among the people they have been fellow travelers, charging forward toward one destination. La nufarriqu bayna ahadin min rusulih — this is from the tongue of the believers — we make no distinction between any of His prophets. For us Jesus is honored, just as Moses, just as Abraham, just as Idris,[68] just as Jacob, just as Jirjis (St. George),[69] just as Noah, just as all the prophets from beginning to end. All were envoys of God, envoys of a single goal, heralds of a single felicity and a single paradise, all upon one line. La nufarriqu bayna ahadin min rusulih — we make no distinction between any of His messengers. (I will return to this question of belief in prophethood, God willing, in a later part of this series, in its own time and turn.)

Wa qalu — hold onto these next sentences, for they are a piece of evidence for a matter I shall speak of later. So the prophets have faith, our Prophet too has it, and the believers who cling to him also — all have faith. Wa qalu — and they say: sami’na — we heard, we understood, we hearkened[70]; sami’na — not that it merely fell upon our ears. Sam', sama', means hearing — the state of hearing, which is other than the ear. The ear, in the sense of that particular bodily organ, is expressed in Arabic by the word udhun, whereas sam' means hearing. You see this in Persian too: they say of so-and-so that he is "heedful" (literally, "word-heeding"), that he hears what is said. "Did you hear what I said, or not?" you say to the person across from you. Of course he heard — there was no more than half a meter between you, and your voice would carry even ten meters. What you really mean is: "Did you understand what I said? Did it sink into your brain? Did it enter your mind or not?" These believers say sami’na — we understood with our whole being what God had appointed and sent for us. Wa ata’na — and we obeyed. What does that mean? It means our obedience was not blind; it came out of clarity and awareness and sam' (true hearing). Ghufranaka Rabbana — Your forgiveness, Your pardon, O our Lord. The reward we ask of You, O God, is Your forgiveness and nothing else. Wa ilayka al-masir — and to You is our return. (On this matter of the return to God there are very interesting things which, God willing, I will explain within this very series in the section on the Resurrection [ma’ad] from the Qur’an, if we are granted the life and the opportunity.[71])

What have we understood so far from these verses? That faith and belief are the mark of those drawn to the summons of Islam. People who have no faith, no belief, who merely go along because others went — going, as it were, just to be on the safe side — stand outside the domain of Islamic thought, and there is no need for awkward reticence about saying so. Faith is necessary. Faith means belief: accepting and receiving the matter in full clarity, moving in pursuit of an attraction. If this attraction is not present in the school of religion and the Qur’an, and has not captured your heart — that is, if faith is not in this heart — then this heart is dead. It is not alive with the light of Islam; it cannot be called a Muslim. So faith is necessary. This is the first point.

The second point (which we marked with a "2" on these sheets [72]) is that faith is of two kinds. One kind of faith is imitative, prejudiced, fanatical: because our fathers and elders believed, we too believed; because in our book, in the domain of our religion, they say so, we too say so — and even if you bring proof, you have brought it in vain, for we do not accept what you say. This too is a kind of faith, but a faith that rests either on imitation or on prejudice. It is either out of imitation, like the faith of the common run of people. Ask one of the common folk, "Sir, on what basis did you say that the Prophet of Islam is true?" and they know nothing at all — nothing at all! Because their fathers said so, because the teacher at school said so, because the people in the street and bazaar say the Prophet is true, this person too says the Prophet is true. He does have faith, mind you; he truly does believe that the Prophet is true — but this belief was picked up from one tongue and another, out of imitation, with eyes closed.

Like this imitative faith is prejudiced (fanatical) faith — by which some people are prepared, God forbid, to disrespect the other prophets, for the sake of pleasing our own Prophet! They imagine that even in the highest heavens there is contradiction among the prophets: "Moses! Who was Moses, man — our Prophet!" And unfortunately this is not peculiar to the ignorant class. Sometimes it appears among classes from whom one has greater expectations — from whom one expects more understanding, a firmer grasp — and we have at times noticed examples of it here and there; there is no need to recount them. This is what is called prejudice: because the religion of Islam says so, this is right; and because the other religions say it, it is wrong. Because we Muslims perform such-and-such an act, this is right; because others perform some other act, this is wrong. He has a faith, but this faith does not rest upon proof; it is only out of prejudice. And you know what prejudice means: partisanship without proof, partisanship out of feeling, not out of logic. This is called prejudice. This faith is imitative and prejudiced.

The faith which has worth in Islam is not imitative and prejudiced faith; that is, imitative and prejudiced faith has no value. You want proof? Of dozens of proofs let me state one: when faith is out of imitation and prejudice, its loss too is easy. Just as the child, without any effort of its own, and the pupil, without any striving of its own, received a faith for free from its father and mother or from the authorities of its school, in the very same way the thieves of faith take this faith from him for free. And suddenly, when you look, there is a faithless generation, the faiths all plundered, gone, the faiths all become hollow; before the flame of materialism, the faiths have melted like snow in the dead of summer and seeped into the ground. Whom am I speaking of? It would be very ordinary and commonplace for me to say "the young generation," but I do not say that the faithless generation is the young generation. If we are still observing here and there the blossoms of faith, as a glimmer, a flash, it is in the young generation that we are observing it — bravo once again to the young generation, who seek a faith that is non-imitative, non-prejudiced, and out of awareness. No indeed; I mean to speak of the generation before the young — this generation before our society’s youth, those who hold to certain things in the form of blind faiths. Of course such a one goes to the rawdah-recitation gathering, of course he goes to congregational prayer if the chance arises; but because it is not out of logic, because it is not out of awareness and understanding, he is very readily prepared to set even the mosque on fire, to trample even Imam Husayn underfoot, and to sacrifice all of these for the thing that has real worth in his eyes — just as they do, just as we see them do. And one of our misfortunes today is the confrontation with the generation before today’s young. They were deprived of the special awareness and clear-sightedness of today’s young Muslim, and deprived too — alas — of that deep, firm faith of two generations back, which remained immune to the ravages of the age. They have neither one thing nor the other. They lack the understanding and awareness that could have let them build a settled faith and cast off the bond of money, rank, fame, popularity, comfort, and ease. Nor do they have a firm strongbox and a strong, sturdy enclosure — such as stood around the men of two centuries ago and one century ago — whereby at least to preserve their faith in a strongroom, even if it be that same imitative faith.

After all, a hundred years ago this multitude of highwaymen of thought, faith, and creed did not exist. Back then the hands of the enemy, those treacherous fingers, had not yet reached so deeply into the body of our society. The schemes had not yet arrived at their conclusion — that the people’s authentic religious faith must be stripped from them so that any calamity could be visited upon their heads. That came later. And this generation before the young, this generation that today is not young but was the youth of yesterday, is now exposed to a foundation-uprooting flood of faith and creed — and against that flood it does not have even a sturdy faith. Blessed are those who choose their faith out of awareness, out of understanding. The flood comes and carries off the towering trees; but the plant that, though slender and tender, has roots beneath the ground twice its own size — it remains sound; it survives. What is rooted from the foundation cannot be effaced by these things.

In any case, this is a truth, a certain point in Islam. Worthy faith is aware faith. It is faith joined with understanding and perception; it is a faith born of insight, with open eyes, unafraid of hardship. Take the faith of a certain Muslim man — the kind we can preserve only by saying: let him not read the newspaper, let him not read such-and-such a book, let him not walk in the street and bazaar, let him not speak with such-and-such a person, let him not suffer cold or heat, let him not see sun or moon, so that it may last. That faith, alas, will not last. What is needed is a faith chosen so consciously that even under the harshest conditions it cannot be taken from him.

Concerning 'Ammar Yasir, the verse of the Qur’an says: “…except one who is compelled while his heart is at rest in faith…”[73] If under torture, to turn the enemy away from you for a moment, you said a single word — say it; your faith is not a faith that torture can efface from your heart. Consider the faith Khabbab ibn al-Aratt had: they would heat iron and press it to his neck — this is no joke; they would bring glowing iron near his body and press it to his skin — and because of that deep, aware faith of his, he would not give up. This is faith.

When faith has been built out of clarity, out of understanding, out of thought, with correct reckonings, then we have no need to wrap it in cloth and rags and lock it in a strongbox, lest heat and grime harm it — no harm reaches it. It is unaware faith that keeps a person constantly anxious, in dread: lest, lest, lest. If we want faiths to be firm, if we want them not to be effaced, if we want faith to be aware faith, then we must continually give awareness to those we want to be believers. Let us not dread their becoming aware; let us not take pleasure in their remaining shut of eye and ear. The way is this: a good substance of awareness must first come into being in people’s minds and hearts, and with that awareness a correct, sturdy faith — a reinforced concrete [75] — must be built within the heart. Then, even against a shrapnel cannon,[76] as the old young men used to say, it cannot be effaced. Islam says faith must be aware. These verses at the end of Surat Al 'Imran introduce aware faith to us. “Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth, and in the alternation of night and day, there are signs for those endowed with understanding…”[74]

Inna fi khalqi al-samawati wa al-ard — these are an introduction — wa ikhtilafi al-layli wa al-nahar — indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth and the alternation of night and day. La’ayat — indeed there are signs — for the dull-witted? For the senseless? For those who do not think? Never! Li-uli al-albab — for those of understanding, the wise. The wise one possesses intellect and the power to understand — and that is all of us, provided we put our thought and intelligence to work. The wise were not, from the moment of birth, set apart by a special emblem, so that we could say, "we were never among them and cannot become wise; the wise are a breed apart." No. "Wise" means all of us, along with the other three billion human beings in the world — all of us are wise, on one condition: that we put to work, even a little, this power of intellect within us. Suppose you paid money for a machine, set it down in the house, and never opened it, never put it to use. Go check on it after a while and you will find it has no efficiency, no functioning — it has rusted; and even if it has not rusted, it does not run smoothly. The fault was not the machine’s; it was yours, for never putting it to work. Ulu al-albab means those who put the power of thought and reflection and intellect to work until they become wise.

Who are ulu al-albab? Here is one of the subtle points of the Qur’an. If ordinary people wished to introduce the wise, they would say: the wise one is he who is foremost in every affair of his life, who is never duped in any matter, who in business dealings, in politics,[77] in political maneuvering, in disputes and confrontations with rivals, everywhere has the upper hand. The Qur’an accepts none of these games. Because it deems a human being’s real worth to lie in his connection with God, it introduces the wise one quite differently: the wise one, in the Qur’an’s view, is the one who holds these highest values above everything and everyone else. Alladhina yadhkuruna Allah — they are the wise ones who remember God, qiyaman — while standing, wa qu’udan — while sitting, wa 'ala junubihim — while fallen upon their sides. That is, in every state they are mindful of God. But this mindfulness is not some ecstatic, dervish-like trance that certain people are pleased to imagine: "Very well, we too are always mindful of God; we are always crying out 'Hu!'" No — being mindful of God in an active way, a mindfulness that counts as a deed. How so?

Wa yatafakkaruna fi khalqi al-samawati wa al-ard — and they reflect upon the creation of the heavens and the earth; they are in a state of contemplation. So the wise, ulu al-albab, are those who live in a state of reflection: wa yatafakkaruna fi khalqi al-samawati wa al-ard. Then, when they carry out this reflection, with the tongue of the heart and the tongue of the outward they say: Rabbana — our Lord! Ma khalaqta hadha batilan, subhanak — You did not create this in vain; transcendent are You above such vain creating. And that is the most important and most fundamental point of an ideology.[78]

Every life-shaping ideology comes down to this fundamental point: I am here for some purpose. If one believes in God, he says, "I was brought here for a purpose"; if one does not believe in God, he says, "In any case I have some task here." The most fundamental point of any intellectual philosophy meant to inspire an individual and social life is precisely this: Rabbana ma khalaqta hadha batilan. The believer says to his Lord: our Lord, You did not create this heaven and earth, all this uproar, in vain. Subhanak — You are too transcendent and pure to do a vain work. So I have a responsibility. So I must tread a road. So I, in the face of this strange and astonishing order, am a point — and for a purpose. In this strange order, I too have a place, and for a purpose. So that if I do not do it rightly — that act in the very manner You have willed — I have ruined this order. Subhanak, qina 'adhaba al-nar — so keep us safe from the torment of the Fire; the fire of the Resurrection, which, while it is a reality, is also the symbol of the fire of God’s wrath and retribution, and is likewise [part of] the constitution of the world.

All of this is an introduction, so that we may rightly grasp aware faith from within these verses. You yourselves must have noticed how awareness ascends and rises up from these verses. Rabbana innaka man tudkhili al-nara faqad akhzaytah — our Lord, the one whom You make enter the Fire, You have disgraced and abased; wa ma lil-zalimina min ansar — and for the wrongdoers whom You have made enter the Fire there is no helper and no supporter, neither from the constitution [of the world] nor any hand from the Unseen, in no way whatsoever. That is, those who move along the path of injustice, unbelief and hypocrisy, and falsehood are condemned to extinction and nonexistence; nothing in this world supports them.

Rabbana — these wise, intelligent ones, these ulu al-albab, these thinkers upon heaven and earth who have understood that they did not come into this world in vain and that this world was not created in vain, continue their speech — we are arriving here at faith. They say: Rabbana — O our Lord — innana sami’na — we heard and understood, with the ear of the body and the ear of the heart; munadiyan — a caller, a crier — who yunadi lil-iman — was calling out for faith, sounding the call[79] of faith; an aminu bi-Rabbikum — saying, "Believe in your Lord"; fa-amanna — and then we believed. What sort of faith did these believe with? Did someone just say "Believe," and they believed? No. These are the very ulu al-albab, the very thinkers. This caller may outwardly be a prophet, but inwardly he is the prophet of their own intellect and insight, who summons them toward reflection and faith in God and calls them. So the caller said to them, "Believe," and they believed out of insight, out of understanding, out of perception and complete awareness. This kind of faith is what is desired in Islam: aware faith. That is the second point.

There is also a third point. Aware faith is what Islam desires, and God Most High accepts no unaware faith and assigns it no honor or worth. So in several places the Qur’an severely rebukes the blind, imitative, prejudiced faiths — for such faiths often slam a person to the ground head-first. Here is one of its verses. “And when it is said to them, 'Come to what God has sent down and to the Messenger…'”[80] The talk is of the unbelievers and the reactionaries: when they are told, "Come toward what God has sent down, and come toward the Prophet" — that is, come and test and understand what God has sent down and what the Prophet teaches; come close, understand, listen, see what the Prophet says; does the Prophet have something to say? — what is their answer? Instead of coming, instead of thinking, instead of trying to understand and to choose their road, qalu — they say: hasbuna ma wajadna 'alayhi aba’ana — "the way and custom upon which we found our fathers is enough for us. We do not go after these new words." In the words of one researcher, the unbelievers in the Qur’an are everywhere another name for the reactionaries of the centuries and the ages. Everywhere the Prophet is the enlightened intellectual of his time: he has a new word, a new road, he summons toward the new, whereas the unbelievers and opponents are the prejudiced, the imitators, the rigid-minded, the reactionaries who neither like nor accept his new road.

Their words too are: "Tread the road just as the [former] travelers trod."[81] We did not see our fathers and mothers this way; we saw them another way, and we want to understand it their way and act their way. Then what does the Qur’an answer? A wa law kana aba’uhum la ya’lamuna shay’an wa la yahtadun — they have carried this imitation of their fathers so far that they follow them even though their fathers knew nothing and found no way aright. The Qur’an says to them: even if your fathers understood nothing, found no road, could not tell their own good from their own ill — even so, do you imitate them? See how it blames and reproaches imitation.

4. Session 4: Productive Faith Accompanied by Practical Commitments

ایمان زاینده و همراه با تعهدات عملی — delivered Sunday, 31 Shahrivar 1353 / 5 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

وَجَٰهِدُواْ فِي ٱللَّهِ حَقَّ جِهَادِهِۦۚ هُوَ ٱجۡتَبَىٰكُمۡ وَمَا جَعَلَ عَلَيۡكُمۡ فِي ٱلدِّينِ مِنۡ حَرَجٖۚ مِّلَّةَ أَبِيكُمۡ إِبۡرَٰهِيمَۚ هُوَ سَمَّىٰكُمُ ٱلۡمُسۡلِمِينَ مِن قَبۡلُ وَفِي هَٰذَا لِيَكُونَ ٱلرَّسُولُ شَهِيدًا عَلَيۡكُمۡ وَتَكُونُواْ شُهَدَآءَ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِۚ فَأَقِيمُواْ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُواْ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱعۡتَصِمُواْ بِٱللَّهِ هُوَ مَوۡلَىٰكُمۡۖ فَنِعۡمَ ٱلۡمَوۡلَىٰ وَنِعۡمَ ٱلنَّصِيرُ

"…And strive for God with the striving due to Him. He has chosen you and has not laid upon you in religion any hardship — the faith of your father Abraham. It is He who named you Muslims before and in this [Revelation], that the Messenger may be a witness over you and that you may be witnesses over mankind. So establish prayer and give zakat and hold fast to God. He is your Protector — and excellent is the Protector, and excellent is the Helper."

— Surat al-Hajj (22:77-78)

The matter is simply this: faith, according to the undeniable culture of the Qur’an, is not merely an affair of the heart. True, faith means belief, and belief is a matter of the heart. But the Qur’an does not count every belief as valid. Abstract faith — a faith confined to a dry and empty heart, a faith whose radiance never shows in the believer’s limbs and organs — such faith, in the view of Islam, is worthless.

The very first to have faith in God was Satan. For years before the boastful servants of the Lord and the proud, pampered children of Adam came to this dusty earth, Iblis worshipped God Almighty, and his heart was a center of the knowledge of God. But at the decisive juncture — at the very moment when faith is supposed to come into play, the moment of choice, when one’s final path is determined — this faith was of no use to Iblis; it remained right there in the heart. I say that a faith which only remains in the heart will rot and dry up. You may object, "No, it endures." Then let us grant the objection its full strength and say that faith does remain in the depths of the heart. Even so, a faith that stays in the heart and never reaches the hands and feet, the eyes and ears and brain — the whole life and energies of a person — that faith, from the standpoint of Qur’anic culture, is worthless.

We have summarized this point in a single heading, the very heading written at the top of the sheet[82] in your hands: productive faith. A faith that, like an overflowing spring, gives birth to action; a faith accompanied by commitment; a faith that places a burden upon the believer’s shoulders; a faith with action alongside it.

I set out to count the verses in the Qur’an that read «inna’lladhina amanu wa 'amilu’s-salihat» — "those who believed and did righteous deeds." I found that in this very wording, faith joined with righteous action appears in dozens of instances. Faith without commitment — a faith unaccompanied by any sense of responsibility — is good neither for this world nor for the Hereafter. This is the logic of the Qur’an.

Some people supposed that faith belongs to the region of a person’s heart — that a person can still count among the believers even when he is not bound to the requisites and commitments of faith. They imagined that belief alone, held without action, without effort, without striving, would win a person God’s promises to the believers. They thought Paradise is granted in exchange for an affair of the heart; that government over the earth, too, is granted for an affair of the heart and not for action; that if we strip away action, something of faith still remains. These people ought to reflect carefully upon these verses, and upon the dozens of other instances throughout the entire Qur’an, so that they may see the truth: the only faith Islam values is the faith accompanied by action, by responsibility, by duty, by commitment.

If you have felt no commitment, then doubt whether you are a believer at all. A society that does not act upon the commitments of faith should not call itself a believing society.

Consider those who have heard from the Qur’an «wa la tahinu wa la tahzanu wa antum al-a’lawna in kuntum mu’minin»_[83] — "Do not weaken, do not grieve; if you are believers you are the highest of all." They heard this astonishing summons from the Qur’an, and then they looked at the realities and saw that the believers in the Qur’an are not above everyone; they are in debt[84] to everyone. So they are amazed: where, then, is this promise of the Qur’an? And when they find no fulfilling[85] of this promise, they sit waiting for the appearance of the Wali of the Age (may the blessings of God be upon him). To these people, too, it must be said: yes, the divine promise is true — both at the appearance of the Promised Mahdi (may the blessings of God be upon him) and wherever faith takes form. But it is the faith that the Qur’an regards as accompanied by action, the faith it does not consider separate from commitment. Faith is not merely an affair of the heart.

If mere assent and acceptance of the truth of the word were enough for faith, then I say the first to have faith in the Prophet was Abu Lahab[86] or al-Walid ibn al-Mughira al-Makhzumi.[87] Those shrewd Arabs understood very well that the Messenger of God did not lie; they understood that he spoke the truth. Do you want proof? The proof is that they would sit with their drinking companions and resolve to disgrace the Prophet. They would say, "Let us go and listen, let us see what he says, and find fault with him." Then they would go and sit; and the next night they would come back and say, "No, this is not the speech of a human being; this is the word of the God of mankind." So they accepted; they affirmed that he spoke from God. Yet you, fourteen centuries later, do not regard him as a believer. I say: if he is not a believer — on the grounds that this faith of his, this acceptance of his, this assent of his, was not accompanied by the appropriate commitments — then are we believers? Our own assent, too, is not accompanied by the appropriate commitments. What do you say?

If mere recognition and heart-felt faith were enough, then 'Amr ibn al-'As[88] would have to be the first Shi’a in the world. 'Amr ibn al-'As, who either saw the affair of Ghadir Khumm with his own eyes or heard of it from those who saw it with their own eyes — whereas you and I, after thirteen-odd centuries, merely read of this affair in books. 'Amr ibn al-'As, who composes poetry about Imam 'Ali (peace be upon him);[89] 'Amr ibn al-'As, who at the moment of death, in those most critical moments that present themselves to a human mind, expresses remorse, saying, "I sold my religion for Mu’awiya’s world; I fought against 'Ali, whom I knew to be the truth."[90] So 'Amr ibn al-'As, it seems to me, grasped and affirmed the immediate succession (wilayat-i bila-fasl) of the Commander of the Faithful more deeply and more knowledgeably than a Shi’a of the fourteenth century after the Hijra. But is he a Shi’a? You say no. Why is he not a Shi’a? Because belief in the Imamate of the Commander of the Faithful brings certain commitments, and its very first commitment is not to pledge allegiance to Mu’awiya ibn Abi Sufyan. 'Amr ibn al-'As is not a Shi’a, because he becomes complicit with Mu’awiya and fights against this very 'Ali — that is, he does not remain bound to the commitments of Shi’ism, to the duties that this belief places on a person.

This statement is correct. And because it is correct, I turn the discourse back upon ourselves once again, and I say: by this very reasoning, can you and I believe and be certain that we are Shi’a? Are we acting upon the commitments of being a Shi’a? Are we bound by them? And the word of the Qur’an on this matter is clear and unambiguous. It explicitly denies faith to those who are utterly unbound by the commitments of their faith. Therefore, the faith that is valid in Islam — and these are among the doctrinal principles of Islam and of Shi’ism — is productive, commitment-creating faith. It is the faith that is accompanied by practical commitments; and if it is not so accompanied, then do not wait for its fruits either, do not wait for victory in this world, do not wait for security in this world.

Dozens of other verses bear witness to the point. The Qur’an says: “Those who believed and did not clothe their faith in wrongdoing — for them is security, and they are rightly guided.”[91] Faith accompanied by oppression does not procure security. Faith with no commitment alongside it does not grant the believer victory; it does not guarantee his triumph; it does not bring him the help of God and the help of the very particles of nature and creation; it does not give him the happiness of this world — in a word, it does not give him the paradise of this world and the next.

The vain fancies that arise from love of ease whisper to us the very opposite. There is a trait in us that always seeks the easier course, a pull toward taking the path of least resistance. Give a person the choice between two tasks, and whichever is easier — whichever requires less effort and less expense — is the one he chooses. This is human nature; usually people are like this. The trait tells us to accept the easier, less costly, more effortless path. Religious faith, on the other hand, says: your Paradise is lost. So that the ease-seeking may stay in place and Paradise may not be lost, we are compelled to sit down and devise formulas — formulas that send the idle, lazy man to Paradise. We stand by them, we cling to them stubbornly, and to the very end we never understand; only when we have failed to reach Paradise do we understand that the formulas were wrong. I say: let us reconsider now, let us see whether these formulas are really correct.

The Qur’an is our definitive, flawless text, and there are hundreds of sound, well-attested narrations. In a narration to this effect, the Imam (peace be upon him) says that our intercession does not reach a person, or a person does not attain to our intercession, except through striving and serious effort. Yet with laziness, with embracing the knee of grief, with eating the grief of the past and the grief of the future in a spineless, listless way — grieving is good, but a grieving that is not accompanied by spinelessness — we sit in this negative, base, fruitless state, waiting in the hope of intercession. The Imam himself (peace be upon him), according to this narration, says that our intercession reaches those who have serious effort and striving — precisely the opposite of what is in our minds. And narrations of this kind are beyond counting.

Imam al-Sajjad (peace be upon him), in that middle of the night, is engaged in worship in the mosque, weeping and lamenting. That man, whose whole life — rightly understood — is an effort in the path of bringing right and truth to power, is in the middle of the night also wholly an effort in the path of servitude and humility before God. He sheds tears, he weeps, he supplicates — astonishing supplications, which there is no occasion now for me to relate — in an astonishing state. Then a simple-hearted, good-natured man says to him: "O son of the Prophet! You? You, with that father, that mother, that grandfather — all of whom are God’s chosen servants — leave the weeping to us. You, who are the son of the Prophet, the son of 'Ali, the son of Husayn, the son of Fatima al-Zahra, why do you weep?" At that, Imam al-Sajjad (the blessings of God be upon him), while defending this thesis — the thesis of humility and reverence and weeping and worship and supplication before the Lord, for the polishing of the soul, for becoming ever more resolute, for relying ever more upon God, and not for benumbing[92] oneself — also draws this error out of the mind of this ordinary Shi’a while reinforcing the thesis. He says: "What are you saying? «Da' 'an hadithi abi wa ummi wa jaddi»_[93] — cast aside the talk of father and mother and grandfather, that you are the son of so-and-so — «al-jannatu li’l-muti’in» — Paradise belongs to the obedient." This is the Islamic thesis and the Shi’i thesis in the matter of faith and action.

Why do I emphasize this matter? Because for long years — indeed for many centuries — work has been done upon the minds of Muslims to convince them that action is not necessary for being a Muslim, that a pure heart alone, not a pure deed, is enough to make a believer. Aiding these treacherous, hireling hands has been our own love of ease, our own pretensions — for we would like God’s Paradise handed to us in exchange for some small task. And this mistaken understanding has been aided too by the ignorance of those with no ulterior motive; they had no motive other than that they were ignorant.

From soon after the Prophet, this idea arose and was promoted. Mu’awiya ibn Abi Sufyan is a striking case. Do you know of anyone more irreligious than Mu’awiya, anyone worse than Mu’awiya? Who else, in that history, at the very dawn of Islamic history, could you find worse than these people? One day they saw Mu’awiya making a bequest to his intimates: "Yes — when I am dead, there are one or two small bundles; bring them from such-and-such a place and place them in my shroud." They said, "What are these?" He said, "One of them is a piece of the Prophet’s garment. One day the Prophet of God was trimming his hair and face, or paring his nails, and I gathered up a few of those particles of hair and the discarded nail-clippings of the Prophet; place these in my shroud, that God may forgive me."[94]

How pure of soul! Mu’awiya too sets out and works in the hope of the Prophet’s intercession — but on what path? On the path of acquiring a few strands of the hair of the Prophet’s mustache and face and head. Well, bravo! As far as it is easy, as far as it costs nothing, he lends an ear to the Qur’an too, he shows respect to the Qur’an too — but only as far as it is profitable to himself.

In any case, for years — and for long years — they have been working upon minds, so as to say: Islam minus action, faith without action; in the heart, love and belief — and not in action, in movement and effect. For years they have wanted to make us believe this. And the Qur’an, all the while, raises its call, alive and fresh: “and those are not the believers.”[95]

Those who do not have these works (whose recitation we shall see either today or tomorrow) are not believers; they have no faith. Those are believers, those are with you, those are encompassed by the grace of God and by brotherhood and Muslim fellowship, who move in the path of God, in accordance with faith, in a committed manner — who strive, who work, who labor. This is the logic of the Qur’an.

“O you who have believed”[96] — bow, prostrate, humble yourselves before God; render servitude and worship to your Lord; do good; that perhaps you may succeed, may be saved.

If you do these works, there is felicity and salvation and success and triumph.[97] But if it were only «ya ayyuha’lladhina amanu» — "O you who have believed" — and there were no «irka’u wa’sjudu wa’budu rabbakum waf’alu’l-khayr» — bow, prostrate, worship your Lord, and do good — would there be felicity and salvation? The answer is up to you.

“And strive for God with the striving due to Him.”[98]

Strive in the path of God in the manner that striving deserves. For a single day’s income, from sunrise to sunrise,[99] what do you do, how much do you toil? How much do you strive? In that same proportion, see how much you must strive for God. Everything is in the main text, while the work of God is in the margin. The general layout of our lives is like this: all the works are in the main text — teaching, learning, earning money, toiling, exercising, and so on — all of it is the main text of life; and in those margins, that work of God either is there or is not. But look correctly, and you’ll see that the effort you must make for God and in the path of God — its volume, its quality, its depth, its tirelessness and steadfastness — ought to be, in proportion to the greatness and majesty of God Himself, greater than all other efforts, more enduring, more tireless, more indefatigable.

“…strive for God with the striving due to Him. He has chosen you.”

O community of Islam! What does "He has chosen you" mean? Does it mean He has set you aside as pampered, precious pearls, a breed apart — that you have sinned too, erred too, acted against Our command too, yet Paradise stands in your name? The Jews made exactly this claim about themselves. They were mistaken, and any Muslim who thinks this way is mistaken too. Against the Jews — who imagined they were the beloved and the intimates, indeed the children of God — the Qur’an declares, in a tone of severe and stinging reproach, that all this love and closeness hinges on one thing: that you act according to God’s command. "We chose you" — that is true; "but We had chosen the Children of Israel before too." God selected the Ummah of Islam, but before Islam He had selected the Children of Israel too. Both selections are of one kind: choosing the most prepared individual for the greatest task.

Look among ten of you and pick out the one whose face is most resolute, whose body is most ready, whose complexion is most vigorous, whose fist is strongest, whose arms and chest are broadest and firmest. You say, "Sir, this heavy load — you must lift it; I chose you for this task." And this one steps forward. If he lifts it, if he is able to do this task — that is, if he wills it, for the capacity was undoubtedly in him — if he resolves and lifts this load, then he rises above the level of his peers[100] and becomes a select, distinguished individual. And if he does not lift it? Then he becomes more downtrodden and more wretched than the others. They say to him, "Poor wretch! The others could not, and We did not ask them; but We asked you, and you did not do it." The selection of the Ummah of Islam is of this kind, like the selection of the Ummah of the Children of Israel. The Children of Israel in their time, and the Muslims in their time, were the worthiest of communities and individuals to bear the trust of Islam, the leadership and guidance of mankind; that is why this trust was given to them. Did they bear it or not? If they bore it — if they delivered this trust to its destination — then of course they are the best, the most select, and the worthiest of Muslims. But if not, then what? If they did not bear it, they earn the very condition the Jews earned as a result of not bearing the trust:

“And humiliation and wretchedness were stamped upon them, and they incurred the wrath of God.”[101][102]

This is for their world; ma’wahum jahannam — "their abode is Hell" — and that is for their Hereafter.

“He has chosen you.”

He has chosen you, He has selected you to bear this load. «wa ma ja’ala 'alaykum fi’d-dini min haraj» — "and He has not laid upon you in religion any hardship": in religion He has placed upon you no hardship, no pressure, no difficulty; there is no constraint. This load is not so very heavy; bearing it is no such torment; it is bearable. «wa ma ja’ala 'alaykum fi’d-dini min haraj» — He has laid upon you in the matter of religion no constraint, no difficulty, no pressure. «millata abikum Ibrahim» — this is the very creed of your father Abraham. «huwa sammakumu’l-muslimina min qablu wa fi hadha» — He has named you, in the past and in this present time, Muslims and submitters, surrendered to God — «wa min dhurriyyatina ummatan muslimatan lak»_[103] (this is in the prayer of Abraham in Surat al-Baqarah, a reference to that) — _«huwa sammakumu’l-muslimina min qablu wa fi hadha»: We gave you this load, We carried out this selection regarding you. And for what? So that you may do what and reach where?

“…that the Messenger may be a witness over you and that you may be witnesses over mankind.”

Your direct overseer is the Prophet, and you are responsible for all humanity — so that the Prophet may be a watchman over you, and you may be watchmen over humanity. You are the rulers of mankind, you are the administrators of humanity, you are the watchmen of this caravan. O leaders of the caravan, do not remain asleep!

«li-yakuna’r-rasulu shahidan 'alaykum» — that the Prophet may be a watchman over you; «wa takunu shuhada’a 'ala’n-nas» — and that you may be the watchmen and overseers over the people, over the nations and the masses. Now that this is so, now that your responsibility is heavy, now that you are being dispatched on a difficult mission on behalf of the Lord — «fa-aqimu’s-salat» — then establish prayer. Once again duty, once again commitment — dry and empty faith?! «fa-aqimu’s-salat» — establish the prayer; «wa atu’z-zakat» — and give the zakat. («aqimu’s-salat» I explained on one of the past days.)

“and hold fast to God.”

And cling to God and to the divine creed; take refuge in God, rely upon Him; fear no one else, no other power. When the ways close before you, do not despair of God’s grace and aid. «huwa mawlakum» — God is your master, your guardian, your protector, the one on your front line. (The meaning of mawla — guardianship (wilayat) and expressions of this sort — I must, God willing, set forth in a detailed and independent discussion. «Allahu waliyyu’lladhina amanu»_[104] — what does it mean? _«huwa mawlakum» — what does it mean? 'Ali is the mawla of the believers — what does it mean? The believers must hold the wilayat of 'Ali — what does it mean? This wilayat, this word, is an astonishingly meaning-laden, pith-filled word. One day, God willing, I will explain it using Qur’anic expressions.) «fa-ni’ma’l-mawla wa ni’ma’n-nasir» — what an excellent master, what an excellent helper is the Lord.

We have several more verses, from the end of Surat al-Anfal. These are the social commitments. The commitments of faith of the kind of zakat, of prayer, of holding fast to God — that is one kind, the kind those earlier verses at the end of Surat al-Hajj repeated. These verses raise another kind of commitment, seen from another angle.

“Indeed those who believed”[105] — and emigrated.

What does it mean to emigrate? Does it mean, firstly, that they went from Mashhad to Tehran, for example, and stayed — that they migrated from one city to another, and that was all? No. Emigration means washing one’s hands of everything, all at once, for the sake of a goal: for the sake of joining the Islamic society, of accepting commitment within the organized structure of the Islamic community. When you rose up and came out of Mecca, your shop full of goods no longer existed for you there — that shop with its established goodwill, as today’s people would call it, with its loyal clientele and the reputation that earned you honor. Your shop with its two or three bays[106] was confiscated and your property looted, all to the benefit of the bloodthirsty, marauding plunderers of Mecca. If you had come from Mecca alone, and your wife had not become a Muslim, then you had to write off every memory of your past married life to the wind — it was over, you had to tear your heart away. If you came from Mecca to Medina, and your father or your son had stayed behind there, the dearest of your dear ones had turned into your blood-enemy. This is what emigration means. Those who emigrated accepted all these deprivations and failures into their souls.

From another angle, emigration means carrying a single brick for the building of the mighty palace of the Islamic society. Consider: a building is to be constructed. Suppose that a hundred pieces of timber, or thousands of bricks, are to be placed here one upon another. If every child carries even one and brings it here, then it is built. If every person lays a single stone, a magnificent palace comes into being. The Islamic society that had risen in Medina needed believing, active, capable, seasoned elements — people who understood Islam, who loved and believed in this path, whose hearts brimmed with faith. The one who emigrated from Mecca passed up familiarity and affection and memory and ease and merriment, and came to Medina. In coming from Mecca to Medina, this person had in truth taken a great step, by his own measure, toward building such a society; and so he had worth, he was decisive. So see what these verses say.

“Indeed those who believed — and also emigrated — and strove with their wealth and their lives in the path of God — and those who gave shelter, to these homeless, helpless ones uprooted from their houses — and aided them — all of these: these are some of them the allies of others.”

These are bound together, joined on one front. They are all one element — the bricks and mortar of one wall and one roof. «Mathalu’l-mu’mini ka-mathali’l-bunyani yashuddu ba’duhu ba’da»_[107] — "The likeness of the believer is the likeness of a building: one part of it reinforces another." Have you seen how the bricks interlock in a vaulted ceiling? Each brick is a believer; each believer is a brick, interlocked, holding dozens of other bricks in place. Pull out a single brick with effort, and ten around it fall — this one had held those ten, just as those ten in turn, each for its part, had held this one. _«ba’duhum awliya’u ba’d» — some of them are the allies of others.

“and those who believed” — pay attention here — but those who believed, who have the heart-faith too, yet «wa lam yuhajiru» — they did not tear themselves away from the comfortable, tree-shaded[108] private home to emigrate — (and even if there was no tree-shaded home there, then the houses of that place) — «wa lam yuhajiru» — they did not emigrate; they believed, but did not act on this commitment of faith. And what does He say of such people? «ma lakum min walayatihim min shay’in hatta yuhajiru» — you have nothing to do with their guardianship until they emigrate. These are not joined to you, not part of you; between you and them there is no guardianship. Until when? «hatta yuhajiru» — until they act on the commitment of faith. Dry and empty faith yields no effect even in this world, brother; even in the Islamic society it becomes no source of effect; and in the Hereafter, that goes without saying. «Ma lakum min walayatihim min shay’in hatta yuhajiru.»

A few verses on, there is again a sentence that serves our purpose much better — very apt as testimony for our point. I will read it to you now. One, two, three verses later He says:

“And those who believed and emigrated and strove in the path of God”[109] — and those who gave shelter and aided — these are the true believers.

The true believer is this one. And who is the one who is not? The false believer. This is the import of the verse.

5. Session 5: Faith and Adherence to Commitments

ایمان و پایبندی به تعهدات — delivered Monday, 1 Mehr 1353 / 6 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

إِنَّمَا كَانَ قَوۡلَ ٱلۡمُؤۡمِنِينَ إِذَا دُعُوٓاْ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ لِيَحۡكُمَ بَيۡنَهُمۡ أَن يَقُولُواْ سَمِعۡنَا وَأَطَعۡنَاۚ وَأُوْلَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلۡمُفۡلِحُونَ

"The only saying of the believers, when they are called to God and His Messenger so that he may judge between them, is that they say: 'We hear and we obey.' And it is they who are the successful. And whoever obeys God and His Messenger, and fears God and is mindful of Him — it is they who are the triumphant."

— Surat al-Nur (24:51-52)

Here is another important point within the discussion of faith: a believer’s commitments are not occasional, not a matter of personal whim. Someone who wants to present himself as a believer cannot be a believer only where his own aggressive self-interest demands it. That is the picture we must reject — a man who, wherever he can "ride the mount of his desire"[110] in the name of faith and through a show of action, invokes the name of faith and of action — but then, in cases where faith and action yield him no personal, transgressive benefit, turns away from the name of Islam and of faith, and from acting on faith’s commitments. We have attributed this trait — which the Qur’an exposes in a variety of forms — to the profit-seekers; profit-seekers are like this, we said. All the people of the world are profit-seekers; who desires his own loss? But what we mean by "profit-seekers" here are those ready to sacrifice worldly interests for the benefit of their own person — the transgressing profit-seekers.

Their way of life is this: they want and love faith and action only to the extent that it serves their own person, only insofar as, in the name of faith and through a show of action, they can derive some gain or pleasure. People of this sort are not believers, from the standpoint of Islam. The Qur’an declares explicitly that these have no faith. Faith was one of the very first topics that had to be raised in the chain of the intellectual understanding of Islam, and in discussing it we reached this conclusion: faith is faith only when it comes with commitment. Faith without commitment, without a sense of responsibility, without carrying out its commitments — without, in the Qur’an’s expression, righteous deeds — is not faith. A bare, dry, merely mental faith bears no fruit. One further truth must be kept in view: commitment is perpetual and universal.

A believer who wishes to remain a believer, and to enjoy the fruits of being one, must feel committed before every commandment of God, everywhere. Faith in God and in the prophetic mission brings a commitment: everyone must become a servant of God, and I, to the extent I am able, must make everyone a servant of God. Faith in the Prophet, and bearing witness that I affirm[111] the messengership of my Prophet, brings this commitment: I must follow the Prophet and move along his path. Suppose I accept that — suppose I take on this commitment. Then one thing no longer makes sense: when I encounter some small phenomenon contrary to the Prophet’s conduct, contrary to the path of God’s Prophet, I fill the veins of my neck, I clench my fists — truly the performance of a Muslim. But when I face a larger phenomenon, a more troublesome one, again running against the direction of prophethood and messengership, I forget my responsibility.

There is a saying: Asadun 'alayya wa-fi’l-hurubi na’amatun — "A lion against me, but in wars an ostrich." With the weak you are a lion; with the mildly bad you roar like a male lion; but with the great evildoers, the ones who breed evil, you have no fighting spirit at all! Asadun 'alayya wa-fi’l-hurubi na’amatun! This is an Arabic line of verse used as a proverb.[112] It says: when they come up against us they are lions, but in the wars, when they face thick-necked, sword-wielding, armed enemies, they are ostriches. Does an ostrich do battle with anyone? Does an ostrich have claws and fangs?

Commitment is not seasonal; commitment is not occasional. It is not directed at one time and not at another; it is not directed at one person and not at another. Commitment is universal and perpetual. The Noble Qur’an names the Jews — those who in one place would say that our brethren, meaning the Jews, must be preserved like dear ones, yet in the place where their personal interests came into play would kill these very brethren in wars, take them captive, sell them, and consume the price. Rebuking the Children of Israel, the Qur’an says: “Do you believe in part of the Book and disbelieve in part?”[113]

Do you have faith in some of the religion? In its untroublesome, comfortable parts you are believers and committed, while in some other parts you have no belief at all. Can such a thing be? Can one make a division between two statements and two commands, both of which spring from one origin and one point?

Our great Imam, Imam al-Baqir — God’s blessings and peace be upon him — points precisely to people of this very kind in that well-known hadith, the first in the chapter on enjoining good and forbidding evil in the noble book al-Wafi. This hadith is in al-Kafi_[114] as well, and in the reliable books of the Shi’a, but al-Wafi is the compendium of our four principal books, by the late Fayd al-Kashani[115] — and when you open the book on enjoining good and forbidding evil, this is its first hadith. These are people who turn toward prayer and fasting, which are untroublesome, but toward enjoining good and forbidding evil — which is troublesome and, on the surface, harmful — they show no inclination at all. Here the Imam, peace be upon him, does not go on to say whether these are believers or not, nor whether they are corrupt (fasiq) or hypocrites. But the verse of the Qur’an says it explicitly: those who, where their interests are at stake, do not want the religion — these are not believers.

Consider those who submit to the Prophet’s judgment when the truth is on their side, but the moment the truth is not on their side and they know the ruling will go against them, refuse to submit. Of these the Qur’an asks: did they fear? Did some doubt arise in them? Did they fall into uncertainty about the rightness and soundness of the religion? Or worse — “Or do they fear that God and His Messenger will be unjust to them?”[116] They feared that God and His Messenger would wrong them, a fear at the very level of unbelief.

In all affairs, in every corner and aspect of life, the believer is committed — not only where his advantage requires it.

Mu’awiya ibn Abi Sufyan, when it became necessary, even raised the Qur’an as pages upon the spear-points — you have all heard the story. When advantage required it, he too would speak of the Qur’an, of prayer, of religion. When he had to win over the heart of one of 'Ali’s friends, he would even praise the virtues of the Commander of the Faithful; when they mentioned 'Ali’s virtues, he would even shed crocodile tears.[117] How many times have you heard the story: Mu’awiya was seated, and 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas was seated, and others too, and he said, "So, you so-and-so son of so-and-so, what do you know of the virtue of 'Ali?" The man said, "Am I safe?" Mu’awiya said, "Yes, you are safe." Then the man began to speak, and Mu’awiya broke into loud weeping and wailing.[118] Where it serves him, he even speaks of love for 'Ali; where it serves him, he even presents himself as God’s special servant; where, to keep ruling over a handful of Muslims, he must preserve their sentiments and not wound their feelings, he speaks of what the people love — the Qur’an and Islam.

These are the places where religion serves his benefit, in line with his personal interests and his transgressing desires. But where religion and obedience to its commandments cost him something — there he no longer recognizes religion. Consider what those other matters are: the reckoning of justice, the observance of social justice, the regard for the oppressed and deprived classes, the placing of relatives and strangers on an equal footing — all of this is religion, all of it is Islam — and the raising of people’s thought and reflection, which is the very goal of the messages, the prophethoods, the missions. When these come into play, Mu’awiya knows nothing of religion, feels no commitment before it. I use Mu’awiya as an example so that you and I have a way to bring ourselves into this same arena and test ourselves against this certain standard. Let me take as my example someone whose badness is clear and certain in everyone’s view.

Suppose we accept one portion of the religion with full commitment, reject the other portion, and still regard ourselves as believers. If that is how it works, then let us first count Mu’awiya a believer — because Mu’awiya was exactly like this. Toward one portion of the religion he professed intense adherence. Have I not said again and again that Mu’awiya prayed? He prayed in congregation, he prayed at the first time of prayer, he even led the prayer — and the merit of congregational prayer is greater for the leader than for those who follow. By the narrations on this subject, the reward the prayer-leader has before God is greater than the reward of the followers. And he would be the one leading.

Here religion is a very good religion, a delightful religion, a harmless religion, a religion that attracts affection, draws sentiment, makes the people well-disposed — all good things. But this religion says its Prophet was sent to teach and train the people: “Indeed God conferred a favor upon the believers when He sent among them a Messenger from among themselves, reciting to them His verses, and purifying them, and teaching them the Book and the wisdom.”[119]

God sent the Prophet to humanity to teach them, to advance them, to make insight and reason strong and powerful in them. Whatever struggles against people’s intellect, the religion struggles against. Whatever blocks their eye, their perception, their reason, their understanding, the religion blocks its encroachment. Any factor at all, in whatever form, that will not let people think and understand and perceive — the religion will not let that factor stay alive.

This is religion. The thing they called the opiate and narcotic of the nations is something else entirely. In our Qur’an, in the conduct of our Prophet, in the conduct of our leaders, there is no sign of that sort of religion. Islam, which fights against unbelief, fights against that sort of religion too. Our Commander of the Faithful, the great Islamic leader, says that God sent the prophets to stir up and arouse the treasures of intellect within people — _wa-yuthiru lahum dafa’ina’l-'uqul_[120] ("and that they might unearth for them the buried treasures of the intellects"). So anything of the opposite kind stands at the very opposite point of the philosophy of the prophets' mission — anything that buries these treasures more deeply, that conceals and hides the power of human reason and thought under mountains of dust, or of fanaticism, or false notion, or strangulation, or suffocation, or anything else. It makes no difference what it is or in what age it comes.

The prophethoods deal with the thought and the reason of the people; the more precise that thought and reason, the more acceptable the prophethoods become. They strive to raise these thoughts up. So whatever blocks this is against religion, contrary to religion. Take any person, any factor, any power, any motive — whether inside a person or outside him — that holds back the thought, reason, and intellect from growth and development,[121] that denies it any room to act, so that people cannot understand anything, find a path, and freely walk it under the light of their own thought and insight. That is what religion stands against. And Mu’awiya was of this kind. Here, where the enlightening of people’s minds came into play, Mu’awiya understood nothing at all of what Islam is. Where Islam commands him — take hunger away from the people, remove class differences from society, permit no discrimination, set no conscienceless oppressors over the people, choose no advisors and friends and intimates from among the most criminal of the people, drive the people toward neither Hell nor the punishment of God and of this world — where these matters came up, where it was said to him, "Lift the pressure off the people, let them understand," there Mu’awiya stood leagues away from religion.

He says to Ibn 'Abbas: "Ibn 'Abbas, do not recite the Qur’an." He said, "How should I not recite the Qur’an?" He said, "Well, recite it, but do not interpret it." He said, "How is it possible, Mu’awiya, that I recite the Qur’an and not interpret it? What are these words you are speaking?" Mu’awiya saw that he had said something that struck people badly — in those days it sounded wrong to them, that a man should recite the Qur’an and not interpret it — so he said, "Very well, interpret it, but the interpretation that has come down through your own family, through the Commander of the Faithful — do not tell that interpretation to the people."[122] He did not want the people to understand the Qur’an, and at bottom he did not want them to understand anything at all. The less the people understood, the more it served Mu’awiya.

So turn to Mu’awiya’s record. Set aside the oppressions, the killings, the buryings alive, the rotting-away in prison, the destruction of men like Hujr ibn 'Adi[123], in his youth, came with his brother Hani' to Medina and embraced Islam. Later he was among the companions of the Commander of the Faithful and one of the commanders of His Holiness’s army. Hujr, who openly incited the people against Mu’awiya, was arrested by Ziyad ibn Abih and sent to Syria. Mu’awiya issued the order for his killing along the way. He, together with several of his companions, was martyred in the land of "Marj 'Adhra'," which had been conquered by himself.] and Rushayd al-Hajari,[124] was among the special companions and confidants (ashab al-sirr) of the Commander of the Faithful, Imam al-Hasan, and Imam al-Husayn. He had learned from the Commander of the Faithful the knowledge of the circumstances of people’s deaths and of future trials. Just as his master had told him, he went to the gallows with his hands and feet cut off and his tongue severed, and was martyred.] set aside those vile, contemptible[125] crimes against the likes of Maytham al-Tammar[126] — crimes everyone understands, that even the plainest person can see. Mu’awiya has one crime that only precise eyes can grasp. That crime is this. He should have carried this newborn thing, this Islamic society, forward at least twenty years; the trust placed in his hands he should have advanced twenty years. He did not advance it twenty years. He did not even leave it where he found it — he set it back two hundred years as well. Set it back in what respect? Did their money decrease? No — would that their money had decreased! Did their territory shrink, their country break apart? Did some of them die for nothing? Would that these things had happened! What he set back was the people’s thought, their insight, their morals. This was a crime in no way pardonable, and is not. It was a sin no ten or twenty years of another just government could remedy. Twenty or thirty years after Mu’awiya’s era came 'Umar ibn 'Abd al-'Aziz[127] — the just one of the Banu Umayya. He could accomplish nothing: he could not make amends for Mu’awiya’s atrocities, could not fill in Mu’awiya’s pits. They did not even grant him more than two years to rule; they poisoned him and killed him. Mu’awiya had so arranged things that nothing but corruption would grow, nothing but corruption would be accepted. The people — ignorant, senseless, taking nothing in with reflection or care, their eyes wide open — would hear whatever Mu’awiya’s loudspeakers said, and believe that very thing, and come to hold that very belief.

I have stories of the ignorance of the people of Syria in the time of the Banu Umayya, and often they are amusing stories too. Let me tell one of them now, as a "joke," in today’s phrase. See to what point they can drag a whole nation. In the time of 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan,[128] Marwan (26–86 AH) took power in the year 65 of the Hijra at a time when the Hijaz and Iraq were under the dominion of the House of al-Zubayr. Relying on the sword and with the help of a bloodthirsty commander such as Hajjaj ibn Yusuf al-Thaqafi, he gained mastery over the entire Islamic land and ruled for twenty-one years.] Mecca was conquered by Hajjaj ibn Yusuf. Hajjaj was the powerful, capable commander of the Banu Umayya, and he was intensely against anyone and anything that had the slightest inclination toward Shi’ism. Mecca, of course, was not in the hands of the Shi’a; it was in the hands of 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr.[129] 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr was much like Hajjaj ibn Yusuf, except that God did not give him respite. Hajjaj fell upon 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr, and in the end took and conquered Mecca. Among other things, he seized control of Mount Abu Qubays, one of the mountains beside Mecca, right up against it. Hajjaj wrote a letter to Syria, to the caliph 'Abd al-Malik, saying: Praise be to God, we have gained control of Abu Qubays — that is, of the mountain of Abu Qubays — we have gained control. The caliph ordered that this letter be read out from the pulpit of Damascus. The people had all gathered; it was a Friday; the people were assembled. The preacher took the letter and said: Praise be to God, the caliph’s commander, Hajjaj, has gained control of Abu Qubays. At once a cry went up from all the people. They said: No indeed, we do not accept this, we do not accept it; this Abu Qubays the Rafidi[130] must be put in chains and sent to Syria so that we may believe it. In their imagination, Abu Qubays was some Rafidi man in Mecca! This is the level of understanding in a nation. And there are many stories of this kind.

Who has done these things? Upon whose shoulders is the sin of the people’s not understanding? You may say it lies upon the shoulders of Shurayh the judge,[131] upon the shoulders of Muhammad ibn Shihab al-Zuhri,[132] upon the shoulders of so-and-so the judge or so-and-so the hired, mercenary jurisconsult.[133] He ought to have made the people aware — and I accept that too. Abu Yusuf the judge,[134] or Shurayh, or Muhammad ibn Shihab al-Zuhri, or others and others, committed the greatest of crimes, just as we read and saw in the letter of Imam al-Sajjad to Ibn Shihab. But I want to see this: whose making and shaping is Muhammad ibn Shihab? That pole which makes the spiritual powers that stand against religion and against the Qur’an — who is that pole? Is it not the pole of Mu’awiya? So the sins, in the end,[135] are upon the shoulders of Mu’awiya, upon the shoulders of 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan, upon the shoulders of all the heads of the tyrants (tawaghit) of the Banu Umayya and the Banu 'Abbas and others besides them. And these people, with all their sins, sometimes even speak of following the Qur’an and the religion!

Here, what is our duty? Faced with a man like Mu’awiya, a man like Shurayh, a man like al-Mughira, a man like Zayd ibn 'Amr of the time of Mu’awiya — it makes no difference, in whatever class — how must we judge this human being? In some places he has accepted the religion and the faith in a committed way; in others he has left no trace of them in his life. What shall we say to this man? Shall we regard him as a believer? The Qur’an explicitly states that a man of this kind is not a believer. So the faith that is valid in the Islamic way of thinking is not the faith of men of this sort — whose like in our age are countless, may God preserve us. It is, rather, the firm faith of those who stay faithful everywhere, with everyone, at all times, in every condition — in their commitment and in their action: “Indeed those who believe and do righteous deeds…”[136] — and so on to the end.

And the promises given for faith and for the believers are given for that faith, not this one. When they said the believers are victorious, they meant those believers — and victorious they are, certainly! When they said the hand of God is with the believers, they meant that sort of believer. When they said that nature cooperates and goes along with the believer, they meant that sort of believer, not the likes of you and me. So this discussion yields us at least one benefit. If we see that our faith lacks the effects, the properties, the glad tidings of faith — the glad tidings the Qur’an and God gave to the believers — we will not be surprised, because we understand that the faith for which all those promises were given is not this one.

(Tomorrow, on the subject of the promises that have been given for faith, with a Qur’anic survey,[137] we have a discussion which, God willing, we will present.)

Now let me translate these verses. “Indeed We have sent down clarifying verses.”[138]

We have indeed sent down clarifying verses. These verses of the Qur’an give light. Those who do not permit themselves to understand the Qur’an, the wretches, are deprived of that light.

“And God guides whom He wills to a straight path.” What does God’s "willing" mean? Does it mean that God wills one person and not another — that toward some He has a special regard, drawing them and carrying them along, while He pushes others away? It is not like that. God’s will and God’s decree — in ordinary cases, of course — show themselves only in the form of natural and customary causes. If you decided, you resolved, you sat down at the foot of a guiding and illuminating discourse, and you were guided — then God had willed that you be guided. That same you: if you were lazy, if you were slack, if you closed off the road of understanding, then God had willed that you not understand. God’s willing means only that the ordinary means and instruments either came about or did not. If, by your will, by your wish, those ordinary means and causes came about and carried out this effect, then here God has willed. If you did not will, then plainly God did not will either — not that God’s not-willing makes you fail to will; no, you are free in your willing. God did not will means the necessary cause did not follow; this is what "God did not will" means.

Why, then, do we not say "the necessary cause did not follow," and instead say "God did not will"? Because it was God who brought the causes into existence and gave them their properties. Take this fire kindled here: I put my hand into it, my hand burned — God willed it to burn. If I did not put my hand in and it did not burn, God willed it not to burn. What does that mean? "God willed it to burn" means the natural cause for burning was present: the fire, the absence of an obstacle, my willing, the putting in of the hand. And when we say "God did not will it to burn" in the second case, it means the natural cause of burning was not present — I did not go near the fire, or the hand was wet, or the object was wet, or the fire was too small, and so on.

So why do we attribute to God what is really connected to the causes? Because God is the creator of the causes — that is the reason. Every "whom He wills" (man yasha’u) throughout the Qur’an is of this kind. I have explained it in detail before, and here too I have given an indication of it.

They make these claims, which are easy to make: “And they say, 'We believe in God and in the Messenger, and we obey.'”[95] But then “a group of them turns away after that”. And when they turn away — the talk is not of unbelievers, not of apostates who suddenly take offense, leave the world of Islam, and depart; no, it is of these very ordinary believers inside the Islamic societies — then about them He says: “And those are not the believers.”

They are not believers. And more clearly still:

“And when they are called to God and His Messenger so that he may judge between them, at once a group of them turns away.”[139] They are not willing to go and hear the ruling from the Prophet. On the surface the verse is about judgment, since in the Qur’an the term "rule/governance" (hukuma) most often — I do not say always — means the rendering of judgment, the very thing we call arbitration and adjudication. But the import of the verse is general. It does not concern only those who refuse to submit to the Prophet’s judgment; it also takes in those who refuse the Prophet’s command in matters other than judgment, and this is clear.

“But if the right is on their side, they come to him submissively.”[140] If the truth is on their side, they come to the Prophet obediently, with acknowledgment. Where the ruling is to be in their favor, they are submissive before the religion; where the ruling is likely to go against them, they will not accept it. Here the Qur’an, in truth, calls them to account.[141]

Why is it that where the religion is not to your own benefit, you will not accept it? It comes down to one of three things.

First: “Is there a disease in their hearts?” The disease of hypocrisy? The disease of caprice and desire? The disease of ignorance and conceit? Are these diseases in their hearts, so that they do not accept the ruling? Or is it higher than this?

Second: “Or do they doubt?” Have they fallen into doubt about the religion? Suppose you have no doubt about the religion, no uncertainty, no misgiving[142] regarding it — then why, the moment it costs you something, the moment it grows troublesome, are you ready to deny it, to reject the religion outright, to deny that very ruling? Or is it even higher than this?

Third: “Or do they fear that God and His Messenger will be unjust to them?” Higher still than that doubt — this is the very essence of unbelief. For a person to be so ignorant as to disbelieve that God and the Prophet would ever wrong a human being in their rulings! Whoever fears that God or the Prophet might do him injustice plainly does not know them at all, and does not accept them.

“Nay, it is they who are the wrongdoers.” God wrongs no one; it is they who wrong themselves and the truth. Whatever position they hold, however high their rank over the rest of humanity, they are the ones doing wrong — to themselves, to the truth, to the people.

But the believers are not like this. Look at how the Qur’an uses its vocabulary: it has a lexical meaning, and it has a specialized one. "Believer," in the Qur’an’s terminology, carries the very meaning being expounded here: “The only saying of the believers, when they are called to God and His Messenger so that he may judge between them, is that they say: 'We hear and we obey.'”[143] As I’ve said, "we hear" means we have understood — not that we heard with the ear, but that we gave heed. Take the term "hearing" (sam'): “Or gives ear while he is a witness.”[144] "Hearing" and "listening" in the Qur’an, in a great many instances — I came across yet another just last night studying the text, too many to note down — carry the sense of understanding, not of hearing with the ear, with that organ, that limb, but of understanding. These are saying: we have understood; that is, we became believers knowingly. This is the same point from the previous session: faith must be conscious.

“We hear and we obey.” Having believed knowingly, we also obeyed. “And it is they who are the successful.” Falah means success — becoming victorious, attaining the goal and aim. It has also come in the sense of "salvation," of "deliverance," in some lexical usages, but most often, when falah is used for the believers, it fits best with the very meaning already stated — the ordinary lexical one.

“And whoever obeys God and His Messenger, and fears God, and is mindful of Him — it is they who are the triumphant.”[145] They are the ones who have attained the purpose and the aim. Fawz ("triumph") carries this very meaning.

The next two verses have little bearing on our discussion; the one I want to reach comes after them: “God has promised those who believe…”

This too is a promise of God, again to the believer — the committed believer. Notice what it says. The divine promise in this verse is explicit: We have promised the believers that rule over the earth is yours. Your idea, your creed, your school will pitch its tent over the world. Your fear and dread will turn into safety and security. If throughout history you have suffered torment and borne oppression, from now on you will live in comfort — no anxiety, no disquiet — and you will worship God and cast the rivals of God off the earth. That is the divine promise in this verse. And if God has given such a promise to the Muslims, it pertains to the believers — to the committed believers.

Some grow overly scrupulous, they grow rigid,[146] and they say it is reserved for the time of the Lord of the Age (Wali al-'Asr) — God’s blessings and peace be upon him. We have no doubt that the time of the appearance of the Imam of the Age — God’s blessings and peace be upon him — is the complete instance of this verse; of that there is no uncertainty. But where in this verse is it written that the promise belongs to that time alone? Tell us, let us see! Which narration states that it is reserved for that time? Why do you restrict the verse? Did God not fulfill this promise with the believers of the early days of Islam? It was this very verse that was fulfilled. They came to Medina; they brought that government into being. The Bilals who, out of fear of the unbelievers of Quraysh, had not dared even to utter "There is no god but God" with their tongues now called out the takbir aloud from the minarets and sang "There is no god but God." Before, they had been compelled every day and every night to prostrate before three hundred non-human idols, several human idols, and the idol of their own carnal desires — rendering absolute servitude and obedience, setting up all these partners for God. Now these same people came and settled, taking up the business of life in that safe and secure land of the sublime[147] Islamic society, without the least anxiety. They set up no partner for God at all — none, great or small, inanimate or animate, from themselves or from others. This verse of ours was fulfilled once there; it can be fulfilled a thousand times more. But on what condition? The condition is that the opening clauses of the verse be realized, where it says: “God has promised…” — to whom? “those among you who believe and do righteous deeds”; that is, those who act in accordance with the commitments of this faith. To these He has promised that “He will surely make them successors on the earth.”

(This gentleman, the translator of this Qur’an that I have in hand, has very many errors in his Qur’an, among them this error which my eye just fell upon: he renders "fi’l-ard" ["on the earth"] as "in this land," and this is wrong. "This land" would mean the Arabian Peninsula. Was it some great feat that they should gain control of the Arabian Peninsula? They gained control of forty, fifty regions the size of the Arabian Peninsula. "Fi’l-ard" means upon the earth. I mentioned this because translations of this sort sometimes carry certain mis-teachings with them. We have no ill thought of anyone. We do not say that you said "in this land" so as not to include the other lands — that is, that the believers and those who act righteously can gain control only over the land of the Hijaz, but no longer over other lands: Rayy and Rome and Baghdad and Andalusia. We say, God willing, his intention was not these things.)

“even as He made those before them successors.” He will make them successors on the earth, even as He made the believers before them — that is, the believers of earlier eras. We imagine that the believers, wherever they were from the beginning of the world, have always been beaten down, always taken a blow. Indeed, the historical knowledge and worldview of the general mass of Muslims is that faith means being inseparable from being beaten; that being a Muslim, being a believer, being on the path of God, is inseparable from suffering torment and tasting defeat. This is exactly the opposite of what the Qur’an wishes to say. We once explained this — we had a class of Qur’anic interpretation in the Mirza Ja’far school, two or three years ago, one or two years ago; there, on some occasion, for two days, three days, I recall, I spoke about this — how religion, from the very first that it came into being until today, has had nothing but progress, with not one step of retreat. Not one step, in our belief, has religion retreated until now. That which they imagine to be retreat is in fact progress.

In any case, the earth is yours and the rule over it is in your hands, even as it was in the hands of your predecessors — that is, the believers of earlier eras.

“And He will surely establish for them their religion” — He will firmly establish their religion and creed and way, “which He has approved for them” — the religion He has chosen as pleasing for them, the religion that is worthy of them; that is, this very religion of Islam, which encompasses this world and the hereafter, and the present and the future, and the body and the soul, and in short is all-sided, sufficient for all needs.

“And He will surely change their state, after their fear, to security.” After their fear and apprehension, He will transform it into safety and security. So that what may happen? Under the shadow of this security, what are they to do? Are they, under the shadow of security, to sit beside the garden in the heat of the summer afternoon, drinking tea with a Chinese teapot and a Warsaw samovar?[148] Is the matter of security for these people? Are they to have security so that they can recline comfortably, loll about,[149] and idle their time away? No. That security is so that, under its shadow, they may draw one step and ten steps nearer to the final destination of the human being — namely, perfection. So that they may be servants of God, so that the servitude to creatures may be lifted from their heads, so that they may be obedient and humble before God, and through this path may become exalted and perfected. Every word of these has a discussion of its own.

“They worship Me, not associating anything with Me.” They render servitude to Him and associate no partner with Him. The verse ends with a warning: "if, after they have believed, they associate a partner [with God], here they will be corrupt (fasiq)."[150] Fasiq means one who has departed from the religion.

O Lord! In what we say and do, make our hearts sincere, and set them all for Yourself alone.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the Family of Muhammad, let us taste the savor of a monotheistic life.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the Family of Muhammad, wipe away polytheism even from the region of our hearts.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the Family of Muhammad, do not withhold Your good from us. Remove conceit and afflictions and miseries and disorders from among the Muslims.

O Lord, occupy the enemies of the Muslims with themselves.

6. Session 6: Glad Tidings (1)

نویدها ۱ — delivered Tuesday, 2 Mehr 1353 / 7 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ قَدۡ جَآءَكُم بُرۡهَٰنٞ مِّن رَّبِّكُمۡ وَأَنزَلۡنَآ إِلَيۡكُمۡ نُورٗا مُّبِينٗا فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱعۡتَصَمُواْ بِهِۦ فَسَيُدۡخِلُهُمۡ فِي رَحۡمَةٖ مِّنۡهُ وَفَضۡلٖ وَيَهۡدِيهِمۡ إِلَيۡهِ صِرَٰطٗا مُّسۡتَقِيمٗا

"O mankind, a proof has indeed come to you from your Lord, and We have sent down to you a clear light. As for those who believe in God and hold fast to Him, He will admit them into mercy and bounty from Himself, and He will guide them to Himself along a straight path."

— Surat al-Nisa' (4:174-175)

The discussion about faith is, in reality, a preliminary one. We needed to know the worth of faith and its quality for a definite purpose: so that we may understand religion and its foundational principles, so that a desire for the doctrinal belief of religion may be kindled within us, and so that we may set out, in earnest, to grasp religion and know it. That is why we discussed faith, and to that end.

The two or three matters stated about faith were fundamental and important. First: faith must be conscious, not blind. Second: faith must be coupled with commitment and action — it must produce commitment and give birth to action, not remain a dry, empty belief in the heart and the mind. Third: a committed believer is a believer only when his faith is not occasional, not opportunistic, not self-interested — but rather constant, present everywhere, embracing everyone, comprehensive in every dimension. These are the matters we needed to grasp about faith.

Before we enter the substance of the topics we have in view — the doctrinal teachings of Islam — one more short discussion is necessary. At first I imagined we would finish it in a single day; but once I delved[151] into it, I saw that it would inevitably take four or five days. And here is that discussion: to know the value of faith and the result of faith, we must become acquainted with the glad tidings and the promises that God has given the believers. Let us see what God Almighty pledges in return to the believer — in exchange for his faith, in exchange for his righteous deeds and the fulfillment of his commitments, what He pledges to him in return.

A person accustomed to give-and-take, who has passed his life by way of exchange, likes to see what his exchange with God amounts to. He brings faith, and on the basis of that faith he becomes committed; in return, he likes to know what commitment God takes upon Himself on his behalf, what glad tiding and what promise He gives him. For the believer — for one who wishes to stand firm-footed and unshakeable in the field of faith — this is a sweet, desirable subject, and a source of hope.

We gathered all the verses in the Qur’an that bear on faith and the believer. There are roughly seven hundred verses in the Qur’an concerning the believer, faith, and certain other characteristics. We set about looking at these verses to see what, upon faith, God has made to follow. (I am describing the method of the work, so that the friends, the brothers and sisters who are familiar with the Qur’an, may learn how to find subjects in it.) We searched through these six or seven hundred verses to see what promises, what glad tidings, what desirable and longed-for outcomes God has appointed for the believers. We found that they are very many. In my view, there are perhaps thirty or forty items that God Almighty, in the Qur’an, has made to follow upon faith. The believer enjoys these thirty or forty great privileges — and every one of them is important, necessary, and essential if a person is to become happy. One of these thirty or forty subjects is the otherworldly Paradise; that is one of them. One of these glad tidings is “…gardens beneath which rivers flow…”[152] — and others of this sort, thirty or forty of them.

(To examine all of these glad tidings given to the believers would take at least four or five days. We take up two of them here; one or two more will follow, and the rest is left to you, to seek out in the Qur’an yourself.)

Some of the things the Qur’an has promised the believer have been noted down[153] — ten or eleven of them. I will read them out one by one, briefly, and explain each, so that we can then reach the Qur’anic verses.

To be happy in the full and comprehensive sense — what does a person need? Everything a person needs in order to be happy has, in its entirety, been promised to the believer and made to follow upon faith. What we have listed here is ten or twelve items. Ask yourself: if even one of them is missing, can a person feel happy? No — he cannot. Other things play a part in happiness too, of course. And all of these, along with a great many besides, stand in the Qur’an as glad tidings upon faith, given to the believer. What do we conclude? That faith — belief coupled with action, in the way the Qur’anic culture defines it — is equivalent to every condition of happiness, measured against whatever needs a person might imagine for himself.

This is not a matter of bias for the sake of a creed or of religiosity. What we have written here as the conditions of happiness are the conditions of happiness for a materialist too. Now we will read them one by one and see whether a materialist, given these things, would feel happy or not. Once it is clear that these are the conditions of happiness, we will return to the Qur’an, we will lend our ear to its heart-soothing speech, and we will see that it has promised all of these to the believer, has given him glad tidings of all of these, has brought all of these as a gift for him — “…and God has spoken the truth…”[154] — for God does not give a false promise. This last point, of course, is bound up with our particular religious way of thinking, namely that we believe in God.

What does a person need? One: he needs to know the goal, the destination of his happiness. He needs to know where he wants to arrive and toward what goal he is to strive — to see the point of completion and the end of the road from the very beginning, and to know the road that leads there. Beyond knowing the goal, he needs to know which road he must travel to reach it, and to reach it sooner and with certainty. Is not recognizing the goal, the end, the destination, and the road that leads to it the very first and principal element of a person’s happiness? Here there is no difference between the godly and the materialist; the materialist, too, accepts this, agrees to it, feels it. In parentheses we wrote "guidance" — the first condition. Of course, this "first" and the "second" that we have numbered are not meant as a logical sequence, as though the "second" could just as well be placed first and the "first" second. Let it be so; we have simply brought them in succession, and other things too might be inserted between them.

Two: that the veils be removed — the veils of ignorance, of conceit, of fancy, and of everything that wraps the jewel of his insight and reason in a dark covering and strips from him the power of seeing and understanding. Many things keep a person from understanding. His conceit keeps him from understanding; his ignorance blinds him; fancies and superstitions keep a person or a nation from grasping the truth; tyrannical systems keep people from knowing. These veils and obstacles, from within and from without, keep a person from putting the God-given jewel of intellect to work and from understanding. They keep him in darkness, they seat him in a prison of darkness, they hold him far from light, from the radiance of correct perception. One of the pillars of a person’s happiness, one of the elements of his felicity, is that he be delivered from this darkness, from everything that creates darkness for him; that he find his way to the light and the radiance of truth, and that a beam of the light of truth shine upon his heart. In parentheses we wrote "light." So, first, guidance is necessary, in the sense explained; second, light is necessary, again in the sense explained — and these are two distinct things.

Three: that on his long road toward happiness — this road he is traveling toward that destination, that end of the road — he be delivered from the inner anxieties and temptations, which are more exhausting than any obstacle outside him. Sometimes they block your road and say, "Sir, we will not let you pass from here." But experience has shown, and history has told us plainly, that when someone’s road is blocked, the traveler only grows more eager to travel it: his enthusiasm rises, the fire of his ardor blazes more fiercely. Tell a person, "We will not let you go," and he presses all the harder to go, to break through. That is the external deterrent — it stands outside his existence. Sometimes, though, it is from within that they rot him. They plant doubt in him; they do not block the road — the road is open — but they strip from him the power to go, the will to go, the resolve to move, the very possibility of striving; and this is worse. "Why are you going? What good does it do? Perhaps you will never arrive; perhaps a thief will catch you on the road; perhaps a wolf will come; on what warrant are you going? You need not go." Very coolly, sympathetically, in the manner of a wise old man, of a master — and the road stands open all the while. This obstacle, this temptation, this anxiety, is by far more exhausting than the stick they lay across the road when they say, "We will not let you go."

This anxiety has gripped most travelers, most wayfarers on the roads of happiness throughout history. How they pleaded with Moses, saying, "We fear that you have said something false, that a false promise has been given to you." The Qur’an tells us the pressure and poverty grew so great that even the elite would waver, asking: “…When will the help of God come?…”[155] — So when? So where is it? What happened? These doubts and inner anxieties make even the elite slip.

If a person wishes to be happy and to reach the end of the road of happiness, one of his conditions is that he be delivered from this anxiety, this spiritual insecurity, this absence of assurance — that he overcome the agitation and inner temptation. This too is one of the things that brings a person to happiness: that on his long road he be delivered from the temptations and anxieties, which exhaust more than any external obstacle. Inside the parentheses we wrote "assurance and security." You may put "safety" in place of "security"; it makes no difference. We chose "security" because it was the very Qur’anic expression. One sentence bears mentioning here: in the Du’a' Kumayl we recite, "Ya Rabbi, ya Rabbi, ya Rabbi"_[156] — O my Lord! O my Lord! O my Lord! "Qawwi 'ala khidmatika jawarihi" — strengthen my limbs and members in Your service; "wa ashdud 'ala al-'azimati jawanihi" — make my heart firm upon resolve. May I be able to resolve, may I be able to overcome the weaknesses, doubts, and temptations — for this is what halts a person on the road, seats him long upon it, and bars him from crossing it.

Four: that he reckon his striving to be fruitful, that he hope it will lead somewhere. Those who have no hope that their striving and movement will lead to some result will surely never reach the destination of happiness and salvation. He should be assured that his striving bears fruit, should know that every act he performs leaves a positive effect behind, that every step he takes brings him one step closer to the goal. In a wilderness, if you know the lodging lies in this direction, you know where you are going; even though it has grown late, even though you have been left alone and fallen behind the caravan, you press on steadfastly, firmly, with striving and fervor — you walk, you go forward. But if you have lost the road, you do not know whether to go this way or that; in whatever direction you set off, you take a step and feel yourself grow sluggish. Why? Because you do not know whether this striving will be fruitful. You reckon it possible that this very step takes you farther from the lodging; and so you turn back from this way, you try that way, then that way again. So one condition for a person to reach happiness — for that wayfaring, striving, exerting person — is that he reckon his striving and exertion to be fruitful.

Five: that his slips and errors be reparable and subject to pardon. This too is very important. In the course of his life and his movement a person makes mistakes, commits errors. If every error he committed remained an unhealable wound, an irreparable act, he would live in constant dread of committing yet another — an error that would throw him still farther from the goal and cast him aside from the road. He would always despair of the past and always be pessimistic about the future. But suppose he knows that his errors are reparable, provided he himself sets about repairing them; that his mistakes can be overlooked, provided he himself is remorseful of them. Then his desire, his hope, his vigor, and his fervor multiply several-fold. Inside the parentheses we wrote "forgiveness and mercy."

Six: that in every state he enjoy a trustworthy support to hold onto. He should know that everywhere, in all circumstances, there is a helper he can turn to. He is exactly like someone who has put the complete map of the road in his pocket, set out, and is traveling these roadways: he does not make mistakes, of course, but neither does he feel any anxiety. He knows that if he should ever lose the road by mistake and go astray, the map is right at his side; he takes it out, looks at it, and uses it. Everywhere there is a handhold and a refuge[157] he can grasp and rely on.

Seven: that in confronting enemies and hostilities he enjoy the help and aid of God. This too is a condition of happiness. Of course, the materialist does not believe in God — but with the materialist we do not bring up the name of God. We say, "Sir, in this material striving of yours, in this social striving of yours, in this jihad you are carrying out — if you knew that there were a power, suppose, beyond the power of matter and nature, and that this power is with you and accompanies you, how would that be? Were you to suppose for yourself such a help, how would that be?" You see the spark fly from his eyes; he says, "That would be very good." How stirring it is for a person to have a power beyond matter and material things as his backer — so that when he faces enemies and their hostilities, their plots, their intrigues, their executioners' cruelties, he believes and knows that this power beyond matter is his helper and protector. The materialist simply does not know the name of God and has no belief in God, though he has no certainty either that God does not exist. But the godly person, who is certain that such a dominant and overpowering[158] might exists beyond all these phenomena, and who relies upon it — see how much more swiftly and admirably he moves along the road of happiness.

Eight: that he have superiority and preponderance[159] over the opposing fronts and ranks; that he know that, in the end, superiority belongs to him. This, too, has a remarkable effect: it lets a person travel this road with greater ease.

Nine: that he be victorious over the enemies of his road and his goal, who obstruct and neutralize his striving. Should a person make all these efforts and then, in the end, be defeated? That does not bring him to happiness. So one of the most important elements of a person’s happiness is that in the end he be victorious. Is it otherwise? Do not the world’s schools of thought all strive for victory? So one factor of human happiness — individual, social, and collective — is that in confronting his enemies he be, in the end, victorious over them.

Ten: that in the end he be released from all the hardships and bonds that hold him, and attain his object, reaching that destination. This is what the Qur’an calls "triumph and prosperity."

Eleven: that in every state — both on the road to the goal and at the destination itself — he benefit from the stores made ready for the human being in this world. That the blessings of heaven and earth rain down upon him: the wheat of the earth, the drop of rain from heaven, the stores of the seas, the stores of the forests and the mines of the mountains, all the vital and non-vital materials a person needs — and, above all, the mine of intelligence and reason and ingenuity within him — that all of these be opened up to him, and that he avail himself of them. This, too, has a part in a person’s happiness — along with other things of this sort that a person might reckon to play a part in his own becoming happy.

And finally, after all these — which come to pass during the span of a person’s life and striving and wakefulness — comes the end: he dies, this lamp is extinguished, and to all appearance he becomes the equal of an inanimate thing. Yet even then, far from ending, may the very thread of his benefit not come to an end. May his rest only then begin; may his receiving of reward and recompense only then begin; may it be reckoned the first point and the first step of his ease and enjoyment. A materialist holds that after he dies all his strivings have only a worldly result, and that beyond the world he has no hope of anywhere. To that very one we say: "Sir, after you have died and gone — granting the impossible, which here is not impossible — suppose that the very moment of your death becomes, freshly, the first moment of your ease. How would that be?" You see that this is the greatest pillar of happiness — that after the span of life has passed and all strivings have ended, a person find himself met by a worthy reward, and repose in the Paradise of bounty and good pleasure.

These are the conditions of happiness. For a person to be happy, for a person or a society to flourish, these are necessary. Now listen to what the Qur’an says, for it promises all of this to the one who has faith — a faith that is committed and coupled with action. And how does it promise it? The Qur’an gives the believing people glad tidings of every element and building block of happiness — these, and dozens more besides. It says these are for you. It promises guidance; it promises light; it promises safety and repose of the spirit. It promises that no striving will be wasted. And all of this, if we look at history and the past with a clear eye, we will see confirmed in historical and human reality. For the way of God is always one and the same.

Now turn your attention to today’s verses in the light of this introduction. The first verse is from Surat Yunus. Today’s verses are scattered; they come not from one place but from several. “Indeed those who believe and do righteous deeds — their Lord guides them by their faith…”[160]

Those who have brought faith and done righteous deed — and we explained "righteous deed" with a particular expression: righteous deed means the commitment that matches that faith. A person’s faith lays a commitment upon his shoulders, and taking up that commitment, fulfilling it, is the righteous deed. Those who bring faith, who attain that belief, and then also act on its commitments — "yahdihim rabbuhum bi-imanihim" — their Lord will guide them on account of their faith. Faith itself makes them find the road. Which road? Both the goal and the road to it, the means. Some people ask, "How can we reach that destination we long for?" Probe the question and you see that the faith of the first step is not in his heart; or if the faith is there, action does not accompany it. Let him act, and illumination and guidance will fall to his lot; he will find the second step too. "Set foot upon the road, and ask nothing at all; the road itself will tell you how one must go."[161] When a person brings faith in the goal and the road, and moves in pursuit of that faith, the road shows itself. "Yahdihim rabbuhum bi-imanihim" — by faith their Lord will guide them, will open the road before them.

At the first step, none of the leaders and wayfarers and followers knew what the tenth step would be. Let me give an example I sometimes use. Picture a wilderness tens of kilometers across, on a dark and pitch-black night — no moon, no star. You are walking the road alone, and all you have in your hand is a single small flashlight, a small candle. They tell you, "With this candle you must cross to the very end of that wilderness." You take a look and say, "This candle of mine lights no more than a meter around me — am I to cross all ten kilometers with it? It lights only one meter, and I am to go ten?" This is the logic of someone who does not yet know the road. And what is its answer? What, would you say, is the answer to this blind logic? Is not the answer simply this: "Is one meter around you lit, or not? Take one step forward — one more meter will be lit. If it is not lit, do not go. Go the one meter that is lit; take the one step you can take, the step where you know you are placing your foot. If the next step is not lit before you, do not go; if it is, then go again. You will see that, little by little, the wilderness lights up to its very end, and you cross the road and reach your lodging." Is it otherwise? "Yahdihim rabbuhum bi-imanihim" — God, by their faith, will guide them; faith itself is what makes a person find the roads.

Several other verses of the Qur’an point to this same matter. In one place, in a verse we have not written out here, He says that when a sura or a verse is sent down, the unbelievers, the hypocrites, and the diseased of heart ask: “…Which of you has this increased in faith?…”[162] — Whose faith is increased by this verse? And the Qur’an replies: Say that those who are believers, those who have truly given their adherence, are increased in faith by this verse and this sign. That very faith in their hearts is what makes them take guidance from this source of guidance.

The next verse: “O mankind, a proof has come to you from your Lord, and We have sent down to you a clear light.”[163]

Behold, O people, a proof has come to you from your Lord — a decisive, clear argument, a firm and establishing demonstration; "wa anzalna ilaykum nuran mubinan" — and We have sent down to you a manifest light. What is meant by this proof and this light is the Qur’an and its truths. The evidence for our claim lies in the verse that follows: “As for those who believe in God and hold fast to Him, He will admit them into mercy and bounty from Himself, and guide them to Himself along a straight path.”[164]

So those who bring faith in God and become attached to Him — for faith in the heart alone is not enough; one must grasp God, the skirt of God, that is, the skirt of God’s religion and the godly road, and cling to it. "Fa-amma alladhina amanu bi-llahi wa-'tasamu bihi" — they clung, they became attached; and if it is so, "fa-sa-yudkhiluhum fi rahmatin minhu wa fadlin" — God will admit them into His mercy and bounty. And after that: "wa yahdihim ilayhi siratan mustaqiman" — He guides them toward Himself, leads them by a straight and near road. This guidance belongs to the believers alone. If you have no faith — or if you have faith but do not hold fast, do not act upon your commitments before God — you will not find the road to God; the light of that guidance will not shine in your heart. It belongs to the believers alone. Surat al-Nisa', verse 175.

Another verse: “And those who strive for Us — We will surely guide them to Our roads; and indeed God is with the doers of good.”[165]

This is a well-known verse, much upon people’s tongues. "Wa-lladhina jahadu fina…" — those who strive on Our road — and what is God’s road? For the sake of the divine aims, any goal that God has in this world, they strive. What are God’s goals? Justice, security, the servitude of the servants before Him, the servants of God reaching maturity and perfection, the flourishing of the face of the earth, the flourishing[166] of human hearts, the prospering of this world and the next for human beings, all beings falling onto the track and rail of perfection — these are God’s wishes. The end of conjecture, of polytheism, of unbelief, of insecurity, of bestiality and brutality,[167] of rebellion and tyranny — these are God’s wishes. "Wa-lladhina jahadu fina" — those who strive on the road of Our goals and wishes, the divine wishes; "la-nahdiyannahum subulana" — without doubt, without question, We will show them Our roads; We do not leave them bewildered, We do not leave them astray. A poem fits here: "Set foot upon the road, and ask nothing at all; / the road itself will tell you how one must go."

"Wa-lladhina jahadu fina la-nahdiyannahum subulana." It is thus in every field — in understanding religion, in grasping and researching religious matters, in social matters, in world matters, in every field. Whoever entered upon the divine goals and set foot on that road finds that with every step he advances, the next step is lit for him. Those who strive on Our road for the sake of the divine goals — to their own roads, which are the roads of a person’s happiness and perfection, We lead them. "Wa inna Allaha la-ma’a al-muhsinin" — and without doubt God is with the doers of good. Surat al-'Ankabut, verse 69.

These were the verses in the Qur’an that bear on guidance, that first subject. And there are many others — so many that had I wished to gather them all and read them here, I would have had to speak about guidance alone for at least three or four days.

We said that light is one of the things a person needs to become happy, with the explanation we gave earlier about light. To the believers, light has been promised: “God is the wali of those who believe; He brings them out of the darknesses into the light…”[168]

God is the comrade-in-the-same-front of the believers. I render wali as comrade-in-the-same-front — joined, on the same level — and I prefer it over "guardian" and "friend" and "helper" and the other customary renderings. Because wilayah means connectedness — two things bound and joined to each other: this is what they call wilayah. God is the wali of the believers, that is, He is joined with them. And what does that mean? It means God and the believers stand in one rank. The enemies of God stand in another rank, facing the believers and facing God. But wherever it occurs — "Wa-llahu waliyyu al-mu’minin"_[170] — "And God is the wali of the believers," or “…awliya’u…”[169] — the expressions in the Qur’an carry this sense; keep this in mind.

"Yukhrijuhum mina al-zulumati ila al-nur" — He delivers them from the darknesses and brings them to the light. "Allahu waliyyu alladhina amanu" — God is the comrade-in-the-same-front of the believers. The explanation we gave is also not amiss for understanding what "the darknesses" means. He delivers them from the darknesses — the darknesses of ignorance, superstition, conceit, and domineering, anti-human systems, all the things that imprison humankind and the jewel of human insight in a dungeon. From these darknesses He delivers them and brings them to light. What light? The light of knowledge, learning, and human values. God does this for the believer. He never brings the non-believer, the faithless, the doubting and uncertain, the ungrateful unbeliever to light. So the polytheist is always agitated; his life is always coupled with anxiety; for him there is no luminosity, no true knowledge, no correct recognition, wherever he reaches. "Wa-lladhina kafaru…" — but what of the unbelievers? "Unbelievers" means those who were ungrateful for religious belief and the school of religion, who rejected this gift and present of God with ingratitude — the ungrateful of blessing. Pay attention to these Persian expressions I am presenting; they show where the root of the word lies and how it came to be used in this meaning. The unbeliever (kafir) is not the one who did not accept religion; kafir means the coverer of blessing, the ingrate of blessing. Why is such a one called kafir? Well, this person did not accept this religion — so why "unbeliever"? Because this religion was a gift of God, a present for the happiness of him and of all human beings, and he rejected it. This ingrate, this thankless one, this ungrateful-of-blessing — this is why they call him kafir. "Wa-lladhina kafaru" — those who practiced unbelief and denial; "awliya’uhumu al-taghut" — their guardians and comrades-in-the-same-front are the false idols and the transgressors. Those who practiced unbelief and denial — their masters are the false idols and the rebellious and the transgressors. "Yukhrijunahum mina al-nuri ila al-zulumat" — they cast them out from the light of knowledge and draw them into the prison of darknesses and obscurities. "Ula’ika ashabu al-nari hum fiha khalidun" — they are all the companions[171] of the Fire, and in it they abide forever. Surat al-Baqara, verse 257.

(One more verse remains for me to read. Our dear reciter, the honorable Mr. Rida’i, will recite it today with his charming, affecting voice — and you will see how much more pleasing it becomes to the mind.)

“O you who have believed, remember God with much remembrance; and morning and evening, extol Him with purity and sanctity. It is He who sends blessing upon you, and His angels also.”[172]

O you who have believed, remember God with much remembrance; and morning and evening, praise Him with purity. What has happened? It is He who sends blessing upon you, and His angels too. Why? "Li-yukhrijakum mina al-zulumati ila al-nur" — that He may deliver you from the darknesses and lead you to light and illumination. This is the Qur’an, and this is its glad tiding. There is another set of these glad tidings, and God willing I will present it tomorrow. If I wished to state all of these Qur’anic glad tidings — to enumerate one by one everything the Qur’an promises us — it would take well more than ten or twelve days to get through the good news that faith holds for the believer. So we will cover only some of it tomorrow. If we’re compelled to, we’ll continue the day after as well; if not, we’ll conclude it tomorrow.

7. Session 7: Glad Tidings (2)

نویدها ۲ — delivered Wednesday, 3 Mehr 1353 / 8 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ وَتَطۡمَئِنُّ قُلُوبُهُم بِذِكۡرِ ٱللَّهِۗ أَلَا بِذِكۡرِ ٱللَّهِ تَطۡمَئِنُّ ٱلۡقُلُوبُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ وَعَمِلُواْ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَٰتِ طُوبَىٰ لَهُمۡ وَحُسۡنُ مَـَٔابٖ

"…those who believe and whose hearts find rest in the remembrance of God. Verily, in the remembrance of God do hearts find rest. Those who believe and do righteous deeds — blessedness is theirs, and a goodly return."

— Surat al-Ra’d (13:28-29)

We have stated that God the Exalted, in the Qur’an, gives the believers the glad tidings and the promise of every element of felicity. At the level of thought and conception, we identify certain things as the elements of felicity — ten or twelve of which we set out in the previous written note and the previous recitation. The Qur’an gives all of these to the believers in the form of decisive promises. Two of those promises — guidance and light — we observed yesterday in the course of the noble verses of the Qur’an; they were recited, and we benefited from them. Two more we shall raise today, reading their verses briefly. The rest I leave to you, my friends: follow the very order I arranged in the previous note, and take up the subjects one by one. When you study the Qur’an and recite it, try to find those subjects — those of you who know Arabic, from the text of the Qur’an itself; those who do not, with attention to a translation of the Qur’an.

For example, one of those subjects is the reward of the Hereafter — one of those promises. Keep your eye on the Qur’an yourselves; see in how many places, and in which places, the Qur’an gives the believers — those who possess faith and righteous deeds — this promise. Or, for example, one of them is superiority over the enemy, and victory over him. See whether there is a place in the Qur’an where God the Exalted has told the believers that you will gain the upper hand over your enemies. Right now, do you know of a place where the Qur’an has promised the believers that you are higher and superior to your enemies, to the ranks of your opponents — provided that you have faith and act upon the commitments of faith? Or that has said that you will ultimately triumph over your enemies, provided that you strive in the path of your thought? Is there such a verse in the Qur’an or not? Can the gentlemen answer whether there is such a verse in the Qur’an or not? And if anyone remembers the verse, he can recite it now.

(One of those present: wa antum al-a’lawna in kuntum mu’minin.) Very well, that was one verse — wa la tahinu wa la tahzanu wa antum al-a’lawna in kuntum mu’minin — “Do not lose heart and do not grieve, for you are the higher ones, if you are believers.”[173]

Yes, here is a verse for it: if indeed you are believers, you are superior; the upper hand, the stronger hand, is at your disposal in relation to your enemies. There are numerous other verses that give the promise and the glad tidings to the believers that they gain a decisive victory over the enemies and the opposing ranks:

“God has decreed: 'I shall surely prevail, I and My messengers.'”[174] “And verily Our host — they shall be the victors.”[175]

Verses of this kind are abundant. Keep these in mind. When you look at the Qur’an, when you study it, instead of making your aim to finish a juz' or to finish a surah, let your aim be to understand the Qur’an. As it is reported from the Imam, peace be upon him, or from the Prophet of God, may God’s blessings be upon him and his family, that during the recitation of the Qur’an your concern should not be to finish the surah or to finish the juz'.[176] Whether it is finished or not, recite a single verse — with reflection, with care. See whether, in this verse, there is something of these promises we have mentioned — the pillars and elements that are necessary and effective for attaining felicity — whether you find that the Qur’an has promised the believers something of these elements. Has the glad tidings and the promise been given, or not? By this means I want you yourselves to refer to the Qur’an.

Until the end of the month of Ramadan, if I succeed, I will translate and explain very many of the Qur’an’s verses for you. Say, for example, I explain fifty verses, or another fifty, or another sixty. The Qur’an has roughly six thousand verses — more than six thousand; you yourselves must develop an intimacy with it. Those who know Arabic should try to make that intimacy and companionship with the Qur’an firm. Those who do not know Arabic should try to learn it and become familiar with the language of the Qur’an. But don’t put off reading and understanding the Qur’an until after you’ve learned Arabic — read it now too; only, find good translations of the Qur’an. Some of the translations, in my view, are good and to my liking. When you read the Qur’an, pay attention to those translations, and bring care and reflection to the meanings of the verses; see which of these promises we’ve discussed here you can find in the Qur’an. So today I will mention two further subjects of interest among these promises that come up in the Qur’an. The rest I leave to you, and I hope you won’t put it off until after Ramadan, or until some time of idleness and leisure. This very night, this very day, at the first opportunity, in the first moment of leisure, when you open the Qur’an, read it with this very intention, and teach yourselves familiarity with it, intimacy with it, and how to draw benefit from it. The Qur’an is, after all, the inexhaustible[177] source of our knowledge. Whatever we have, we draw from the Qur’an, and whatever can be the means of our felicity and good fortune must come out of the Qur’an too. This clear, definite text is at our disposal; we are obligated to make use of it.

Of course, when I say "the Qur’an," I don’t mean to confine it to the Qur’an alone — not Nahj al-Balaghah, no; not the authentic traditions from the rightly-guiding Imams, peace be upon them, no. Why not? Because we should make use of Nahj al-Balaghah too, alongside the Qur’an; we should make use of hadith too, alongside the Qur’an — the authentic and sound hadith. Of course, the Qur’an is a text at everyone’s disposal — anyone can carry a correct, sound, complete copy of it in his pocket. Access to hadith isn’t this easy, nor is access to Nahj al-Balaghah.

In any case, above this we wrote "assurance, repose, and security," which we considered close in horizon[178] — we considered them as one. Let us now state what we mean by these three words, and then return to the verses of the Qur’an to see what they teach us about assurance, repose, and security.

Assurance means the state of tranquility of the heart — the calm of the spirit and the heart. But what does "calm" mean here? Does it mean our spirit should have no movement, no striving — a kind of half-sleep, half-unconsciousness in the heart? No. It means calm as opposed to anxiety and agitation; assurance as opposed to disquiet.

Picture two people, both due to sit the same exam. One has studied the material well: he has reviewed it ten times, discussed it with his friends, and every problem in the book he’ll be tested on is clear in his mind. The other has not studied it, or has covered only part of it, or simply does not trust his own memory. Both are about to walk into the exam room. Do these two carry the same spirit into that room? Watch the first one: his spirit is calm, with no turbulence, no agitation, no anxiety, no unease. He says, "Ask me anything — I know it." The other is in constant turbulence, like a skiff, a small boat that has fallen into a churning sea — thrown this way, then that way, this route, then that route, blown by every wind. That is the state of an unprepared person’s spirit.

You can find these same two states of spirit in a person facing a judge. You can find these same two states, these same two dispositions, in an individual or in a whole society caught up in social struggle and the great contests of history.

Take two soldiers stepping onto a battlefield, each carrying a different disposition. One trusts his equipment,[179] trusts the leadership above him, trusts the planning and competence of his commanders, trusts that the enemy’s force is weak, trusts his own capability and that of his comrades-in-arms. He also knows reinforcements are waiting behind the front line, ready to move in at the signal, the moment they’re needed. That soldier steps onto the field one way. The other man has no confidence at all — not in his equipment, not in his friends, not in his own weapon. He sees himself as small against a great enemy, sees himself bare-handed against an enemy armored and armed to the teeth. That soldier steps onto the field a different way.

These are examples of assurance. I want to make clear to you what assurance really means — what it means for the self to be assured, for the heart to hold calm, and in what sense. That first soldier has assurance; his heart is at peace. A peaceful heart does not mean that in the middle of a battlefield he puts his shoes under his head, stretches out, and sleeps with his snoring rising to the sky. Assurance does not mean that. It does not mean that in the thick of battle he says, "Let’s have a cigarette and take in the scenery." Certainly not. Nor does it mean the enemy’s slightest movement escapes his notice. Assurance means he is not agitated, not disquieted; the future is clear to him, he knows he will prevail, and so he does not fear. That heart, that spirit, is at peace — like a heavy ship, laden with cargo, moving across a calm sea. That is what they call assurance. The unassured one is that small boat, that broken plank tossed on a turbulent river, agitated without end, thrown back and forth from one route to another. These are the two dispositions.

Let me give another example of assurance. We must gradually draw near to that disposition of assurance that is intended in the Qur’an. We begin from the examination of a student, then a defendant before a court, then a soldier on the field of battle. Another instance: a person who has set out upon a road and is moving, going toward a purpose and a destination. Dozens of motives may hold him back from traversing this road and pursuing this goal. Fear is one of these motives. Out of fear he may fail to continue this road. Fear of what? Fear of hunger along the way, fear of the thief on the road, fear of the ravening wolf that lies in ambush on the way, fear of the toils and the sleepless nights of this road, and finally fear of not arriving. This is one category of the things that prevent this traveler from pursuing his road and going forward.

Greed is another. Greed for what? Greed for a comfortable life — that if I do not traverse this road, do not set out and go after this purpose, I will sleep in the warm, soft bed of my own home, I will pass my time beside my children and my beloved wife. For an ordinary person, for a small person, for a weak spirit, this is an ideal, and it draws him to itself: he is not willing to give it up easily. Greed for a comfortable life; greed for the one who says, "If you do not go on this road, this purse of money is yours"; greed for attaining the positions which, if you do not accept this wandering exile, those positions await you. Greed! These are the motives that hold a person back from traversing this road — the fears and the greeds. Dissect the fears and dozens of categories emerge; dissect the greeds and dozens of other categories emerge: love of ease, love of well-being, opportunism, self-interest, and the like.

Now picture a traveler who has finally taken the risk, as people today put it, and set foot on this road, moving and going forward — but have these motives come to an end? This person moving on this road — have those obstacles that would not let him enter it vanished? No, they have not. These obstacles, at first, would not let him enter this long and far road; now that he has entered it, they will not let him traverse it in tranquility and peace. With every step he takes, like a thorn, like a hook, like a chain, they catch his foot, the hem of his garment, his hand, and drag him back from traversing the road. He keeps falling to this side, keeps falling to that side; this thorn keeps catching his hem, that chain keeps dragging his foot, the love of his child keeps drawing him toward itself, the recollection of a comfortable life keeps pulling him toward itself. From this side and from that side, the various motives carry this person off in different directions. He becomes unstable, like that very skiff, like that very boat — sometimes to this side, sometimes to that side. This is the unassured person.

There is also a person who, once he has entered this road, creates for himself a single motive, a focus of attention that leaves him heedless of all these small motives. One attraction draws his heart so powerfully that these small ones — the attraction of the child, the wife, of life, of money, of position, of one’s very life — are annihilated in the face of it. They have no effect. Dozens of magnets pull a small object this way and that, but when a stronger magnet appears, its attraction draws that small piece of iron, that filing, toward itself so completely that the others have no effect at all — they are neutralized.

Once this person, with this strong attraction and this strong disposition, has entered a road and set himself to traversing it, then the attraction of wife and child and everything else — its beauties, its comforts, its pleasures — no longer has any effect on him. Who is this person? This is the assured person:

“O soul at peace! Return to your Lord, well-pleased and pleasing.”[180][181]

The one who is assured — in whom there is the state of assurance and repose — is the one who can traverse the road of God to its end, and reach the resting-place, the intended purpose and destination. This is what assurance means: an attraction draws him. The attraction of faith, of love for God, of love for the goal, captivates him and pulls him toward itself so completely that all the other attractions look empty and absurd to him — empty and absurd. This does not mean that the earth, in all its immensity, whose gravity draws every body toward itself, should cease to exist. But suppose some other body, some mountain — even the Himalaya, even the greatest mountains on earth — should also assert itself: would the Himalaya draw toward itself a stone that you fling? No. The Himalaya has gravity, but against the earth’s gravity its own is zero. It is neutralized; it does not act. The Himalaya, and any body of that magnitude, exerts its pull and draws smaller objects toward itself only where there is no greater body, like the earth, beside it. When the earth’s gravity is present, the gravity of the Himalaya is nothing.

When faith in God acts on a person’s spirit like a strong attraction, it draws him toward the goals of faith so powerfully that the small attractions — the ones that loom large for the faithless but shrink to nothing before faith — no longer have any effect on him. The heart keeps tempting me to bring up here the abundant historical evidence from the early period of Islam — you yourselves should search out that evidence and find it. Those astonishing attractions that drew certain individuals…

I only want to explain these two or three words. Assurance — so what does assurance mean? Here is the gist of it: assurance means the tranquility of a person’s spirit, the heart at peace. What does it mean to be at peace? Not that it sit motionless, not that it stop advancing. Rather, the various attractions do not pull him this way and that, do not become a source of trouble for him. His loves, passions, and caprices do not rule him. Instead, under the weight of faith, at peace and assured, yet moving with the utmost possible speed, he advances toward the purpose of creation. This is the meaning of assurance.

Next, the second word is sukun (repose). Sukun, too, has this very meaning.

“Then God sent down His sakinah (tranquility) upon His Messenger…”[182]

God sent down sakinah upon the Prophet. This expression occurs in five or six places in the Qur’an, one of which is among the very verses I think we shall now read — those verses that pertain to the sakinah of the self. It seems, unfortunately, that I have not brought them here. (Time is short, space is short, and our resources, too, are truly meager. I keep thinking that if I bring two more verses, these two pages will become three — and how are we to mimeograph that? You understand! Our resources in these matters are this scant and weak. I say this so that you know: if the print of this has come out faint, it is because, had it not come out faint, it would not have come out at all. Suppose, for example, that our situation is now such that we cannot easily and conveniently provide even two ordinary sheets of paper. Otherwise, I gathered all these verses pertaining to security and assurance and sakinah — I took real pains over it; searching them out is difficult work. At the least, a person must search for one or two hours just to find the verses, let alone draw the conclusions from them. Even so, having gathered the verses, I was always troubled by this: that if we brought two more, this one and a half pages would become two and a half or three, and mimeographing that would be a hard task. See our resources — I want you to bear in mind just how weak they are.)

In any case: there are five or six verses in the Qur’an that concern sakinah at critical moments. One, for example, is in the Battle of Hunayn.[183] In the Battle of Hunayn, the Prophet’s troops fell into an unwarranted pride. They grew conceited about their own strength and thought that today no one could defeat them. But it is the way of God that a conceited person must fall flat on his face — every conceited group is bound to grow heedless and take a blow. So constant alertness and sensitivity are necessary for every person, every community, every nation. The Commander of the Faithful, may God’s blessings be upon him, put it this way in Nahj al-Balaghah: "I am not like that dazed, dumb animal that is put to sleep with a lullaby": wa-Allahi la akunu kal-dib’i tanamu 'ala tul al-ladm —[184].")] like the hyena, lulled to sleep with lullabies: they go to its den and sing it lullabies, this makes it fall asleep, then they catch it. He is saying: I am not the sort to be lulled to sleep and grow heedless. I am constantly alert, and it is the way of God that a person who is not constantly alert is bound to see and take the blow. These people became heedless on the field of battle, and they had reason to:

“…when your great numbers pleased you, but they availed you nothing.”[185]

They were many, and their sheer numbers filled them with wonder. Wonder! Are we all this multitude? "But it availed you nothing" — this very pride is what made them heedless in the war and led to their defeat. After the enemy defeated them — not a decisive, final defeat, but a partial breaking — they immediately came to themselves. A handful of good soldiers, a few steadfast commanders of serious faith — the Commander of the Faithful and a few others — turned back the routed troops with every ounce of effort. And there the Lord says:

“Then God sent down His sakinah upon His Messenger.”

God returned to you the peace, the sakinah of the spirit.

One instance came when the Muslims renewed their allegiance to the Prophet beneath that tree.[186] Another came when the Prophet had fled Mecca for Medina to build the Islamic society, carrying decisions dangerous to the unbelievers and their enemies, a thousand resolves, a thousand thoughts. The Prophet has set out, and he must reach Medina; every one of those aims, those thoughts, those plans depends on one condition — that he arrive there safely. Otherwise, if the unbelievers could kill him on the road and destroy him, none of those visions would ever come to pass. The Prophet has taken refuge in a cave, and there too God says:

“…so God sent down His sakinah upon him.”[187]

God sent down His sakinah and peace upon the heart of the Prophet in that critical moment. And there are several other instances. The believer possesses sakinah; this is what sakinah means. So sakinah, peace, repose of the self — again, it does not mean the absence of movement, falling asleep, becoming heedless.

And now the last phrase, the last word — security. Here the meaning is plainly spiritual security, not social security. Social security means that everyone enjoys a certain peace in society, so that each can take what is his by right — and enforced silences are something other than security. Security is all the people being able, in complete safety, to attain their rights and their legitimate wants. But the security we are speaking of here is not that social kind. It is spiritual security — freedom from instability, from agitation, from fear. Now see what the verses of the Qur’an state about the believers under these three attributes.

The verse of Surat al-Ra’d, verses 28 and 29 — two short verses:[188]

“…those who believe, and whose hearts find rest in the remembrance of God.”[189]

The verse is perhaps a continuation of what comes before, but to recount the previous verses would take too long. "Those who believe, and whose hearts find rest in the remembrance of God" — those who brought faith and whose hearts found peace in remembering Him. This remembrance of God is that very strong attraction — the one I said erases the small attractions and neutralizes their effect. This is precisely dhikr Allah (the remembrance of God). Why did they place such great emphasis on the prayer (salat)? Why did they say that if the prayer is not accepted, no other deed is accepted? Consider how they weighted the rest of the acts of worship: the pilgrimage to Mecca once in a lifetime, fasting once a year, zakat for a specific case, khums likewise, and so on — but the prayer, they said, is every day, five times a day, and if you do more, it is better. Why did they say this? Because the prayer is a capsule of the remembrance of God — I have spoken about it in detail over several sessions. The prayer, from head to foot, is dhikr Allah. That is why the Qur’an itself, after it says:

“Surely the prayer restrains from indecency and wrongdoing…”[190]

— that the prayer forbids and restrains from indecency and wrongdoing — follows it with: "and the remembrance of God is greater" (wa la-dhikru Allahi akbar). The remembrance of God is higher. This dimension of the prayer is the more important one: that it is the remembrance of God. This is the greatest property of the prayer. And the property of dhikr Allah is this: remembering God, turning to Him, ever seeing Him, knowing Him, considering Him present with oneself keeps the heart, in every undertaking and on every road, away from its agitations, its temptations, its anxieties, and the many attractions pulling at it. This heart finds peace. It is like a weight set upon a boat, which makes it a little heavier and steadies its movement. This is dhikr Allah.

"Those who believe" — those who brought faith, and whose hearts attained steadiness and assurance through the remembrance of God — I deliberately chose the word "steadiness" here, meaning that state of calm — are guided toward God. This phrase "are guided toward God" I wrote in parentheses. Why? Because, as I said, the verse is connected to what precedes it, and in the previous verse it was said that they are guided toward God: "and He guides to Himself whoever turns" — those who believe — to the end of the verse. So the words "are guided toward God" that we placed in parentheses render the translation with attention to that previous verse, where the guidance of this group is derived.

“Surely, by the remembrance of God do hearts find rest.”

By the remembrance of God, hearts take on tranquility and steadiness. The remembrance of God has this astonishing property, and you can see how powerfully tranquility and steadiness work for a person’s success. This is the believer’s distinction: he enjoys this astonishing spiritual capacity. Its continuation:

“Those who believe and do righteous deeds — blessedness is theirs, and a goodly return.”[191]

Those who brought faith and did righteous deeds — righteous deed meaning that they carried out the commitments that faith demands — "blessedness is theirs, and a goodly return": blessed be their today, and goodly be their morrow. This is a conclusion[192] that I drew from "blessedness is theirs, and a goodly return." In summary it comes to this: their today good, their tomorrow too good; their world goodly, their Hereafter too goodly. And the reality is just this. The believing society — a believer who acts upon the commitments of faith — its world too flourishes, its Hereafter too flourishes; its world too is paradise, its Hereafter too is paradise. This is one verse.

The next passage is the disputation of Abraham with his people. Abraham, the Friend of the Merciful and the herald of monotheism in olden and ancient times, used to dispute and argue[194] with his own people. They would argue with him, and he would argue back and answer their words. The Qur’an recalls this disputation. It says, “And his people disputed with him”[193] — the people of Abraham took to arguing with him. The Qur’an does not say what they said, how they argued with him, what their words were; but from the answer Abraham gave them, which the Qur’an narrates, one can guess. Read the answer first, and then guess for yourself what they were saying to Abraham.

“He said: Do you dispute with me concerning God…”

When they took to arguing with Abraham, "He said: Do you dispute with me concerning God?" — do you argue with me about God? — "while He has guided me" — whereas God has guided me. That is: I am clear, I have no doubt about my own road, no doubt you might hope to exploit and use to turn me back. "And He has guided me" — I have found the way, I know what I am doing — "and I do not fear what you associate with Him, except that my Lord should will something" — of what you have set up as partners to God, I have no fear at all, save that God should will something concerning me. In truth, I fear only God. From the events God may place on my road, and from the future God may intend for me, I am apprehensive, and that is all; but of those things you have set up as partners to God, I have no apprehension. A little becomes evident here, and more becomes evident later. From this answer it emerges that they were saying to Abraham: fear these partners we have set up for God, fear them. These will wither you, will torment you, will blacken your world, will embitter your days — no doubt that is so! In answer, Abraham says: I do not fear them, I have no apprehension of them at all. From the continuation of the verse and Abraham’s speech, this point becomes clearer still.

“My Lord encompasses all things in knowledge.”

— my Lord’s knowledge is extended over everything. wasi’a — is extended; rabbi — my Lord; kulla shay’in — over everything; 'ilman — in respect of knowledge. In fluent, simple Persian it comes out just as we wrote it here: my Lord’s knowledge is extended over everything. "Will you not then take heed?" a-fa-la tatadhakkarun — with all this, do you not come to yourselves? tatadhakkarun — that is, do you not become aware, do you not become attentive, do you not call to mind? These all mean one thing, so the Persian I wrote comes to just what I stated: a-fa-la tatadhakkarun — that is, with all this, do you not come to yourselves? Abraham’s speech with his people still continues; this was one portion of it.

Following this, Abraham says:

“And how should I fear what you associate, while you do not fear that you have associated with God that for which He has sent down upon you no authority?”[195]

Here it becomes clear what argument they had with Abraham. Abraham says: How is it that I should fear?! It is you who should fear. Should I fear those whom you, without reason, have set up as partners and rivals to God in dominion and rule and command and creation and direction — when God has guided me and the matter is clear to me? And you do not fear that you have set up, without reason, without logic, with no rational warrant whatsoever, partners and rivals and peers to the Lord of the worlds? You should fear, not I. From this it becomes evident that in their argument with Abraham they were saying: Fear! Fear! But fear whom? Fear what? Whether the inanimate partners of God, or the living partners, or both — that is no longer evident. Which partners they said one must fear is not clear.

In summary, they set up all sorts of partners for God the Exalted. The calf-worshipers set up the calf, the stone- and wood-worshipers the stone and the wood, the Pharaoh- and Nimrod-worshipers Pharaoh and Nimrod. And from what we discussed concerning tawhid, it becomes evident that that calf and that stone and that Pharaoh and that Nimrod are all kindling for one fire, are all filth of one valley, and have no difference among them. At any rate, these people were saying that one must fear the partners of God. And which partners those are — the human ones, the ones among the jinn, the living, the inanimate — this too is not evident.

“And how should I fear what you have associated…”

— how should I fear what you have set up as partners to God — "while you do not fear that you have associated with God…" — while you feel no fear at having set up partners to God? "…that for which He has sent down upon you no authority" — something for which you have no proof at all. Our rendering here is this: How should I fear what you have set up as partners to God, while you do not fear that you have associated partners with Him — even though you have no proof or demonstration whatsoever in this?

Then its continuation:

“…So which of the two parties has more right to security, if you but knew?”

— we or you? I am the more deserving, the more fitting, to be spiritually secure, to have no disquiet; or you? I, whose heart is attached to God — Abraham says — I, who am the object of God’s guidance, am I the freer of disquiet, or you, wretched one, who have taken up a road and a work for which you have no proof, while to me the matter is clear? "So which of the two parties has more right to security, if you but knew?" — which of the two of us, I, Abraham, or you idol-worshipers, is more deserving of security? Abraham was saying this. Then in parentheses I have explained: I, who have known God and found the way to Him with insight and awareness, or you, who have no proof at all for your vain conjecture. "If you but knew!" — that is, the result is evident, the answer is evident; it is evident who is condemned to disquiet and dread, and who is spared these miseries and made secure.

And at the end He says:

“Those who believe and do not clothe their faith with wrongdoing — for them is security, and they are the rightly guided.”[91]

Those who have brought faith and have not stained it with injustice and oppression — to them alone belongs security, and they are the rightly guided ones. This is concerning security.

Then we wrote: "4 — Being fruitful." What does this mean? The fourth promise is this: being fruitful. Whether this traveler considers his work fruitful or not is one of the things that decide his journey. If he has this conviction, he can move better, and he is likelier to arrive; if he lacks it, he moves more slowly, and he is likelier not to arrive at all. Suppose he considered this road — his movement, his work, his step — fruitful. Suppose he felt that none of it goes to waste, that his deed is not ruined, that some effect follows upon each step, that every movement of his creates a wave carrying him nearer to the resting-place. If he believed this, he goes forward faster, works better, tires less, moves more easily. And if he did not believe it — alas! The believer is of this first sort: he considers his own work fruitful, because the Qur’an has taught him so. The Qur’an, of course, has abundant instances:

“Indeed God does not let the reward of those who do good go to waste.”[196] “…the reward of one who does good work [We do not let go to waste].”[197]

These verses run from the beginning of the Qur’an to its end, beyond count. I have brought one instance from the beginning of the Qur’an, ready to hand, from Surat al-Baqarah. Ten, fifteen more instances — you can find them yourselves. It is verse 143 or 4 of Surat al-Baqarah.

The verse is about the qibla. Let me first give its history in a few words. When the Muslims were in Mecca, they prayed facing the House of the Ka’ba — for prayer, for worship, they faced the Ka’ba. When they came to Medina, at their first entry, they prayed instead toward Jerusalem (Bayt al-Maqdis), by the command of the Lord — the very direction the Jews too were facing. At that time the Jews of Medina worshiped toward Jerusalem, and so did the Muslims. Some time passed, and a verse was revealed:

“…so turn your face toward the Sacred Mosque.”[198]

— turn toward the House of God, toward the Ka’ba, the Sacred Mosque. And the Muslims again took to praying in that direction. The episode of the qibla is told in detail at the beginning of Surat al-Baqarah — perhaps seven, eight, ten verses that explain its various dimensions. It is lengthy, and for now there is no need to expound it.

This is one of those verses. It says to the believers, and to the Prophet: We set your qibla toward Jerusalem — when you had come from Mecca, at your first entry into Medina — for one reason. We wanted a test carried out upon you. Before you became Muslims, back in Mecca, you already held the House of the Ka’ba in respect, held it sacred; and once you became Muslims, your prayer in Mecca was toward the Ka’ba. Now that you have come to Medina, We wished to take from you, all at once and temporarily, an ancestral custom — to see how ready you are, for the sake of God, to trample custom underfoot. This is very important; this itself is a point. It is not connected to our discussion, but it is a very important point. You who are believers — are you ready, for the sake of God, to trample underfoot all at once an ancestral custom, something you had grown attached to, took interest in, and held in respect? Do not imagine that the prayers you first prayed facing Jerusalem, during your time in Medina, count for nothing — that We do not accept them, that the qibla of Jerusalem was a false qibla. No, certainly not. Everything you did, in all its degrees, is accepted. Your efforts and your endeavors, O believers, both in the matter of the qibla and in general, are the object of God’s affirmation and the object of His reward. But that interval took place for this reason alone: that We might test you. This is the category the verse belongs to. Now see from which part of the verse we wish to draw our point.

“And We did not appoint the qibla which you were upon…”[199]

— We did not appoint, O Prophet, the qibla you were upon, namely Jerusalem. When was the verse revealed? At the moment they had turned back from Jerusalem to the Ka’ba and were praying toward the Ka’ba. God says: that qibla you formerly faced — Jerusalem — why did We appoint it? "And We did not appoint the qibla which you were upon" — We did not ordain the qibla you were formerly upon — "except" — "that We might know" — except that it might become known — "who follows the Messenger from him who turns back on his heels" — so that those who follow the Prophet would stand out, distinct from those who lean toward their predecessors and turn back to the past. It is a test He carried out upon you. Our rendering of the verse on this sheet runs like this: We had not appointed your former qibla, Jerusalem (Bayt al-Maqdis or Bayt al-Maqdas), except that the true followers of the Prophet might become known and distinguished from the followers of pagan customs. "And it was indeed grievous, except for those whom God has guided" — the change seemed enormous, except to those whom God has guided. For those whose hearts had been guided this was ordinary; they could digest it. The unguided could not.

Then the next phrase: "And God was never to let your faith go to waste" — and this phrase is the object of our argument. God would never let your faith go to waste. It was not that your faith and your work would remain void and without effect, that for a stretch of time you would mark time and not go forward. No! Every step of yours, every footstep, has carried you one step nearer to the goal. By that same measure you advanced on the road of perfection and drew near. Your faith is not wasted.

“Indeed God is, toward the people, most kind, merciful.”

— indeed God is, toward the people, compassionate and full of mercy. Note this: both this verse and many others in the Qur’an give the believers the same promise — that your faith, your belief, your deed do not go to waste, are not neutralized, but bear fruit. And once this conviction takes hold in the believers, it is clear and inevitable that traveling the road of perfection becomes easier for them.

Tomorrow our discussion is about tawhid.

'

Chapter Two:

Tawhid

  • Tawhid in the worldview of Islam

  • Tawhid in the ideology of Islam

  • The exclusive worship and obedience of God

  • The spirit of tawhid: the negation of servitude to other than God

  • Tawhid and the negation of social classes

  • The psychological effects of tawhid

Part Two: Tawhid

8. Session 8: Tawhid in the Islamic Worldview

توحید در جهان‌بینی اسلام — delivered Thursday, 4 Mehr 1353 / 9 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلۡحَيُّ ٱلۡقَيُّومُۚ لَا تَأۡخُذُهُۥ سِنَةٞ وَلَا نَوۡمٞۚ لَّهُۥ مَا فِي ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِۗ مَن ذَا ٱلَّذِي يَشۡفَعُ عِندَهُۥٓ إِلَّا بِإِذۡنِهِۦۚ يَعۡلَمُ مَا بَيۡنَ أَيۡدِيهِمۡ وَمَا خَلۡفَهُمۡۖ وَلَا يُحِيطُونَ بِشَيۡءٖ مِّنۡ عِلۡمِهِۦٓ إِلَّا بِمَا شَآءَۚ وَسِعَ كُرۡسِيُّهُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلۡأَرۡضَۖ وَلَا يَـُٔودُهُۥ حِفۡظُهُمَاۚ وَهُوَ ٱلۡعَلِيُّ ٱلۡعَظِيمُ

"God — there is no deity but He, the Living, the Self-Subsisting. Neither drowsiness nor sleep overtakes Him. To Him belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. Who is there that can intercede with Him except by His permission? He knows what lies before them and what lies behind them, and they encompass nothing of His knowledge except what He wills. His Throne extends over the heavens and the earth, and the guarding of them does not weary Him. He is the Most High, the Most Great."

— Surat al-Baqarah (2:255)

In brief, here is what we are setting out to do. We will single out the verses about tawhid in the Qur’an and translate them here for you, so that you yourselves may deduce two things: first, what tawhid means from the Qur’an’s standpoint; and second, what commitment — what practical conduct in life — it implies.

And you have not forgotten — and must not forget — our earlier discussions. There we laid down two things faith must be. First, faith in any idea, in any religious principle, must be conscious: it must rest upon understanding and insight, not be blind. Second, faith must be accompanied by commitment. Whatever we believe in inevitably lays a commitment upon our shoulders, in our lives and in our conduct — whether as individuals or as a society, whether it concerns our own person, our own community, humanity at large, or the future of history.

With this introduction in mind, when we enter the discussion of tawhid, that discussion will naturally be, for us, one that imposes commitment. We will examine tawhid so that, first, we arrive at it consciously; and second, we see what commitments it places upon our shoulders. Is tawhid merely a kind of irresponsible, commitment-free understanding — a knowing of some truth that lays no obligation upon us? Or is it otherwise? Is tawhid a form of knowledge such that, once we know it, duties fall upon us? When we turn to the Qur’an, we will find the answer.

The verses we have in view today, then, concern tawhid from one particular standpoint. Tomorrow the verses will again concern tawhid, but from a different standpoint; and in the coming days, again there will be verses about tawhid, each from a standpoint of its own. I do not claim that in a few days' discussion of tawhid, drawing upon the verses of the Qur’an, I can set forth every dimension of Quranic and Islamic tawhid. If some people were to turn to the Qur’an with a more precise eye, a clearer vision, and a more leisurely study, they would find a boundless ocean in the field of tawhid. I will speak only to the measure our time allows. Even all that we ourselves know about tawhid cannot be set forth in summary here — so I will speak only as far as our time and our gathering permit.

There is one point I should mention beforehand. The discussion of tawhid, within the Quranic verses and in the style in which we will present it, may perhaps seem a bit heavy — more like a lesson than a lecture. But I have always thought, and still think, to myself: why must our public gatherings not have the character of a lesson? Why must a lecture be something other than a lesson? What objection is there if, in a public gathering, before a large crowd, the minds in the assembly are ready to listen — ready to hear difficult things that require reflection and thought, just as in a classroom? Why must the speaker feel obliged, especially in the days of Ramadan, when mouths are fasting, to present the material in a more entertaining, more pleasant way, mixed with more diversions? Why? How long must we, in our public gatherings, give up the hope of thinking better, higher, and deeper? Why should we give it up?

So then: I do not know whether this material will strike you as heavy or not. It may seem heavy; it may seem quite ordinary. But if it does seem weighty and heavy to you, treat it as something that, in the end, must be understood. Think about it, study it. Mobilize all the power of your mind to grasp it. Keep the words in your mind and hold onto them; if it is difficult, raise it later with your friends. And if the discussion seems unfamiliar to your mind, do not push it away on the grounds that it is heavy — no, rather, work to make your mind familiar with it.

And as we have said many times before: we never expect anyone, not a single person, to accept what we say one hundred percent and as a certainty — no. On the contrary, we ask this of you, at whatever level you are: whatever is given to you here as intellectual nourishment — even if you are not like this elsewhere, here be like this — place under the laboratory[201] of your own perception, understanding, discernment, and independent judgment. Make yourselves an instance of that noble verse of the Qur’an, which says: “So give good news to My servants — those who listen to the word and follow the best of it.”[200])

In any case, we will consider tawhid from two standpoints — though, as we arrange the material, other branches may perhaps come up that need mentioning.

First, we consider tawhid within the worldview of Islam. Tawhid is most certainly present there. What is tawhid in the worldview of Islam, and what does it mean? And how does the verse of the Qur’an, in its eloquent and articulate language, expound the tawhid that figures within that worldview? Second, we consider tawhid in the ideology of Islam. I will give a brief explanation of the terms "worldview" and "ideology" for those who do not know them; for tawhid is part both of the worldview of Islam and of its life-constructing ideology.

Beyond these, tawhid manifests and shows itself in every one of the subsidiary ordinances of Islam. Wherever you see a ruling, a law, or a command put forward in the name of religion in which tawhid limps — in which there is something anti-tawhid, and tawhid is absent — know that this is not from Islam. For tawhid is like a spirit within the body of all the ordinances of Islam. It is like a fine, subtle air present in every part of this edifice whose name is Islam. It is like pure, clean, fresh blood coursing through this whole body whose name is Islam and religion — present even in the smallest capillaries. You cannot find a single ruling in Islam that does not bear some color and trace of tawhid. So today’s discussion is about tawhid in the worldview of Islam.

What does the worldview of Islam mean? When you turn your own thought and your own perception to the universe, to the human being, to the world, you arrive at certain conceptions. Perhaps you have never given this any thought; but whoever does — whoever thinks about the world, about the human being, about the relationship between the two, about something beyond nature and beyond the human being and the world — arrives at a whole chain of conceptions and ideas. This is what we call a worldview. Every school of thought has its own particular vision, its own standpoint, its own way of seeing and understanding the world; and that particular understanding is the school’s worldview. It is a term that has come to be seen and noticed in Persian only in the last several years. It does not mean breadth of outlook, in the sense colloquial speech gives it — "so-and-so is a person of worldview," meaning he is broad-minded — no; worldview does not mean that at all.

In brief, it can be defined like this: a worldview is a human being’s conception and understanding of the world, or of the human being himself. We said "a human being’s conception"; but in place of "a human being," you may put a school, a creed, a religion, a social practice — each has a conception of the world, and that conception is its worldview. Islam has a worldview; Islam has a conception of the world. To the extent that it bears upon our discussion of tawhid, I will set forth that conception briefly.

Islam holds that the whole of this aggregate we call "the world" is a servant — a thrall, a creature — dependent upon an exceedingly mighty power. From top to bottom, from the most insignificant and lowly beings to the great and conspicuous ones, from the basest living or lifeless thing to the noblest and most powerful of living beings possessed of intellect — that is, the human being — all of it, every part of it, every corner of this universe, depends upon that power. Beyond this surface that you and I see, beyond what the keen-sighted spectacles of empirical science can reach, beyond all the phenomena we can sense and touch, there is a truth higher than all truths — more exalted, nobler, dearer — and every one of these phenomena of the universe is made, fashioned, and brought into being by the hand of His power. To that higher power we give a name: its name is "God," its name is "Allah."

So the world is a truth with no independence of its own. It did not bring itself into existence; it did not well up from within itself. Rather, a powerful hand created these various phenomena and brought them into being — phenomena that, with every passing day of advancing knowledge, show themselves more and more. It is a powerful hand that stirred up that tumult in the heart of the atom. And it is that same hand that brought into being the highest unknown worlds — the galaxies, and what lies beyond the galaxies, where there may be things to be discovered billions of times greater than everything we have discovered to this day. This factory has a maker; this apparatus has an originator; it is no matter of chance, and it is not self-existent. This is exactly how Islam regards the world.

These are the materials of the Islamic worldview in the field of tawhid, which I am setting out just this way, little by little and briefly. Consider that God who is higher than the world and the worldly, that hand of power that turns all the beings of the universe. He made them, and moment by moment He has kept them enduring. And this powerful hand — whose name is Allah, whose name is God — is characterized,[202] in an original and essential manner, with every good and good-creating attribute: He possesses knowledge, He possesses power, He possesses life, He possesses will and resolve, and all that springs from these. His life was not taken from anyone; His knowledge was not acquired from anywhere; and so on.

He is the Sovereign of the universe. Who are the inhabitants of the universe? What are its particles in relation to Him? Once the particles of the universe have been made and fashioned by Him, did they then become separate — like a child that separates from its mother and is thereafter independent? No; the matter is not like that at all. At every moment, for their remaining and their being, they are in need of Him — in need of His power and His will; and all are His servants. All beings are His servants, His creatures, His handiwork. He can dispose over all of them. He created them all with a particular order, brought them all into being under regular and precise norms and laws. Today science is discovering these laws — though my discussion does not lie in this field. The argument for the existence of God and the proof of the Maker is not part of my discussion; there are abundant books in this field — go and read them.

Still, it would not be amiss to recall one statement, on the authority of several scholars of the empirical sciences — not philosophers, but scholars whose work has to do precisely with the laboratory, with industry, with construction, and with such things. It comes from a book by several non-Iranian scholars and authors, which two or three accomplished Iranian translators have rendered into Persian, titled The Proof of the Existence of God_[203] — a good book, well worth consulting. In it, several scholars of today’s empirical sciences say that, with the advance of knowledge, with penetration into the inmost nature of creatures and beings and the discovery of regular laws, we come to understand that the world has an originator. From the sheer extent to which we see order at work, the sheer extent to which discipline governs the affairs of the universe, we understand that the world has a Creator and a Maker. So then: all the beings of the universe are His servants, His originated ones, all under His authority and within the grip of His power — and a person too, like the rest of the other beings.

In the worldview of Islam, tawhid is exactly such a thing. Tawhid means that the world has an Originator and a Maker, and, in a manner of speaking, has a pure and subtle spirit. The world has an originator, and every part of this universe counts as a servant, a being under the authority of that God and that Originator. This is what tawhid means in the worldview of Islam: when a Muslim looks upon this universe from the standpoint of Islam, he does not see it as an independent being, but as a being dependent upon a higher power. What effect does this have? What benefit? A remarkable one. In the later discussions we hold about tawhid, it will become clear what effect this vision, this particular worldview, this way of perceiving and conceiving the universe, has upon the building of life.

We turn to the verses of the Qur’an, and we see that the Lord of the universe has stated precisely this same matter there. We have selected verses from two places in the Qur’an. The first is from Surat al-Baqarah, the verse famous as Ayat al-Kursi. Its opening part speaks to this very theme. It is verse 255.

“In the name of God, the Most Merciful, the Most Compassionate. God — there is no deity but He.”[204][205]

"Allah" — this is a name for which no equivalent can be found, however we try to expound and explain it. What is "Allah"? It is God. And who is God? He is that being of whom it is said: La ilaha illa Huwa — there is no deity but He. Understand ilah as "object of worship." An ilah is any being a person submits to in the manner of sanctification,[206] veneration, and reverence — hands over his own free will to, entrusts the reins of his life to, grants unrestrained[207] authority over his own life. This, in Quranic terminology, is called ilah. Those who make their own desire hold the reins of their lives — their ilah is that desire. Those who grant a rebellious, transgressing person unrestricted authority over the affairs of their lives — their ilah is that very Satan. Those who submit, unconditionally and unreservedly, to hollow customs and beliefs — their ilah is that very hollow custom and belief. Whatever holds unconditional authority in a person’s existence and life, whatever rules and dominates — that is an ilah.

Here it says: La ilaha illa Huwa — there is no ilah, no object of worship, but He. What does "there is not" mean? Does it mean there is none in the world? There were thousands of objects of worship in the world; three hundred and sixty of them were hung and set up within the House of the Ka’ba itself — three hundred and sixty idols. And just as many living idols were ruling in the world besides. How, then, is there no ilah! So when it says La ilaha illa Huwa — "there is no ilah but He" — it means there is no true ilah but Him. That is, if you have accepted anyone other than Allah in divinity — in that sense of worship-worthiness which I described — you have committed a sin, you have done what is contrary to right. For other than Allah, no one is worthy of being an object of worship and of divinity.

Allahu la ilaha illa Huwa — what is the distinctive quality of this Allah, this unique and single ilah? He enumerates some of His qualities: al-Hayy — He is the Living. All the others are dead beings, corpses; He is the Living. That the lifeless ones are dead is plain — but the living ones too are dead. A living thing that on one day did not exist and on another day will not exist; a creature whose very life is constantly under threat; a being whose life, with the movement of a single hair, with the stirring of the brain, is at any moment threatened with annihilation — what kind of life is this? The everlasting Living, the true Living, is the one to whom life truly belongs, whose gift it is to every living thing — and He is God. Al-Hayy — the Living. Al-Qayyum — the Enduring and Sustaining; the one whose life is permanent and eternal; the one by whose life the living are alive. Were He not, did He not will it, not a single living thing and not a single manifestation of life would remain in the world. Al-Qayyum.

La ta’khudhuhu sinatun wa-la nawm — neither drowsiness nor sleep takes hold of Him; light sleep, let alone heavy. It does not seize Him away from Himself. What does this mean? It means that a moment of heedlessness, a moment of inattention, has no way into His being and into His life. The other beings, the false lords, are heedless — of themselves, of the people under their authority, of the world that is in their grip. They are heedless from head to foot, constantly in heedlessness; and even where they claim awareness and knowledge, that awareness is false. What prevails over them is heedlessness and ignorance.

“Have you not seen those who exchanged the blessing of God for ingratitude, and brought their people down into the abode of ruin — Hell, which they will enter; and an evil place of settlement it is.”[208] It was this verse of the Qur’an that Musa ibn Ja’far (peace be upon him) recited to Harun al-Rashid. Musa ibn Ja’far (peace be upon him) was telling Harun, "You are among them."[209] For if Harun is not heedless, why would he drag himself and his people into the Fire? So the other gods are heedless from head to foot.

The One whom heedlessness never seizes is the real ruler of this world — that is, Allah. La ta’khudhuhu sinatun wa-la nawm. Do not imagine that stripping sina, meaning drowsiness, light sleep, and nawm, meaning ordinary or heavy sleep, away from God served no purpose here. It did, and the later discussions will show why. Every allusion in tawhid, every fine point of it, points to the negation of divinity in anything other than God, and to the deficiencies of everything other than God. What is affirmed of God is exactly what is negated of those who claim divinity. And what tawhid asserts is exactly what must show up in the practical lives of the monotheists, the worshippers of God. Every quality and fine detail of tawhid must have its instance in the lives of monotheist people — as the later discussions will bring out. So la ta’khudhuhu sinatun wa-la nawm points to the heedlessness, the slumbers, the lapses of the false lords and lordlings.

La ta’khudhuhu sinatun wa-la nawm; lahu ma fi al-samawati wa-ma fi al-ard — His is whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth; it belongs to Him, it is His servant. Man dha alladhi yashfa’u 'indahu illa bi-idhnih — who is there that can intercede before Him, mediate, except by His permission? We know of no other power that could stand before God even to the measure of a single intercessor’s strength. If anyone intercedes for others, he still does so by God’s permission. The prophets who intercede; the saints, the Imams, the righteous, the believers, and the martyrs who intercede before God — none of them do so except by God’s permission. So they too are not powers set up against the power of God, not rival shops opened against Him. They are not a separate establishment and apparatus set up against the establishment and apparatus of God — no. They are servants of God, only servants, objects of God’s grace and love.

Man dha alladhi yashfa’u 'indahu illa bi-idhnih — who is it that can intercede before Him except by His permission and leave? Ya’lamu ma bayna aydihim wa-ma khalfahum — whatever is before them and behind them, He knows; that is, He encompasses the whole life of human beings and of all beings. Wa-la yuhituna bi-shay’in min 'ilmihi illa bi-ma sha' — they do not encompass, their knowledge does not extend to anything of the Lord’s knowledge, except what He Himself wills.

See how He divides the whole universe into two ranks. One is the rank of God; the other is the rank of all other beings. In that second rank, every particle of the universe is a servant of God to a single degree. With respect to servanthood before God, no two beings in the universe differ. In this respect — that they are servants of God, under His power and within His grip — they are all alike, all of them! Even the greatest being in the universe, the dearest and most precious human being of history — the sacred person of the Noble Prophet (God’s blessings be upon him and his household) — is, with respect to being a servant of God, under His authority, His slave, like every other particle of existence. To the same degree that they are under God’s authority, the Prophet too is under God’s authority. It is not that some prophet, some station, some great human being, because he is great, because he is select, because he is beloved and dear to God, gets some store of power set up against God — no. They are bound-handed servants, submitted to the Lord, and their very greatness lies in exactly this.

In the tashahhud of the prayer you recite: Ashhadu anna Muhammadan 'abduhu wa-rasuluh — you name being a servant of God first: I bear witness that Muhammad is His servant — His slave — and His Messenger. Servanthood comes before Messengership.

Wasi’a kursiyyuhu al-samawati wa-l-ard — His throne of power has spread wide over the heavens and the earth. Wa-la ya’uduhu hifzuhuma — safeguarding the heavens and the earth is no burden upon Him. Wa-Huwa al-'Aliyyu al-'Azim — He is the Most High and Most Honored in rank; He is the Great and Majestic.

From these verses, what do you understand as a whole? Set aside the fine details in the verse, the subtleties and intricacies in every single sentence. You may grasp some part of them, or I may, and there are tens or hundreds of other subtleties that no one understands except the chosen servants of God. From the phrase Allahu la ilaha illa Huwa, Imam al-Sajjad grasps subtleties and fine points that you and I do not. So set all this aside — the subtleties, the fine points, the social and doctrinal matters present here — and ask: taken whole, what does it tell you?

Taken whole, it gives you the vision of Islam concerning God. And what is that vision? Throughout the entire domain of existence there is one power, named God — one center of power, one focus of knowledge, life, and force, named God. And on the opposite side stand all the phenomena, facing that mighty and majestic power in a state of destitution,[210] in a state of servitude, in a state of servanthood — all of them, all of them. Nor is there any difference among the phenomena of the universe with respect to servitude before that center of power. From a tiny particle to a mighty galaxy, from a believing human being to a disbelieving one, from a worthless being to a worthy human being — all, before that being, are bound-handed and submitted, slaves and servants and thralls; whatever expression you wish to use.

Understanding this has effects in how we recognize the ideology of Islam and its practical programs for society. Let me give an example — I point it out now so that a flash of lightning may strike in your minds, so you know we do not wish to engage in philosophical hairsplitting. Once we have understood that all human beings are, in sum, equal[211] before this power and this center of force, then it no longer makes sense for the emperor of Rome — Valerian,[212] for instance — in his pride and arrogance, to have his statue built there with a slave fallen at his feet. We ask: why? On what grounds? Has this exalted emperor found some rank beyond the rank of the servants of God? And the human being who has fallen at the emperor’s feet, prostrating himself, bowing and abasing himself before him — has he found some lower, baser rank beneath the rank of servant? Are the two of them not both attached to one and the same rank? Then why this situation?

Consider: were it not for this vision of the world, the tyrants would be free to claim a separate rank for themselves. The emperors of the universe, the bullies of history, the great landowners and aristocrats who existed throughout history — those who had thousands and millions of servants and captives of power, obedient to their every command — these could say, "Sir, I am a thing apart, woven from a different cloth; I am other than that one; he must fall at my feet, I must set my foot upon his head; I was created to give commands, he was created to obey; I was created to live as a lord, he was made to be wretched; I am the servant of a god whose power is greater, he is the servant of a god whose power is less." This is like what the Children of Israel used to say — that our God, the God of the universe, is Yahweh,[213] and that Yahweh’s favor toward the Children of Israel is greater. The idol-worshipping polytheists of India used to say that society is divided into four classes, each class having a particular god of its own, and that each was created from a particular place. But the pure tawhidi Islamic vision says that all existents and beings were fashioned from one place, from one origin, from one hand of power. All are servants before Him; all are captives of His power; all must obey His command. No one has the right to lay his head at the feet of another, just as no one has the right to set his foot upon the head of another. Just as you have no right to set your foot upon someone’s head, you have no right to lay your head at someone’s feet. And why? Because in either case you have acted contrary to right and truth. The one mounted upon a horse, with servants writhing beneath its hooves, is no different from those he tramples.

Man dha alladhi yashfa’u 'indahu illa bi-idhnih — who is closer to Him? Who holds any power before Him? Who can lay claim, before Him, to any sense of self-importance? Yes — illa bi-idhnih: some can intercede, but only by His own permission. He never grants that permission to tyrants; He grants it to the Imams. He never grants the corrupt the permission of nearness and the leave of intercession. It is the prophets, the saints, the righteous, the martyrs, the high-stationed humble ones who can — those servants for whom worldly life passed bitterly and poisonously, yet whose spirits grew strong; who moved along the path of duty, who were hard and severe upon themselves so that they might draw one step nearer toward it. They can intercede before God. And even they are able to intercede only because they performed the servanthood of God more fully, placing themselves more fully under His power. In the time of the Prophet, no one served God as the Prophet of God did; in the time of the Commander of the Faithful, no one served God as the Commander of the Faithful did; in the time of Imam al-Sajjad, no one served God as Imam al-Sajjad did. That the Prophet is the highest of people, that 'Ali is the highest of people, that Imam al-Sajjad is the highest of people — this is not a matter of, say, pitting a man of Shushtar against a man of Dezful.[214]] Their station is higher and more honored because they performed the servanthood of God more fully.

From the whole thrust of this verse — Ayat al-Kursi — one meaning emerges: the Lord of the universe is that absolute power, and before Him all created beings, the whole universe, stand as servants, obedient, bound-handed, submitted. Whoever wishes to draw nearer to Him must be more fully His servant. That is the first verse.

The second is in Surat Maryam; we have taken verse 88 onward: “And they said, 'The Most Merciful has taken a son.'”[215]

They said that the Merciful God has chosen a son for Himself. The disbelievers voiced this claim in various forms — the Christians one way, the Jews another, the polytheists of Quraysh and of Arabia another, the polytheists elsewhere in yet another. Some said God has a daughter; some, a son; some, a daughter and a son; some, a single child; some, an infinite number — a whole household! In any case, they said: Ittakhadha al-Rahmanu walada — God has a child. And from what angle did they say it? Note the point carefully: their claim that God has a child — the claim of a group of polytheists, or Christians, or Jews — meant that among the creatures of the universe there is one individual whose relation to God is not the relation of a servant but the relation of a child. He is a young lord’s son, not a bondsman; though he is not the lord himself. The Jews, who used to say 'Uzayr ibn Allah — that the prophet 'Uzayr is the son of God — meant that even if all the beings of the universe are servants of God, 'Uzayr stands outside that category; he is no longer God’s servant but God’s young lord’s son, the light of God’s eye. So too the Christians, who voiced this claim about the Messiah; and the disbelievers who said of al-Lat, Manat, and al-'Uzza[216] that these are the daughters of God; and the polytheists of Greece and Rome, who likewise held that God had numerous god-sons and lordly sons — all of them held this same view. In reality, the two ranks we have considered — the rank of God, and the rank of all the servants and beings humbled before Him — these two they were turning into three. They said: God; the servants; and, in between, an elite — a child, a young lord’s son, a god-son, something. The verses of Surat Maryam negate this. Follow them closely to the end.

“And they said, 'The Most Merciful has taken a son.' Surely you have brought forth a monstrous, grievous thing. The heavens are nearly torn apart by it, and the earth split asunder, and the mountains brought down in collapse — that they should ascribe a son to the Most Merciful.”[217]

Wa-qalu ittakhadha al-Rahmanu walada — they said that the Merciful God has chosen and taken a son; laqad ji’tum shay’an idda — you have indeed brought forth an awful and weighty saying. See what expression God uses: a weighty saying, an awful saying, a very dangerous belief you have advanced. Laqad ji’tum shay’an idda — truly a heavy and awful saying you have brought forth. Takadu al-samawatu yatafattarna minhu wa-tanshaqqu al-ardu wa-takhirru al-jibalu hadda — the heavens were near to bursting apart from one another, to splitting open, the earth to rending asunder, and the mountains to crumbling down in ruin. An da’aw li-l-Rahmani walada — all this because they called upon the Merciful a son and held a son for Him.

It is plain that the matter is very grave. God is not such that some obscenity, some bad word, would offend Him; the Lord of the universe is not subject to feelings. What He gives the people as a belief is what has a part in securing the divine aims. And what He rejects as a corrupt belief is what, once believed, has a part in securing the corruption of society. To negate a corrupt belief is to sever a vein of corruption in human society. The belief that God has offspring — that He has a god-son and a lordly son, that He has a child, that there is an intermediary between God and humankind, a separating link — this belief has corrupting effects in society. Those corruptions will become clear gradually, in the course of the tawhidi discussions. In reality it is a pretext for the servants: beyond becoming the servant of God, they become the servant of yet another as well.

“And it does not befit the Most Merciful that He should take a son. There is none in the heavens and the earth but that he comes to the Most Merciful as a servant. He has indeed counted them and numbered them, numbering.”[218]

Wa-ma yanbaghi li-l-Rahmani an yattakhidha walada — it does not befit the Merciful that He should take a son. In kullu man fi al-samawati wa-l-ardi illa ati al-Rahmani 'abda — all who are in the heavens and the earth are nothing but ones who come before God in servitude; every one of them is God’s servant. Laqad ahsahum wa-'addahum 'adda — He has enumerated them, taken them in His grip and counted them, a thorough counting. This too is from Surat Maryam.

So, in brief, here is what today’s discussion amounted to: what tawhid means in the worldview of Islam, and what it is. That was the examination of tawhid as one of the materials of the principles of the worldview. Tomorrow, God willing, we will take up tawhid as one of the materials of the principles of the ideology of Islam. See how the two differ: the worldview is the introduction to the ideology, the ground on which it stands. This is the Islamic vision; this is how it sees the world, the universe, the whole realm of existence. Now — what does this vision inspire in us? What course, what plan, what design for life does it set forth? What role does tawhid play there? That is "Tawhid in the ideology of Islam."

9. Session 9: Tawhid in Islamic Ideology

توحید در ایدئولوژی اسلام — delivered Friday, 5 Mehr 1353 / 10 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَتَّخِذُ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَندَادٗا يُحِبُّونَهُمۡ كَحُبِّ ٱللَّهِۖ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓاْ أَشَدُّ حُبّٗا لِّلَّهِۗ وَلَوۡ يَرَى ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوٓاْ إِذۡ يَرَوۡنَ ٱلۡعَذَابَ أَنَّ ٱلۡقُوَّةَ لِلَّهِ جَمِيعٗا وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلۡعَذَابِ

"And among mankind are some who take, besides God, rivals [whom] they love as they should love God. But those who believe are stronger in love for God. If only those who do wrong could see — when they behold the punishment — that all power belongs to God, and that God is severe in punishment."

— Surat al-Baqarah (2:165)

The theist says that beyond what we see there is a reality higher and more magnificent than anything we observe, and that without it these phenomena would never have taken form. The materialist says no. We cannot believe in, or commit ourselves to, anything other than what we see. However hard we have searched in our laboratories and experiments, we have found no sign, no trace, of this being you speak of. Let the dispute between materialist and theist stay in the books and discussions devoted to that subject.

Here is our belief about the materialists of our age. We are not concerned with the Democritus of history, that other atheist materialist of ten centuries ago — Democritus[219] or some such scholar who lived twenty or thirty centuries ago. We have no quarrel with him; he died, and even his bones have turned to dust. When the materialist of our time says there is no God, when he believes that beyond this world no other reality exists, he says it because he has suffered an intellectual and spiritual disillusionment with the school of theism. He believes that the building of today’s world, the administration of human beings, the establishment of justice, and the removal of discrimination are all impossible except in the shadow of a materialist, materialistic[220] mode of thought — and for that reason he turns his back on theism. Look carefully at the intellectual condition of those who, over the last fifty or sixty years, have embraced some of the "isms" of our time, and you will find the matter is exactly as we have said. It is not that they bear some obstinate grudge against God, nor that they reject Him because they lack a convincing rational argument for His existence. Most often there is no rational argument on the other side either; there is no argument for negating God — none at all, neither now nor in the past.

You will not find a single person who says, "I say there is no God for this reason" — not one! Among all the materialists of the world, from the first day until now, there is not one who says, "I prove there is no God by this argument." Anyone who has something to say on this matter says, "It has not been proven to me that He exists; I did not understand, I did not accept the argument for His existence." And the Qur’an points to precisely this fact: “They are following nothing but conjecture.”[221] They merely chase fancy and guesswork; otherwise they cannot negate God with any proof.

So it is not on account of not having a rationally satisfying philosophy — the materialist side has no rationally satisfying philosophy either. What draws the materialist of our age toward what he calls the materialist school — and this is a subtle point — is that he imagines this school can better administer the world today. He says it can better eliminate oppression, better destroy inequality, better annihilate tyranny. Religion, he says, cannot do these things. Why does he say so? Because he knows nothing of religion — of the common, prevalent notion of it — except what he has seen in the hands of the people of the street and bazaar, in its traditional and imitative form. In short, he has no knowledge of religion, no information about it. If you ask him what religion is, he names a series of outward manifestations and says, "This is religion." And then comes his verdict: these are an opiate, these are the brother and equal of oppression and the oppressor, these cannot loosen a single knot in the people’s tangled affairs,[222] therefore — abandon it.

When a person is faced with such a logic, the best and most correct answer is plain. Yes — if you have found a religion that colludes with the oppressor, that cooperates with the despot, that does not stand for one moment alongside the oppressed, that does not untie one knot in the people’s tangled affairs, that has not the worth of a poppy seed, of a mustard’s atom,[223] for the people’s today and tomorrow — then on our behalf you are authorized: wherever you found such a religion, reject it, do not accept it for a single moment. Because if a religion is from God, it is not like this.

A religion that God sends is not just anything. It has a sign, a distinguishing mark, a standard seal. If this standard seal matches a given religion, we accept it; if it does not, we do not. (When I speak about prophethood and the Prophet — God willing, in the series of Quranic discussions — perhaps I will convey this meaning there in greater detail.)

The Qur’an says: “We have certainly sent Our messengers with clear proofs, and We sent down with them the Book and the Balance, so that the people may uphold justice.”[224]

"We sent Our messengers with clear proofs" — We sent forth Our prophets with luminous proofs, "and We sent down with them" a body of thought and the practical instruments — the instruments by which they could judge and adjudicate among the people in their disputes. Why did We do these things? "We sent" — not just one prophet, not just Moses, not just the Seal of the Prophets, not just Jesus; "We sent Our messengers" — all the prophets were sent with this one purpose and this one aim. What is that aim? "So that the people may uphold justice" — so that human beings may live on the basis of justice and fairness. This is religion. If you have seen a religion moving in the opposite direction to the philosophy of the religions, know that it is either not divine or it has been corrupted. If you have seen it moving contrary to the philosophy and the line of march of the divine prophets and messengers, know with certainty that it is not the offspring of the Lord’s revelation and of the prophets. This is quite clear.

So, O materialist! — the address is to them — O materialist! O you who say, "I have seen religion to be incapable of administering human societies" — we ask: which religion? The religion of Islam? True Islam? The Muhammadan revelation? The sovereign Alawid way of life? Have you seen these to be incompatible with the administration of human affairs? Come, prove it; where is the incompatibility? This is an Islam that removes discrimination, that negates class division in the very heat of the world’s class division, that pours together the wealth unjustly distributed and redistributes it per capita, that gives people equal opportunities and means, that takes governance out of the hands of human tyrants and entrusts it to the just law of God. It honors the base human being, the human being who is slapped about, the enslaver and the enslaved — the one who, for the sake of a single word, for the sake of a single bravo, for the sake of a single worthless coin[225], would commit the basest of crimes. It elevates this base, abject, despised human being, raises him up, makes him noble, adorns him with moral and human virtues — and secures all of this in the shadow of a just and firmly grounded order.

Nor is the prophet’s training a matter of individual cultivation — taking each person one by one by the hand, seating him in a corner of a private chamber, whispering incantations into his ear so that he may become upright, so that he may become a true human being. It is not that. Nor is it preaching, with the prophet sitting and telling the people, "people, this is bad, do it that way." It is a social order. In the ignorant atmosphere of that day, the prophet cast the foundation of Islamic society as firm as steel, in a determinate shape and mold. Then he brought human beings into this mold, into this path and this channel. And bringing them into this path was itself their becoming true human beings; the two were one. So if you say that the Islamic religion — the truly Islamic religion, with these characteristics — is not on a par with human progress, with justice, with the establishment of security, and with the meeting of human needs: no. We do not accept this. This is unfairness, this is unfairness.

If a scholar who grew up in the hollow milieu of Christianity, who has seen of religious manifestations nothing but the false intercessions of Christ, the forgiveness of sins, and the selling of deeds of paradise for money — if he gave himself the right to say this about religion, then you have no right to. You live a hundred years, eighty years, fifty years after him; you live in an era in which Islam is more or less showing itself, and has displayed and is displaying the sweetest and most precious human manifestations on the horizon of the world. If this is your meaning — no, this is not correct. But if you say: the hollow religions, the false religions, the fair-faced and foul-hearted religions, the religions

that everywhere drag the people into lethargy and submission to oppression[227] and pessimism and division and fratricide; the religion that says to the poor, "If you have no wealth, if you have no money, you need not strive in the way of money," and says to the rich, "In return for what you have, give a portion to the church or to some other religious institution, and it will be the atonement for all the oppressions you committed in the course of acquiring this money" — if you mean this religion, then in this we too are of one voice with you, and both of us are followers of the Qur’an: “O you who believe, indeed many of the rabbis and monks devour the wealth of people unjustly and avert [them] from the way of God.”[226] O you who have believed, many of the Jewish and Christian scholars and ascetics devour the wealth of people without entitlement — "they devour" — and they do not even content themselves with that; "and they avert [them] from the way of God" — they also bar the people’s path toward perfection and elevation. Would that they took the money and devoured it but left the path open! He devours their money and he severs their path. This is what the Qur’an says. We too are of one voice with you: a religion like that is not religion. A religion like that — any irreligion is better than it. For irreligion may at least sometimes refuse to become an accomplice to oppression and injustice, whereas such a religion may well become a means, a staff, a weapon in their hands.

Well, in summary, this was a set of generalities about the belief in Tawhid — taken as a vision, as the answer to a single question: is there a God or is there not? Is there anything beyond this material world? Is there a hand of power or not? In answering it I said that the theist speaks this way and the materialist speaks that way. Set aside the war of theist and materialist[228] and leave it for the books; what little of it pertained to us, we have said in a word or two.

Now, a very important point. There are certain matters that are necessary for everyone in the domain of Islamic thought — everyone must know them, everyone must understand them. One of them is this. When you raise the question of Tawhid, do not raise it as a dry, simple answer to a scientific and cerebral question; raise it instead as a matter whose knowing or not-knowing is vital, decisive. Now I will explain.

Suppose you are traveling along some road with a companion, and a discussion arises between you. You say, "Sir, the lands on both sides of this road are, in my view, salt-marsh; no crop at all can be grown here." He says, "No, sir, the lands on both sides of this road are perfectly suited for cultivating such-and-such." You say something, he says something; you offer a proof, he offers a proof. But how important is this discussion? You are going on, after all. The car is passing along this road at a hundred and twenty. You are not going to sit down and test the soil, nor buy a piece of this land to come back later and grow beets, nor answer some inquiry made about it; the question and answer has no effect on you whatsoever. It is only this: an answer to a question, a reply to some matter that has been raised, and nothing more. Whether you proved that this soil is barren[229] and yields nothing, or he proved that no, on the contrary, excellent and remarkable beets come up green here — whichever of you proves his claim, your road, your work, your present motion undergoes no change. It is not that, if the land is proven barren, you say, "Well, now that it is barren, let us turn back"; no — you had no business with this place. And

if it is proven fertile, you do not say, "Very well, now that it is fertile, come, let us pray two units of prayer at the foot of this fertile land"; no — it has no effect at all. Whether you prevail or he prevails, it changes nothing about your motion, this journey you are making, your future, your companionship — anything. This is one kind of discussion, one kind of question, one kind of answer to a question.

At another time you are seated in the car, this same car at this same speed moving along this same road, and suddenly your friend says, "In my view, this road we are traveling reaches the north — whereas your destination is the south." You say, "No, sir, this road we are traveling reaches the south." He says no, you say no; the discussion flares up between you. If he proves his claim, the car must be turned around, you must go the other way — you had no business coming this way. If you prove your claim, you keep the same course, the same method, only a bit faster, and go forward. And right now, the very hesitation that has arisen between you, the two opinions that have appeared — their first effect is that the driver’s foot goes to the brake, easing off a little: "Let us see now where we are going; will we reach the destination in the end or not?" This is a question-and-answer, a discussion whose answer and whose result are decisive. The discussion of Tawhid is like this.

Ordinary, common people — or the idle and uncommitted — raise the question of Tawhid one way; a committed person ought to have it raised for him in another. The uncommitted person raises Tawhid like this: is there a God or is there not? And now if there is, what shall we do? If there is not, what shall we do? What effect does it have on the condition of life, what change does it create in the social order? If there were a God, what would happen to the capitalist system of some great power or superpower? Take a president who comes to power in a certain country: if he believed there is a God, how would he act? If he believed there is no God, how would he act? Does it make any difference at all? A knowledge of God and a worship of God in which accepting one side or the other leaves no difference, no effect, upon the fate of cartels[230] and trusts[231] and capitalisms and discriminations — that worship of God, that belief in Tawhid, is like believing in the fertility of this land we are passing by: it brings us no benefit, no effect. What is it worth that some political leader of a certain country believes in God, when for him the worship of God is merely an answer to a

dry, cerebral question and nothing higher? Being a worshiper of God, being a monotheist, matters — it is effective, beneficial, necessary, vital, for a political leader, for an ordinary person, for a society, for a nation, for a whole community — only when Tawhid is raised, understood, and grasped for the sake of its effects: for the sake of what follows from it, the order it proposes, the form of life it presents. In our view this is a very important matter.

We imagine that Tawhid is something we need only clarify in our heads and settle as fixed, and that once we come to life this Tawhid no longer has any effect there; and if it does have an effect, only in personal life, not in social life. "Even if I am a monotheist, I will have the same capital and the same automobile and the same company and the same factory and the same condition of relationship with the worker and the same condition of relationship with the land as I would have had if I were not a monotheist." Look at the capitalist countries of the world, at these enormous powers whose name and fame have filled East and West. Take two capitalists, two great merchants, two great factory-owners, two of these "sultans of industry," as they call themselves; suppose one believes in God and one is a materialist — what difference is there in their conduct? Now, if the one who believes in God went to church on Sunday

and gave a few coppers[232] to the monk there to forgive him some of his sins, to smooth a few kilometers of the road to paradise for him — but what effect does it have on his life? On the condition of his factory? On his relations with the worker, with the people? On how he accumulates wealth, spends it, amasses it — what effect does it have at all? This Tawhid is not much different from polytheism.

The Tawhid to which Islam summons stands higher than the level of an answer to a question, a reply to an inquiry. What is it, then? Islamic Tawhid is an inspiration that reaches into governance, into social relations, into the course a society takes and the aims it pursues, into the people’s duties, into the responsibilities that human beings bear before God, before one another, before society, and before the other phenomena of the world. This is Tawhid. Islamic Tawhid is that same "alif" after which come "be" and "pe" and "che," all the way to "ye." It is not that you say, "God is one and not two," and the matter is finished. "God is one and not two" means that, in the entire region of your own existence — you individually and your society as a whole — no one but God has the right to rule. "God is one and not two" means that all the wealth you possess — you and all other human beings — belongs to God; you are no more than borrowers

and trustees. Who now is ready to become a monotheist? You hold the money in trust, and that is all; you are a borrower. If some money of your friend’s were deposited in your hand as a trust, what would you do? You would wait for him to give the order. "Sir, give ten tomans of this money to that child, to that old man, to that stranger, to that relative; throw ten tomans of this money into such-and-such a fund; burn ten tomans of it altogether" — you wait for the handwriting of the owner of the money, do you not? Is it anything other than this? Do you regard yourself as having any right, any ownership, in this money held in trust and deposit? "Wealth is the wealth of God; He has placed it as deposits among the people."[233] — God has entrusted wealth as a deposit into the hands of human beings. This is the corollary of Tawhid.

If you hold to Tawhid, then class division and discrimination in society have no meaning — no meaning at all. A society that has a top and a bottom, an upper and a lower, is not a Tawhidi society. Tawhid says, "All of you are from Adam, and Adam is from dust"[234] — all are the children of Adam, and Adam is from dust. Your nearness to God and your superiority lie in piety, and nothing else; whoever is more mindful of God’s command stands the higher. Otherwise you get a society with a thousand grounds for discrimination — you say, "Sir, so-and-so is like this," and the reply comes, "so-and-so is among the nobility, he has a different reckoning" — a society that has nobles and non-nobles, a society in which

the people’s enjoyments differ severely from one another and the privileged one regards it as his right; in a society in which the servants of God are not all on one level and some are still servants of others — in this society there is no Tawhid. When Tawhid comes to a society, all the servants are placed on one level. Meaning what? Meaning that all become servants of God — as I said yesterday. The beings of the world, human and otherwise, are His subjugated servants,[235] and in servitude to Him all are partners and equals. This I explained in detail yesterday: no one and no thing, under the heading of sonship, spousehood, or peerage, stands outside the circle of servitude to God. Within the domain of servitude, it no longer means anything for one group of servants to bind a chain around the necks of another group; that has no meaning at all. Servitude to God means freedom from servitude to other-than-God; the two simply do not go together. It has no meaning that someone should be a servant of God and also a servant of other-than-God. Servitude to God means freedom from servitude to, and from the worship of, whatever is other-than-God and whoever is other-than-God.

The envoy of the armies of Islam[236] came and entered the powerful palace of the Sasanians. A ragged-clothed Arab — an Arab whose whole attire, if you reckon it up, was perhaps not worth one of our tomans — entered the palace of the man who, on the day he was fleeing while the valiant Muslim warriors pursued him, had brought along with him a thousand singing slave-girls

only, apart from other things. His minstrels and singers numbered a thousand. If this is how it is at home,[237] what must it be on a journey — and a journey of flight at that, a journey on which he is fleeing in fear of his life? Wretch! Where are you taking singers? Take a sword with you. One fears they too were under the colonialism of the Jews! It is among the characteristics of the sinister, vile Zionist policies that they keep the people occupied with these very dilly-dallyings and song-singings and song-listenings, under various names — and it was into the court of such an enormous political power that this ragged-clothed man walked. Do you think he was afraid? Do you think he was overawed? Do you think he came with thoughts of disputation? Never. After all, when a paltry, small person presents himself before a powerful and exalted personage, his whole effort is to attach himself even a particle to that great power, to draw himself a little closer — even by flattery, by fawning, by displaying fear, by displaying servitude and submission. Do you think it was like that? Never. When he went forward and reached before the throne, it seems he even set his foot upon Yazdgird’s throne, because he saw that Yazdgird would not come to take the paper from him. He had brought a paper, brought a message; others came to take it, and he said, "I will not give it to you; I must give it to him himself." And since the latter would not rise from his place to come and take the paper from this Arab, this one was forced to go forward. He went, and when he reached upon his throne

he gave him the paper, so to speak. He asked, "For what have you come?" He answered in three sentences — three sentences that ought to be written in radiant letters and pounded onto a tablet over the gateway of the great palace of humanity, so that all may know what the slogan of Islam and the idea of Islam is. "Why have you come?" And he said, "We have come" — these three sentences are what concern us. "We have come to bring the people out" —

"Li-nukhrija al-nasa min 'ibadat al-'ibadi ila 'ibadat Allah" — "We have come to bring human beings out from the servitude of [created] servants to the servitude of God Most High."

What is the servitude of [created] servants? Take an example. In one of the campaigns between Iran and Rome, one of the old kings of Iran — before the Sasanians, from the Achaemenids — orders everyone to march. An old man comes and says, "Sir, my three sons are already with you in the field; let this one son stay beside me, for I am old and decrepit; allow him to remain rather than come with you." The assembly says nothing to him; they simply drive him out. Then the next day, as the troops move in columns of four — horses and soldiers behind one another — the three brothers reach the gateway and suddenly see their fourth brother cut into two pieces, one half mounted on this side of the gate and one half on that side — so that old men will no longer say, "Let our young men stay, let them not fight for the power of Darius," and will no longer throw themselves into water and fire to keep their sons home. This is the servitude of man. When human beings in a society did not even have the right to want what they want — never mind to say it; when human beings in a community had no right

to take the side of justice, to be enemies of discrimination; when human beings had no right to love freedom and want it for themselves, but accepted suffocation and strangulation as the natural condition and set their own seal of approval upon it — when human beings lived in such a society, this is the highest and ugliest and bitterest of the kinds of servitude. This is the worst of the kinds of servitude. Why? Because it is fraudulent.[238] Those who used to seize a handful of innocent human beings somewhere, shave their heads, and sell them in other lands — at least they performed an open and overt act; but to play with human beings this way, to disregard a person’s thought and want and will and decision this way, to trample him — this was the deeper crime.

He said, "We have come to free you from the worship of [created] servants" — that is, to free the people from the worship of you, O Yazdgird! to free others from the worship of your governors, your village-heads, your commanders, here and there — "min 'ibadat al-'ibad." Then where do we take them? They were not your servants, so what shall they now be? Loose and lawless? No — they shall be servants of God. To be a servant of God means to be free, to be a master, to move toward perfection, to use and benefit from the means of perfection to whatever extent you wish — just as it was in the Islamic society. There the people were servants of God, not servants of powers. Even

at the time when the course of the Islamic society had deviated and was no longer a hundred percent Islam, it was still so. Even in those very years when the conquest of Iran was taking place, the effect of the prophetic and Quranic upbringing was still present in the people. A political ruler says from the pulpit, "If I become crooked, set me straight," and a desert Arab rises from the foot of the pulpit and says, "If you do not become straight but become crooked, with this sword we will set you straight." Did the soldiers and police fall upon his head? Did they throw him into prison as a troublemaker and do away with him? Never. He had said something true, something logical. Freedom here is not unbridled license; it is obedience to a sound human law — so that, in the spirit of man, in that order and in that society, a person carries no one’s burden on his shoulders, not even the ruler’s. If the ruler spoke from God, spoke by the inspiration of God, then he is an Islamic ruler and his word is accepted. But if he did not speak by divine inspiration, then his word too is rejected.

"Li-nukhrija al-nasa min 'ibadat al-'ibad ila 'ibadat Allah, wa min diq al-dunya ila sa’at al-dunya wa al-akhirah" — The second sentence. He said, "We have come to bring the people, the servants of God, out from the limited and narrow enclosure of the world into the breadth of the world and the hereafter."

The limited and narrow enclosure of the world! Consider a society whose people do not live with a sound vision. From whichever side they look, before their gaze there is nothing but the world and its worldly gains; whatever they turn to, they see only their own small, worthless animal endeavors and their base, fleeting, momentary interests. Over such a society Yazdgird ruled. It was not that everyone was content with Yazdgird; there were many who were discontented too. But the eyes of these discontented were near-sighted, the horizon of their vision narrow and small, and so they reasoned that if they showed the slightest discontent with Yazdgird, this meager, base life would be taken from them as well — these two extra mouthfuls of food, these two extra days of repose,[239] these two extra kicks in the alley and the street would be taken away. And because they set such great store by this, because they loved this very meagerness so much, they were not ready to undertake any action for freedom, for human honor and authenticity and virtue. What was the cause? Their horizon of vision was small and limited — the narrowness of the world.

But once a person became a Muslim, everything became for him a preliminary, a means. A means to what? A means of reaching a vast world — I do not mean the world after death, but the world of man’s own thought, vision, and sight, which is as wide and expansive as God. Everything is a means for man, so that man may gain the pleasure of God. The life of the world, the money of the world, the comfort of the world, the affections of the world have no value and authenticity for him. It acquires value for him only

"fi sabil Allah" — when it is in the way of God. But strip that affection, that wealth, that rank, that life, that child, that honor, that dignity of its place in the way of God and of duty, and it has no price and no value for him. In the Islamic mode of thought the world and the hereafter are sewn together, and for a Muslim the world has no end. For the person who is servant to servants and slave to deficient beings, the world is a narrow thing; for this one, it is vast. Death is a small window: look through it and on the far side lie gardens and orchards, worlds and universes and realms. So the worst that can happen is that he reaches this window and passes through it — and that does not matter; death is no problem for him.

These are only glimmers and corners of Tawhid. Tawhid demands far more systematic treatment under a more definite heading, and we will give it — God willing — in the days ahead. Today I only wanted to state some generalities on this. What has been written here presents, in truth, a new vision within the domain of Tawhid — a correct vision. There are of course further aspects and angles that have not entered it, which I hope — God willing — we can set in due order in the writings of the coming days. But what has been written here is one dimension of Tawhid, and it states precisely what is intended in this domain, what the religions and the Qur’an in particular intend.

And now, the verses we have selected. The repetition of Ayat al-Kursi as a slogan of Tawhid is very interesting. I suspect the reason it has been so strongly emphasized — that Ayat al-Kursi be recited again and again on various occasions — is so that this slogan of Tawhid should stay living and enduring in a person’s mind, ever-alive and self-subsisting. Today’s verses are from Surat al-Baqarah. They describe a scene at the Resurrection, which bears a complete and total connection to the matter of Tawhid — and in the course of the recitation this becomes entirely clear. Surat al-Baqarah, verses 165 and 166. “And among mankind are some who take, besides God, rivals…”[240][241] Among the people are some who choose, besides God, rivals and competitors — they set up for God a partner, whether of the human kind or of other than the human kind. "Yuhibbunahum ka-hubb Allah" — they love them with the love and affection one ought to have for God.

Right here the verse opens a parenthesis; it was not speaking about love, but since the love of these toward God was mentioned, it opens a parenthesis, as if[242] —

"Wa alladhina amanu ashaddu hubban li-Llah" — But those who have believed, the true and real believers — their love and affection toward God is far more intense than all these outward manifestations, than all the poles that draw the human heart toward themselves like amber, than all the false gods, than the god of the self and lust; and so on, take it all the way up to those gods who have seated themselves, and are seated, and are given a seat, at the head and summit of societies — than all of these, God is more beloved to the believer.

"Wa alladhina amanu ashaddu hubban li-Llah, wa law yara alladhina zalamu idh yarawna al-'adhab…"

Suddenly the discourse shifts to a scene of the Resurrection. It describes that moment when the creatures have been gathered at the Resurrection — the disbelievers, the evildoers, the servants of other-than-God, and the servants of God, and every existing phenomenon of the Resurrection, described to us or not — all are gathered. The instruments of God’s punishment and the instruments of God’s mercy and grace are there too, though you and I cannot yet rightly grasp or imagine the quality of these instruments; in this world we cannot rightly understand what news there is there. In general we know only this much: that the means foreseen there for torment and wretchedness are all present and prepared. The good servants of God and the bad servants of God are there. Then the tyrants and the oppressors suddenly see that all power at the Resurrection belongs to God. It is a very strange thing. Now, in this world, look:

everyone has some power; everyone does something. Those who sit on high have more power, but those who sit below have power too, after all. Everyone prides himself on his own power; everyone has some measure of capacity and force within him — something does come from him, after all. Especially that tyrant, that oppressor, whose deed is greater, whose power too is greater. And even that oppressor who performed the worship of an oppressor — for he too is an oppressor, he too is a tyrant — he too, in his own imagination, enjoys some power, because he has attached himself to a higher power, like a fox that has tied its tail to a camel’s tail.[243] That is how it works in this world. But at the Resurrection, when they gather, wherever they look, whoever turns back to himself sees that there is no power, no capacity, no competence in him; power is entirely in the hand of God.

"Li-man al-mulku al-yawm? Li-Llah al-wahid al-qahhar" — “Whose is the sovereignty this day? It belongs to God, the One, the Subduer.”[244]

He takes this scene into view: that tyrant, that oppressor, says — whatever oppressor who oppressed others, whatever oppressor

who oppressed himself and had made himself the servant of that first oppressor — when they look, when they see, "Strange! Here all those words and claims and airs and pomps[245] and palaces and lives are all nothing and void; nothing at all comes from anyone’s hand."

The scene there is a strange one. Picture two groups: one worshiped the other — that is, obeyed them, with unconditional obedience. On the Day of Resurrection these two groups stand face to face, at war with one another.

"Wa law yara alladhina zalamu idh yarawna al-'adhab" — If only those who have done wrong could see — in the parenthesis we explained, we specified this wrongdoing as surrendering oneself to other-than-God. In this explanation we followed some of the old Shi’i commentators. — If only those who have done wrong by surrendering themselves to other-than-God could see, when they behold the punishment — what would they see?

"Anna al-quwwata li-Llahi jami’an" — that all force and power are entirely from God; "wa anna Allaha shadid al-'adhab" — and that God’s chastisement is severe and terrible. If they could see, what would happen? The answer is decreed. We gave it in Persian in the parenthesis: they would, without doubt, regret their own conduct. They would regret that in the world they had clutched at such a thing[246] — that they went and made themselves the slaves of tyrants who are now, at the Resurrection, so incapable, from whose hands so little comes. Had they looked with the eye of admonition, they would have seen that in the world too these tyrants were just as incapable.

"Idh tabarra’a alladhina uttubi’u min alladhina ittaba’u wa ra’awu al-'adhab" — “At that time when the leaders and chiefs disavow the followers and adherents, and they behold the punishment of God.”[247] Then Yazdgird, for example, says, "O Lord! O my Sustainer! These ones whom you saw worshiping me in my time — I disavow them, do not imagine that I have any attachment to them for setting me up as your partner; they did wrong to set me as your partner, and I disavow them." Now see how the subjects of Yazdgird’s day burn within: "We gave him our world and our hereafter, this scoundrel, and now at the Resurrection he disavows us." And what does this verse of the Qur’an say?

"Idh tabarra’a alladhina uttubi’u min alladhina ittaba’u wa ra’awu al-'adhab" — “At that time when the leaders and chiefs disavow the followers and adherents and behold the punishment of God”; "wa taqatta’at bihim al-asbab" — and the ties between them are severed; "wa qala alladhina ittaba’u" — and the followers say, "law anna lana karratan fa-natabarra’a minhum kama tabarra’u minna" — "Would that we had a return to the world, so that we might disavow them just as they disavowed us" — that is, today, the Day of Resurrection. "Kadhalika yurihimu Allahu a’malahum hasaratin 'alayhim" — Thus does God show them their deeds as a cause of regret upon them; "wa ma hum bi-kharijina min al-nar" — and they will never come out of the Fire.

Here is what the verse intends. Those people there are receiving blows — the blows of servitude to other-than-God, the blows of having made themselves the slaves of something other than Tawhid and against Tawhid. And the Qur’an’s own word for them is "ittaba’u," the adherents, the followers.

10. Session 10: Exclusive Worship and Obedience of God

عبادت و اطاعت انحصاری خدا — delivered Saturday, 6 Mehr 1353 / 11 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

هُنَالِكَ تَبۡلُواْ كُلُّ نَفۡسٖ مَّآ أَسۡلَفَتۡۚ وَرُدُّوٓاْ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَوۡلَىٰهُمُ ٱلۡحَقِّۖ وَضَلَّ عَنۡهُم مَّا كَانُواْ يَفۡتَرُونَ قُلۡ مَن يَرۡزُقُكُم مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلۡأَرۡضِ أَمَّن يَمۡلِكُ ٱلسَّمۡعَ وَٱلۡأَبۡصَٰرَ وَمَن يُخۡرِجُ ٱلۡحَيَّ مِنَ ٱلۡمَيِّتِ وَيُخۡرِجُ ٱلۡمَيِّتَ مِنَ ٱلۡحَيِّ وَمَن يُدَبِّرُ ٱلۡأَمۡرَۚ فَسَيَقُولُونَ ٱللَّهُۚ فَقُلۡ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

"There every soul will be tried for what it sent ahead, and they will be returned to God, their true Master, and there will vanish from them all that they used to fabricate. Say: Who provides for you from the heaven and the earth? Or who possesses hearing and sight? And who brings forth the living from the dead and brings forth the dead from the living? And who governs the affair? They will say: 'God.' So say: Will you not then be wary of Him?"

— Surat Yunus (10:30-31)

As we have already said, the discussion of Tawhid in the Qur’an is very long and detailed. Indeed, the longest and most detailed discussion in the whole of the Qur’an is the discussion of Tawhid. Even the discussion of Prophethood — for all its length, for all the stories and accounts of the prophets recounted in certain places as object lessons — still rests upon Tawhid, upon the question of the existence of God, and above all upon negating shirk (associating partners with God), which the Qur’an carries out in various forms. In this the Qur’an is utterly without peer — both in the tenor of its language and in the number of its verses. As the discussion expands, the issues within the field of Tawhid grow more numerous and more varied. Here we can raise only a few of them, supporting them with verses — not every issue that could be raised concerning Tawhid or in its vicinity.

If Tawhid is not merely a vision and a reading of reality but, beyond that, a knowledge that produces action and shapes life — formulations that were to some extent clarified and proven in the past days — and if Tawhid is a belief that entails a commitment and a responsibility, then we must search out that commitment, those responsibilities that lie folded[248] and embedded within the heart of Tawhid. We must find them, and item by item, sentence by sentence, chapter by chapter, set each one down as a heading, then trace[249] and pursue it through the Qur’an or through the totality of the Islamic sources — that is, the Qur’an and the Hadith. Attend closely to the words and formulations I use. I make them deliberate and considered, so fix them correctly in your minds, and let your reflection and pondering rest precisely upon what is intended.

Here is the point. If Tawhid is a belief that brings a commitment and a responsibility for the one who holds it, then we must understand, after all, what that responsibility and that commitment are. Is it summed up merely in accepting this belief with our tongue, or in our heart and our thought? That is to say, is belief itself the responsibility? Or does its scope reach beyond the region of thought and heart — though still within personal acts? A monotheist (muwahhid), for example, has a series of obligations upon his shoulders that Tawhid entails: that he pray; that he invoke the name of God at the beginning and end of every undertaking; that he slaughter the sacrificial animal only in the name of God, and so forth. Is it summed up at this level alone? Or is the commitment that Tawhid lays upon the monotheist individual, and upon the monotheist society, higher than the level of personal commands and individual obligations? The commitment that Tawhid lays upon a monotheist society reaches the most fundamental issues of that society. Such as what? Such as government, the economy, international relations, and the relations of individuals with one another — for these are the most important rights for the administration and the life of a society. We believe that the commitment of Tawhid, and the responsibility that comes to rest upon the monotheist’s shoulder, stands at the level of the fundamental obligations and the fundamental rights of a society.

Let me state the matter in a single phrase, and then turn to its finer and more subordinate points. In a word: the countenance of a monotheist society differs from that of a non-monotheist society. It is not that enforcing a certain law in a monotheist society — that law, or ten laws like it, also enforced in a non-monotheist society — makes that other society monotheist too. No. A monotheist society is utterly different from a society that is not of this kind. It differs in its frame, in the way its parts are arranged, in the whole social body built upon Tawhid, upon the worship of the One, upon orientation toward the One. It is what they call today the social system. The social order, the social system, and the social form of a monotheist society run entirely contrary and divergent[250] — at times opposed and contradictory — to a non-monotheist society. Dissect this phrase, and within the heart of the social order, the social frame, and the social organs you find discussions that can be understood by drawing on the new and modern cultures current in the world — and still more by drawing on the Qur’an and the sources of Hadith.

But let me state it in a more particular and concrete way. We present Tawhid in the form of a resolution that has articles, and we shall set out those articles one by one. What articles does the Tawhidic resolution have? After negotiations between two groups, two fronts, two persons, the binding agreements are issued as a resolution; in the same way, the monotheists of the world are bound by their Lord, by the God of Tawhid, to put this resolution into practice and carry it out. Here is its first article. On the principle of Tawhid, a person has no right to render servitude and obedience to anyone or anything except God. This is the first article of the Tawhidic resolution. And when we say "anyone and anything," the scope is very wide. See where servitude and obedience apply: “Did I not take a covenant from you, O children of Adam, that you should not worship Satan?”[251]

Did I not take a covenant from you, and make a pact with you, O children of Adam, that you should not render servitude to Satan? We have explained Satan at times in the course of various discussions. Satan does not consist of his lordship Iblis alone, nor of some hidden, concealed thing that never comes into view and cannot be touched by hand yet may be found everywhere in a person’s life. It is not only this. Satan is something vast — a general concept. Satan means the evil-stirring forces, the evil-producing power external to the human being. The evil-producing forces, but outside the bounds of a person’s own existence — this becomes Satan. And the soul (nafs) — which is Satan’s companion, Satan’s instrument and tool of action — we can define in parallel: the evil-stirring and evil-producing forces within the human being. The soul and Satan: the commanding soul (al-nafs al-ammarah) and Satan; the one from within, the other from without. These two are forces that produce corruption, that produce evil, that produce deviation and degradation. Satan means anything whatsoever outside your existence that obstructs you on your path, produces evil, ignites flames, becomes a thorn in the road, becomes the wolf and the robber of the road — or brings the wolf and the robber into being. This is Satan. We will reach this verse in the discussion of prophethood and the prophetic mission, and there I shall, God willing, translate it for you: every one of the prophets sent by the Lord had enemies from among the satans of jinn and men.[252] We will later specify who these enemies were, what kind of people they were, from which groups and classes they came, and why they showed enmity. Satan is this general concept.

"That you should not worship Satan" — what does it mean? It means: do not render servitude, do not become surrendered and obedient to those evil-producing forces. And Tawhid means this. When I say "Tawhid means this," I do not mean that the whole of Tawhid is this — no. The subtleties and fine points[253] of Tawhid have their own place; the other aspects and bodies of Tawhid — some of which we ourselves may perhaps discuss in the future — also have their own place. But this too is one body, one aspect, one face of the pillar of Tawhid: not obeying, not rendering servitude, not submitting to impositions.

There is a hadith I have read repeatedly on various occasions, narrated on the authority of the Imam (peace be upon him) in our authoritative books, among them the noble al-Kafi, Usul al-Kafi. The Imam narrates it as a sacred tradition (hadith qudsi), in a few sentences, a few phrases. The wording that has stayed with me, and is the closest and most detailed, is this: «By My might, I shall surely torment every subject community in Islam that gave its allegiance to the wilayah of a tyrannical leader (imam ja’ir) who is not from God — even if that community is righteous and pious in its own deeds; and I shall surely pardon every subject community in Islam that gave its allegiance to the wilayah of a just leader (imam 'adil) from God — even if that community is wronging and ill-doing in its own deeds.»[254] So here is the overall meaning of the hadith: obedience to a power that is not from God and from the representative of God — obedience to a center that has not taken its inspiration from the center of the Lord’s power — this is at the level of shirk, or is shirk itself. The people who do this, who are afflicted with this pain, this calamity, this great social disorder, may be orderly and well-arranged people in their own personal affairs — «righteous and pious» (barratan taqiyyatan), wary, God-fearing, watchful. Even so, this great calamity causes God Almighty to withdraw His regard of grace and mercy from this ummah, and to render them tormented, punished,[255] and afflicted with His chastisement.[256] This is the hadith.

Why? Because obeying other than God, rendering servitude to other than God, is contrary to the purpose for which God created the human being; it is contrary to a person’s perfection and elevation; it is contrary to a person’s freedom and emancipation. That freedom and emancipation is the prelude to a person’s ascent. For if those freedoms are absent, and bondages instead of freedoms take hold and cling, then a person cannot attain that intended flight, cannot reach the summit God has appointed, cannot grow, cannot reach perfection. Like a plant over which a lid has been placed. Like a plant to the base of whose stem a strong wire has been tied. Like a plant around which dozens of means of preventing growth have been created. This plant cannot grow; and when it does not grow, it bears no fruit; and when it bears no fruit, what benefit is there in its existence, what effect is there in its coming? So why did it come? Why did it appear? Was it not only because it was meant to bear fruit? Obeying other than God and rendering servitude to other than God is just such a blight for the human being. In any case, throughout the Qur’an, there are abundant verses on this.

These verses occurred to me without much investigating[257] — only a brief search — but they are worth mentioning here. Now to our real task: translating the verses. That is the basic aim. We must become somewhat acquainted with the melody of Tawhid in the Qur’an. When it comes to knowing the Islamic teachings, we have fallen badly away from the Qur’an. Either we busied ourselves with a series of vulgar fancies — fancies so empty, so baseless, that they are emptier than any emptiness, laced with superstitions and false imaginings. And it was precisely this — this alluring exterior and empty interior — that could not withstand the waves of materialism, and we saw how it perished. Or, at the opposite pole, we busied ourselves with dry, lifeless, ineffective argumentations in the field of Tawhid. What philosophical discussions — ineffective and dry! See how much the theologians (mutakallimun) discussed Tawhid, and how ineffective those discussions were in forming and bringing into being a monotheist society. If a matter connected to life is discussed for a hundred years, is it possible that after a hundred years it would still have no effect in life? For hundreds of years they discussed it in a dry form — alluring in appearance and brainless in substance, abstract, detached from the world of reality and cut off from the external world. But now that we wish to draw on Tawhid for the building of a new life, we look at those discussions and see that they have no connection to it at all — as we ourselves would say, "like a stone beside the human being."[258] All that circularity and infinite regress, all those words — and now that we wish to use this Tawhid for the external world, what do we have? Whereas if we had returned to the Qur’an and sought Tawhid there, we would have found it — for across hundreds of verses, with the finest expression and the most eloquent methods, the Qur’an has set out the aspects and the various organs of this body, this frame, this edifice of Tawhid. Then it becomes clear what the monotheist life is, and who the monotheist human being is.

This is one portion of these verses, the verses of Tawhid, which one must look at more closely, with pondering. Let me explain these few for you.

“And on the Day We shall gather them all together…”[259] — the talk is of the Resurrection, that Day when We gather all creatures, the whole of them. "Then We shall say to those who associated partners with God" — those who committed shirk, who set up partners for God — "'Stay in your place, you and your partners'" — you and your imagined partners, said in a tone full of mastery, in a voice full of rebuke: "Stay in your place, you and your imagined partners — those whom you reckoned to be the rivals, the contenders, and the consorts of God." "We shall separate them" — We shall cast a separation between them and the imagined partners they had supposed for God. Even at a very ordinary, superficial glance, you understand that on the Resurrection these partners — those who had been chosen as partners of God — are not that lifeless Hubal of carnelian, which has no resurrection. This is not, as the common saying goes, some idol brought along and told, "Stand in your place — stand up!" It is not Manat, nor Lat (Manat is a particular idol, the statue, let us say, of a girl, or of an angel; Lat is another angel; Hubal is the same; and 'Uzza is the same). It is not these that are spoken of. The talk is not of some statue in some idol-temple of Rome or Greece, nor of the calf in the land of Hinduism;[260] it is of that human being who was chosen as a partner and rival of God. To them it is said: halt in your place. Stop!

The very first rebuking address that, on the Resurrection, makes plain the negation of every god’s power beside God’s is just this: "In your place!" And what an effect that has on the Resurrection. It is said to me and to you: the rival that a person had imagined for God — that polytheist Arab, or that polytheist non-Arab, his Persian one, his Roman one, his Abyssinian one, his Indian one, his Egyptian one — the rival that a person had imagined for God and chosen for partnership with Him, on the Resurrection stands in this situation. He and his followers, halted by the divine command that forces them back, stand off to one side under God’s rebuking address and His compelling, wrathful Halt.

"We shall separate them" — We cast separation between them — "and their partners will say, 'It was not us that you used to worship.'" The partners, the imagined rivals, turn on their followers with the utmost ingratitude and say: "You did not worship us in the world." They are like an accused man who, out of helplessness, to lift the guilt from his own neck, clutches[261] at any means, any word. We saw it in yesterday’s dialogue, in the verses I think we read, and we see it in other dialogues in the Qur’an: "Those who were oppressed will say to those who were arrogant, 'Rather, it was the plotting of night and day…'"[262] and so on to the end. Groups whose misguidance was mutual fall upon one another on the Resurrection and line up against each other. The one who committed shirk and took a partner in place of God wants to seize that partner by the collar and dash him to the ground, to say: "I accepted you in place of God, and now I am afflicted with this calamity." And the one who, in the world, was the object of servitude and worship — he too, to clear himself, stands ready with the utmost ingratitude to reject the followers and adherents of his own world, to disavow and disown them. "It was not us that you used to worship." "God suffices as a witness between us and you" — this from the tongue of the partners: between us and you, God suffices as witness. "Indeed, of your worship we were unaware" — we were heedless of your worship; we had no idea at all that you held toward us any notion of servitude and bondage, for your own selves.

"There every soul will be tried for what it sent ahead" — this is where every soul, every person, is tested for what it accomplished beforehand. The deeds performed in the world — there, a person himself becomes the object of testing and trial. "There every soul will be tried for what it sent ahead." "And they will be returned to God, their true Master" — they will all be brought back to God, who is their Master and their true Lord. "And there will vanish from them all that they used to fabricate" — everything they used to invent by way of slander and calumny will vanish from them. Every motive that lay in a person’s heart for obeying other than God will be forgotten. Everything a person kept in his heart as a pretext for rendering servitude to other than God — everything he thought would be a weapon in his hand on the Resurrection — will be stripped from his hand. Sometimes, to fashion a pretext for his shirk, a person invents thoughts, imaginings, and fancies, and finds excuses for himself; he manufactures excuses that look justifiable, ostensibly legitimate (shar’i). But on the Day of Resurrection, which is the Day of the tribunal, the moment he comes forward and lines his excuses up — first, second, third, fourth, fifth — and starts to count them, he sees that none of it remains: all of it void, all of it ruined, all of it false. "And there will vanish from them all that they used to fabricate." There is another possible sense to the verse. In the world a person supposes he has supports and props[263] — the very ones he worships, the very ones he obeys and serves, the ones his heart leans on with warmth. But on the Day of Resurrection none of that warmth and reliance, none of these protectors and supporters, can lift a burden from his shoulder. Wretched one! "And there will vanish from them all that they used to fabricate."

Take note of how the Qur’an argues here. It establishes its point from one side, from one corner of the matter. Sometimes it does not argue head-on; instead the Qur’an prepares the ground for an argument from within the very brain of the person himself. In these verses God Almighty wishes to prove that one must render obedience and servitude to God alone, and He enters by this route. "Say: Who provides for you from the heaven and the earth?" — from the heaven, the life-giving rain; from the earth, the vital materials. "Or who possesses hearing and sight?" Do not confuse sam' (hearing) with the ear. The particular organ we call gush (ear) in Persian is, in Arabic, udhun. Sam' is the state of hearing, the power of hearing; if it is also applied to the ear, that is by way of that relation. Of someone whose ear has been cut off, they do not say "his sam' was cut off"; they say "his udhun was cut off." The name of this organ is not sam'. Basar is the same. Basar does not mean the specific member we call the eye; it means seeing, sight — that is spirit, and this member is body. If they do call this member basar, it is by way of that very possession of the eye. They do not, for example, call a blind eye basar. "Or who possesses hearing and sight?" — Who is it in whose ownership and in the grasp of whose sovereign authority lie the faculty of hearing and the faculties of sight? Who has given you this perception, this understanding, this power? Who can take it away from you? In reality this verse points to the possession of insight, to the possession of the power of understanding and reason — that you, O human being who are now meant to think and answer this question, are a possessor of hearing (sam') and a possessor of sight (basar).

"And who brings forth the living from the dead?" — The apparently living from the apparently dead: a woman dies while pregnant, and afterwards her child is alive; they bring it out from a dead mother. Or from the dead sperm-drop, from the dead body, from a thing in which there is no life, We bring out the living. From this dead earth, from a soil that is itself dead — though it is the treasury of thousands of life-giving materials — from its very heart We brought you out, and even now We are bringing human beings out. For what is the original substance and primary root of human beings, other than these very vital and nutritive materials that come from the ground and the earth?! So "He brings forth the living from the dead," with several possibilities, all of them acceptable. "And He brings forth the dead from the living" — who is it that draws out the dead from the living? The dead child from the living mother’s womb; the evil person with a dead spirit from the good person possessing a living spirit; and so forth — such possibilities as come to a person’s mind. In any case, it is a sign of the perfection of the Lord’s power: to bring a living thing out of a dead thing, to draw a dead thing out of a living thing — this is the sign of the perfection of God’s might and the powerful grasp of God’s power.

"And who governs the affair?" — Who directs the creational affair of the universe? Who places this force of gravity in the earth so that a person can live upon it? Who deposits the capacities of life in the earth, the sea, and the mountain as a trust? Who gives us the power to extract them? Who, with astonishing order, brings into being this sun, moon, and stars, and the far, and farther, and yet more distant worlds? Who sets that moon at a fixed distance from the earth? Had He set it farther, human life on the earth would have been impossible, because the seawater would have spread over the whole surface of the earth; and had it been nearer, again life would have been impossible, because the water would not have stayed on the surface but would have sunk into the earth’s depths. Who makes the sun and sets it at a fixed distance from the earth — so that were it nearer than that limit, the earth would be uninhabitable from heat, and were it farther, from cold — and so on?

Now, what shall we say about the artistry and power of the Lord! The books written by the hands of the world’s empirical scientists in this century of ours, the twentieth century, are so rich in content that merely to recount them would take a speaker like me several days here — and I am not much in favour of that. "Who governs the affair?" — this question was put to the polytheists of the time when the revelation came down, but it is put just as much to me and to you in the twentieth century. "Who governs the affair?" — Who directs the whole universe? From the heart of the atoms to the depths of the most distant worlds, He turns it with the hand of power. "Who governs the affair?" — Who is it? Without bias, without prejudice, think knowingly, so that you may find the real answer. "They will say: 'God.'" They will say "God." Some say "God" without thinking, because that was their belief even then. I think a little, I reflect — "They will say: 'God'" — and I say: it is God. This wondrous order of the created world is from God, and from Him alone. It is the hand of His power that turns this wheel. What we see with the natural eye and the instrument-aided eye, and what we do not see today but will see decades hence through the advance of knowledge, are nothing but the offspring and products of God’s power. "They will say: 'God.'"

Well, now that it is God — "So" — seize them right here, O our Prophet — "Say" — to the human being, the addressee of our call, O human being, the one charged with bringing the human being to perfection — "Say: Will you not then be wary of Him?" Do you have no piety (taqwa), no wariness? What does it mean? It means: do you not fear this great God, this God who produces greatness, that you should set up another beside Him as a partner in obedience and in servitude? See — if the creational governance[264] of the universe is in His hand, why should the legislative governance[265] of the universe not be in His hand too? I once, in that mosque,[266] was explaining the Surah of Tabarak. "Blessed is He in whose hand is the dominion (al-mulk), and He has power over all things; who created death and life that He might try you as to which of you is best in deed." I went on to describe how the universe was created, the heavens and the earths, and the like. But where does it begin? "Blessed is He in whose hand is the dominion (al-mulk)." Mulk means government — it means power is in His control. Which power? The power of creation is His; the power of legislation is His too. He who adorns the creation of the universe — why should He yield the field to another in its legislation? And that other is himself made and fashioned by Him. He who has brought into being the natural laws and norms (sunan) in the world and in the human being — why should He hand the making of civil and penal law over to weak individuals, deficient intellects, limited knowledge, and feeble wills, the likes of the ordinary human being? Why? Why should He not administer society Himself? Why should He not lay down the law Himself? Why should He not Himself appoint the power that guards and keeps watch over the law, and support it? Imamate, wilayah — why should He not? Why should He not appoint an imam? Why should He not appoint a guardian (wali) from God’s side[267]? Should He leave it to the deficient intellects of the people — why? "That is God, your Lord — the Truth (al-Haqq); and what is there after the Truth except misguidance? Then how are you turned away?"

After this it reaches the fourth verse. "Say: Are there any of your partners who guide to the Truth?"[268] O our Prophet! Once more, by way of guidance and instruction, speak; say: "Are there any of your partners who guide to the Truth?" Among these imagined partners you appointed for God, do you know of anyone who guides people toward the Truth? Do you have anyone? It is certain — and by "certain" I mean with strong probability — that the intent here is again not the idols, the stone and wood and such things. No one would think it likely that these would guide people. Well, how do they guide? Plainly the intent here is the living idols: those who have held some authority among the authorities, some power among the powers, whether religious or worldly — which we have written on the following page.[269] That is, like Pharaoh; like, suppose, Shurayh the Judge in his time, or anyone else in that field, in this vein.

"Say: Are there any of your partners who guide to the Truth?" Among these whom you have set up as rival, partner, and contender of God, is there anyone who would guide people toward the Truth? And what is the answer of these polytheists? They might well reply: "Yes; these whom we have chosen — not only do they guide; they are the very embodiment of the Truth." Guidance? That is nothing — they do even more than guide. That is why their answer is not recounted. But they are wrong to deem the partners of God to be guides. In answer to them, you yourself say: "Say: God guides to the Truth." Say: it is God who guides people and intellects toward the Truth. Why? Because God created the Truth. God knows the fine points of the Truth, and God calls people to the Truth. One who was opposed to God necessarily calls to something opposed to the Truth; so it is God alone who summons to the Truth.

Now that it is clear God calls toward the Truth and the imagined rivals do not — "Is He then who guides to the Truth…" — here is an inference one must and can draw with the God-given intellect and discernment: "Is He, then, who guides to the Truth more worthy to be followed?" — is the one who leads toward the Truth more deserving to be followed? — "or he who does not find the way unless he is guided?" — or the one who cannot even find the way himself unless someone takes his hand and leads him? After all, whom must you follow? God, who is Himself the Creator of the Truth and the Guide toward it? Or the one who, if he wishes to reach the Truth, must have his own hand taken and be led? "A blind man leading another blind man."[270] He wants to guide us? He himself is compelled to be guided; someone must guide him. Now, in your view, who is the talk about here? This partner who can or cannot guide people — who, if he wishes to be guided, must have his hand taken and be led — what sort of being can he be? Is the intended one the cow of the Hindus and the cow-worshippers? The statue that the Qurashi[271] and non-Qurashi polytheist worshipped? The sacred fire of the Mazdeans[272] and the Zoroastrians? The statues inside the synagogues[273] of the Jews, or in the idol-temples of Rome and Greece? Certainly none of these is meant. The one of whom it can be said that he guides or does not guide — who, if he wishes to find the way, must have his hand taken and be led — is a human being who claims leadership, who claims that he brings society to felicity. The Qur’an wishes to say: God brings the human being to felicity, God brings him to the wellspring of reality, God brings him to the Truth. Those who possess nothing of themselves cannot. "Or he who does not find the way unless he is guided? What is the matter with you?" — what is the matter with you? That is, O people who do not reflect and do not understand — "How do you judge?" How do you judge? How do you grant a field and an opening to any other than God? This is one word concerning Tawhid.

There remains the negation of the servitude of the god-pretenders (khuda-nama): those who pose as God, who give themselves a godlike air — the living idols of mankind throughout history. This servitude is denied whether they wear the garb of religious powers — in parentheses: the Ahbar and the Ruhban (the rabbis and the monks) — or the garb of worldly powers — in parentheses: the Taghut, the Mala', and the Mutrafin.[274]

Islam once made a certain proposal to the People of the Book, and it stands in the Qur’an. There, the negation of obedience to non-divine powers comes in this form: “Say: O People of the Book! Come to a word common between us and you: that we worship none but God, and that we associate nothing with Him, and that none of us take others as lords besides God. But if they turn away, then say: Bear witness that we are submitted to God.”[275]

"Say: O People of the Book! Come to a word that is equal between us and you" — one you can examine for yourselves.

11. Session 11: The Spirit of Tawhid: Negating Servitude to Other Than God

روح توحید: نفی عبودیت غیر خدا — Sunday, 7 Mehr 1353 / 12 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

أَفَغَيۡرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبۡتَغِي حَكَمٗا وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِيٓ أَنزَلَ إِلَيۡكُمُ ٱلۡكِتَٰبَ مُفَصَّلٗاۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيۡنَٰهُمُ ٱلۡكِتَٰبَ يَعۡلَمُونَ أَنَّهُۥ مُنَزَّلٞ مِّن رَّبِّكَ بِٱلۡحَقِّۖ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلۡمُمۡتَرِينَ وَتَمَّتۡ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ صِدۡقٗا وَعَدۡلٗاۚ لَّا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَٰتِهِۦۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلۡعَلِيمُ

"…Shall I then seek a judge other than God, when it is He who has sent down to you the Book, set out in detail? And those to whom We gave the Book know that it is sent down from your Lord in truth — so do not be among the doubters. And the word of your Lord has been fulfilled in truth and justice; there is none who can change His words, and He is the All-Hearing, the All-Knowing."

— Surat al-An’am (6:114-116)

[276] However much we reflect, it turns out that Tawhid is not something one can pass over so easily. First, it is the foundation of belief. Second, it is the principal practical reality of the individual and of society. Third, the believing, monotheist Muslim community knows very little about it — indeed, one could say they know nothing of it. In the old maktab schools children were taught that God is one and not two, yet most monotheists know nothing real about the various dimensions of Tawhid right up to the years near their departure from this world. A subject this important, about which our people know so little, deserves to be spoken about at greater length.

As it happens, the verses of the Qur’an match this importance: they speak about Tawhid in many places and in many tones. Even if I went on speaking about this important principle of belief and practice for several more days, the noble verses of the Qur’an would still yield testimonies and examples to clarify the point we have in view. What we are reading today draws attention to a fresh aspect of Tawhid — one alluded to yesterday as well, which today we will address in fuller detail.

That reading closes with “they follow nothing but conjecture, and they do nothing but guess.”[277] These are from several verses, which of course we have translated here[279] and at the end will explain — briefly. And: “And do not eat of that over which the name of God has not been mentioned; that is indeed a transgression. And truly the satans inspire their friends to dispute with you; and if you obey them, you are surely idolaters (mushrikun).”[278]

Here is the gist of the matter, from today’s point of view. At one time, people worship someone in the sense that they regard him as sacred, as possessing powers above the natural world — certain idols, for instance, or certain "saints" (qiddisin)[280] have been worshipped by peoples throughout history this way. From the word "worship," this is what first comes to mind. When we say that worshipping God is obligatory, this same sanctification is what comes to our minds — this same state of spiritual and heartfelt reverence. Christians ascribe a kind of sanctity to Jesus (peace be upon him) or to his pure and immaculate mother Mary (the blessings of God upon her): before an imagined statue of Christ or Mary they kneel, they weep, they worship him. This is one common, widespread sense of worship.

Beyond this sense there is another meaning — call it another corner of the same concept — which can also be called worship, and the Qur’an uses "worship" in this sense too. Suppose someone is worshipped in this second manner, which we will now explain. Suppose some people worship a being, a human being, in the very manner we are about to describe. This too is a kind of worship of other than God. The upshot: worship is not only a person bending and bowing before some being, prostrating, praying to him, praising him, stretching out his hands toward him in humility — sanctifying him, revering him, holding him higher. That is not the whole of worship. Other acts, too, can be called worship — and when we say "can be called," we are not inventing this ourselves.

There is another act — still the same point, not a third matter — which we also call worship. It is not we who say so; the Qur’an says it is worship. So in the culture of the Qur’an there is a broader sense of "worship," and we must discover it. Then, if we wish to worship God and not worship other than God — that is, if we wish to be monotheists and followers of Tawhid — we can take care not to unknowingly perform this second kind of worship before something other than the Lord of the worlds. This is precisely the trap most of the world’s monotheists fell into. To all appearances they were performing no sanctification before other than God, prostrating before no person or object but God. Yet in practice — in thought, in heart, in spirit — they have been worshipping other than God in this second sense.

What is the second meaning of worship? It is very simple. There is a word for it in Persian, a word current and on everyone’s tongue: "obedience" (ita’at). To obey anyone unconditionally is to worship him. Take a person who obeys someone — an individual, or a human society — without condition, making that one’s command the thing to be followed (muttaba')[281] in his life, in his body and soul, in his deeds. He has worshipped him. On what authority do we say this? On the authority of the verses of the Qur’an. It is the Qur’an that interprets "worship" for us as "obedience."

Consider 'Adi ibn Hatim al-Ta’i[283] — the son of the famous Hatim, though this 'Adi himself ranks far higher and is more honored than his father. When he entered Medina, the Noble Messenger saw a cross-cord (zunnar)[284] hung around his neck, and on that account began reciting this verse to him: “They took their rabbis and their monks as lords besides God, and also the Messiah, son of Mary; yet they were commanded to worship none but One God.”[282]

The verse means that the Christians and Jews took their rabbis and their monks — their scholars and their ascetics — and the Messiah son of Mary as their lords and gods, when God Most High had commanded them to worship none but the One God. When this verse reached the ears of 'Adi ibn Hatim, he turned and objected: O Prophet of God, this is not correct! When did we ever take our rabbis and monks as our lord? When did we ever worship them? He was objecting to the Prophet and to the verse of the Qur’an itself. Why? Because in his mind, "worship" carried the very meaning it now carries in yours: the gentlemen are performing worship — supplication, a state coupled with sanctification, whether of the heart, or of the heart and tongue, or of the heart and tongue and body, as in the ritual prayer. So when 'Adi ibn Hatim, holding worship in that sense, saw the verse of the Qur’an say that these people worshipped their scholars and ascetics and took them as their lord and master, it seemed to him objectionable. He said: No, this is not correct. When did we Christians ever worship our rabbis and monks?

In answer to 'Adi ibn Hatim’s notion, the Noble Prophet replied: Yes — you did not prostrate before them (I am conveying the substance of the Prophet’s words), but whatever they said, you accepted unconditionally.

Hadith: "But they made lawful for you what was forbidden, and forbade you what was lawful."[285]

They made God’s forbidden things appear lawful in your eyes, and made God’s lawful things appear forbidden — and you obeyed whatever they said unconditionally, without any concern to grasp the reality of the matter. This is worship; this is what it means to take a being as one’s lord and master. On this same theme there is also a narration from Imam al-Sadiq (the blessings and peace of God upon him); those who wish may consult Nur al-Thaqalayn[286] under this very verse.

In the culture of the Qur’an, to worship a being other than God is to obey that being. That being may be a political power, or a religious power, or an inner factor such as the human soul (nafs) with its carnal and lustful inclinations. It may even be a being outside oneself that holds no centralized political or religious power at all — a woman, a single human for whom one holds an unwarranted reverence, a friend. To obey any of these is to worship them. Whoever obeys someone or something has worshipped it.

Consider a narration that shows how widespread this Qur’anic culture is throughout the Islamic sources, and especially the Shi’i sources — both Qur’an and Hadith. It comes from Imam al-Jawad (the blessings and peace of God upon him), who says:

Hadith: "Whoever lends an ear to a speaker has worshipped him."[287]

The sphere of worship is far broader than obedience: even giving someone your full attention — all six senses — is to worship him. You will object: Then are we not to listen even to correct words? The hadith goes on to answer that. "And if the speaker speaks on behalf of God, Mighty and Majestic, then he has worshipped God." Suppose the one who speaks — the one who has drawn your full attention and your faculties[288] toward himself — speaks from the tongue of God. Then you, having given him your heart and your mind, having entrusted him your thought and spirit, are worshipping God. "And if the speaker speaks from the tongue of Iblis, then he has worshipped Iblis." But suppose that speaker is speaking from the tongue of Satan, from the tongue of Iblis — arguing against the logic and the philosophy of divine thought — and you are listening submissively[289] and in acceptance. Then in that very state you are engaged in satanic worship and obedience. That speaker is himself Satan, absolutely. We do not mean he is the representative of Satan or the loudspeaker of Satan — no; he himself is Satan, in the sense in which we defined Satan, which is also the Qur’anic meaning of Satan.

To obey such a being — who is not even a political power, not even a religious power — unconditionally, is to worship him. So anyone who wishes to worship God alone and to have worshipped nothing besides God — that is, to be a monotheist, a worshipper of the One, oriented to the One — must reserve his absolute obedience for the Lord of the worlds, the great God. Follow the law unconditionally, and you have worshipped it. Follow the social order, and you have worshipped it. Obey customs and traditions, and you have worshipped them. So which law are we to act by? Are we to act by no law at all? By no customs or traditions? To follow no order or system? Of course we are — but make all of it divine, so that as you obey and follow, you remain a servant of God, engaged in the worship of God.

See how broad a person’s horizon becomes. See how the events of history become interpretable for a person. The prophets, when they came, all came with the idea of Tawhid. In the discussion of prophethood we will expound this from the Qur’an. All the great divine prophets came to make people monotheists. And what does that mean? It means to unfasten the chains of obedience to other than God from their hands and necks. The Qur’an itself states this meaning explicitly in one place: “…that He may lift from them their burden and the shackles that were upon them.”[290]

When you look at Tawhid from this standpoint, you see that it is a thought, a principle, fundamentally for living: connected to the social order, connected to the orientation of human beings in every circumstance, connected to the quality of life of human societies. See how greatly this Tawhid differs from the dry, brainless, lifeless, ignorant "God is one and not two." Tawhid means this.

Now, I have found many instances of this in the verses of the Qur’an. Had I wanted to bring here every place where this meaning is clearly to be derived from the Qur’an, I would have needed at least five or six pages. I have brought two of them — two examples that make two things clear: that obedience to other than God is the worship of it, and that pure Tawhid, the spirit and foundation of religion, consists in a person obeying God exclusively, following the divine program, the divine order. Just two examples are mentioned here, and with this idea in hand you can turn to the Qur’an and find the subject throughout.

Refer to the Qur’an. Try to become acquainted with it; try not to depend on my coming and explaining the verses to you. Bring yourselves near to this boundless treasure, this shoreless sea. I have given this counsel again and again, and whenever I fail to give it I feel a burden on my shoulders. So first I feel it my duty to tell you: you must refer to the Qur’an. This vast, shoreless ocean is such that "It is the sea — from whatever side you come to it";[291] from whichever side you approach, you derive some benefit. Whoever keeps company with the Qur’an gains something. In whatever way, in whatever style — have some foundation, so that you can understand this language at least a little, and you will gain a share; and the more you refer to it, the more illumined and aware you become. The Commander of the Faithful (the blessings and peace of God upon him) is reported in the Nahj al-Balagha to have said much the same: "No one has ever sat in the company of this Qur’an without rising from it with an increase or a decrease — an increase in guidance or a decrease in blindness."[292] This is the word of the Commander of the Faithful. No one ever sat in the companionship of the Qur’an, he says, without rising from beside it changed: a gain in him, and a loss. "An increase in guidance" — his way-finding, his guidance, grew. "A decrease in blindness" — the hard-heartedness, the blindness of his spirit and understanding and inner self, was diminished.

See how the sentence of the Commander of the Faithful begins: "No one has ever sat in the company of this Qur’an…" No one — general, isn’t it? Absolute. I offer this reminder, though it was only a marginal note in parentheses, to draw the attention of you all, brothers and sisters, to it.

Why have I given this reminder about the Qur’an? So that you may know, brothers and sisters, that over the course of time endless traps have been prepared to keep people away from the Qur’an. One of these pretexts — and a group of ignorant or ill-intentioned people still repeat it today — is this: "Sir! No one understands the Qur’an except the Infallible Imams (the blessings of God upon them); it is the Infallible Imams who understand the Qur’an." About this statement I can say only one word — the very thing the Commander of the Faithful (the blessings of God upon him) said about the slogan of the Kharijites of Nahrawan, when he declared: "A word of truth by which falsehood is intended."[293] The statement is correct, but the intent of the one who utters it is base and malicious. Yes! The Imams of guidance have mastery over the Qur’an, a mastery beyond which nothing higher is conceivable. They are those lofty, great spirits who hold the Qur’an in their grasp; they themselves are each a Qur’an — there is no dispute in this. But that the Imam (peace be upon him) knows the Qur’an very well does not mean that you and I, sir, understand not a single word of it, cannot grasp even a husk[294] of the Qur’an. It is correct that the Imams of guidance (the blessings and peace of God upon them) are the knowers and the learned with respect to the Qur’an. But the one who says this does not intend to exalt the Imam; he intends for you to remain far from the Qur’an. He is like that poor fellow whom they told to pray, and he said: O sir, if prayer is what my master 'Ali performed, then why should I pray at all? As it is said:

If prayer were what that wronged one performed, then he has deprived others of this act.

This logic is the very same logic. If they understand the Qur’an, then why should we and you open the Qur’an any longer? O wretched one! O deprived one! O you deprived of the teachings of the Qur’an — woe to you! Woe to you! Woe to you who do not understand the Qur’an — but greater woe to you if, not understanding it yourself, you also prevent the people from understanding it; if you will not let the thirsty draw from this overflowing, gushing spring. Woe to you! Woe to those who keep people away from the Qur’an, who frighten people off from it, who — on various pretexts[295] — will not let people open the Qur’an with the aim of understanding. Woe to them! And you must know, brothers and sisters, that today we are dealing with the Qur’an, just as the Prophet of God has said: "When tribulations beset you like pieces of the dark night, then keep to the Qur’an."[296] On the day when tribulations cast their shadow over your life like pieces of a black night, hold fast to the Qur’an. And when is that day? Do we not see the dark, night-like tribulations? Do we not behold the wrong roads before our blind and short-sighted eyes? Do not the seeing eyes behold the thieves and ogres and highwaymen from every side and in every shape? So when must one turn to the Qur’an? When the Imam of the Age (the blessings of God upon him) comes? But he himself is the speaking Qur’an. Today is the day when we must refer to the Qur’an. The first condition of this is that we understand the Qur’an.

I have found two portions of the verses related to today’s discussion; you search and find ten more portions. I counsel the brothers who are able to understand the Qur’an — the outward sense of the Qur’an’s sentences, the Arabic-to-Persian translations — to be sure to pay attention. Those who cannot, let them build that ability in themselves. Study Arabic, learn the Qur’an, take lessons in the Qur’an, make yourselves intimate with the Qur’an, become friends with the Qur’an. Every day and every hour that passes without intimacy with the Qur’an is a cause for regret.

The first portion is from Surat al-An’am. One must attend to the tone of the Qur’an, because the Qur’an is not like ordinary books that say, "Chapter so-and-so, on the meaning of obedience and worship" — it is not like that. The level of expression and content of the Qur’an, and the Speaker of the Qur’an, is far above these ordinary levels. For the Lord of the worlds, all created things and all beings are on a single level; that is why a verse came down regarding a given matter in the manner that the occasion of revelation required. From the verse’s allusions, from the expressions and sentences within the verse, from the manner of its construction (siyaq),[299] you find the point you have in view. “Shall I then seek a judge (hakam) other than God?”[297] Shall I accept and seek anyone other than God as judge? The commentators have said "hakam" means both arbiter and ruler: the one from whom a person seeks judgment — that is, from whom he seeks command, or from whom he seeks arbitration — either way is called "hakam." And God Most High is both the best arbiter and the best ruler. The command, too, must be given by God: “Surely His are the creation and the command.”[298] Know that creation and command belong to God. He Himself has created, and He Himself also commands. "Shall I then seek a judge other than God?" — Shall I seek any ruler, commander, or arbiter other than God? "When it is He who has sent down to you the Book, set out in detail" — it is God who has sent down this collection, the Qur’an, to you in detail, with elucidation, without admixture or commingling.[300]

"Set out in detail" (mufassalan) — meaning without any confusion in its discussions, without its matters being jumbled, without the speech of other than God being mixed into it. "Set out in detail" — that is, made clear (mubayyanan), with complete and perfect clarification.

"And those to whom We gave the Book" — those to whom We have given the Book — "know that it is sent down from your Lord in truth" — they know that this Qur’an has been sent down from your Lord, in truth; it has truly been sent down from God, has come from God. "So do not be among the doubters." So do not be of the doubters and the wavering ones — the address is to the Prophet — do not be hesitant! Do not be shaken and of two hearts! You who know that this Book has come from your Lord, that God gave the Book to you and you are aware, you are certain — do not be hesitant; be resolute.

"And the word of your Lord has been fulfilled in truth and justice." It is complete, sealed, irreversible — the command of your Lord, founded upon truth and upon firmness. And the Lord’s command was this: that the chain of prophethoods should come, raising the people step by step to the ultimate degree; then the final prophethood should come, placing human beings before a vast, limitless horizon and bestowing on them the means to journey, to run, to reach ever-greater perfection, so that they might travel in this field unto the infinite — "and to Him we shall return"[301] — unto God. This command of the Lord, this measure, this word, was complete, sealed, irreversible. "There is none who can change His words" — no one can alter or transform His words and commands. "And He is the All-Hearing, the All-Knowing" — hearer of the melody of your inner needs, and knower of the way and the manner you require. He is able to design and lay out a program for you.

"And if you obey most of those on earth…" See how it prepares the listener’s mind. In the first verse, the issue is the rule of God, who is most worthy of all to rule and judge. In the second, the issue is the irreversibility of God’s religion and command: let the enemy and the disbeliever and the obstinate adversary do whatever wrong they will — God’s command is ratified[302] and complete. In the third verse, the point is that one must obey God, not one’s desires and whims and caprices. "And if you obey most of those on earth, they will lead you astray from the path of God." Follow the majority of the people on earth, and "they will lead you astray from the path of God." "They follow nothing but conjecture" — they follow nothing but supposition, "and they do nothing but guess" — they are only guessing. The people act on illusion, on estimation, on conjecture. Those who fabricate and propose ways and methods and systems for people’s lives — are they certain these ways are correct? If, out of naivete, they are certain, then one ought to wish them forty or fifty more years in this world, so they may see how their solid blueprints turned to ruin and how their forecasts turned out wrong. But they are not even certain; "they do nothing but guess." With estimation, with conjecture, with hypothesis and theory, they want to govern the people of the world, the human societies. But God governs no one by theory; He guides human beings to the straight path with the very text of reality, with real knowledge and science. "Surely your Lord — He knows best who strays from His path"[303] — surely it is your Lord who knows best the state of those who go astray from His path — "and He knows best the rightly guided" — and He knows best those who are guided and rightly led.

"Eat of that over which the name of God has been mentioned, if you are believers in His signs." You read this at first with utter astonishment. The verses just before it laid down general matters: that one must not obey the majority of people, that one must not follow conjecture and supposition, that the Lord’s command regarding the final prophethood and religion is complete and unalterable. Then suddenly, after all these general statements, He says: eat of that over which the name of God has been pronounced; a sheep slaughtered with the name of God — you have the right to eat of this. A secondary matter! It seems astonishing — what connection do these have with one another? Whatever connection I draw is my own conception; there is no decisive proof of it. The field is open for understandings and thoughts; let people study and find its relevance — but some things occur to us, too.

First: in the sight of the Lord, who is above this world and stands at a level and horizon beyond human conception, as we said, all matters are on a single level. For God, the general matters relating to humankind are no different from the particular matters; it is all one. Everything is one to Him. Whatever is a means to a human being’s felicity is set forth as a command; it makes no difference whether that command is particular and secondary, bearing on one person, or general and universal, bearing on all of humankind — that is the first point.

Second: let us properly dissect the matter of slaughter and ritual purification (tadhkiyah).[304] What does it mean that the name of God must be pronounced when slaughtering an animal a person intends to eat? You know that the polytheists, and the tribes and nations deprived of Tawhid, used to invoke the name of their object of worship on every occasion, in every situation, for every act. "In the name of the Messiah,"[305] for example, as it is reported regarding the Christians. And worldly idols and worldly powers, too, always try to set their own name at the opening of every act. Any act begun in the name of other than God necessarily has a non-divine orientation. Begin a task for the sake of money, for the sake of carnal desire, for such matters — with that name, with that remembrance — and its direction, too, necessarily becomes the direction of that very thing, the thing whose name and remembrance you brought upon your tongue or into your mind at the start. A task done in the remembrance of money, and for money, is oriented toward making money. To the very end it proceeds so that money comes out of it. In its orientation, the act moves so that nothing but money is of any concern to it. But a task begun in the name of God, in the remembrance of God, has a divine orientation as well; its direction, too, accords with the command of God and keeps with the order of the Lord. They tell us that even the slaughtered animal — when you slaughter it, slaughter it with the name of God. That is, your most essential, most primary need, which is your food, must be with the name of God, must be for God. Even when you fill your stomach, you must fill it for God. The result is that filling the stomach is not the principle — God is the principle. If at some point you sense that, in wishing to fill your stomach, you will fall far from God, then abandon it — do not fill it, let it remain hungry, let it die of hunger, and let no movement issue from you contrary to the divine orientation. Why? Because the stomach, though a genuine need, is nevertheless not the principle in your life; in your life the principle is God and the orientation toward God. This is what "Bismillah" — uttered while slaughtering the sheep — teaches us; "Bismillah," uttered while taking a morsel and eating food, teaches us this.

Begin with "Bismillah," even eating. Begin with "Bismillah," even the act of mating. Begin with "Bismillah" — even entering, going out, coming in, stepping through the door of the house or the door of the shop — every act. What does this mean? It means that every direction your life takes, in meeting any need, even the most basic, must fall in line with God’s command, along the path of God (sabil Allah).

“Indeed my prayer, my rites of devotion, my living and my dying are for God, the Lord of the worlds.”[306] My prayer, my worship, my life, my death — yes, even my death — Abraham says: "for God, the Lord of the worlds," for God, the Disposer and Lord of the affairs of all the worlds. "He has no partner" — none whatsoever. The Lord of the worlds has no partner in any single domain of my life, not even in my eating. Not only in my praying, but in my movements and my efforts, I admit no partner alongside God. This whole realm of my being is at God’s disposal, within the domain of His power and command. So when you slaughter the animal, slaughter it in this way.

But the disbeliever — Qurayshi and non-Qurayshi alike — slaughters the animal, kills the sheep, eats his food, lives his life, opens his shop, and does it all not in the name of God, not with the remembrance of God, but in the name of other than God and with the remembrance of other than God. Take this slaughtered animal as a symbol; take the pronouncing of God’s name over the sheep as a symbol. It is itself a ruling, a juristic ruling — and of course the name of God must certainly be pronounced — yet take it as a symbol too, a symbol of the essential and genuine needs of a human being. The slaughtering of the sheep must be done with the name of God. What does this mean? It means that even your most fundamental, most primary, most genuine needs you must regard as for the sake of God, and pursue for the sake of God. Even the morsel of bread you eat to relieve your hunger, eat it for the sake of God; for the sake of God relieve your hunger and breathe strength into your body. And it is plain that strength which has come into a person’s body for the sake of God must also be spent for the sake of God. This is the logical conclusion, plain as two and two make four. See how precise it is.

“Eat of that over which the name of God has been mentioned, if you are believers in His signs.”[307] "And why should you not eat of that over which the name of God has been mentioned?" — what is the matter with you, for what reason, why "should you not eat" — "of that over which the name of God has been mentioned"? "When He has set out in detail for you what He has forbidden you, except that to which you are compelled" — God has laid out for you, in detail, what is forbidden to you, except in a state of necessity; apart from that, everything is lawful for you. "And surely many lead astray by their desires, without knowledge" — many lead people astray by their own whims, without any knowledge, without any insight. By the sheer caprice of their whims and desires they draw people into deviation and error. "Surely your Lord — He knows best the transgressors" — your Lord indeed knows best the transgressors and the aggressors. Those who draw people into deviation and error without possessing knowledge and learning are, by the indication of this verse, transgressors (mu’tadin), aggressors, men who commit aggression and enmity.

“And forsake the outward and inward of sin.”[308] Set aside both that whose sin is outward and that whose sin is hidden. Some acts carry outward evil: that the killing of a soul is an evil deed is plain; to take the life of a living being, without warrant, is plainly a wrongful act. Its being a sin is right there on the surface. But there are other acts whose sinfulness is not evident at all. There are many things a person never realizes the weight of: speaking without knowledge, following other than knowledge, treating the name and remembrance of God as trivial, obeying other than God, heeding the command of other than God. A person cannot imagine these could carry such great harm; their sinfulness is hidden. Yet both must be set aside. Whatever is sin, whether overt or hidden, must be forsaken. "And forsake the outward and inward of sin" — abandon the things that are outwardly sinful and the things that are inwardly sinful, whose being a sin is concealed. "Surely those who commit sin will be requited for what they used to perpetrate" — those who make sin their earning will be requited for the deeds they used to commit. "And do not eat of that over which the name of God has not been mentioned" — do not eat of what the name of God has not been pronounced over — "for that is indeed a transgression (fisq)" — this is fisq, a going out from religion. Here God places His emphasis on the importance of the remembrance of God and His name.

"And truly the satans inspire…" — this final segment is the heart of our argument. Everything we have recited up to here gave us, step by step, indications useful for the point we are setting forth, and the more you ponder them, the clearer that point becomes. But the principal weight of our argument and citation rests here: “And truly the satans inspire their friends to dispute with you” — the satans, the poles of wickedness, fill up their agents, their friends, their confederates, so that these come and argue with you, contend with you, dispute with you. What is your duty before these friends of Satan? "And truly the satans inspire their friends to dispute with you" — but as for you — "and if you obey them, you are surely idolaters (mushrikun)" — if you obey them, follow them, you are idolaters. An idolater, very plainly. So obedience to Satan — the pole of wickedness, set over against the All-Merciful; Satan over against the All-Merciful; Satan over against God — obedience to Satan, or obedience to the friends of Satan, that is, his hirelings, his instruments, his servants: obedience to these turns you into an idolater. "And if you obey them" — and if you obey them — "you are surely" — you indeed — "idolaters" — you are certainly idolaters.

That is one chapter. The second portion is from Surat al-Shu’ara', which I will render only briefly. The most striking and penetrating expressions on many themes, whether in the Qur’an or in Hadith, are set before people as images and scene-settings of the Resurrection. When the Qur’an — and the hadiths do the same — wants to portray a matter vividly for the listener, to drive it into the depths of his soul, it depicts a scene of the Resurrection, and the matter is reflected there. The present passage is of this kind.

“And Paradise will be brought near for the God-fearing.”[309]

He is speaking of the Day of Resurrection, yet He speaks of it in the past tense. In Arabic, a future certain to occur can be expressed in the past tense. "The Hour drew near, and the moon was split"[310] — meaning, it will be. So "And Paradise will be brought near for the God-fearing" means that Paradise was brought near and within reach for the pious. "And the Blazing Fire will be made manifest to those who went astray" — Hellfire was shown and made plain to those who had gone astray and been deceived. "Ghiwayah" means going astray; "We led them astray"[311] means We deceived them. "Ghawin" means the astray and deluded. "And it will be said to them: Where is that which you used to worship besides God?" — it will be said to these deceived, astray ones: Where are those things and persons you worshipped in place of God? Where are the poles you were attached to in life, whose worship you performed? Here, take note of the word "worship": you used to worship them. But let us see what they were, those whom these people worshipped, so that the meaning of worship may become clear. "Can they help you, or help themselves?" — can these objects of your worship help you, or are they themselves helped from somewhere? It becomes clear that these objects of worship are in need of being helped — evidently they are human beings. They were of the human kind, not stone and wood and lifeless idols. "Then they will be flung headlong into it — they and those who strayed, and the hosts of Iblis, all together." So they are flung face-down into Hellfire — the objects of worship together with the deceived and astray, the followers of corruption — "and the hosts of Iblis, all together." The hosts of Iblis all together: everyone who in any way did a deed for Iblis, rendered him a service, took a single step on the path of leading God’s creatures astray. In the Resurrection, Hell is the abode of them all; their appointment is there. "They will say, while disputing with one another therein…" — then, locked in contention, they fall upon each other, these against those and those against these. These cast the blame on the leaders, and the leaders cast the blame back on these. These say: It was you scoundrels who put the rope around our necks and dragged us behind you, by force. Those say: It was you who followed behind us. Each hurls a blow, a weapon, against the other group. "They will say" — "while disputing with one another therein" — while in Hellfire, locked in strife. "By God" — they swear by God — "surely we were in manifest error."[312] We were in a manifest, vast, obvious error. Despite its obviousness, we did not realize we were astray. Yet had we come to ourselves even a little, we would have understood what a wrong road it was, what an evil road, what a dangerous path, what a deadly and destructive end. Had we thought even a little, these things would have become clear — and still, even so, we remained in that error.

"By God, surely we were in manifest error" — by God, we were in manifest error. In what way was our deed an error? In this: "when we made you equal with the Lord of the worlds." We ought to have feared God; we feared you. We ought to have been attentive to the command of God; we were attentive to your command. We ought to have striven toward God and for nearness to God; we strove for nearness to you. We ought to have sought our sustenance from God; we sought it from you. "When we made you equal with the Lord of the worlds" — we set you equal and on a par with the Lord of the worlds. "And none led us astray but the criminals." "So now we have no intercessors" — today we have no intercessor — "nor any loving friend" — and we have no compassionate friend. "If only we had a return, that we might be among the believers!" — would that there were for us a return to the world, so that we might become believers. "Surely in that there is a sign" — in this affair there is a sign; take heed. "Surely in that there is a sign" — in this saying, too, there is a sign. "But most of them are not believers."

See here, in these verses, that the discourse was about persons whom the people had worshipped. Now look carefully at the words,[313] and their worship comes into focus: they had fallen in behind these figures, had regarded them as equal to God, had sought from them what should be sought from God, and had given them the regard that, for God’s sake, one ought not to give to anyone else.

12. Session 12: Tawhid and the Negation of Social Classes

توحید و نفی طبقات اجتماعی — Monday, 8 Mehr 1353 / 13 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

مَا ٱتَّخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِن وَلَدٖ وَمَا كَانَ مَعَهُۥ مِنۡ إِلَٰهٍۚ إِذٗا لَّذَهَبَ كُلُّ إِلَٰهِۭ بِمَا خَلَقَ وَلَعَلَا بَعۡضُهُمۡ عَلَىٰ بَعۡضٖۚ سُبۡحَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

"God has not taken to Himself any son, nor is there any god alongside Him — for then each god would have taken off with what he created, and some of them would have lorded it over others. Glory be to God, far above what they describe."

— Surat al-Mu’minun (23:91-92)

We said that if Tawhid is a belief that gives rise to action and imposes commitment, then this belief inevitably lays upon our shoulders a whole series of obligations. And we said that we must understand these obligations. They are not confined to the individual life of human beings — the greater weight of them falls upon social life, upon the social order and the form of society. That is, when Tawhid enters a society, the first thing it does is to construct that society in a form that befits this belief. Only once that work is done does the turn come to ask what duties a person who professes Tawhid has as an individual.

In any case, these commitments must be recognized. We have given the name "the resolution of Tawhid" to the whole set of them. Tawhid hands us a kind of resolution — it places into our hands a set of contracts and obligations. So that we may, God willing, live as believers in divine unity, we must treat these commitments as active and binding. The first of them was this: that servitude and obedience belong exclusively to God; this is the first commitment of Tawhid. We explained this point in the course of one or two — or two or three — recitations.

Today we come to the second commitment that Tawhid places upon the shoulders of the believer in unity — upon the monotheistic believer, the monotheistic society, the monotheistic world. This can be designated under the heading that we have written here: Tawhid and the negation of social classes.[314]

The negation of social classes. In a brief phrase, whose details we shall present later: the monotheistic society, according to the terminology now familiar to your ears, is a classless society. It is a society in which the various groups of human beings are not separated from one another in rights and privileges. All human beings live under a single roof of rights; everyone lives and moves along a single course, with one kind of opportunity and one kind of rights. This is the society that Tawhid sets before the eye of our mind and our imagination, where social stratification is concerned.

When we turn back to history, we see that class division is among the chronic afflictions of every society — not only in the backward tribal societies, not only in the lands remote from civilization, but in those very countries that are the mother and cradle of human civilization. There, in those very places, class division shows itself from between the pages of history in its ugliest face, its most repugnant form. Truly, among the great injustices of history, the great stains of shame upon it, is this very thing: class division.

What does "class division" mean? It means that the human beings who live in this society are not all alike. One group is condemned to suffer deprivation, to bear hardship, to serve the other groups — and forbidden even to voice a complaint about it. Another group, by contrast, is to be well-provided and favored: the pleasure and enjoyment of life belong to them, they may make use of every privilege, and none of this is to be questioned.

Take India, for example — the best case one can cite. India, as you know, is the cradle of Aryan civilization. The Aryan race was in this very India from the first moment of urban settlement, from the moment it first formed a nation and an organized community. They say the Aryan race came from the northern lands, from Siberia, and on entering split into two branches: one went toward India, the other toward Iran. And the people who reached India came to civilization sooner than those who came into Iran and settled into their lives.

India is the cradle of human civilization, or one of its cradles — and there class division rages in full uproar. They held that there were four principal classes, ranked one beneath the other, with hundreds of sub-classes in between. You can search out the details in the books on the history of religions. Let those who have a taste for it search; let them reflect a little, with deliberation, on Tawhid and the Qur’an, and make the comparison.

They divided the people into four classes. The first was the Brahmins, the religious and clerical men, who stood highest of all. The second was the warriors and the princes. Between these two classes there were abundant disputes and conflicts. Formerly the princes were the upper class and the clerics the second; but later, through certain factors that arose and the struggles that took place, the clerics and Brahmins managed to seize the scholarly upper rank for themselves and to push the warriors and princes down into second place.

Beyond the second class came the class of farmers and laborers, the craftsmen. The two upper classes did no work for society. What did the Brahmin do, except recite a few incantations and litanies and wave his hands about? What did the chieftain and prince do, except arrange for himself a little more land, a little more wealth, a somewhat broader domain of lordship? But the craftsmen and the farmers — they performed all the work of this vast land. They were the third class. The fourth class was the common people: ordinary folk, tradesmen, those engaged in the small and manual tasks of society. And beneath these four classes there was yet another, which they said was not of the Aryan race at all. The four classes were all Aryan; the rest, they said, fell outside the Aryan race and were therefore impure — the class of untouchables.

Of course, what I am now describing pertains to history — but a history that extended onward and onward and onward, right up to the twentieth century. What I have just described remained in India in full force and full authority until only a few years ago. Perhaps those who have studied the affairs of India know that the class of untouchables and the defiled was abolished by Gandhi, the late leader of India, who said: "What is this 'untouchable'?!" The former prime minister of India himself — that is, Nehru[315] — and now his daughter[316] is the head of state — was himself among the Brahmins, in the upper class. His father, Pandit Nehru, was among the Brahmins too. Because he was anti-religious and irreligious, though, he disliked being called "Brahmin" and "Pandit" — the special title of the Brahmins.

These are not merely things belonging to ancient history. Fourteen centuries — or thirteen-and-some centuries — after the sun of Qur’anic Tawhid had risen, this class division still existed in India, in that very place that is the birthplace of human civilization.

Now let me lay out that class division. They had four classes; and between them, as we said — according to the account of John Noss,[317] who wrote a history of religions — there were tens, indeed hundreds, of subsidiary classes. And two persons from two different classes had no right to marry one another, to speak with one another, to shake hands, to sit side by side, to walk together, to be friends — wa qis 'alayhi, fa’allala wa tafa’ala (and so on and so forth).[318] by this").] A wall of steel separated them utterly.

Why should they be separated? What does the Brahmin have that I, the farmer, do not? Or that I, the ordinary tradesman, do not? What natural privilege does some great warrior enjoy that I, the ordinary commoner, do not? Ask this question, and do you know what they would answer? They would say: "Mind your own business!" Because at the very root of creation, at the very root of your coming-into-being, you were created as two groups, of two kinds. This has nothing to do with law or the convention of Zayd and 'Amr — you were created of two kinds. For when Brahma, the great god, wished to bring forth creatures and fashion the human being, he created the Brahmins from his own head, the chieftains and soldiers and princes from his own hands, the farmers from his own arms, and the laboring class from his own feet. And the impure classes are not of Brahma at all — not of that pure root, not of this race.

The fourth class was created from Brahma’s foot, so what right has it to consider itself the equal and peer of the Brahmin, who was created from Brahma’s head? You are not at all equal in creation. One group was created from a nobler origin; they are worthy of greater respect, and their being-favored is innate — just as the deprivation of the lower classes is innate. This was the logic.

Do you imagine that in such a society class division could ever be overthrown? Is such a thing possible? How could it be? Who do you imagine could abolish class division in a class-divided society? The favored class? Does the well-provided class come forward and say, "For God’s sake, I have relinquished my rights"? That is a vain fancy. If class division is to be overthrown in a society, it is the deprived class that must demand its own right, must claim the prosperity that belongs to it, must protest against the excessive privileges of the upper classes. The lower class must protest. But in the society I have depicted, the lower class cannot be made to protest. Why? Because it believes it was created this way by its very essence — that this is simply the natural state, not subject to change or alteration, that nothing can be done about it. They were made this way, they were created this way.

Once a person believes that nature and the divine creation within him have made him in a particular form, he can no longer expect any other form for himself, nor hope for privileges and rights that do not fit the structure of his nature. He says: "This is my lot. The threadbare carpet of one whose fortune was woven black cannot be set right. From the first we were woven in black cloth, from the first we were spun of an inferior sort; nothing more can be done."[319] Take some black object to the edge of a stream, to the shore of an ocean, and wash it and wash it. When it is black by its very essence, when from the beginning its natural color has been black, can that color ever disappear? No — its dust and dirt will come off, but its blackness will only come out clearer; it will turn even blacker. So, as you have seen, this great injustice ran through all of history in these societies, and there was no remedy for it.

Of course, reformers would appear and change people’s thinking. I will not state this meaning explicitly, but it is a sign of something peculiar to the religions. Reformers would come; first they changed the thought, first they transformed the culture, first they said that this philosophy is wrong — and on the strength of that wrongness they convinced the people that this state of affairs is tyrannical. This is the correct understanding of historical transformations. It is not correct to say that the situation changed first, that the social form was transformed first and only then the philosophies and ideas — no. Reformers came first. This is our history, the history of the Orient. Those who assumed otherwise had, in our view, not read the history of the Orient — they had read the history of Europe. But this is India, this is China, this is Iran, this is Egypt. The religious reformers who arose first changed the ideas and transformed the philosophies; only once the ideas and the philosophies had changed did the ground become ready for the social condition and the corrupt social order to be transformed as well. At any rate, throughout history it was this way.

You saw it: here it was India; Iran too, Egypt too, China too. Wherever you find any trace of a civilization, the situation followed this same pattern. And what does that mean? It means they argued: since human beings were created of two kinds, from two natures and two dispositions — or more — their social rights too must not be equal. They must not be alike; and anyone who said they ought to be alike had spoken wrongly. This is how they used to put it.

Islam came and proclaimed that there are no "gods" — many gods are false; there is one God. Those who imagined that two gods had created two groups of human beings, with two kinds of distinctions and characteristics, have erred. There is one God, and He created the whole cosmos. The governance of the world and of its inhabitants lies entirely in the grip of His power, and He created all alike — He fashioned them all from one root, one nature, one material source. The verses of the Qur’an on this theme are abundant: “O mankind, worship your Lord, who created you and those who were before you.”[320]

The Qur’an says that all human beings are of one root, one source, one stem. They all came into the world with one kind of equipment. They are all fit for the soaring and the ascent toward infinite perfection; every one of them can become great, and great, and ever greater. This capacity exists in everyone. But take note of one exception: the beings who stand perceptibly above the level of the ordinary person — the prophets and the imams — are not included in this general statement of mine.

When I said that every human being can soar and reach to infinity, I did not mean that a person can become a prophet or an imam through his own striving. That is another discussion. How a prophet becomes a prophet, or an imam an imam, is a separate matter; if we are able, we may touch on it briefly in another talk. In short: the prophets and the imams — God’s blessings be upon them — enjoy greater capacities, and they have certain peculiarities that the ordinary person does not. Their number is small, they are exceptional, and our discussion here is about the individuals of human societies in general. Yet even those prophets and imams, in their root and in their material origin, are no different at all from ordinary human beings — "their father is Adam and the mother is Eve."[321].]

This is an Islamic teaching, taught to human beings and set down as a matter of record in the shade of Tawhid: in the very fabric of society there is no class division. The society that Islam brings into being is not group-by-group, not class-by-class; it is impossible for some people to enjoy rights that others do not. In that society no one says that people were created from two roots, two sources, two stems, or more. No one says that one person was created from clay and another — let us suppose — from light. From the material standpoint, the origin of all is one and the same thing.

Tawhid, then, is the guarantor of the negation of social classes — Tawhid in the sense of holding that there is one God, and that the creation and governance of the world all proceed from that one God.

There is a point to make here, though. Social classes have not always taken the form I described in the case of India; a philosophy of that sort is not found everywhere. In certain societies and nations, the philosophy and claims put forward among the people may place everyone on a single level — yet in practice class division still exists, just as it exists in our world today.

Look at the world today, especially the capitalist world, and above all the countries that have climbed highest on capitalism: there, class division is conspicuously visible. Of course, there they have never said that the laborers and the employers were created from two origins, two roots — no. They do not say that the gentleman who owns some great company or cartel and the laborer in some mine are of two stems, two roots — no. But the way these two groups treat each other, the regulations they lay down, the conduct they establish between these two kinds of human being, differs little from the practice of the people who did believe the two were created from two roots. For one group, infinite opportunities; for the larger group, zero. One group exploits the wealth of the whole world to its own benefit; the other is not even permitted to eat, alone, the fruit of its own toil.

Class division in this sense too holds true, and it exists in the world today. Indeed, I want to say even more: this class division is more base and more insidious than the class division of that earlier day. Those people said outright: "Yes, we are different from one another." These people say: "We are brothers, we are all on a single scale, we are the very protectors of your rights" — yet in practice it is not so; those same distinctions exist. Sometimes, in administering the law, certain equalities are observed — So-and-so committed such-and-such a sin and was subjected to such-and-such a penalty, even though he belongs to the upper class. But look closer, and the root of the matter is something else. Again those same class divisions, again those same social distinctions, remain in full force. In reality the favors are confined to one particular group, and the majority are deprived; and the first thing they are deprived of is a sound understanding, a full and correct development.

Islam has negated all of this. When I gave thought to the verses of the Qur’an on the negation of social classes — across the whole of this precious Book — I saw that there is a great deal of it, and I have written down a few here. A corner of these teachings, whose mark is manifest in the verses below, runs as follows.

The Creator, the Worshipped One, and the Director of the affairs of all is God. This is an Islamic statement: the Creator of all is one, and He is God. You may ask, "What difference does it make?" It makes a great deal of difference. Suppose we hold that the Creator is two — a hypothetical case, not the scholastic debate, which I do not wish to enter into. The first effect that a philosophy of two gods produces is this: two groups come into being in society. To believe in one God, by contrast, means that the people of society are all of one rank, one group, one class — brothers standing side by side with one another.

I am concerned with what this statement implies, not with the implications of that obsolete, ancient philosophy. Take note of what it means to believe that God is one. God is one and not two — that is, His servants stand on a single scale, not on two. That is one of the meanings of "God is one and not two," though not its whole meaning: the servants of God are not in two classes; they are in one class. Why? Because their God is one, their Creator is one.

Did God love one group of them more when He created them? “And the Jews and the Christians said: 'We are the sons of God and His beloved ones.'”[15]

The Jews said: "We are the children of God and His friends." God the Exalted, in another place, throws one of their crimes in their faces. He answers them and reproaches them at once: “Then why did you kill the prophets?”[322]

If you are so close and kindred with God, then why did you kill His prophets? Why did you kill His chosen servants? The Jews used to say: "We are the children of God and the intimates of God; we have a special privilege." No — Islam says this is a false claim. In another place He says: “Say: 'O you who are Jews, if you claim that you are the friends of God to the exclusion of [other] people, then wish for death, if you are truthful.'”[323]

If you say that you are so close with God — then, if you are speaking the truth, wish for death! Escape this hollow life, reach the beloved God who stands on the same front as your kinsfolk; since that place is your own home, wish for death. And He says: “But they will never wish for it.”[324]

It is impossible for these people to wish for death. A Jew, and to wish for death?!

So the Creator, the Worshipped One, and the Director of everyone’s affairs is God. This matters greatly: once the Creator and the Worshipped One are one, human beings inevitably stand in one class, on one scale. All were created from a single material root and stem. We dwell on this word "material" and lay a special emphasis upon it: in their material aspect, in the aspect of the bodily structure, all human beings were created from one root and one stem.

No one, in creation, is endowed with a privilege that could be the source of legal rights and prerogatives. Take note of this too: it is not that no one is endowed with any privilege at all. On the contrary, some people, owing to certain conditions, acquire a particular aptitude — and that is a privilege. One person may, by the conditions of his creation, have come into being a genius. Another may have been born of a gifted father and mother. One is less gifted, one is more powerful, one is weaker and thinner, one is more beautiful, one is uglier — so these differences exist. But these differences are not the source of a difference in rights. The one endowed with greater bodily strength is not thereby endowed with greater social rights — never! The one who came into the world in an aristocratic and influential household is not thereby endowed with greater opportunities. Never!

If Islam opens a school, it opens it for all children; if it provides education and upbringing, it provides them for all children; if it gives the chance for trade and work and striving in life, it gives it to all. In an Islamic society, under the shadow[325] of Islamic law, under an Islamic government, no one needs connections in order to study, to work, to understand things, to earn money, to hold a job — even up to the highest positions. An Islamic society is a vast field, with millions of roads laid open before millions of people. Let them go; let all make use of it; let all run in this field toward their material and spiritual aims. There is no obstacle whatever: the road lies open before everyone. This is the opposite of the non-monotheistic systems, the systems of jahiliyyah (ignorance), which pave the road for some and choke it for others with thorns and stones and obstacles. As Sa’di put it: "They tie up the stone and let the dog loose."[326] An Islamic society is not like this.

In an Islamic society everyone can reach the highest positions. Consider Bilal the Abyssinian: he reached the rank of muezzin — and do not judge that rank by the muezzin of today, who feels a sense of inferiority and, at the proper hour, often does not even come. The rank of muezzin is a great and splendid rank in Islam, a most honorable one; not everyone became a muezzin. Bilal, the black Abyssinian, of a low social origin by the standards of the jahiliyyah of that time, reaches the rank of muezzin, one of the highest of ranks. Salman the Persian, by the standards of that day, was of an even lower origin, because the Arabs held themselves superior and every other human being inferior. Salman was a Persian, after all — he was from Isfahan. A Persian, a foreigner, come from a distant land, who had perhaps learned Arabic poorly and surely did not even speak it well — yet he reaches the governorship and rule of a vast region. And many, many more of this same kind.

So no one in creation is endowed with a privilege that would be the source of legal rights, even though each is endowed with certain privileges. All the privileges are at the disposal of all, and bound up with one’s own continuous effort and struggle. Every position is open — except those special positions divinely appointed for the guidance and leadership of mankind, which I am not now speaking of. The whole world is His; it belongs to God, and human beings are all paupers at His threshold. All must ask from Him, all must take from Him, all must stretch out the hand of need toward Him; and here all are equal.

Even Imam Sajjad — God’s blessings be upon him — son of the Prophet, son of the Commander of the Faithful, son of Fatimah al-Zahra and of Husayn ibn 'Ali, peace be upon them all — even he must lament, must wail, must shed tears; and he does this very thing. A pure man not of this household must, before God, wail just the same. To earn a livelihood and manage the affairs of this world, Imam Baqir — God’s blessings be upon him — and Imam Sadiq too go and wield the spade, just as an ordinary man does. Take not only Imam Sadiq as the example — the Commander of the Faithful, peace and blessings be upon him, works too; he works in the era of his power, in the era of his lordship. In the time of the Prophet, one of the greatest commanders of the Prophet’s army, in most of the battles and in all of them, is the Commander of the Faithful. He goes and wields the spade, he tends the gardens, he does the irrigation, and so on. You see: if you want money, you must work; if you want knowledge, you must study; if you want a political position, you must make the necessary effort. And the road of effort lies open before all; everyone who has made the effort attains.

This is the logic of Islam, and this logic runs throughout the Qur’an, in verse after verse, in abundance. Here too, again, I refer you to the Qur’an and to the text of the Qur’an. Go, open the Qur’an, look at the Qur’an with deliberation, so that we may not be included in this verse: “Do they not then ponder the Qur’an, or are there locks upon [their] hearts?”[327]

Let there be no locks upon our hearts; let us ponder the Qur’an. Now attend to these verses of the first portion, relating to Surat al-Mu’minun, verses 84 to 91: “Say: 'To whom belongs the earth and whoever is in it, if you know?'”[328]

O Prophet, say: the earth and whatever is in it, whose is it? — if you know. Say to the polytheists, to those polytheists who used to divide up and demarcate the spheres of influence of their own gods — say: the earth and whatever is in it, to whom does it belong? “They will say: 'To God.'”[329]

They will say: it is God’s. The polytheists of Mecca believed in Allah, yet they regarded the idols as intercessors who would intercede for them before Allah. “Say: 'Will you not then take heed?'”

Say: then why do you not come to your senses? “Say: 'Who is the Lord of the seven heavens and the Lord of the Great Throne?'”[330]

Say: who is the Director of the seven heavens and the Director of the great Throne? What is the meaning of "Throne"? Which are the seven heavens? Some of it we explained briefly in past discussions; some of it we did not — this is not the place for it. There are things to be said, and when the occasion arises, I shall present them. In any case, it is not so important here. “They will say: 'To God.'”[331]

They will say: those too are God’s. The power and dominion of the Lord is spread over the heavens and the earth. “Say: 'Will you not then be God-fearing?'”

Say: then why do you not have fear of this God? Why do you not order your deeds and your thoughts according to His word and His command? “Say: 'In whose hand is the dominion of all things, and He grants protection while none can be protected against Him?'”[332]

Say: who is it in whose hand lies the absolute dominion and sovereignty of all things? Those who have power at their disposal — the utmost of it is mastery over the outer surface of some physical thing. You own your house: you move a brick from one place to another, and your mastery reaches only that far. You pick up a piece of iron and set it down elsewhere, you weld two pieces together or pull them apart — and your mastery over a piece of iron reaches only that far. But the One who has mastery over all the atoms and parts of this being is different: the motion of its atoms is at His disposal and command. In plants, it is growth and development; in animals and human beings, it is every inner motion of their being and every one of their affairs — all of it is in the grip of His power. He is God. "Say: 'In whose hand is the dominion of all things'" — say: in whose hand is the dominion and sovereignty and power of all things — "and He grants protection" — and He grants protection, "while none can be protected against Him" — against Him, no one is granted protection; that is, were you to flee from God and take refuge with someone else against God, "none can be protected against Him" — this is its meaning. Suppose the Christians disobey God, flee into the embrace of Jesus, and Jesus grants them protection and defends them against God — such a thing is not possible. "And He grants protection" — He grants protection to every being, to every human being — "while none can be protected against Him" — against Him, in opposition to Him, no one is granted protection — "if you know." “They will say: 'To God.'”[333]

— if you know. Who is it that is so? "They will say: 'To God.'" They will say: the dominion of all things is in God’s hand; it is God who grants protection, and against Him no one is granted protection. “Say: 'Then how are you bewitched [deluded]?'”

Say: then how are you deceived?

And notice how heavily the Qur’an leans on this — on being deceived, on staying heedless. Again and again it presses the people not to stay heedless, not to be deceived, but to open their eyes. The Qur’an is confident that if the people open their eyes, its purpose is secured — and that is exactly right. We say the same thing today. If the world today would open its eyes, this Qur’an of ours would establish a world government. But ignorance and arrogance do not allow it, and on the other side treacherous hands will not let eyes be opened. “Rather, We have brought them the truth, and indeed they are liars.”[334]

Rather, We have placed the truth at their disposal, and truly they are liars. We have made the matter clear to them, We have placed the truth within their reach; yet with the attitude they have adopted, in thought and in deed, they fabricate excuses — lying excuses. “God has not taken to Himself any son, nor is there any god alongside Him.”[335]

God has not taken to Himself any son — "nor is there any god alongside Him" — no worshipped being has existed beside Him and with Him.

Note too that the weight of the argument rests more on this part, though the earlier verses had some bearing on the point as well. “…for then each god would have taken off with what he created.”

Were there gods, each god would have carried off its own creature and creation in some direction — meaning division, class division among human beings, the stripping of cohesion and unity from the creation of the world and of the human being. Whoever holds that there is a god of light and a god of darkness, a human god, a god of the upper class and of the lower class, regards this creation as a patchwork of separate scraps. But in the view of Tawhid, creation is a single, cohesive piece. The human being, the animal, the mountain, the sphere, and the earth are connected and joined; and all the beings together are bound to one another, all in unity with one another. "For then each god would have taken off with what he created" — were there several gods and worshipped beings, each one would have carried its own creature and creation in some direction — “…and some of them would have lorded it over others.”

And some of them would have gained supremacy over others. “Glory be to God, far above what they describe.”

Pure and exalted and free is God from what they describe.

The next portion is from Surat al-Baqarah, verses 21 and 22: “O mankind!”

Behold, O people, O human beings — addressed to whom? Not to the upper and lower classes. Not to black or white human beings. Not to one group of humanity, but to all of humanity. Our emphasis is on this word: "O mankind," behold, O human beings — "worship your Lord," render worship and servitude to your Lord, who is one — "who created you," "and those who were before you," all those who came before you — "that you may be God-fearing," so that you may take up taqwa (God-consciousness). This worship, this servitude, is a cause of taqwa. Servitude to God is one of the things that brings taqwa into being — that fine, attractive state I have expounded for you, that state of immunity from sin within the soul, within the human being. So in a society where all the people are servants of God, where the society itself takes the form of servitude to God, taqwa is as abundant as you wish. There is no famine of taqwa as in our age! “[He] who made the earth a couch [a resting-place] for you.”[336]

See, everything is for all. The One who appointed for you — and "you" means whom? Human beings, all of them. "The earth a couch" — He spread out the earth, "and the sky a structure [an edifice]," a firm-built heaven, "and sent down from the sky water," rain water from the sky, "and brought forth thereby fruits as a provision for you" — by means of this rain He brought forth fruits to provide for you: not a provision for a particular class, of whose charity you might eat — no, for all. Now that it is so: “…so do not set up rivals to God while you know.”

So do not become believers in two gods. By positing two gods, by supposing a rival and a competitor for God, do not divide human beings into two groups and three groups and ten groups — all are one group. "So do not set up rivals to God while you know" — you who know, do not suppose for God partners and competitors.

Next, Surat al-Hujurat, this famous verse that is so current and so much on people’s tongues, verse 13: “O mankind, We created you from a male and a female.”[337]

O human beings — again the address is to all — We created you from a male and a female. All of you, from a single man and a single woman — the very thing expressed in the Diwan attributed to the Commander of the Faithful, peace and blessings be upon him, whose content is this same verse: "People, with respect to their composition, are equals; their father is Adam and the mother is Eve."[338]

All are alike and equal with respect to the origin and root of creation. "And We made you into peoples and tribes that you may know one another" — the being-made into branch upon branch and tribe upon tribe is for mutual acquaintance and recognition. "Indeed, the most honored of you in the sight of God is the most God-fearing among you" — this is the decisive Islamic ruling that negates social classes: the most honored of you in the sight of God is the one with the most taqwa. That is, belonging to a certain class, a certain family, a certain lineage and clan is no cause of greater honor.

And here is a subtler point still: those who possess taqwa, who stand higher than others, are not for that reason granted greater rights. People of taqwa do not receive a little more money, a few more rights, better social privileges — no, it is not so. Rather, "Indeed, the most honored of you in the sight of God" are those dearer to God. Of course, taqwa does produce certain social effects, but only up to a point: there are a few offices and posts whose condition is the possession of taqwa, and no further. "Indeed, God is All-Knowing, All-Aware."

Now another passage. There is a verse in Surat al-Isra', verse 70: “And We have certainly honored the children of Adam, and carried them on land and sea, and provided them with good things, and favored them above many of those We created with a marked favor.”[339]

We honored the children of Adam. "And carried them on land and sea" — We bore them across the dry land and the sea and provided the means of their travel. This carrying may also, in passing, point to the relations that hold among human beings: for if people could not move from one place to another, if that capacity were missing in them, a human society might, under certain conditions, fall into fragmentation. "And provided them with good things" — We endowed them with good things. "And favored them above many of those We created with a marked favor" — We raised them above many of Our creatures. But whom? Whom did We honor? To whom did We give the good things? Whom did We favor above the rest? Human beings — not a particular class or clan.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, make the Qur’an our support in this world and the hereafter. By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, O Lord! Do not withhold from us Your good through the teaching of the Qur’an.

13. Session 13: The Psychological Effects of Tawhid

تأثیرات روانی توحید — delivered Tuesday, 9 Mehr 1353 / 14 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسۡتَجَابُواْ لِلَّهِ وَٱلرَّسُولِ مِنۢ بَعۡدِ مَآ أَصَابَهُمُ ٱلۡقَرۡحُۚ لِلَّذِينَ أَحۡسَنُواْ مِنۡهُمۡ وَٱتَّقَوۡاْ أَجۡرٌ عَظِيمٌ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالَ لَهُمُ ٱلنَّاسُ إِنَّ ٱلنَّاسَ قَدۡ جَمَعُواْ لَكُمۡ فَٱخۡشَوۡهُمۡ فَزَادَهُمۡ إِيمَٰنٗا وَقَالُواْ حَسۡبُنَا ٱللَّهُ وَنِعۡمَ ٱلۡوَكِيلُ

"Those who responded to God and the Messenger after the wound had befallen them — for those of them who did good and were mindful of God there is a great reward. Those to whom people said, 'The people have gathered against you, so fear them,' yet it only increased them in faith, and they said, 'God is sufficient for us, and how excellent a Guardian He is.'"[340]

— Surat Al 'Imran (3:172-173)

We have taken up a number of discussions about the effects that tawhid produces within the fabric of society — the shape it gives to human community and to a monotheistic community. There are still other discussions on this subject, but for various reasons we are setting aside continuing with them. The most important reason is this. Consider the effect of tawhid and of the monotheistic outlook upon the financial affairs of a tawhid-based society — one of the important planks of the tawhid "resolution." That topic requires a great deal of discussion. But to derive[342] this matter from the verses of the Qur’an is an exacting and delicate task, and it is not a subject suited to public sessions and general gatherings. True, the Qur’an does show the monotheistic outlook on worldly wealth, in the expression “and give them of the wealth of God which He has given you”[341] — give of the wealth that God has given you, wealth that is God’s, to the needy and to cases of want. These points do exist. But to take the totality of the verses dealing with wealth and, in light of the monotheistic outlook, draw inferences and make use of them, is a task that belongs to more scholarly settings. It is delicate and exacting, and it is not really suitable for us to debate here.

The other reason was this: we have more pressing discussions to undertake regarding the doctrinal and ideological foundations of Islam. We still have material to cover, and if life and opportunity permit, we need to bring these discussions to a conclusion by the end of the month of Ramadan, or at least to some point of completion. And clearly, if we wished to proceed in the earlier manner and discuss every chapter and every issue, we would never reach the destination we intend. That is the second reason. All in all, these were the reasons we set aside continuing with the discussion of the social effects of tawhid.

Today our discussion is about tawhid, but it bears a relationship to our earliest topics — the ones we discussed concerning faith, the effects of faith, and the glad tidings given to the believers. Faith, as we said back then, means precisely that state of action-producing, commitment-creating belief. Action-producing belief — and, as we said, it must arise out of awareness; it must not be blind, bare, and divorced from righteous action. These were the discussions we conducted earlier. Belief in tawhid is a kind of faith. For the aware monotheist it is a conscious faith; it is an action-producing, commitment-engendering faith. The commitment that tawhid places upon the shoulders of the monotheist is the greatest of commitments, the heaviest of commitments, the most consequential of commitments among all Islamic and religious beliefs. For the monotheist, the commitment of tawhid is in truth summed up in the commitment to build a monotheistic world — the commitment to wipe away every trace of polytheism. These are the commitments of tawhid.

Let me point out something to those with a little familiarity with Arabic. The word tawhid belongs to the taf’il form (the causative/intensive verbal pattern). Ask any seminary student what tawhid means, what its literal meaning is, and he will say: "to make one." Tawhid comes from wahdat (oneness), from the root of oneness, from the stem of unity — that is, to be one. Tawhid, in its taf’il form — as we seminary students put it — means "to make one." Tawhid means to make one, to render unified, to make into a single thing. What does that mean? It means turning a multiplicity of gods into one single God; turning a non-monotheistic society into a monotheistic one; making the polytheist’s mind and the polytheist’s heart into a monotheist’s mind and a monotheist’s heart. Tawhid — making-one — is entirely commitment: there is doing in it, there is work in it; the very word tawhid demands and entails this. And attending to this point brings a special clear-sightedness about tawhid into being within a person.

So belief in tawhid is a faith of real magnitude and grandeur, a commitment of real weight, decisiveness, and determination. Whichever of the other beliefs you consider — Islamic, religious, or any of the non-Islamic social beliefs — its commitment does not match this weight and grandeur. Removing poverty from society, for instance, is a kind of commitment; so is moderating wealth in any society — a commitment a given school of thought may have undertaken. Abolishing war is a commitment a given school may have placed upon its own shoulders, and a people, by inclining toward that school and adhering to it, may have transferred that commitment to themselves. All this is correct. But take tawhid in its proper, Islamic meaning — not its superstitious, lazy-minded sense, but its true and correct one. If we conceive of tawhid as making God one, bringing into being divine governance, a divine society, divine law, a divine order — then it encompasses all those commitments I mentioned, which one school or another may hold, and beyond them, other commitments as well. See how heavy the commitment of tawhid is.

So this is a faith that is conscious and accompanied by commitment — a commitment heavier than that of every other foundation of belief, religious and non-religious, and more decisive, more comprehensive, more all-embracing. This is tawhid. If tawhid carries this meaning and is a sound, real faith, then we should examine what effect this faith, this action-producing belief, will have upon the psyche of the believer — and what it ought to be. This is a separate question. Take someone who has come to believe in tawhid: that God is one in every corner and nook and in the various domains of human life, just as God is one in every corner of the world of creation. When a person attains this belief, what effects come into being in their spirit?

The benefit of this discussion is twofold. First, we become a little more acquainted with tawhid — we come to understand what kind of spiritual and psychological instruction it carries. If someone later draws a numbing, sedative[343]; i.e., a numbing, sedative one.] inference from tawhid, we can say: that is wrong; the effect of tawhid is not what you say, but what I say. So that is the first benefit: we come to know tawhid. The second is that we come to know ourselves — whether we are monotheists or not. It is a touchstone for recognizing the substance of tawhid within our own hearts. How am I to know that I am a monotheist? How am I to know that this faith has taken effect and penetrated my spirit, the depths of my being? Once I have learned what tawhid’s psychological effect is like — what definite effects this medicine produces in a person’s being — I can put it to the test. I look and see whether these effects are present or absent, and from that I know whether I took the medicine correctly, or took the wrong one — whether they gave me the genuine article or a counterfeit. If I see that those intended effects do not exist in me, I will understand that the bottle of medicine they gave us was counterfeit, not the genuine one — for if it had been genuine, it would have produced other effects. As for the psychological effects of tawhid, that discussion would drag on and grow long, so I want to finish here today, so that tomorrow, God willing, we may turn to the discussion of prophethood.

The psychological effect of tawhid can be summed up in a few sentences. One effect the monotheist draws from tawhid is a breadth of horizon in his vision. He is free of narrow-mindedness and shortsightedness. He does not say, "I was defeated in this arena," or "our front retreated in this matter and the affair ended to our loss." He is not so shortsighted, because he knows that monotheistic thought has a domain as long as the lifespan of mankind. Measured against the lifespan of humanity, ten years, twenty years, fifty years, a hundred years are no more than a single instant, a single minute. To put it another way: the monotheist’s horizon does not come to a halt at material concerns and base, paltry needs. When he looks before himself, alongside his material needs he sees dozens of needs, hundreds of needs, among the most immense and most precious of human needs. His whole mind and thought and attention are not arrested at base, petty needs. He has not imprisoned himself within them — the way people who are inwardly material, even if outwardly divine, outwardly spiritual, have incarcerated themselves. When the monotheist looks, he sees the future before him as infinitely vast. As I mentioned on one of the past days, he does not regard the world as having an end, because he sees the end of this world as connected to the Hereafter. He regards the Hereafter and this world as the two ends of a single scroll. He does not regard death as the wall of life, nor suppose it to be the end of this road; rather he regards it as an opening and a passage[344] and a thoroughfare toward a vaster world. These are the properties of tawhid.

A non-monotheist, however self-sacrificing, however captivated by noble and humane ideals, finds that everything for him comes to an end at the moment of death. For the monotheist, though, death is the beginning of a vaster life and a more interesting, more pleasing environment. A materialist, even a very self-sacrificing one, is prepared to cast himself into that place, into that zone, which in his view is nothingness and non-existence. But of a monotheist — like a moth, like a candle — nothing is expected except self-immolation, except not giving a thought to his own personal interests. And even if he were not so self-sacrificing, even if he did not rise to it, even if he did not want to sacrifice himself so much, still, for him, falling into that zone which the materialist saw as non-existence is easier — because he does not see that place as non-existence. He knows that place too as another environment, another station, another zone of this vast zone of human life.

Among the effects of tawhid upon the spirit of a monotheist is this: it dries up the root of fear within him — and this is very important. In several places the Qur’an addresses the believers with: _"…so do not fear them, but fear Me…"_[345] — dry up the root of fearing others within your heart, and fear Me. And whoever fears God fears no one else. In whoever was a monotheist, whoever had belief in the power of the Lord, fear vanishes. And when I look, when I reflect, when I calculate, I see that it is fear — dread and terror — that strips this world and the Hereafter from those who possess them. Fear of poverty causes a person not to give in charity. Fear of being beset by hardships causes a person to submit to crimes and catastrophes and humiliations and degradations. Fear of not being able to live in this world for even two more days — and what a life! what a kind of life! — fear of losing this very base life, which is not even certain to last two days or three. No official deed was issued guaranteeing that you will be alive until such-and-such a year, until such-and-such a date. Fear of losing such a worthless life causes a person to put an end to other lives, to embitter or destroy social life. Greed traces back to fear, and fears are the root of the miseries in human lives. Look across the whole of history and you will see what drove the supporters of truth into the minority, there, where they found themselves in the minority. What drove a people who had recognized the truth not to follow it, there, where truth-recognizing people did not follow the truth. What drove a people to stain themselves with great crimes, there, where you see a people staining themselves with crimes. Most often, when a person pursues, investigates, and studies, he finds that the source of all of this is fear. Fear!

As all of you know, the course of the Islamic society fell into deviation and decline. True Islam was a gift God had given the Muslims free of charge — the second generation received it at no cost, because the sacrifices had been made for the first generation. This gift was placed at their disposal for nothing. What, then, made them unable to keep it, to preserve it? What but fear? Among the people around the Commander of the Faithful, within range of that great man’s teachings and instruction, who did not know Mu’awiya? In the Hijaz, who did not know Mu’awiya ibn Abi Sufyan? Who did not know Yazid ibn Mu’awiya? Who did not know 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan? The dynasty of the Umayyads — who did not know them, had not tested them, had no historical experience of them, had not felt the word of the Qur’an, the word of the Prophet, and the condemnatory verdict of history upon them? Everyone knew. What but fear? Why did they go and submit, why did they collaborate, why did they become hirelings, and why, in their station of hireling-service, did they also flatter and fawn? Nothing but fear. And this fear had taken hold of them all, from the lowest classes of the people up to the elite, up to the famous figures, up to those in whom the people had placed their hopes.

'Abdullah ibn 'Umar[346] was a symbol of incapacity, weakness of soul, and refusal to accept the truth. His refusal was paired with incapacity — as I have said; otherwise 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr too refused the truth. On the whole, when you look, you find the figure of 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr — that executioner-henchman opposed to 'Ali — more acceptable than a man like 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar. 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar is a man who, after 'Uthman was killed, did not pledge allegiance to the Commander of the Faithful. Why not? He said: "The matter is not clear to me." He exercised caution and did not pledge allegiance to 'Ali, peace be upon him. Out of utmost caution for the sake of religion, he withheld his allegiance from the Commander of the Faithful. For by his own reckoning, in his own imagination, he saw that not all the Muslims agreed on this question. But if you had no personal interest, if you were not gripped by ulterior motives and diseases of the heart, consider this sentence you had heard from the Commander of the Faithful: "Do not feel desolate on the path of guidance because of the fewness of those upon it"_[347]. Had its very import — from the Prophet, from the Noble Qur’an — not sunk into your flesh, become a part of you? Had you not known that on the path of God, the right path, the path of guidance, whether the travelers be few or many, a person must not change his path or alter his resolve, but must ask only whether the path of guidance exists or not? There is an important Islamic principle at work in life: paying no attention to what others say, not heeding how the ignorance-enslaved or motive-driven majorities act. Because this principle was not in his hand, not operative in him, he withdrew from the Commander of the Faithful and, out of caution, did not pledge allegiance.

Years passed after this episode. The Commander of the Faithful — God’s blessings be upon him — was martyred, and Mu’awiya ruled for years. By then this same 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar had come to know Mu’awiya thoroughly and from close up; and if it had not been clear to him that day, it had become clear to him afterward. Then the era of Yazid — those three disgraceful years in the history of Islam — passed too; Marwan ibn al-Hakam, Yazid’s successor and the father of 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan, spent his own brief period of rule; then 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan came to power. Through all this time 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar had been in Medina, in the heart of affairs, in the very midst of the events. He had not been uninformed; he had not been unaware of what had befallen the Islamic society; the men who ran it had not remained unknown to him; he had come to know the Umayyads well. Even so, Hajjaj ibn Yusuf al-Thaqafi, the notorious executioner-henchman of the Umayyads, came on behalf of 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan to conquer Mecca, which was in the possession of 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr. 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr was resisting there, fighting fiercely against the forces of 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan that had come from Syria. The Umayyads saw that they had to bring this disturbance to an end. Hajjaj ibn Yusuf was the most ruthless executioner of them all, so they sent him. He came, set up catapults atop the mountains surrounding Mecca, and rained stones upon the House of God; he killed a great number of the people; then they killed 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr too, and crucified his slain body.

Hajjaj ibn Yusuf was sitting in his tent, occupied with writing a letter that reported the conquest to Syria, the center of the caliphate. 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar was among the people of Mecca. Group after group, the people came and pledged allegiance to Hajjaj ibn Yusuf. It was not that these people did not know Hajjaj — they knew him. It was not that they thought well of his Islam, his piety, and his competence — everyone knew what a vile, base creature Hajjaj was, and on behalf of what even baser and viler creature he was acting here. They knew these things too. But because he was the conqueror, because the power was in his hands, because if the people did not pledge allegiance to him he would set the sword loose upon them — out of fear, group after group, they came and pledged allegiance to Hajjaj ibn Yusuf. 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar, in the midst of thousands of other people, came near the tents of Hajjaj, which had been pitched outside the city. He said, "Tell him 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar has come" — imagining that they would honor him, receive him with open arms, and warmly welcome him.[348] He did not know that power, by its very nature, is heedlessness and shamelessness. He imagined that because he had once helped Mu’awiya and had given no help to the household of the Prophet, they would now appreciate his worth. He did not know that these people eat the salt and then break the saltcellar. He came and said, "I am 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar." They told Hajjaj, "It is 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar." He said, "Tell him to come in." He came in. Hajjaj did not stir for him, did not pay him respect, did not even lift his head from the paper to look at him and welcome him. He said, "Commander, give me your hand so that I may pledge allegiance to you." Who is saying this? 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar. To whom? To Hajjaj. The same 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar who would not say to 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, "Give me your hand so that I may pledge allegiance," who exercised caution there — caution in religion — now says to Hajjaj, "Commander, give me your hand so that I may pledge allegiance to you." What did Hajjaj say in reply? "My hand is occupied with writing the letter; pledge allegiance to my foot." He stretched out his foot and said, "Pledge allegiance to my foot." And the man pledged allegiance to the foot of Hajjaj ibn Yusuf. A base and abject person who, for the sake of two more days of living — and a living so wretched at that, a living that holds neither the sweetness of this world nor the sweetness of the Hereafter, a living that amounts to nothing but the making-forbidden of a few kilos of food, a living that brings a person no closer to God but only closer to Satan — for the sake of two more days of living of this sort, a man should come and pledge allegiance to Hajjaj, and to the foot of Hajjaj? What is its source? Its source is nothing but fear.

This is why the narrations of the Ahl al-Bayt — peace and blessings be upon them — and the supplications handed down to us give such special attention to these matters of the spirit, to what pertains to the human soul. Nowhere is this truer than in the month of Ramadan. So I press this recommendation on everyone as hard as I can: recite the supplications; attend to the supplications transmitted from the Imams. Consider one supplication of Imam al-Sajjad — God’s blessings be upon him — where he says: "O God, grant me long life" (Allahumma 'ammirni).[349] I am explaining this one sentence of supplication for you for two reasons. First, so that those who recite supplications and love them may understand why supplication has been so emphasized — so that they will not take it lightly, will not recite it thoughtlessly and ignorantly, but recite it with a little attention. Second, so that those who set themselves against supplication may know what they are opposing. We have no "supplication" in the sense of an anti-supplication; so let those who reject supplication outright understand what teachings lie hidden within it.

"O God, grant me life — long life — so long as my life is expended in obedience to You" (Allahumma 'ammirni ma kana 'umri bidhlatan fi ta’atik): grant me life, grant me living — but I do not want it unconditionally. I do not want a long life, a hundred years, a hundred-and-twenty years, spent in vain. "…so long as my life is freely poured out in obedience to You" — so long as it is poured out without stint on the path of Your obedience, in servitude to You, grant me life. The long life I want is the one that lengthens my servitude to You. The long life I want is the one expended in work, in action. I do not want a long life that is purposeless and idle. "O God, grant me life so long as my life is expended in obedience to You; and when…" — fa-idha kana 'umri marta’an li-l-shaytan fa-qbidni ilayk — "O God, whenever You see that my life has become a pasture-ground for Satan…" And by Satan — hold firmly in mind the meaning we gave, the meaning the speaking Qur’an gives: the forces that engender evil, anyone who drags a person and all humanity toward error, toward sin, toward corruption. That is what Satan means. "…whenever You see that my life has become the pasture-ground of satans, a means by which they make use of me; whenever You see that my life is the substance and the ground the fronts opposed to God profit from — using me as propaganda, exploiting my ignorance, wielding me as a weapon and an instrument, feeding on my conceit and my arrogance; whenever You see that I have become a means for the triumph of the wicked and the defeat of the good and virtuous; whenever You see that in practice — even without my own knowing — I have become a slave of Satan, a pasture-ground of Satan — fa-qbidni ilayk — then take me unto Yourself. I do not want this life." This is the supplication.

I implore you by God: a person who says these words with his spirit, who says these words truthfully, who says these words out of attention to their meaning — what state does he come to find in his life? This is one supplication. It is how the Imams of guidance — peace and blessings be upon them — instruct us: those lives that are a means by which the enemies of God attain their desires — death is far better than those lives.

Then why fear death, you wretch! 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar! Why? Let yourself not stay alive. What would Hajjaj have done to you? As for your life — about which you did not even know whether you would be alive ten minutes after that shameful pledge of allegiance, or whether you would be alive ten years, and if alive, what kind of alive — let Hajjaj put an end to that life; let him put an end to it. Did you not see with what wretchedness 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas departed from this world? The 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas who left 'Ali alone in one place, who left al-Hasan alone in one place, who left al-Husayn alone in one place — from his fate, O 'Abdullah — 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar — you should have taken a lesson.

'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas did not live very long. His heart was full of blood. He had seated his son — 'Ali ibn 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas — beside himself and was pouring out his sorrows to him. They had slaughtered a cow, or apparently a calf, whose liver was diseased — torn to pieces — and he showed it to his son and said: "Look, your father’s liver is more torn to pieces than the liver of this sheep or cow or calf that we slaughtered. I have been utterly worn down by this life." And what had happened, after all? That very city of Mecca, which had been 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas’s refuge from the wrath of the Commander of the Faithful and his place of comfort in the face of the responsibility that the Commander of the Faithful would assign to him — that same city of Mecca had become the hell of 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas. I say that 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas does not have a sound tawhid; 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar does not have a sound tawhid. Had they been monotheists —

A monotheist — whether Indian sword be set upon his head,
or showers of gold be poured before his feet —
has neither hope nor dread of anyone:
this and this alone is the meaning of tawhid.[350]

He speaks truly — he speaks truly. The most important psychological effect of tawhid on the human spirit is this: on the path of God, on the path of duty, on the path of what he discerns to be the purpose of his own existence, he does not dread the enemies of that path. I do not say he should feel no nervous weakness, that his heart should never once feel a tremor of anxiety — no; but he should have no active fear, no active dread. The fear and dread that would hold him back from treading the path of God — that should not exist within his being. These fears, these dreads, these terrors that obstruct virtue and feed the growth of unmanliness, of crimes and catastrophes — these fears and dreads he should cast aside.

The passage we take up today has two parts: one from Surat Al 'Imran, which we recite first, and then a few verses from Surat al-Ra’d.

Surat Al 'Imran, verse 172: “Those who responded to God and the Messenger after the wound had befallen them — for those of them who did good and were mindful of God there is a great reward.”[351]

The lead-up to this verse is long, and even the portion I have chosen runs to two or three verses. So that you can catch the thread of the argument, I will read the two or three verses before it. "Those who responded to God and the Messenger" — those who gave answer to God and the Prophet. What does "gave answer" mean? It means they accepted the call of the Prophet and the divine call — accepted it actively. Not merely to say in their hearts, "Well, sir, we accept what you say" — no; they set out after the Prophet of God. And when? In the most severe and difficult of circumstances they accepted the call of God and the Prophet. And when was that? It was after they had been wounded on the battlefield. "After the wound had befallen them" — min ba’di ma asabahum al-qarh — after the qarh, the wound, had reached them. "For those of them who did good and were mindful of God there is a great reward" — for those who did good and adopted godfearing piety, those who answered the call of God, a great reward, an immense recompense, is in store.

This verse relates to the Battle of Uhud. You know that at the Battle of Uhud a group had fled, while the Prophet of God was calling out to them. Some were afraid and did not come; some, even though they were wounded, came. The Commander of the Faithful sustained seventy-one wounds that day — seventy-one, perhaps fewer, perhaps more; I do not exactly recall right now — but he sustained many wounds, and a number of the other companions of the Prophet did as well, though somewhat fewer. Some responded and accepted the call of God and the Messenger; some did not accept, and fled instead. This verse declares the recompense and reward of that group who did not flee but accepted and responded.

“Those to whom people said…”[352] Alladhina qala lahum al-nasu — pay attention to the general aspects of these verses. Let us not imprison ourselves in the Battle of Uhud; let us not confine the Qur’anic ideas to the events of early Islam and to what occasioned the revelation of these verses. What matters to us is the idea of the verse — what does the verse mean to say?

This is also a point in the Qur’an that I have perhaps noted on other occasions: sometimes, in the course of a story, a single sentence connected to that story states a general Islamic principle. Pay attention to this. Take, for example, the story of the Prophet Noah, at the point where Noah the Prophet has boarded the ark. He has brought his family and household aboard, along with the believers who followed him and stood on his front — while the rest of the creatures were left exposed to the divine fury of the Flood. A flood is coming, the water is welling up, the death-dealing waves are drowning people on all sides. And there is a son of Noah who is not among the believers in him, who has not come to board. This is an ordinary story being told, but one full of subtleties and allusions.

Noah the Prophet — an old man, white-bearded, very advanced in years — turns to his young son, his beloved son, and says to him: "Come, board; come, board; you will drown." The son says: "No indeed, I will not board, nor will I drown; I will go up the mountain, and I have no need of you either." In the midst of this very exchange, a wave rises between them as a barrier; the father no longer sees the son, and the son drowns. The matter comes to its end. Noah’s heart, from its human side, is somewhat troubled — after all, his son perished in this event. He lays his trouble before the Lord of the worlds, saying: "My Lord, You had promised that You would save my family, that You would save my household. Would that my son too, who was of my household, had been saved." Then an address comes from the Lord of the worlds: “Indeed he is not of your family; indeed it is an unrighteous deed.”[353]

"Innahu laysa min ahlika" — he is not of your family; "innahu 'amalun ghayru salih" — he is an unrighteous deed. "…an unrighteous deed" — that act is unrighteous. We do not have to dwell on the whole story — though of course I am now leaning on a single word of it; there are abundant points to lean on elsewhere in these stories and in the story of Noah — but "innahu laysa min ahlika" presents to us and teaches us a general Islamic principle. It says: two brothers who do not think alike are strangers to one another, and two strangers who think alike are brothers to one another. If father and son do not think alike — one a believer in God, the other a denier of God; one on the front of God, the other on the front of Satan — then father and son have no kinship or relation with one another; they are not of one family. Kinship by lineage and by marriage, kinship related to blood, is, from the standpoint of Islam, of the second degree; kinship of thought is of the first degree. See — this is an Islamic principle.

Look into the narrations, too, and you find this principle indicated again and again. I have seen one from the Imam, peace be upon him, who says: "The believer is the brother of the believer through his father and his mother" (al-mu’minu akhu al-mu’mini li-abihi wa-ummih)[354] — a brother through father and mother. You may be as distant from your full brother, your brother through the same father and mother, as the East is from the West; yet with a believer on the other side of the world you are a brother through father and mother — with one who thinks like you, who stands on your front, whose faith matches your faith. This is an Islamic principle. In these Qur’anic accounts, watch for such points; see what the passage means to say — what principle, what idea, what historical reality, one perhaps repeated in a hundred other places, it is stating. Now consider this verse.

“Those to whom people said…” "Alladhina qala lahum al-nasu" — these recipients of our reward and recompense are the ones to whom "the people" spoke; a group said something to them. What did they say? "Inna al-nasa qad jama’u lakum fa-khshawhum" — "The creatures have gathered against you, they have plotted, they have joined hands, they want to wipe you out; so fear them." This is what the well-wishers and the prudence-minded said to this group of believers. And the believer whose reward and recompense we mentioned in the previous verse is the kind who, when the well-wishers and the prudence-minded said such a thing, answered — what did they say? "Fa-zadahum imanan" — first, this matter only increased their faith. That the enemy’s plot should increase the believer’s faith is most remarkable. Their faith increased first; then what did they say? "Wa-qalu hasbuna Allahu wa-ni’ma al-wakil" — "God is enough for us, and how excellent a Guardian is God." He is a good one to whom a person can entrust his affair.

"Hasbuna Allahu wa-ni’ma al-wakil" — God is enough for us. What does that mean? It carries several meanings, all of them correct. God is enough for us, and He aids us with His own help. God is enough for us — He has set, and sets, the forces of nature in the direction of our course, which is the direction of the truth. God is enough for us — meaning that even if we do not attain the sweetness of this world, may God be pleased with us. Each of these meanings, and the others you may take from "hasbuna Allahu wa-ni’ma al-wakil," is correct. "Fa-zadahum imanan" — when it was said to them, "fa-khshawhum," "fear the people, fear the enemies," their faith increased, "wa-qalu" — and they said: "hasbuna Allahu wa-ni’ma al-wakil" — God is enough for us, and He is the best guardian and support.

“So they returned with a blessing from God and bounty; no evil touched them, and they followed the good pleasure of God; and God is the possessor of great bounty.”[355] "Fa-nqalabu bi-ni’matin mina Allahi wa-fadlin lam yamsashum su'" — "lam yamsashum su'," no evil touched them; they returned with a blessing from God and bounty. First, these very people — their abode became the blessing of God, no evil or harm touched them, and they became happy and glad. How did they become happy and glad? The Qur’an does not say what became of them, because it makes no difference: however it came about, whether they were martyred on that battlefield or returned safe and free to their homes, made their way back to the city of Medina — it is all one ('ala al-sawa').[356] If they returned to their home and life, they came as victors, and no distress touched them — because the wound of the battlefield, in the warm environment of family and with contentment from triumph, heals quickly. "Fa-nqalabu bi-ni’matin mina Allahi wa-fadl" — and if they fell upon the dust of the battlefield and were martyred, then here all the more — "fa-nqalabu bi-ni’matin mina Allahi wa-fadl" — there they returned toward the blessing of God: blessing without decline, bounty without end, a bounty in which there is no evil whatsoever, an ease in which there is not the least trace of distress. "Lam yamsashum su'" — no evil touched them.

"Innama dhalikum al-shaytanu yukhawwifu awliya’ah" — remember this verse and keep it always in mind. "Innama dhalikum al-shaytanu yukhawwifu awliya’ah" — these speakers are nothing but Satan. It is Satan who frightens his own friends. He says: "Sir, they have laid a plot for you, they have hatched a conspiracy against you, the enemies have gathered an army, the hypocrites have joined hands with the Quraysh unbelievers, the hypocrite has fastened a sword beneath his cloak, he is about to strike you, he is about to kill you, he is about to do such-and-such." The one who frightens you — that is Satan.

“It is only Satan who frightens his friends; so do not fear them, but fear Me, if you are believers.”[357] "Innama dhalikum al-shaytan" — the one who frightens you of the enemy of God is Satan, and frighten you he does. But what of you? Do you take fright at Satan’s word? That depends on who you are. He succeeds only in frightening his own friends. Were you his friend, you would be afraid; were you not, you would not. See how short the verse is, and at the same time how pithy and full of meaning. "Innama dhalikum al-shaytan" — indeed this is Satan; "yukhawwifu awliya’ah" — who frightens his friends; "fa-la takhafuhum" — so do not fear them; "wa-khafun" — but fear Me, observe My command, fear My chastisement and My wrath; "in kuntum mu’minin" — if you are believers.

The next verse: “And let not those who race toward unbelief grieve you; they will not harm God in the least. God wants to assign them no portion in the Hereafter, and for them is a great chastisement.”[358] "Wa-la yahzunka alladhina yusari’una fi al-kufri" — let them not grieve you, O Prophet — those who rush headlong down the valley of unbelief — "innahum lan yadurru Allaha shay’a" — they will not harm God in the least. "Yuridu Allahu alla yaj’ala lahum hazzan fi al-akhirati wa-lahum 'adhabun 'azim" — for them is a great chastisement; God wills that they have no portion on the Day of Resurrection. These two or three verses are the ones that held the question of the fear of God and the fear of Satan.

Peace be upon you, and the mercy of God and His blessings.

Part Three: Prophethood

14. Session 14: The Philosophy of Prophethood

فلسفۀ نبوت — delivered Wednesday, 10 Mehr 1353 / 15 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

هُوَ ٱلَّذِي بَعَثَ فِي ٱلۡأُمِّيِّـۧنَ رَسُولٗا مِّنۡهُمۡ يَتۡلُواْ عَلَيۡهِمۡ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ وَيُزَكِّيهِمۡ وَيُعَلِّمُهُمُ ٱلۡكِتَٰبَ وَٱلۡحِكۡمَةَ وَإِن كَانُواْ مِن قَبۡلُ لَفِي ضَلَٰلٖ مُّبِينٖ وَءَاخَرِينَ مِنۡهُمۡ لَمَّا يَلۡحَقُواْ بِهِمۡۚ وَهُوَ ٱلۡعَزِيزُ ٱلۡحَكِيمُ

"He it is who raised up among the unlettered a Messenger from among themselves, who recites to them His verses, purifies them, and teaches them the Book and wisdom — though before that they had been in manifest error — and [He raised him] also for others among them who have not yet joined them. He is the Mighty, the Wise."

— Surat al-Jumu’ah (62:2-3)

Today, God willing, we take up from the Qur’an a discussion about prophethood. We have set before ourselves several topics in this field, so that, relying on the blessed verses of the Qur’an and seeking their help, we may come to understand them. Prophethood, of course, is one of the principles of every religion. And yet to call it merely a principle among the principles of religion is to say too little; one must say something higher. I do not mean that anyone would deny that it is a principle — no. It is more than a principle: without belief in prophethood, religion has no meaning at all. Religion means that program, that path, that creed which has come by way of a messenger from God the Exalted. So the coming of a messenger — a coming from God’s side — is among the essential elements of religion; the very subsistence of religion rests upon it. That is why prophethood deserves our discussion as one of the important and fundamental matters of religion.

In the field of prophethood there is a whole series of standard, customary discussions. Pick up any book written about prophethood and look at it: you will find them there. Out of all those discussions, we have taken up just one — only one — and that too with a particular slant, for this series of ours. That is precisely our subject today. The rest of the discussions carried on around prophethood in the various books of theology (kalam) are, in their own place, correct points — indeed necessary ones. But that a point is correct does not compel me to raise it here, at this time, under these circumstances, with these needs. Many of the points scholars make are correct. And here let me offer a general teaching that governs all our intellectual and research work: among the correct things, we must see which is necessary; among the necessary, which is more necessary; among the more necessary, which is urgent; among the urgent, which is pressing and vital. That is what we take up first; once we are free of it, we move on to the later discussions in the same order, until at the end we reach discussions that, though correct, do not feel necessary or urgent to the same degree.

Concerning the discussion of prophethood: it is true that the question of how much divine or human knowledge a prophet possesses is itself a discussion; or the question of knowing whether our Prophet — who did not write and did not read, as the speaking Qur’an states: “And you did not write any book with your right hand, otherwise the falsifiers would surely have fallen into doubt.”[359][360]

The Prophet neither wrote nor read. Was it that he could not — that in today’s ordinary terms he was entirely illiterate? Or was he able to, and simply chose not to? That is a real question. So too is which religion, which creed among all the religions and creeds of the world the Prophet of Islam believed in and practiced before his prophethood and his Bi’thah. These are discussions, yes — but how necessary are they for us? How necessary is the one before them, or the one before that? Not necessary at all.

Once a person has learned everything that bears on prophethood and religion, there is no harm in coming, at the very end, to work out which religion the Prophet followed before the Bi’thah. But we are still in the bend of a single alley.[361] Our society still does not know the meaning of prophethood, the meaning of the Bi’thah, the aim of the Bi’thah, the outcome and conclusion [362] of the Bi’thah, the path of the Bi’thah, and the watchword of prophethood; it does not even know that it is afflicted with this condition. The Muslim does not know the aim of the Muhammadan Bi’thah — and that is why his affairs are the way they are. If he knew the aim of his Prophet’s Bi’thah, he would go after that aim. We are still in the first matters, the preliminary matters, the fundamental matters in the field of prophethood. Are we then to grasp at the secondary matters, the ones of the fourth and fifth degree? That is why, in our discussion of prophethood, we raise none of those debates the theologians have conducted and go on conducting in their books. Those books exist; go and read them. We have no doubt that such discussions are necessary, nor that they are good. But we have just as little doubt that their necessity falls far below the necessity of many other discussions that ought to be raised today. That is why we set them aside.

The first matter we discuss concerning prophethood is the philosophy of prophethood. Why must there be a prophet? Why must someone, from the side of the Lord, gird himself to guide humankind? Can a person not do it himself? Are human knowledge and human thought not enough? Why a prophet? Why a messenger between the unseen (ghayb) and the witnessed (shuhud)? This is a question we must answer. Without the philosophy of prophethood, the rest of the discussions about prophethood are left almost suspended in mid-air. So first we must know: prophethood for what? This is our first discussion today. In the notes I wrote, we have set this question down briefly, in a few concise sentences, and the verses we recite today bear upon it.

Concerning the philosophy of prophethood we need not say much; it comes down to one thing: a person’s senses, instincts, and intellect all fall short of guiding him and taking him by the hand. Some creatures can be managed by their senses alone. A few animals we perhaps know to be of this sort, drawing only on their outward senses. Most kinds of animals, though, are guided by their instincts. The honeybee’s instinct tells it: go and alight upon the fragrant flower, and suck from its perfume and its essence; then return to the hive; build the houses in that six-cornered, hexagonal [364] form; and there, by certain arrangements, enter the houses and exit; and keep a queen and helpers [365] and guards — in short, a whole bee civilization. Suppose you imagine that one day the bees sat down together, convened a great conference of the chiefs of the hives and regions, and asked, "How is it better for us to build the house?" — one said octagonal, one said square, one said hexagonal; then they studied it and saw, no, the hexagonal is more suitable. If you imagine it happened this way, I must tell you: you are mistaken. No such thing ever occurred. “And your Lord revealed to the honeybee: Take houses for yourselves in the mountains, and in the trees, and in what they build as trellises. Then eat of all the fruits, and tread the paths of your Lord, in humble obedience.”[363][366]

This is divine revelation (wahy) to the bee. It does not mean that the bee sits down and Gabriel descends upon it; it means that the bee’s very structure, the bee’s very instinct, is like this — an instinctual pull that draws the bee and compels it, so that it cannot do otherwise. By nature and by instinct the bee is compelled, fashioned [367] to build its house, to build it in this form, to find flower and plant in such-and-such a place and suck from them. Should a bee deviate — should it smell and suck foul, rotten plants instead of flower and plant — the others would behead it right there at the entrance of the hive. All this is their nature (fitrah) and their instinct.

For the bee, instinct is enough. Maurice Maeterlinck [368] sat for years studying the life of bees and ants and termites. Take the very termite you complain about so much: it keeps a certain arrangement inside those ceilings of yours; in your usurped house it has built an organized structure. You would rather it not settle on the beam of your house and build there — the house is usurped — yet in this usurped house it does its work all the same. It builds a house of a particular shape, in a particular order. And here is the strange thing. Suppose you could find one of the termites' houses, or a hive of the honeybees, from the time of Noah’s flood — or ten centuries before Noah’s flood — and set it beside one of the hives in the pleasant, fine-aired highlands of present-day Mashhad. You would see that this hive does not differ from that one by the breadth of a needle’s point in its arrangements. Evolution, advancement, progress — these do not exist in the work of the honeybee, nor in the work of any other animal. What does exist is the revelation of nature, the revelation of instinct, the guidance built into the very quality of its creation, which draws it, moves it, shows it the way, points out the obstacles, until it can do its own work. There is nothing other than instinct.

You too use instinct, but little. When you first came into the world, your state — with all due distinction — was the state of one of these very animals. It was by instinct, by the pull of nature (fitrah) and disposition, that you found the store of your food in your mother’s breast, and when they placed it in your mouth, you sucked. No one had taught you to suck; you had not learned the practical, auditory, and visual steps of it somewhere — this was your instinct. As you rose out of childhood, this tool, this eyeglass, this weapon whose name is instinct gradually grew weak, became ineffective, became of little use. In its place came something more effective, stronger, more powerful — reason and intellect ('aql wa khirad) — and you became a reasoning being. Instinct no longer runs your life now; it is not instinct that tells you, "Sir, go and open your shop, or close it at such-and-such an hour, or answer the customer this way, or study the lesson this way, or teach in that manner" — these are not instinct, these are instructions you took up from thought and from knowledge, learned, and used to find your way of life.

But does this intellect, this human thought, suffice to guide you and bring you to the destination of felicity? Is human reason adequate to guide you? Sound reason, if it is open, if it thinks, if it does not become bigoted, if it wishes to judge without ulterior motive, will say no. It is like a court that rules on its own case and finds it has no jurisdiction — a court that says, "I have no competence to judge in this matter." Sound human reason, free of ulterior motive, judges that it is not competent to guide humanity on its own. You want proof? We have two kinds. One is that human reason is limited, not infinite, whereas the needs of human beings are infinite. How could a single intellect understand every need well enough to meet it, or to legislate for it? Human reason cannot do this work; it is too weak, too incapable, too inadequate to recognize every pain and supply the remedy for each one.

The other proof is historical and scientific fact. Were the great intellects ever equal to it? Could intellects like Aristotle’s[369] or Plato’s[370] or Socrates’s[371] manage humankind? Plato the thinker sits and thinks, consults, studies, researches, and sketches an ideal city — a utopia. But that ideal city is good only for the mind and the private strongbox of the honorable Plato himself, because it was never put into practice, anywhere, for a single moment. And if you set Plato’s ideal city today against the arrangements of the present world, it looks unacceptable and ridiculous.

Look at the rational and philosophical schools, how they array themselves one against the other. See that humanity cannot reach the way to guidance and felicity unless it is connected to a source and a point higher, loftier, and deeper than human reason. This is the meaning of prophethood: human beings need a force higher, a guidance stronger and deeper than the guidance of the senses, of instinct, of reason. This guidance comes — and what does it do? Does it come to compete with your senses? Does it come to oppose your instinct? Does it come to dash the head of reason against a stone? Never. It comes to guide reason, to nurture reason, to bring the buried reason out from beneath the tons of dust.

Our Commander of the Faithful, may God’s blessings and peace be upon him — I misspoke — the Commander of the Faithful of all humanity (let us not confine the Commander of the Faithful to ourselves); he is the teacher of humanity, the Commander of the Faithful is the great one of humanity. According to what is in the Nahj al-Balaghah, he says that God sent the prophets so that they might urge human beings to remain faithful to the covenant of their nature (fitrah), bring to their remembrance the forgotten blessings, and then "unearth for them the buried treasures of the intellects" (wa yuthiru lahum dafa’in al-'uqul).[372] The prophets come to bring out these buried treasures, to stir up these buried intellects: the intellects, the reasons, the understandings, the consciousnesses of the human societies that had been buried by the Pharaohs and the Nimrods and the great ones and the powerful. Pharaoh does not like the people to possess intellect; he does not like them to understand — because if they understand, his existence becomes void and a fable, which we will see explained in the later discussions of prophethood, God willing. That is why Pharaoh buries the force of intellect: he cannot afford the people to employ it. How he buries it is a matter for the later discussions, God willing. The prophets come to extract these buried treasures, these hoards, these hidden and concealed treasures; they refine them, and they place them in the people’s hands.

So the prophets, with the force of revelation they carry, do not go to war against reason. The one who imagines that religion is at variance with reason either does not know religion or has no reason. By contrast, one who possesses reason — one who has tested reason and also knows religion — knows well that religion cannot, and does not, have any variance whatsoever with human knowledge and human reason. None at all. What religion says, sound intellects understand and approve. Some ignorant people, in the name of defending religion, say things like, "Sir, you must not seek the rationale of religion; you must not seek argumentation in religion; you must not seek philosophy in the matter of religion." They imagine that raising philosophy — asking for reasons — diminishes the worth of religion. They must know that this is not the case at all. Sound religion, when it is presented before the complete intellect, has no variance and no conflict with it whatsoever. Today the great intellects of humanity understand religion’s tawhid, its prophethood, its prayer, its fasting, its zakat, its secondary rulings.

When human intellect and the experience of human knowledge recognizes alcohol, knows its harms, understands the injury it does to the body, to the nerves, to the spirit, and to the general condition of society — why should I not have the courage to recite the verse of the Qur’an with power? “Indeed, wine, gambling, idols, and divining-arrows are an abomination from the work of Satan, so avoid it.”[373]

Why should I not raise the verse of the Qur’an? Why should I not appeal to what human knowledge has understood in this field? Why should I not say that it is from the work of Satan — that is, it is the satans who give this to you, and it is the satans who profit from the drinking of that wretched drinker? Why should we not say this?

You have heard that Imam al-Sajjad, may God’s blessings and peace be upon him, said, "The religion of God is not attained by the intellects" (din Allah la yusabu bi-l-'uqul)[375] — but its meaning is something else. It means the divine creed cannot be discovered by reason. And what does "cannot be discovered" mean? It means that if you have no narration (riwayah) telling you the noon prayer is four cycles, you cannot work out by reason that the noon prayer is four cycles — and this is a very sound point too. Take the time of prayer: if the Qur’an itself does not state it — “Establish the prayer from the declining of the sun until the darkness of the night, and the Qur’an of dawn (the dawn prayer and its supererogatory prayer).”[374][376]

If the Qur’an does not state this, you cannot work out by reason and ordinary intellect when the time of prayer is. The Qur’an must state it; the hadith must state it; revelation must state it to us. This is what Imam al-Sajjad means, and the outward sense of his statement is just this — "The religion of God is not attained by the intellects." His meaning is not that we cannot see the rulings of religion and the teachings of religion through the vision of reason and human intellect — so that a group of ignorant people, in the name of defending religion, with fervor and heat, cry out, "Sir, do not set forth a philosophy for religion!" Why not? Why should we not set it forth? Of course we always say, we repeat, we confess that what we understand is not a thousandth of the deep teachings of religion; what we can apply and explain is far less than what may in reality be done and exist — there is no doubt in this. But I say one word, the next person says one word, the person after him says one word. Reckon along the lengthwise line of human history, and after two hundred years, five hundred years, you see that humankind is far more believing, more confessing, more acknowledging of the depth of religion than in the age when these thoughts and reflections and applications had not yet come to it.

Religion, then, does not come to crush reason; it does not come to abrogate [377] reason and drive it out of life. So what does it come for? It comes to guide reason, to take reason by the hand. Reason exists — but when caprice sits beside it, it cannot judge correctly. Reason exists — but when greed stands shoulder to shoulder with it, it cannot see correctly. When an ulterior motive is beside it, it cannot understand correctly. Religion comes to strip away from reason the caprices, the greeds, the fears, the ulterior motives; it strengthens sound, whole reason, confirms it, so that it may understand well. Turn to Islam and you see that Islam, from beginning to end, is full of the manifestations of reason. In the Qur’an, how often we meet "Will you not reason?" (a-fa-la ta’qilun), how often "Will you not reflect?" (a-fa-la tatafakkarun) — so that you may understand, so that you may know — how often "Indeed in that are signs for those endowed with understanding" (inna fi dhalika la-ayatin li-uli l-albab), for the people of reason. And in the narrations: "Indeed God has two proofs over the people" (inna li-Llahi 'ala l-nasi hujjatayn)[378] — God has two proofs over the people: the prophet and the reason. Reason again. Of reason we will say no more now.

In sum, keep this one word in mind. Without the guidance of revelation, without revelation coming to his aid, man cannot bring himself to the destination of felicity. And when revelation comes, it does not suppress reason, just as it does not suppress instinct, just as it does not destroy the outward senses. No — it comes to strengthen the outward senses, the human and mortal instincts, and the force of man’s intellect and thought; it refines them, purifies them, takes their hand, teaches them. This is the task of revelation. And this is the philosophy of prophethood.

Because it is so — because we are deficient, because human knowledge and insight fall short of our guidance — a hand must reach out from the unseen and guide us. This is the place for that hand to reach out, not the place where, having gone a little hungry, I refuse to go after a morsel of bread and instead wait for a hand from the unseen. It is not the place where, confronted with a sin, I content myself with regret and grief and wait for a hand to reach out from the unseen for me. It is not the place where I neglect my divine duty — do not enjoin good, do not forbid evil, do not tread the path of God — and wait for a hand to reach out from the unseen and do something [382] — against the verse of the Qur’an: “Have you seen the one who denies the Religion? That is the one who drives away the orphan and does not urge the feeding of the needy.”[379] Of such deniers it is said: “We were not among those who prayed, nor did we feed the needy.”[380] “And we used to deny the Day of Judgment.”[381]

The verse of the Qur’an counts among the deniers of religion those who do not urge the feeding of the destitute — who do not rouse the people to feed the destitute and, with a broader, deeper view closer to the very text of Islam, to uproot poverty and hunger. Whoever does not conform to this verse takes not a single step on the path of eliminating hunger, advances not a single pace toward destroying the root of poverty, and sits waiting for a hand to reach out from the unseen and do something. Such people must know that if a hand did reach out from the unseen, it would first strike their own brains — to throw these spoiled, void existences away and bring them down. A hand does reach out from the unseen and does do something, and this is exactly my point. For the guidance of man, a hand must come from the unseen, and that is the hand of the prophet, the hand of prophethood. That is the skill of the messengership: it comes and guides human beings in just the manner we have stated, rousing the force of reason within them.

Then several other matters arise here, of which I have briefly written down a list.[383]

One is this. What concept does prophethood carry? What is its relation to the Bi’thah, to being raised up (bar-angikhtagi)? We say the prophet was sent (mab’uth), was raised up — but what does "raised up" mean? Is there a stirring (angizish) in prophethood? Is there a movement? This too is a discussion, and in the discussions related to prophethood we never encounter it.

What is the starting point of the prophets' work? From where do they begin their reform and aid to human beings? How does their endeavor conclude? Where do their works arrive? Just this — that they laid him against a tree and sawed him, and it was finished and over?[384] They cut off the head of Yahya before that tyrant (taghi), and it was finished and over? Is the end of the work of prophethood just this? No — another conclusion, another ending for this beginning is conceived and envisaged. The Qur’an alludes to it, and there are matters here that we will of course raise gradually, one by one, in the coming days. Concerning the philosophy of prophethood, this much that I have stated is, in my own view, sufficient — and it was the briefest expression that could be set forth in this field. If anything here has not become clear to you, ask me, so that this may become clear: what fundamentally is the philosophy of prophethood?

The verses in this field are very pithy and full of meaning. My first thought was to explain this one verse in detail today. But I saw two obstacles. If I explained it, what I wanted to say about prophethood would go unsaid, put off to tomorrow or the day after — and even then I could not fully draw out the meaning of this verse in a single hour. It is a fascinating verse, and I urge good minds to study it in the light of the Qur’an,[386] where there is a fairly good discussion of it. So I will content myself with a brief translation. “Mankind was one community (ummah).”[385]

The people were all one ummah, one group. The commentators dispute this among themselves at length. Were they one ummah — a good ummah? Or one ummah — a bad ummah? Either way, both sides face an objection. Some say that "Mankind was one community" alludes to the primitive, original communalism (ishtirakiyyat) of the prehistoric eras. I say there is no evidence for this reading — only that the name of that communalist, primitive era is on people’s tongues, and we feel it a pity that our Qur’an should have no share of that cloak.[387] That is all it amounts to. Otherwise, "Mankind was one community" would allude to an era when human beings lived in that primitive, original communalism — as the gentlemen say — like animals, if I may put it so: naked, in herds, roaming the deserts, performing feats of strength, scraping stone with their claws, catching animals and eating them, and sometimes eating one another too. Are we to take such a creature, or ourselves, as the referent of this verse "Mankind was one community"? No, never. We never try to graft onto our Qur’an something from elsewhere. What we understand from our own Qur’an is enough for us; if we grasp even that, we have done a great feat. Our Qur’an needs no marginal note or appendix from the sayings and cultures of others to be exalted by it. No — the Qur’an does not want that kind of exaltation.

"Mankind was one community" can carry several meanings. Two of them are in In the Light of the Qur’an, which you can consult; a third occurs to me, the one I gave in this translation. It means that human beings were all in an equal, identical state — in their needs and in their capacities. Every human being was of one kind of need, and every human being had one measure of capacity — and social reality is always like this. All human beings have reason, thought, intelligence, a sixth sense, outward senses, inward senses. All feel hunger and thirst, feel sexual desire, want a house, want clothing, and the like. The needs are all equal, almost of one kind, and the capacities are alike. If one human being was raised in a better upbringing and his capacity blossomed, that is another matter. Some young nobleman is born in an aristocratic house, with a private tutor at home teaching him at six or seven to speak Indian and Chinese like a nightingale, while the child of some laborer in the kilns does not know even Persian properly at seven or eight — that too is another matter. It proves nothing about one child’s capacity being greater than the other’s. This one’s capacity was drawn out; the capacity of that poor child remained, never drawn out. Take the oil deposits in a given region — northern, southern, in such-and-such a country. It is not certain they are richer or more abundant than the deposits at some other point that has never been tapped. This one’s oil has been extracted; it comes into the lamps, its gasoline runs the automobiles; everyone knows it, its name is famous. That one’s oil, poor thing, has not yet been extracted — and it may even be richer.

So human beings, naturally and ordinarily, were one community (ummah wahidah), with identical needs and equal capacities, as we have specified in the translation. “So God sent the prophets” (fa-ba’atha Llahu l-nabiyyin).

Among these human beings of equal capacities, God the Exalted raised up the prophets. From among these people of the same level, the Lord of the worlds singled out one — higher, stronger, deeper, more ardent, of greater capacity — and raised him up. To do what? "as bearers of glad tidings" (mubashshirin) — bringers of good news — "and warners" (wa mundhirin) — and givers of warning. Of what do the prophets give glad tidings? They give the glad tidings of Paradise, of the felicity of this world, of the ideal city, of the establishment of security, of the disappearance of poverty and despair and fear and insecurity and ignorance. And at last they give human beings the glad tidings of a virtuous government and a righteous city, and after that the glad tidings of going to Paradise and connection to the good pleasure (ridwan) of the Lord. And they are warners; they frighten. They frighten of the fire of Hell, of the narrowness of the bridge of Sirat, of the wretchedness of this world, of the domination of the demon [388] of ignorance and poverty, of the fall into the valley and slope of corruption, of the destruction of the human capacities. They are bringers of warning, they are warners. “So God sent the prophets as bearers of glad tidings and warners, and He sent down with them the Book with the truth” (wa anzala ma’ahum al-kitaba bi-l-haqq).

But it is not enough that they should say "People, fear" and "People, glad tidings be to you." What do you have with you? A book from the side of the Lord. He sent down with them a book by the truth, in accordance with the truth. I have explained "the truth" (haqq) several times. In sum, that which conforms with the nature (fitrah) of the world, that which accompanies the natural course of the world — that is the truth. That which conforms with the nature of man and the disposition of the universe — that they call the truth. The book of the prophets too is the truth; it drives man forward on his natural, innate path, on his ordinary and evolutionary course; it advances him, it aids him. The book of the prophets carries the truth with it. “He sent down with them the Book with the truth, that it might judge among the people concerning that wherein they differed” (li-yahkuma bayna l-nasi fima ikhtalafu fihi).

The book comes so "that it might judge" (li-yahkuma) — so that it may judge among the people in those things about which they differ with one another. After all, people are never free of difference; difference among human beings is a custom (sunnah), and its existence is necessary. Know this: the existence of difference is good, because difference is a cause of evolution. But that other thing I said — that the absence of difference is harmful — I must reconsider; I do not know whether it is harmful or not. In any case I would have to elaborate and interpret. Its existence is beneficial; as for "its absence is harmful," I do not know — I take that statement back. The book comes to judge among the people, to render judgment, concerning the things about which they have differed. What do we understand from this? We understand that the government the prophets bring into being is not the government of the individual prophet, not the government of one person, not the government of despotism; it is the government of law, the government of the Book. When the prophet comes, he makes a society in which the ruler, in meaning and in reality, is that very book — that is, the law. “that it might judge among the people concerning that wherein they differed. And none differed concerning it except those who were given it” (wa ma ikhtalafa fihi illa lladhina utuhu).

Concerning this book no difference arose — "except those who were given it," except the very people to whom the book had been given, for whom this heavenly book had come. They themselves differed over it. And what does that show us? It shows the existence of distortion (tahrif) in the heavenly religions, among the sayings of the prophets. The prophets came and brought the book, the law, the school; then the very people to whom it had been given differed about it. To differ means this: one side spoke the truth, and one side spoke against the fact. So there are those who follow a religion and speak in its name, yet speak against the fact — an allusion to the existence of abrogation (naskh) and distortion (tahrif) in the religions. “after the clear proofs had come to them, out of mutual envy” (min ba’di ma ja’athumu l-bayyinatu baghyan baynahum).

Out of enmity and transgression against one another. “Then God guided those who believed to the truth concerning that wherein they differed, by His leave” (fa-hada Llahu lladhina amanu lima ikhtalafu fihi mina l-haqqi bi-idhnih).

Those who believe, who have inclined to the true religion — God guided them, by His leave, to the answer over which the others had differed. “And God guides whom He wills to a straight path” (wa Llahu yahdi man yasha’u ila siratin mustaqim).

And God guides whomever He wills to the straight path.

Now to Surat al-Jumu’ah, in the twenty-eighth part (juz'): “In the name of God, the Most Merciful, the Most Compassionate. Whatever is in the heavens and whatever is in the earth glorifies God, the Sovereign, the Holy, the Mighty, the Wise.”[389]

This is Surat al-Jumu’ah, up to "and God is the possessor of mighty bounty" (wa Llahu dhu l-fadli l-'azim). I have given a brief commentary on this surah more than once before, both here and in that mosque,[390] and the translation stands written in the papers before you.

So what have we understood so far? We have understood the philosophy of prophethood — that it is a principle in all religions, indeed the mother principle. Without it, religion can have no correct meaning or concept, because religion is that which comes from the side of the Lord, by way of a messenger, a bearer of revelation.

15. Session 15: The Mission (Bi’that) in Prophethood

بعثت در نبوت — Thursday, 11 Mehr 1353 / 16 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

ٱقۡرَأۡ بِٱسۡمِ رَبِّكَ ٱلَّذِي خَلَقَ خَلَقَ ٱلۡإِنسَٰنَ مِنۡ عَلَقٍ ٱقۡرَأۡ وَرَبُّكَ ٱلۡأَكۡرَمُ ٱلَّذِي عَلَّمَ بِٱلۡقَلَمِ عَلَّمَ ٱلۡإِنسَٰنَ مَا لَمۡ يَعۡلَمۡ كَلَّآ إِنَّ ٱلۡإِنسَٰنَ لَيَطۡغَىٰٓ أَن رَّءَاهُ ٱسۡتَغۡنَىٰٓ إِنَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ ٱلرُّجۡعَىٰٓ

"Read in the name of your Lord who created — created man from a clinging clot. Read, and your Lord is the most generous — who taught by the pen, taught man what he did not know. No indeed! Truly man transgresses when he sees himself self-sufficient. Truly, to your Lord is the return."

— Surat al-'Alaq (96:1-8)

Here is the subject of our talk today. The moment the burden of messengership (risalat) and prophethood (nubuwwat) is placed upon the prophet’s shoulders, after he receives the message of God — what state, what condition, comes into being within him and in the world around him? We are not greatly concerned here with the prophet’s own inner qualities and conditions. We raise the matter to draw a subtle, precise benefit from an ordinary, common word that is present in the Qur’an and in the usage of the religiously learned[391] — a word that, incidentally, illuminates for us one dimension of the question of prophethood.

You know that in the Qur’an, whenever there is talk of a prophet’s coming, generally the talk is of his bi’that — his being commissioned and sent forth. As the verse says: “We raised up a messenger in every nation.”[392]

We commissioned Moses, Abraham, and the other prophets. Bi’that — what does this bi’that mean? And what is the relationship between bi’that and prophethood? Today’s discussion is titled "The Bi’that in Prophethood." Within prophethood there is a bi’that. What does bi’that mean? What is this bi’that? If within prophethood there is a bi’that, to whom does this bi’that belong, what is it, what is its benefit, and so on?

Bi’that means a being-roused, a being-stirred-up. What does being-roused mean? It means motion — movement after lethargy, slackness, and stagnation. Take a dead person who has lain for years in some graveyard, whose bodily parts have become dust: when by the power of the Lord he rises up on the Day of Resurrection, they say he has been raised up. As the verse says: “This is the Day of the Raising-up.”[393]

It is the day of being-roused. Picture a human being who had been asleep in his house, or who in the ordinary course of social life merely moved along — in whom there was no fervor, no striving, no activity, nothing contrary to the customary state of society. He was in reality like a plank of wood, like a lifeless plant, like a wisp of straw cast upon the ordinary flood of society, which carried him this way and that. Then he comes to himself. He emerges from this state of indifference. He senses that this path, this natural current, this ordinary stream, need not necessarily be one hundred percent reassuring and convincing to him — that perhaps another current can be sought out, one that will bring him to the destination of felicity. And when, as a result of these thoughts, he awakens, becomes alert, finds striving, finds movement — this human being, they say, has been raised up. In smaller, more particular examples: when you awaken from sleep and rise, you say "he was roused." When you come out of slackness, laziness, and lethargy and busy yourself with movement, they say "he was roused." This is the meaning of being-roused; ba’th means this.

The Day of Resurrection, as you know, is called "Yawm al-Ba’th," the day of being-roused, or in another expression, the Day of Rising. The Rising — that day of standing up, that day of coming out of slackness and listlessness, that day of movement, the day on which human beings, from the moment they emerge from the grave until the moment their final destiny is determined, are continually in striving, in agitation, in movement: this is what they call Yawm al-Ba’th, the Rising. In prophethood there exists exactly such a state.

I want your vision of prophethood to become a fundamentally new one. Some imagine prophethood like this: a preacher enters a city to expound for its people a few matters of religion or of something else; or a teacher of religious rulings rises up among a people to tell them a few subsidiary points of law; or some orator — a rabble-rouser — enters a gathering to stir up a bit of clamor and hold a rally.[394] They usually imagine the prophet to be a person of this sort — a learned, clerical, well-bred man among a group of people. Except that these people, too, sometimes recognize his worth — these are the good folk, and they are called believers; and sometimes they do not — these become unbelievers, and they are called polytheists. This is the kind of thing we have imagined the prophet to be.

But in prophethood there is a transformation, an upheaval — indeed two of them. The first is in the very being of the prophet himself. The bi’that — the rising, the revolution, the transformation — first comes into being within the inner depths and essence of the prophet, within his own inner self. First he is changed; first he emerges from the state of stagnation. A resurrection is set up within his spirit. A rising comes into being within the soul of the prophet. All the brimming reserves God deposited within him are awakened — like a spring from which, at every instant, billions of streams of water are drawn forth and pour out, though before this instant all those waters lay hidden within it. In short, the prophet himself becomes a Muslim; he himself comes under the influence of the transformation of divine revelation. Then this very spring, this very transformation, this very fervor, this very revolution, this very rising pours out from that overflowing, surging fountain that is the spirit and inner self of the prophet into society; it is transmitted into the very text of human society. After a transformation has come into being within him, a transformation comes into being in society. After a mighty rising has been set up within his inner self, a still mightier rising is set up within the text of society. After a revolution has come into being within his heart, by his hand a revolution comes into being in society, and the bi’that in its true sense is realized. So you see that in prophethood, whatever there is, is fervor and transformation and upheaval and rousing and being-roused.[395]

What is the prophet’s condition before prophethood? Concerning the life of every prophet before prophethood, two points exist that seem to contradict each other. When I say "contradictory," I do not mean there is a real contradiction; it may merely appear so. The first is that the prophet, even before he is commissioned, possesses very strong and deep human reserves — more than the rest of the people. His capacity for understanding, for movement, for outburst is not comparable to that of others. And his capacity for the worship and servitude of God, his readiness to be God’s servant, reaches a degree inconceivable for other people. All the reserves that draw a person out of the abasement[397] of being mere dust and raise him to the summit of “Truly we belong to God, and truly to Him we return”[396] — that is, of being a true servant of God, adorned with the character-traits of God — all these are present in the prophet more than in others.

Now, why do they hold more than others do? Did God commit some injustice here, some act of discrimination? That is a separate matter, and to it we can offer a brief, summary reply: in the end, to bear the burden of prophethood, a heavier, stouter frame and a more powerful reserve was required. The burden of messengership is no penny-trifle of a task.[398] To carry the burden of prophethood — to convey God’s message to the people and transform a society from one of ignorance (jahili) into one of monotheism (tawhidi) — is a task of enormous magnitude, and in the end some group must bear it. Who will bear it? Ordinary people? Or someone who, by virtue of his environment, family, climate, and kin, possesses greater capacities and greater possibility? Because God sees the greater possibilities in this being, He helps him, grants him grace, bestows favor upon him, and places at his disposal every means of nurturing, so that two hundred maunds of burden may rest upon a hundred maunds of the prophet’s bone[399] — He makes of him a person ready for this work. In the end, had the Messenger of God not taken up this heavy burden, it would have stayed on the ground, because lifting it was not the work of you and me. It was not the work of Gandhi[400] and Lumumba[401] to lift; it was not the work of Socrates and Plato and Aristotle. A frame more powerful than all these frames is necessary to lift this heavy burden — which is named messengership and prophethood and bi’that — and the detail of this, of course, runs very deep. The prophet lives among the people with reserves such as these. This was the summary of the first point: that the reserves in the prophet, in the messenger, are more brimming, richer, deeper, and more usable than the reserves of ordinary people.

The second point is this: before the bi’that, before prophethood, the prophet is, in the ordinary course of life, a companion and partner of the people; they are moving along in one and the same current. From the beginning he is not preoccupied with thinking, "What shall I do to overturn this society?" He may well be discontented — and indeed he is. An intelligent person is, of course, discontented with the class division of his time, with the ignorance of his time, with the poverty, the oppression, the foolishness — and, to put it in Islamic terms, with the jahiliyya (state of ignorance) of his time; discontented he certainly is. But this discontent stays at the level of discontent. It does not rise to the level of bringing about a transformation, a revolution, of forging a path that runs counter to the ordinary social path.

You see Moses son of 'Imran — peace and blessings upon him — living in Pharaoh’s house. As one of the elders of years past put it, he was eating Pharaoh’s pilaf and roast, even playing the young nobleman; and in the marketplace, out of zeal for the lineage of the Children of Israel and for those who believed in his idea, he even kills a man. Later, on his way back from Shu’ayb and Midian, he is commissioned there to prophethood and messengership — and about that killing he says: “…and I was among those who go astray.”[402]

What does "I was astray" mean? It means: I had not yet found this path that runs precisely counter to the ordinary path of the Pharaonic society of that age. It does not mean that killing one of the Pharaoh’s men is a sin — no, not at all. He means: on the day I killed him, I was not a person pursuing a correct revolutionary orientation out of a definite idea. I was a man among other men; I was a walker among other walkers; I was striving, mixed in with the strivings of others; I was moving, alongside the movements of others. Today my path has changed; today I condemn that general movement and that collective course of society. Today I have become a person who sets up a rising in society. When? After the bi’that.

Take the Noble Prophet himself — God’s blessings be upon him and his Family. The verse of the Sura "By the Forenoon" makes the matter quite clear. (It is in the mimeographed handout;[404] and I will explain it now.) The commentators have said various things here, and there are also narrations beneath the Sura, which I examined: the narrations are interpretation (ta’wil), not exegesis (tafsir). What the narration beneath the noble Sura "By the Forenoon" says — like ninety percent of the narrations beneath the verses of the Qur’an — is not exegesis of the apparent wording. The apparent wording gives its own meaning, which we will now explain and which we wrote there. The narration is ta’wil: it adds a point to the points of this verse; the verse itself is otherwise clear. The Imam — peace and blessings upon him — does not wish to construe the apparent wording of the verse against its plain sense. Rather, that plain sense stays preserved in its place, and he wishes to add something. What you and I miss in an ordinary glance at the verse, the Imam — peace be upon him — teaches us; this is what is called ta’wil. Part of this very discussion is that our recitation today is "By the Forenoon." “By the forenoon.”[403]

By the brightness of the mid-morning. Al-duha means before noon. Notice: this oath itself is meaningful; this very swearing by that time carries meaning. Perhaps there is an allusion in it. Since the discourse is about the bi’that and messengership of the Prophet, this "forenoon" alludes to that light which, through the bi’that of the Prophet of Islam and the prophethood of Islam, encompassed all the horizons of the world.

“By the forenoon, and by the night when it grows still.”[405] By the night, when its darkness covers all the horizons.

“Your Lord has not forsaken you, nor does He despise you.”[406]

After revelation had begun and a period had passed, it was cut off. The Prophet had been roused within; fervor and excitement had risen in him; he had grown intimate with the bearer of God’s revelation, Gabriel — and now, suddenly, he sees that the revelation has stopped. He was struck with grief. How long did the fatra, the interval, last?[407] Some have said forty days, others up to two or three years. Then the Sura "By the Forenoon" comes — the first Sura of glad tidings addressed to the Noble Prophet: “Your Lord has not forsaken you, nor does He despise you”. Your Lord did not abandon you, did not cast you off, did not grow angry with you.

“And surely the Hereafter is better for you than the former [life].”[408] The future is better for you than the past; the end of your affair is better than its beginning.

“And surely your Lord will give to you, and you will be satisfied.”[409] Your Lord will give to you as much as will make you well-pleased. There is a narration beneath it that what is meant is intercession (shafa’at) — and that is correct, too. Intercession is one of the things given to the Prophet of God, and it is given to such a degree that he becomes well-pleased. But in this world too, so much was given to the Prophet of Islam that he became well-pleased: the guidance of human beings, the establishment of the virtuous city (madina fadila), victory over bloodthirsty, obstinate enemies, the conquest of lands, the setting of Islamic society onto its evolving course — these were all blessings of God to the Prophet of Islam.

In sum: “Did He not find you an orphan and give shelter?”[410] God Most High found you an orphan — without kin, without refuge — and gave you shelter. You had no father: before your birth he had departed this world; your mother followed a short while later; your grandfather too, after a few brief years, was gone. You remained alone, you and you alone, under the guardianship of your uncle Abu Talib. And we sheltered you, the orphan — who were an orphan from the very beginning — at every moment; we kept you in the embrace of our affection and love, O our Prophet. This is giving hope. It means: God’s shelter is always with you. It was there from childhood, and it is here now, when a burden of messengership this heavy rests upon your shoulders and in your hands. Do not fear, do not be apprehensive, never imagine that God has abandoned you — never. God will not abandon you now, when on that day He gave you shelter.

“And He found you lost (astray), and guided you.”[411] And He found you lost and guided you. Several narrations bear on this — though some are weak — along with sayings of the commentators that have become mixed in with the narrations. They read it this way: "And He found you lost, and guided you." What is meant is not intellectual or spiritual lostness. Rather, once the Prophet, in his childhood, had become lost in the mountains of Mecca, and then God guided his grandfather, who was able to find him; or in another episode he had become lost, and a certain woman came and found him; or "you were unknown among the people of Mecca, no one recognized you, and God guided the people of Mecca to you." They construed it in these senses. We do not deny them — grasp the point here. These senses may indeed be the case; if a sound narration in accordance with any one of them should come, then with all respect, very well. The existing narrations may, at the root, be weak, or they may be sound. And if sound narrations should come for any one of these meanings, of course it is acceptable, and one can accept it. But even granting one of these meanings on the strength of a sound narration, the apparent meaning of the verse is still other than this. Accepting a narration that gives us this meaning does not conflict with accepting the apparent meaning of the verse.

The apparent meaning of the verse is something else. Plain and explicit, in plain Persian, it is saying: "You were astray, you were lost; we guided you." What does "you were astray" mean? Does it mean you were an idolater? Never! A deviant person? Never! A sinner? Never! Then what? It means: this straight path that was presented to you through the bi’that and prophethood was not at your disposal. Is it not so? Those bodies of knowledge, those laws, those thoughts, those ideas, that became clear and manifest to his holy heart when revelation came upon the Prophet — did they exist for that great one before prophethood and before the bi’that? Certainly not. This is what "You were lost" means, and this is the apparent meaning of the verse. And there is no problem at all in construing the noble verse — whose apparent sense is this — from the standpoint of the ta’wil meaning, as referring to "having been lost among the people of Mecca," "getting lost in the mountains around Mecca," "getting lost while herding certain sheep along a path," for example — just as is found in some of the narrations and reports. Did you grasp it?

Now: “And He found you lost, and guided you. And He found you in want, with dependents, and made you free of need.”[412] He found you needy, with a family to support, and made you free of need. What, then, was the purpose of this verse and of laying out this Sura in this writing? It was this: that the Noble Prophet — just as the apparent purport of the verse says — was lost; he was moving among ordinary people, walking and journeying among society. He was distressed by the conditions. He suffered from the fact that the young nobles of Quraysh would seize the slave-girl of some destitute man and forcibly take possession of her — which is why he founded the Hilf al-Fudul,[413] the pact of the chivalrous. He did not for an instant associate any partner with God, nor pay homage and humble himself before these idols. He did not for an instant make peace with the bullies and the men of brute force, and he lived in that society like a chivalrous human being. Yet with all these conditions, what the Prophet did stayed within the ordinary course of the life of that society.

The Prophet lives along the ordinary course of that society’s collective life — and suddenly the divine revelation arrives. A deep transformation comes into being within him. It is so strange, so intense, that it even affects the Prophet’s body, even his nerves. When the Noble Prophet, on the Mountain of Light (Jabal al-Nur), was struck by the first flame of revelation upon his soul, he caught fire; he saw that the bearer of God’s message was saying: “Read!”[414]

The Prophet, since he did not know how to read, said: "But I cannot read"[416] — what shall I read? Or, I do not read, I cannot read — that is, "ma" being either negating "ma" or interrogative "ma"[417] — "and what shall I read?": “Read in the name of your Lord who created — created man from a clinging clot. Read, and your Lord is the most generous — who taught by the pen, taught man what he did not know.”[415]

Fire is set to the Prophet’s soul, and it brings about a transformation. Within this thinking, upright, ready man it suddenly produces a revolution, a rising. He is no longer the same person at all; he is not the man of a moment before. Muhammad was not the Muhammad of an instant before; he was not the person of an hour before; he was something else entirely, another element, another essence. First the bi’that came into being within him — the revolution and transformation within his inner self — and then that very revolution became the source by which he could draw a whole world into transformation. Had he not changed himself, he could not have changed the world. This is a lesson for the followers of the Prophet: until they themselves change, they cannot change the world. Let them know that:

An essence that has not received from the Bestower of being —
how can it become a bestower of being?[418]

You, who have carried away no share of being for yourself, who have taken no benefit from this divine fervor, from this glow of the Lord’s grace and the blessing of His light — what do you wish to give to the people? First become fire yourself, become molten, become aflame, so that you may be able to kindle and set alight the coals, the cold ones, the black ones.

The Prophet — first the fire was set to his own soul, first his own heart was transformed and overturned, first the fervor of resurrection came into being within his own inner self — and only then could he draw the world into that same fervor. He was able to fashion a human being who would give up his life but would not give up his thought. Is it a trifle? Is it a trifle that they would come and throw down dark-skinned Bilal the Abyssinian and beat him — not some trifling blow or two, but those beatings, and how they beat him! Then, right there beneath the lash, right there beneath the torture — not one minute later, not one hour later — he would cry out, "Ahad! Ahad! One! One!" Rendered into Persian, the sentence that carries the same force would be: "Death to you, death to you, death to you" — this is what Bilal’s "Ahad! Ahad!" meant.[419] The Prophet cannot fashion an Abu Dharr;[420] he cannot, out of nothing, fashion a Bilal, or a Miqdad,[421] or an 'Abdullah ibn Mas’ud, in the early days of Islam and the bi’that — first he himself was transformed. Now let us see what this melody of the first revelation did to the Prophet, and what it contains.

Another portion is the Sura "Read." “In the name of God, the All-Merciful, the Ever-Merciful. Read in the name of your Lord who created”.

Read in the name of your Lord, the One who created. Notice how it begins an orderly sequence. For a God-worshipping human being like our Prophet — who even before the bi’that was a God-worshipper, not a polytheist — the first thing that can rouse his attention toward God and draw his heart to Him is the simplest subject of all: creation. "Read in the name of your Lord who created." Creation belongs to Him; all these vast manifestations of creation are from Him.

Once this settles in the mind, it goes up one step and establishes something higher than creation: “Created man from a clinging clot.”[422]

He created man — and man, moreover, from a clinging clot. How great is the difference between man and the other creatures! At first a person does not notice it. As you walk down the street, a car passes by, a human being passes by; when you are riding in a car, ten people pass by your side, ten trees pass by the side of your car — through a kind of error in the way a person perceives. He pays no attention; when he looks closely at the difference between man and non-man, he does not give it much thought. Well, man too is a being — a more precious being, of course, a better, higher one; but those too are beings of a sort. The tyrants of the world do not, even to the very end, grasp the difference between man and non-man — because in their eyes thousands of human beings are not worth as much as thousands of ants. A person destroys thousands of ants with two pennies' worth of kerosene; these people destroy thousands of human beings with a single decree, a single order, a single bomb. Let us leave that aside.

At first, then, man does not grasp the importance of man or the astounding difference between man and the other creatures; but when he looks closely, what happens? He sees it, and it astonishes him. The chasm between man and the other creatures is a very deep one. A chasm of what? What distinguishing mark, what differentiating feature, does man possess that sets him so far apart from the other creatures? The power of intellect, of reason, the cognition of universals, the deriving of conclusions from particulars. Something the tree does not do, nor the stone, nor the animal: innovation, novelty. For without innovation and novelty in man, he would always remain at one level, like the other creatures — as I gave the example of the honeybee yesterday. Then there is the power of will and decision, free choice — man does whatever he wishes, unlike the other creatures, which are compelled to follow their own instinct. Whatever its instinct dictates, the animal does; there is no question of willing. Man is able to act precisely against his own instinct. His instinct is to eat food; his instinct is to satisfy his sexual appetite — these are instinct, are they not? Yet you see a human being who, throughout his entire lifetime, does not satisfy his sexual instinct even once; this is against instinct, this is ascetic discipline. A human being lives for days on end on a single almond; only man is capable of this — man can act against his own instinct.

In short, the power of thought, of free choice, of will, of innovation in man — these are what have set man apart from the rest of the creatures. Man is altogether something else compared with them. Even the materialist scholars have, in recent times, more or less arrived at this point: they call man an astounding species. They draw no distinction between him and the rest, yet still they concede — an astounding species. And all these distinctions in man come from the outpouring[424] of God’s spirit within him, the manifestation of God’s spirit in man, as in the verse: “And I breathed into him of My spirit.”[423][425]

In sum, God suddenly draws the Prophet’s attention to something higher than dry, bare creation: the creation of man, the creation of reason, the creation of the power of understanding and perception — and out of what? “From a clinging clot.” From clotted, congealed blood — think of the distance! "What is dust and what is the Lord of lords!"[426] How is it that something with no soul, no power of movement, no power of understanding, is transformed into an Einstein! Into a great human being, into a Socrates, into a thinker, a philosopher, a prophet — how does this happen? Is it anything other than the mighty handiwork of the Lord in the world?

“Created man from a clinging clot”. At the very beginning of revelation, they drew our Prophet’s attention to this crucial point. Notice: it wills a transformation to come into being within him. It wills to put a shoe of steel upon his foot and a staff of steel in his hand, so that he may go on until fatigue no longer has any meaning for him. From the very start they fashion him with these words.

“Created man from a clinging clot” — from clotted, congealed blood.

“Read… and your Lord is the most generous.”[427] Read; God is higher than even this. "And your Lord is the most generous" — He is greater and more noble and more bounteous than even this. "Read, and your Lord is the most generous" — read, and your Lord is the most generous of all.

“Who taught by the pen.”[428] The One who taught by means of the pen. Once again He raises for the Prophet the matter of teaching in man. And you know this: had there been no pen, no writing, mankind would never have progressed. What lays the advancement of one generation before the next — so the next generation may use it like a staircase, set its foot on the experience of those before it, and build yet another experience of its own — is nothing other than the pen. If the scientific discoveries and scholarly research of one generation were not placed at the disposal of the next, the next could add nothing to it. Had the book of Aristotle not been at the disposal of Avicenna (Bu 'Ali Sina),[429] Avicenna — who stands higher than Aristotle — would never have become Avicenna. Had the jurisprudential book of Shaykh Tusi,[430] or 'Allama Hilli,[431] not been at the disposal of Shaykh Ansari[432] and Mirza Shirazi[433] — men more accomplished and more learned than those forebears, more learned than the scholars of a thousand years before them — then without their predecessors' books and the fruit of their research at hand, they too would never have reached that level. Take an example. The first person has five tomans; he gives it to the second person, who, with his own five, makes it ten; he gives that to the third person, who also has five, and it becomes fifteen. The third is now wealthier than the first — he has fifteen tomans. But where does that fifteen come from? Had the first person never existed, would he have it? Had the second never existed, would he still have fifteen? Never — he would have had even that five only by his own force. It is the product of man’s past experiences and discoveries that reaches later generations — and by what means? By the pen, by writing and inscription.

“Who taught by the pen, taught man what he did not know.”[434] So, higher than the very principle of creation and bringing-into-being, there is something in God.

“Read, and your Lord is the most generous.”[435]

“Who taught by the pen — taught man what he did not know”. He gave instruction by means of the pen; He taught man the things he did not know. These are God’s blessings toward man. So man ought to give thanks for them. God has taught man, has shown him the way, has given him the pen, has made him rational and instructed him — so man ought to climb toward the loftiest summit, without a single instant of decline, without any more backsliding and misery. Is it so? The next verse answers, as though confronting an imagining of this kind: if God creates and nurtures humanity in this way, and gives it the pen, and shows it grace, and treats it with such generosity — then mankind ought to have no misery, no waywardness, no corruption, no error. Has it turned out so?

“No indeed!”[436] No, it is not as you suppose and as you say. What, then, is the state of mankind? No; rather:

“No indeed! Truly man transgresses when he sees himself self-sufficient.”[437] What made mankind wretched was the transgression of mankind — the rebellions and arrogance of feeble human beings and of the tyrants (taghuts) against the merciful ones, the battle-lines they drew up. These transgressions are what kept mankind from reaching guidance. They would not let mankind make the fullest use of the Lordly reserves, be nurtured and reared as God had wished, and become what God had willed. The transgressors would not allow it. When they saw themselves free of need, they transgressed, they rebelled, they left the path of God. Notice — once again the Prophet is being fashioned. He attends to the grace of God, to the nobility of God, to the teaching of God; to the fact that God is the Creator, the Teacher, the Most Generous; to the fact that humanity has not reached where it ought to reach — it has not reached, as "No indeed!" conveys — and to the fact that the fault is the transgressors'.

And transgression arises from the sense of being free of need. Self-sufficiency, wealth, the amassing of riches, the heaping up of treasures — this raises up necks; and once the necks are raised, once un-divine powers come into being and take shape, mankind no longer reaches that destination. Notice — these are the inspirations of God at the outset of the rousing; this is that very flame which set the Prophet of God ablaze, set him afire.

“No indeed!” No, it is not as you suppose. You imagine and expect that mankind has reached a state of being set in order? No!

“Truly man transgresses” — man assuredly transgresses and grows arrogant.

“When he sees himself self-sufficient.”[438] — because he sees himself as free of need.

“Truly, to your Lord is the return.”[439] Will these transgressors triumph in the end? No! The return is to your Lord; the end belongs to God; the outcome falls to God and the divine front. Along that very path which the Lord of the world has appointed, mankind will in the end reach the destination — of this there is no doubt: “Truly, to your Lord is the return”.

The noble Sura holds other matters too. In sum, notice with what truths these matters bring about, in our Prophet, the revolution and transformation — and it is this very transformation that is reflected in the very text of society.

In the Sura "By the Star," from which we cited a portion of its verses, there is again an allusion to this same inner transformation of the Prophet. There are many other verses as well, which I saw no need to cite in full here. But this is a very precise, subtle, and sweet discussion, and in the studies I had worked through I had not myself come across this point being attended to with such precision. So I wanted to explain it a little more — for knowing it is useful for acting on it too.

“In the name of God, the All-Merciful, the Ever-Merciful. By the star when it sets.”[440] By the star, at the moment it sets.

“Your companion has not gone astray nor erred.”[441] Your companion and comrade has not gone astray, nor inclined toward falsehood. This bears on the matter of the Mi’raj (the Ascension), as many of the commentaries record. Though it alludes to the inner transformation of the Prophet and to the state of receiving revelation, the occasion of the Sura "By the Star" is this: when the Prophet would recount the episodes of the night journey, the journey of the Ascension, these people would not listen. The verse speaks in that context.

“Nor does he speak from caprice.”[442] He does not speak out of whim.

“It is naught but a revelation revealed.”[443] It is nothing but a revelation that has reached him from the Lord.

“Taught to him by one mighty in power.”[444] He has been taught by that one of surpassing power, that one possessing great strength. "One mighty in power" (shadid al-quwa) means the one who is very powerful: that one of great might has taught him.

"One mighty in power" means surpassingly powerful.

“Possessor of sagacity (dhu mirra).”[445] That sagacious, wise one — "mirra" meaning sagacity, wisdom, and judgment — which the commentators have said alludes to Gabriel: what the Prophet reports, he reports on the authority of Gabriel, and God taught him these things through Gabriel.

“…so he stood upright”. This divine revelation came to him, and he stood erect upon his own feet.

“And he was on the highest horizon.”[446] And he was on the loftier, higher horizon. "Highest" means the most lofty; the horizon, too, is clear. The Prophet stands upon a loftier horizon.

“Then he drew near and came down.”[447] Perhaps it can be construed this way. "And he was on the highest horizon" means the Prophet stood on a higher level, one that let him become a prophet. As we said, the Prophet, before prophethood, lived among ordinary people with reserves more brimming than theirs. "Then he drew near" — he approached; "and came down" — he drew nearer still. On the supposition that the one meant is the Prophet, this reads: the Prophet drew near to God, and nearer — through acts of worship, through ascetic disciplines, through reflection, and through the special graces God had bestowed on him, his spirit drew near and nearer to God and became ready to receive revelation. Others have said that "he drew near" means Gabriel drew near to the Prophet, and "came down" means he hung over him — that is, he brought himself to the Prophet to convey the revelation. Either way it makes no difference; but the first meaning seems to us nearer and more apparent, and it is the one I myself prefer.

“Until he was at the distance of two bows' lengths, or nearer.”[448] The Prophet drew near to God, and so he reached the distance of two bows' lengths, or less. Do not ask, "What does 'two bows' lengths' mean — what special significance does it have?" As if it were two bows, each a meter long, at a distance of two meters from God. Where was God, that the Noble Prophet reached within two meters of Him? No — these are figurative expressions. He drew near to Him, but not in respect of place; "two bows' lengths" means he drew very near, very near. The holy spirit of the Prophet drew so near to God that nearer than that is inconceivable for any human being — the very nearest of the near.

“Then he drew near and came down, until he was at the distance of two bows' lengths or nearer, and He revealed to His servant what He revealed.”[449] So God revealed to His servant what He revealed.

“The heart did not lie about what it saw.”[450] Whatever the Prophet’s heart observed, it did not lie to him about it: it saw correctly, it did not see in error.

“Will you then dispute with him about what he saw?”[451]

These, in any case, are verses from the noble Sura "By the Star." In sum, it is after this inner, innermost rousing that the path of the prophet changes and his striving takes on another color, and he strives on with continual effort. And what is it he strives to bring about? That in society, in the very text of human beings' lives, a rising and a transformation should be brought into being from the foundation up. Having created a transformation within himself, he now endeavors to create one in society — and this is precisely the responsibility of messengership, the very work the Prophet exists for.

16. Session 16: The Social Resurgence of Prophethood

رستاخیز اجتماعی نبوت — delivered Friday, 12 Mehr 1353 / 17 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394 (1974)

Today’s recitation is drawn from two places: one from the blessed Surat al-Qasas, and the other from the blessed Surat al-Saff. So that some of the brothers who have not yet found a place in the prayer hall may be able to find somewhere, look at these verses on the printed sheets while I read the Arabic text once.

طسٓمٓ تِلۡكَ ءَايَٰتُ ٱلۡكِتَٰبِ ٱلۡمُبِينِ نَتۡلُواْ عَلَيۡكَ مِن نَّبَإِ مُوسَىٰ وَفِرۡعَوۡنَ بِٱلۡحَقِّ لِقَوۡمٖ يُؤۡمِنُونَ إِنَّ فِرۡعَوۡنَ عَلَا فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِ وَجَعَلَ أَهۡلَهَا شِيَعٗا يَسۡتَضۡعِفُ طَآئِفَةٗ مِّنۡهُمۡ يُذَبِّحُ أَبۡنَآءَهُمۡ وَيَسۡتَحۡيِۦ نِسَآءَهُمۡۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلۡمُفۡسِدِينَ وَنُرِيدُ أَن نَّمُنَّ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسۡتُضۡعِفُواْ فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِ وَنَجۡعَلَهُمۡ أَئِمَّةٗ وَنَجۡعَلَهُمُ ٱلۡوَٰرِثِينَ وَنُمَكِّنَ لَهُمۡ فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِ وَنُرِيَ فِرۡعَوۡنَ وَهَٰمَٰنَ وَجُنُودَهُمَا مِنۡهُم مَّا كَانُواْ يَحۡذَرُونَ

"In the name of God, the Most Merciful, the Most Compassionate. Ta Sin Mim. These are the verses of the clear Book. We recite to you something of the account of Moses and Pharaoh, in truth, for a people who believe. Indeed Pharaoh exalted himself in the land and divided its people into factions, oppressing a group among them: slaughtering their sons and sparing their women. Indeed he was of the corrupters. And We desired to show favor to those who had been oppressed in the land, and to make them leaders, and to make them the heirs, and to establish them firmly in the land, and to show Pharaoh and Haman and their hosts, through them, the very thing they were dreading."

— Surat al-Qasas (28:1-6)

Drawing on these verses and the verses of Surat al-Saff, we mean to discuss one matter, and its best title is exactly the one we chose: the social resurgence of prophethood.

Our task, of course, is to explain what that resurgence is. You heard some of the groundwork on earlier days, when we said that the Bi’thah — the commissioning, the arising of a fervor and a stirring within the inner being of the Prophet — begins in his heart with the onset of revelation. This servant is God’s chosen one, and because of the deep and abundant capacities he possesses, God has appointed him to a mission of such magnitude and weight. Once divine revelation descends upon such a servant, a surging comes into being in his spirit; a revolution is created within the very spirit of the Prophet. In his ordinary life, in his comings and goings, in his social orientation — in short, throughout his entire being — a resurgence rises up, a revolution comes into being. The man after revelation is not that man of yesterday, or of two hours before.

Some writers who do not believe in the Prophet of Islam — orientalists, some of them perhaps impartial, though others certainly biased — claim, regarding his life, that before his Bi’thah the Prophet spent his years studying, thinking, reflecting,[452] and that it was these reflections that brought him to the revolution he created. On its face, this claim is false — a lie — unless they mean something else by it.

The Prophet did not arrive at the Islamic revolution and call through reflection and meditation at all. Only after this call, this revelation, this arising came into being in him did he become another being, another human, taking on another state. And not only that Prophet — all the prophets. Moses had taken his wife and child and set out on an ordinary journey; in the middle of the desert, at that critical moment when divine revelation descended upon him, Moses forgot everything else. At the moment he senses the mission, Moses is a human being other than the human of a moment before; within him another fervor, another surging, another stirring comes into being. Whoever makes the orientalists' claim has no belief in prophethood, in the Bi’thah, in revelation, or in the prophets' connection to the unseen world. It is a claim the unbelieving or biased orientalist writes down, and the ill-informed, uninvestigating writer then repeats it — in his book, in his writing, in his speech.

In any case, the Bi’thah thus means a stirring, a revolution, a transformation, a change, an upheaval, a resurgence — whatever expression you wish to line up — in the being of the chosen Prophet. Once this revolution has come into being in the Prophet, it is time for that same revolution to be carried out in the external environment.

That same transformation created in the spirit of the Prophet must, in some particular way, be carried out in the very fabric of society’s reality — and this is exactly what we have named the social resurgence of prophethood. Once we have explained this transformation, other discussions concerning prophethood will follow. One of them is very important: the goal of the mission and prophethood — for what aim, with what purpose, for what work this social resurgence is carried out. And that, in turn, entails still other matters, which I will present in the days to come.

Now, what can be said about this resurgence that we conceive for the Prophet? Today the word "revolution," in the sense it carries in modern culture, is a clear and significant word. What it means, plainly, is a transformation — a deep, fundamental change from the root in a society. The word "revolution" does not, by any necessity, contain conflict; it does not, by any necessity, contain bloodshed and killing; it does not, by any necessity, contain dispute and clash. A dispute may arise, a clash may come into being — but the word "revolution" does not itself carry the meaning of dispute and clash.

The meaning of revolution is this. Take a very small, simple, tangible example: suppose this mosque, in its condition — its building, its walls, its structure — is of a particular form. Its foundations and footings were laid to fit, say, a rectangular building bounded on the east at one limit and on the west at another — the hall of the mosque’s prayer chamber, without internal partitions. The foundation beneath these walls was laid for the sake of those things. If, instead of a prayer hall, this were meant to become a residential building, the foundation would certainly have been poured differently, the footings laid differently. If partitions were to be built inside this prayer hall, so that five, ten, twenty rooms appeared in it — as an inn, for example — then the foundation and footings would have had to be laid differently again. But because it was readied for this work, built entirely for the purpose of a gathering, the footings and foundation and the rubble-grouting [453] and the wall and base are of a particular form.

Suppose it were decided to demolish a building that has been fully finished — a hotel, for instance — and convert it into a mosque; or to convert a bank building into a lecture hall; or to convert a residential house into something that is not for family residence. What would they have to do? They would have to change all the foundations and substructures beneath it. They cannot say: we will give it a coat of paint, take it out of the form of a house, and make it a mosque. No! Such a thing cannot be done. They cannot say: we will gather up these middle walls so that the National Bank becomes such-and-such mosque, for the gathering of Muslims and prayer and worship. It cannot be done. Why? Because the way the building’s foundation was laid was not made for a mosque. For this building to become a mosque requires a special grouting, a special foundation-laying, a special walling, a special partitioning, a special roofing. To convert a building raised for one purpose into a building for a purpose entirely contrary to the first, they inevitably have to carry out a revolution. And what does revolution mean? It means they change the bases, foundations, main sections, frames, and essential underpinnings of this structure into other frames, other underpinnings, other walls, other bodies, other limbs. This is what is called revolution.

Take a society — fifty thousand people, five hundred thousand, fifty million, it makes no difference. A society means that number of people living together on one course, under one general program. It has a top and a bottom, but the path is one path, bound together in a single social direction. That is what we call a society, a unit. And a society like this — fifty thousand, five hundred thousand, five million, fifty million people — can be built in two ways. In general there are two, though within each there are various kinds and sorts.

Two ways, then, that a population can be built, that a social form can come into being. The first: among the fifty thousand, or the fifty million, who live in a certain place, a class of people, a minority, are the rulers and masters of every affair of the rest. They set the people’s path, they lay down the people’s laws. If the people act against their wishes, they take severe revenge. If the people so much as dare to object, they discipline them harshly. If some event arises in this society, they turn it to their own benefit, even to the detriment of everyone else. And if it is decreed that this community should be struck by some calamity, they make the people their shield against it and step off to one side. This is one kind of society. What lies at the foundation of any society is precisely this question: whether or not it has class difference.

Suppose, then, a society that has class difference. The term sounds pompous to some ears, but class difference is exactly what I just described — it was simple, you saw how easy its meaning is. In such a society the people are not equal in rights, not on one level in the possibilities and advantages of life. One group can take more, take better, speak better, bully, and do exactly what they want. A larger group are forced to watch the hands of those people, to be at their command, to stand before them with hands folded at the waist, to prostrate in the dust before them. A society in this form is what we call a class society. Its economy is a class economy; its government works to the benefit of the upper classes; even its basic rights are class-based, weighted toward those above. This is one kind of society.

The society of some number of people, from five thousand to fifty million, is sometimes in this form and sometimes not. And how is it then? Among the fifty million living in this society, no one has the right to bully anyone else. There is no class set above the rest — no, not one person! You cannot find a single person in this entire society who, if you asked him, "Sir, why did you do such a thing?" would answer, "I felt like it." "I felt like it" does not exist here. No one holds domination, mastery, bullying, or the plunder of another’s rights over anyone else; and in turn no one suffers, before anyone else, abasement, weakness, submission to force, or being wronged — these have no meaning for him. All the people in that society, from five thousand to fifty and five hundred million, obey the command of one power, and that power is higher than any human power. Who is it? It is God. This too is one kind.

We have two kinds of social structure. In one, the people — all of them, or most of them — are slaves and captives before other humans. In the other, the people are all free of captivity to any power. In the first, when you reckon it up, the economy serves that same upper class, the government rests in the hands of that same upper class, and the basic rights and advantages of society belong to that upper class alone, or to whoever is close to them. The second society is the reverse. In this classless society, where no one bullies or dominates anyone, the economy is shared, and government — in the sense of governance — is shared, held in the hands of all. Basic rights are shared, they are for all; in short, whatever is good is for all, and whatever is bad concerns all. If discomfort arises, all share in it; if a good thing comes about, all share in it — and the world is a paradise.

Two kinds of society can be conceived. Both of these kinds we have described for you, and both have existed throughout history.

Consider these two kinds. One is the class society: a place of oppression, of injustice, of class difference, of exploitation,[454] of domineering, of brutishness, of discrimination. The other is the classless society: a place of justice, of humanity, of freedom. I lean especially on freedom, and for a reason — some of the classless societies named in the world have, by their own claim, everything except freedom. A classless society, then, has welfare and above all freedom: no one is anyone’s servant, no one is anyone’s slave, no one is subject to anyone else’s word. Both these kinds of society have existed in history — both.

The societies of the first type, the ones marked by discrimination, are the societies that the Qayasirah and the Akasirah[455] of the world and the tyrants of history brought into being. The societies of the second type — prosperous, free, without discrimination, humane — are the very societies that the great divine prophets brought into being throughout history. You say: did the prophets really form societies? We reply: yes, they did. In the Qur’an the signs of the societies the prophets formed are abundant: the affair of Solomon, the affair of Saul (Talut), the affair of Moses and his coming to the Holy Land, the affair of Moses and his demand to bring out the Children of Israel. Where did he want to take them? He wanted to take them so as to form a society, a virtuous city. These are the subject of discussions I may touch on tomorrow and the day after; for now I wanted only this brief reference.

We have two kinds of society, and both kinds have existed in history. The bad type — the one that reason deems bad and that humanity condemns — the anti-religious political powers of the world and history have always had; the good type, the divine and spiritual powers of history have always had — that is, the prophets. When the prophets come into a society, what do they come for? They come to convert that first type into the second. This is the substance of our discussion today.

Most often people picture the prophets differently. They imagine that when a prophet appears in a society, he is like a wise, learned, eminent sage — a mountain of knowledge — who comes into society, takes a house, and sits in a corner so that people may come in groups to benefit from the harvest of his grace and his knowledge. That is the person, the being, they imagine the Prophet to be. Take Abraham the Friend of God (Khalil Allah), say, or Moses the Interlocutor of God (Kalim Allah): in this picture, the Prophet enters a society and takes a house — dignified or small or large, it hardly matters — and sits there. He sets aside an hour for meeting believers and non-believers, and whoever comes to him he enjoins to good and forbids from evil: "People, fear God; people, God exists." He argues with them, debates with them, reforms a number of people, and then departs from the world. That is what they imagine the Prophet to be.

The Prophet is not of this sort. When the Prophet is commissioned in a society — that is, is made to arise — a resurgence comes into being in his inner being and in his spirit, as I explained, and he enters society a man who knows not his head from his foot, a man who has no rest and no repose. He has been turned into a blazing, searing whirling torch.[456] He casts a glance at the condition of society, and he sees — ah! — this structure is wrong, this edifice was badly built, wrongly founded; its walls and its footings and its grouting were laid incorrectly and contrary to the architectural method of human nature (fitrah). He understands that this must be changed, that this edifice must be converted into a good edifice. Meaning what? He understands that this society — this class society, where there is discrimination, oppression, disorder, inhumanity — must be changed and converted into a tawhidi (monotheistic) society.

What is a tawhidi society, sir? We spoke of it in the discussion of Tawhid. We pointed out that Tawhid is the negation of classes. Divine Tawhid means the power and government of God; it means that everything — law, custom, regulations, manners, culture — must be inspired from the side of God. Divine Tawhid means that all people are servants of God and that alone, not the servant of anyone else, and that the servants are free from the servitude of other servants. When the Prophet enters society, he enters with this idea, this aim, this thought: to transform that class society, to demolish it, to break it apart, and to bring into being a tawhidi, classless, non-discriminatory, non-oppressive society under the government of the Lord of the worlds. The Prophet comes for this work.

If I wanted to give examples of famous figures and personalities other than the Prophet, I could easily cite the ones that students of the subject know more or less already; I just don’t like inserting non-religious names into a religious discussion, and pinning down their limits would take time. He comes into society to transform it — I do not say he comes for bloodshed, never; I do not say he comes for slaughter, never; I do not say he comes to set people at one another’s throats, never. It is not so. As I said, the word "revolution," the word "transformation," the word "change," does not even contain the flowing of blood from one person’s nose. In all the ordinary affairs of life, bloodshed may possibly occur, and it is also possible that it may not. For what did the First World War come about? A small assassination against one gentleman, one master, in one corner of the world, dragged the whole world into the maw of war and fire — was it not so? The crown prince of Austria and I-don’t-know-what. A small assassination may set a whole world on fire. Of course, in a revolution too there may be bloodshed, and it is also possible that there may not be. The word "revolution" does not contain bloodshed, killing, or setting people at one another’s throats.

If the Prophet, when he entered society, when he uttered his revolutionary speech — that is, when he said to Pharaoh that you must not sit there and must not put the Children of Israel under so much pressure and must not build different social classes — if Pharaoh had said, "Certainly, I am ready, I hear your command, I will come down from there," then the Prophet would begin, with his own powerful, skilled hand,[458] to build society, and not a ripple of water would be stirred. Conflict and clash arise in the revolutions of the prophets — as God says in the Qur’an, “And how many a prophet there was alongside whom many devoted servants of God fought.”[457] — and jihad is legislated in Islam, because that affluent class, the class toward whom the sharp edge of the revolution is directed and from whom privileges are being taken away, is not willing to accept this revolution. Otherwise the Prophet would in no way be compelled to resort to slaughter and conflict. If that class became reformed, if it truly understood the truth — like many of the great political, economic, and financial figures of history who suddenly, under a beautiful and good transformation in their spirits, turned into ordinary human beings — if all those who stood against the prophets and against the call of the prophets had submitted and had come down from that summit, there would be no compulsion at all.

So when the Prophet comes into a society, he comes for this transformation. The Prophet comes to create change. Meaning, to do what? Meaning, for example, in the Arabia of the Prophet’s time, to say: why must the sources of wealth in this society, the springs of surging riches, be in the hands of a minority of aristocrats? Why? Why must slaves and bondsmen be those who toil under the whims of the masters? Why must the weak be the burden-bearers and beasts of burden of the inclinations of the Walid ibn Mughirahs and the Abu Jahls and the Abu Lahabs? Why? Why should these not all be on one level?

«al-nasu sawasiyatun ka-asnani l-musht»[459] — take a comb in your hand: from the first tooth to the last, do you see one of them enjoying any greater privilege? All at one limit, all at one level, all of one size, all of one shape, equal — and how beautiful! Humanity is precisely this. «al-nasu sawasiyatun» — humans are equal — «ka-asnani l-musht» — like the teeth of a comb. This is the call of the Prophet: «kullukum min Adam, wa Adamu min turab»[460] — humans are all the children of Adam. That gentleman who has raised a palace in some corner of Mecca must eat well, drink well, keep trade reserved for himself, make others his slaves and camel-drivers, take the profit himself, and chart the destiny of Mecca himself. That gentleman, for all his grandeur, is no different at all from the lowly servant in his house. They have no difference at all; in human element and essence they are equal, no difference whatsoever. Why must the field for that man’s benefits be so wide, while this wretch cannot even flap a single wing in his cage? Why? The field must be open before all equally.

You see, these are the claims of the Prophet. In every society where a prophet appeared, he appeared with this claim: he came to convert society from a wrong form — an unbalanced form, a form coupled with oppression and tyranny — into a balanced form, a beautiful form, a just form. This is one matter. This is what the resurgence of prophethood means. Every prophet who was commissioned and appeared in any society appeared with this aim — know this. There has never been a prophet who came merely to expound for the people a handful of secondary matters and minor details of life.

Of course, the great prophets — the ones we call the prophets of firm resolve (ulu al-'azm), the title by which we know them — were the poles of the divine revolutions. As for the other prophets: some came to take up the continuation of their revolution, some to complete their work, some to bring their work to fruition, some to turn back the regressions that set in after a revolution had borne fruit and to launch a new revolution once again. This is the very work that the executors (awsiya') of our Prophet performed after his passing: the work of the Commander of the Faithful (Amir al-Mu’minin), the work of Imam Husayn, the work of the other Imams, the work of the scholars of the Ummah of Islam, and finally the work of the Lord of the Age (Sahib al-Zaman), the Master of the Era (Wali al-'Asr) — God’s blessings and peace be upon him.

Here is another matter about this resurgence worth attending to. We ask: what is the problem with the order of ignorance (jahili) remaining in place? With this just order never being established? This Prophet who comes, who suffers so much, who throws himself into water and fire to turn a wrong condition into a beautiful and good one — what would be the harm if he did none of it? What would be the harm if he left things as they were? Why is that condition bad? Why is it wrong? What standard gives you the right to judge? "al-haqqu li-man ghalab"[461] — right belongs to whoever prevails. Whoever became dominant, whoever seized power, may it be sweet and wholesome to him; and the one who gets slapped on the head, to hell with him — he had only to refuse, he had only not to be there. Now that he is there, let them carry out whatever plundering raids[462] they wish. Why does the Prophet throw himself into water and fire? Why?

It is another question. You may say no one asks it. True — no one asks it aloud. But in the inner being and the spirit of most people, who face disorder without the prophetic stance, this question lives, and it has gone unanswered. Here is the answer: the Prophet does not move without cause, does not throw himself into water and fire without reason. What he sees of the existing condition of his time is a false condition, contrary to human and universal nature (fitrah); what he wants to bring about is the condition of right (haqq) — that is, one in accordance with universal and human nature.

Right (haqq) and falsehood (batil): you meet these two words again and again throughout the Qur’an. Dozens of its verses embody and specify them, naming the instances where the battle lines are drawn between right and falsehood. What do right and falsehood mean? We already offered the explanation. The human being — this being who, with this form and this stature, walks about in the world — was made and built with certain characteristics. The human being has certain characteristics, certain possibilities, certain needs; in short, he came into existence with a fixed measure of his own special characteristics and possibilities. Keep this in mind. The world the human being lives in was likewise structured with certain conditions and characteristics, given a certain movement toward a certain direction. This world that you look at and see with your eyes — each of its things seems to have fallen into some separate corner: its sun sits millions of leagues away from such-and-such a planet; its human, its plant, its animal appear to have no connection with one another. But in the view of a God-worshipping, God-knowing person, this is an indivisible unity.[463] This entire world is one thing; the parts of this world are the parts of one body. Just as in one body a single movement runs through all its parts, so it is in this world.

In a human being, the stomach does one task, the eye another, the liver another, the brain and nerves another — but the sum of all these tasks is one single, shared thing. And what is that? It is that this human being stays alive, moves, strives, and goes on living. The sum of all the movements you observe in this world too — above and below, this sphere and the others — comes out as one single thing, one single movement. (These matters need some reflection. Do not expect, in these discussions, to drink something down like running water and be nourished by it; consider them in need of digestion, in need of effort — reflect and think on them a little.) The rest of the beings, having no consciousness, no will and no choice, advance willy-nilly along this path, along this general movement. It is the human being who possesses choice — who can be obstinate, withdraw himself from this caravan of the world’s things, and move in the opposite direction. Only the human being can fail to follow this caravan — this caravan of the world which, as we said, has one single direction — can fail to set out, fail to advance. Only the human being. The rest of the beings, even when at some point they leave their natural course, it is the human who takes them out of it. When they split the uranium and, instead of using it to cure thousands of ailments, make an atom bomb, drop it, and kill millions of humans — the human does this; the uranium itself never transgresses or oversteps the natural course of the world, but moves along its ordinary path. When this substance LSD,[464] which ought to be used for the healing of ailments, is turned into a narcotic and put into the mouth of some youth, leaving him dizzy and oblivious for hours to what is going on around him — this is the fault of the human, not of that plant, not of that substance, not of that thing itself.

In this caravan we have depicted for you — in which the sun is one part, the earth another, the galaxies and the small and great beings of this vast world each elements and parts of it — they are all going their way with heads bowed, all going. It is only this one being, the human, who is mobile and active, who possesses choice, who sometimes bends his own path crooked, turns back the opposite way, veers left and right. Sometimes, too, he drags along the hand of other speechless beings and takes them with him: he takes uranium, he takes LSD, he takes morphine. Morphine, which ought to work to man’s benefit, works to his ruin; the plant that ought to give him life gives him death instead. It is not the thing itself that does this — this too is done by the same human who has turned back from the path and left the course. This is the characteristic the human possesses.

Because a person has this characteristic — he has choice, he has will, he can change his own path — a law must be set for him. A line of travel must be marked out, and he must be told, "Sir, you must move along this line of travel, so that you have set out behind this caravan. If you transgress it, if you go outside the map we draw for you, know that you have left the course of this caravan." Meaning what? Meaning that this person needs a law. And this law that accords with the line of travel of the collective movement of the beings of the world — what is its name? Have you guessed it? Right (haqq). Right means the law that conforms to the nature of the world; and because it conforms to the nature of the world and the universe, it conforms to the nature of the human too — for a person too is one of the parts of this world, a part of the parts of this great body. And because this law conforms to the nature of the human and the universe, it also turns out to his good and welfare.

What is falsehood (batil)? Falsehood is that course, that law, that way and custom laid down contrary to the nature of the universe and the nature of the human. Falsehood is what the brutes and the satans and those who want to deviate from this course make. The prophets always bring right so that falsehood may be removed. Take the society Pharaoh makes, dividing people into classes, pressing down on one class of them, keeping one class affluent while oppressing the others — that condition, that order, that social form is the form of falsehood. The prophets come to overturn that form of falsehood. They come to dismantle it, to do away with it, to give its place to right. So when the Prophet throws himself into water and fire, it is for the sake of right, because right is the thing he says and the thing he wants. It is for the sake of right that he places himself in such discomfort and exposes himself to hardship. It is for the sake of substituting right in place of falsehood that the prophets never for a moment set down their striving, never forget it, are never for one moment idle. The matter comes to this: the substitution of right in place of falsehood. This is the interpretation and analysis of the work of the prophets.

Let us sum up the matter. The prophets want to convert the jahili order into a divine order, into a tawhidi social mold — to convert it so that society becomes the domain of the government of God, not the domain of the government of caprices and lusts. (For all these negative traits taken together — being class-based, being oppressive, being exploitative, being inhumane, and points of this sort — the best word is "jahili"; jahiliyyah means the unjust, un-natural (ghayr-fitri), inhumane order.) This is the outcome of the work of the prophets. The prophets come to convert a wrong social order into a correct one; their slogan of Tawhid too is for this very reason, and their struggles against the false deities (tawaghit) too are for this same purpose. And the struggles of the false deities against them are for this same purpose too. This too is a chapter of this continuous discourse; one day, God willing, we may set forth who the classes opposed to the prophets were, and what the motives of their opposition and resistance were.

The verses I chose from Surat al-Qasas describe this very condition — the jahili condition, the condition of the Pharaonic government and the Pharaonic society — and the condition Moses wanted to establish in its place. But the verses do more than set these two conditions against each other. They also give a glad tiding to those who move in the direction of the Mosaic condition: that ultimately the will of the Lord has settled on one outcome — the Mosaic ones of the world, that is, the tawhidi ones, the divine ones, shall be successful and victorious. And the reason is clear. This too is the subject of another discussion, among the titles we intend to set forth in turn: the outcome of prophethood — what is the final end of the work of prophethood? Conquest and victory. And why? Because it accords with the nature and disposition of the universe and the human.

In summary, this is what these few verses mention, and this is what is intended. So now we present their translation. “In the name of God, the Most Merciful, the Most Compassionate. Ta Sin Mim.”[465]

This cipher at the opening of the surah is, of course, among the very minor questions that may be raised about some of the verses of the Qur’an — namely, what these ciphers are, as the commentators have said. We have no business with that.

“These are the verses of the clear Book.”[466] — these are the verses of the clear, clarifying Book.

“We recite to you something of the account of Moses and Pharaoh, in truth.”[467] We recite to you a portion of the important story of Moses and Pharaoh. A portion of that important affair is to be set forth. This is the method of the Qur’an: in each section where it narrates the affair of a prophet, it has a particular purpose, and from whatever dimension it looks at the story, it selects a special portion to narrate in keeping with that purpose. Here it mentions a very short portion, because it has a particular purpose — the victory of right over falsehood. We will not bring the rest of the story into today’s discussion, and we did not bring them.

We recite to you a portion of the important story of Moses and Pharaoh — "in truth," in accordance with right, in accordance with reality, far from fable and legend — "for a people who believe." What we set forth and recite to you is not useless, of little effect; rather, for the believers who have inclined toward you, it is extremely effective, beneficial, and profitable. When they hear this story with this insight and understand the divine custom (sunnah) at work in it, they determine their path.

The gist of the matter is this: "Indeed Pharaoh exalted himself in the land." Pharaoh sought superiority in the land, sought greatness for himself, took on loftiness ('uluww). What does it mean that he took loftiness? Standing at this level — equal with other humans — he suddenly rose up, sat upon that ledge, took himself to be higher than the rest. All were equal, all on the same level; and he took superiority over the other servants. "Indeed Pharaoh exalted himself in the land" — on the face of the earth he attached superiority and greatness to himself and chose it for himself, "and divided its people into factions." Having set himself in the upper degree, he then partitioned the land, classified it, made it into groups: one group nearer to himself — the class of Haman and classes resembling his; one class lower, then another lower still. He made classes in his Pharaonic society, on the face of God’s earth. "Oppressing a group among them" — beyond making society class-based, with its various groups, he especially bore down on one class. "Oppressing" — he made a group of them oppressed (mustad’af). Here a Persian equivalent for "oppressing" occurred to me, which I wrote: he took one class under tyranny, in the grip of weakness and incapacity — istid’af. Istid’af cannot be rendered "making wronged," though I did write "subjected to tyranny," because the mustad’afin are usually understood as those counted as wronged. He kept these in the grip of weakness; within society he stripped away their possibilities, stripped away their powers, made them weak and held them there. "Oppressing a group among them" — one class of the people of society he held severely in the grip of weakness and incapacity, casting them into the maw of weakness, into the maw of incapacity. "Oppressing" — he counted them weak, took them as contemptible, in various expressions; the upshot is that within society he deprived them of every possibility of growth and progress. And if you are familiar with social issues and social books, you see and grasp this fully in the world — especially in these Third-World countries. All the possibilities of growth and progress fall into the monopoly of a chosen few; the rest cannot grow, cannot breathe, and even if they do grow, their growth is in the service and exploitation of that chosen class. "Oppressing a group among them" — a group of them he took severely under pressure, in weakness and incapacity.

And his pressure was this: "slaughtering their sons" — he killed their young men. He would not let their young generation rise. He sensed a stirring among them, and he knew that the one who could carry that stirring through to its end was the young generation. And in that era, under the social conditions of that age, the women perhaps had no part in these social matters; the burden fell on the shoulders of the sons — so the pressure fell heavier on the sons. You know this from outside the verse: in the accounts and narrations that have come down on this subject, we have heard and have word that he knew a Moses was to come forth from among these very youths, and that it was this Moses who would in the end transform and overturn the world upon him. Either he knew it specifically — as the narrations make plain — that a soothsayer had told him, "A son with these traits will be born whose name is Moses." Or he did not know it specifically, but he was a clear-sighted man. He understood — he understood that ultimately, from among this young generation living in the Pharaonic society among the Children of Israel, seething with fervor and idea and uproar, a Moses would rise: a great man, a self-sacrificing man. And he feared this, so he killed the young men.

“and sparing their women.”[468] And he kept their women alive — either to corrupt them, or to drag their lineage into vice, or to destroy the soundness of their stock (nasab); for the daughters of the Children of Israel apparently did not marry the sons of the Israelites. He wanted no young men, only daughters, so that the lineage would grow mixed and the Children of Israel would be absorbed into the Pharaonic society, into Egyptian society — would dissolve, disappear, be wiped out. For four hundred years, as I have said before in the opening verses of Surat al-Baqarah, the Children of Israel had held firm within that disordered, unbalanced Pharaonic society and had preserved their own noble ideals.

So the lines are drawn between these two groups. On one side stands Pharaoh, whose condition the end of the verse names: "Indeed he was of the corrupters." Truly and certainly he was of the corrupters, the fomenters of corruption. He created corruption in nature (fitrah), in society, in the world — as that other verse in Surat al-Baqarah says: “And when he turns away (or gains authority), he strives to spread corruption in the land and to destroy crops and offspring; and God does not love corruption.”[469]

The mark of Pharaoh’s kind is that they create corruption in the land and bring ruin. By every means they can, they block the maturing and ripening of this world’s spiritual reserves; or if they do bring them to fruition, they do it in a wrong and twisted form. And Pharaoh too was of this sort.

Now, in contrast, what is right? On what has the will of God settled, and in which direction has the divine custom (sunnah) been set? "And We desired" — and We desire — that is, this is Our creative custom and will. "And We desired to show favor to those who had been oppressed in the land." He does not say "We had desired" (wa aradna), which would tie this will to the Children of Israel alone — no, it holds for always, for all of history. We have desired and We desire to bestow favor upon those same oppressed, that same class held in the grip of subjugation and captive to the claw of weakness — to deliver them from that lowliness, to bring them out of oppression. "And We desired to show favor to those who had been oppressed in the land" — that We bestow favor upon the oppressed of the earth. "And to make them leaders" — that We bring them up from the rear of society, from being followers, to leadership; that We give the oppressed of the earth mastery over the Akasirah and Qayasirah[470] of the world, over the bullying powerful ones. "And to make them the heirs" — that We make them the heirs and inheritors of the good things of the earth; this too is Our will. "And to establish them firmly in the land" — that We make them settled and established in the land. "And to show Pharaoh and Haman and their hosts" — these are the representatives of two classes. Pharaoh is the exemplar of a privileged class — he belongs to the high class, indeed he is its eminent person — a class under whose authority and exploitation even Haman falls. And Haman is the symbol and representative of another class, a class that pours all its possibilities and forces into the service of Pharaoh — those the Qur’an apparently refers to as the mala', of whom we will speak in the future, God willing. "And their hosts" — their armies, those who strive on their behalf without seeing any good from them, yet remain in their service. That We show to them, "through them" — through these oppressed — "the very thing they were dreading." That same thing which Pharaoh feared, We bring down upon his head; that same thing from which Haman fled and shrank, We bring down upon his head. That is, We take these powers away from them and place them in the hands of the oppressed, in the hands of the dust-dwellers, in the hands of the destitute — who, of course, always constitute the majority of any society. This too is the will of the Lord.

Then it goes on to other matters: "And We revealed to the mother of Moses: 'Suckle him,'"[471] which shows the power of the Lord. That other verse we chose for you from Surat al-Saff again points to the victory of the divine order over the jahili order — though its victory is not our concern in today’s discussion. Our concern is this: that against the existing jahili order, when the Prophet comes, he presents a divine and tawhidi order of right and strives to establish and settle that order of right.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, do not place us as followers of the false deities (tawaghit). O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, keep us alive as Muslims and make us die as Muslims. Cast no separation between us and the Qur’an. Grant us the grace to act upon the Qur’an. Sever and uproot the hands and elements opposed to the Qur’an. Make the enemies of Islam, in whatever spot of the world they are, abased and abject. Make the helpers of Your religion, the supporters of Your Qur’an, in whatever spot they are, victorious and exalted. Set the end and outcome of the matter to our benefit.

17. Session 17: The Goals of Prophethood

هدف‌های نبوت — delivered Saturday, 13 Mehr 1353 / 18 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

The verse of Surat al-Hadid is this:

لَقَدۡ أَرۡسَلۡنَا رُسُلَنَا بِٱلۡبَيِّنَٰتِ وَأَنزَلۡنَا مَعَهُمُ ٱلۡكِتَٰبَ وَٱلۡمِيزَانَ لِيَقُومَ ٱلنَّاسُ بِٱلۡقِسۡطِۖ وَأَنزَلۡنَا ٱلۡحَدِيدَ فِيهِ بَأۡسٞ شَدِيدٞ وَمَنَٰفِعُ لِلنَّاسِ وَلِيَعۡلَمَ ٱللَّهُ مَن يَنصُرُهُۥ وَرُسُلَهُۥ بِٱلۡغَيۡبِۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ قَوِيٌّ عَزِيزٞ

"We have indeed sent Our messengers with clear proofs, and sent down with them the Book and the Balance, so that people may uphold justice; and We sent down iron, in which is great force and benefits for mankind, and so that God may know who helps Him and His messengers in the unseen. Indeed, God is Strong, Mighty."

— Surat al-Hadid (57:25)

The second verse is in the blessed Surat al-A’raf, verses 156 and 157:

“…And ordain for us good in this world and in the Hereafter; indeed, we have turned to You. He said: My punishment — I strike with it whomever I will, and My mercy encompasses all things; I shall ordain it for those who are God-fearing and give the alms-due, and for those who believe in Our signs — those who follow the Messenger, the unlettered Prophet, whom they find written down with them in the Torah and the Gospel; he enjoins upon them the good and forbids them the evil, makes the wholesome things lawful for them and forbids them the foul things, and relieves them of their burden and the shackles that were upon them. So those who believe in him, honor him, support him, and follow the light that has been sent down with him — those are the ones who prosper.”[472]

These two verses, and several others in the Noble Qur’an, set forth the goal of God’s great prophets.

Our discussion of prophethood had reached this point: the prophet — the one roused up by God — does for society what he first does within himself. Just as he brings about a kind of resurrection in his own inner self, he brings about a resurrection in society as well, a change and a transformation in the very fabric of the community. Today we want to understand that transformation — its purpose and aim, and the aim behind all the work of the divine prophets. Knowing this is useful to us in several respects; indeed, it is necessary. What goal does the prophet pursue? What is it he runs after?

The prophet has one principal, primary goal. On the way toward it, other goals come up for him too, and one of these is more important than all the rest and more attractive to him. But that primary goal can be summed up in a few words: the prophets come into this world to bring the human being to the destination of his exaltation, to the perfection ordained for him. A being who possesses such talents and abundant energies can become something higher, loftier, more precious, and more noble than what he now is.

At bottom, from the first moment of his birth, from the beginning of his formation, in his own little world, the human being is always in the process of becoming complete — always advancing, always attaining greater perfection. You can observe this plainly in the body, in the outward frame. The newborn infant lacks many of the marks of a complete human being. He lacks teeth, a strong hand, a powerful jaw, legs that can run, the inner apparatus of digestion that would let him carry his life forward as a grown person does, a powerful brain and nervous system. Then, after a while, all of it comes into being for him. And nothing is given to him from outside: it is that same little jaw that grows strong and powerful, that same weak hand that grows large and strong, those same little delicate feet that become firm, steady steps, those same weak nerves that later become powerful, that same feeble brain that later becomes the discoverer of life’s most important and most complicated problems. Nothing comes from outside. It is he himself, it is his own talents, it is the latent, hidden capacities within him that gradually — with the passage of time, as he is placed in particular conditions — blossom, flower, and come into the stage [473] of manifestation. Within him was the talent of speech, which later makes him a speaker. Within him was the talent of understanding things, of becoming a thinker, a scholar — and later all of it comes about. So the human being is always becoming complete. What he was not, he later becomes: he was not powerful, then he becomes powerful; he had no intellect, then he comes to have intellect; he had no experience, then he comes to possess it, and so on.

In matters of the body — as you have all now noticed and can affirm — a person is always in the state of becoming complete: always acquiring things that were not prepared for him before, that he did not yet possess. In spiritual matters, in the realm of the soul and the human virtues, it is exactly the same. A whole world of talent lies latent within a person. Think of him as a very strong, deep, abundant mine: dig into it and you find many things within — but until you have dug, it is a mere existent, a dry and barren plot of land with no beautiful display of life.

Let me give an example. In such cases I usually liken a person to those mosaic tiles they pour at the edge of a pool, on the threshold behind a door. Have you noticed? They pour the mosaic. When they first pour it, they set the mold and spread the material there and it dries; and when you look at it, you see no sign of beauty or delicacy in it. It is a dark, grimy, lustreless, charmless mass. Then comes the turn to grind it, under special machines or by hand; they begin to grind these tiles down. Once a certain amount of grinding has passed, you suddenly see that this dark mass has turned translucent through being ground — which is natural enough; many dark things turn translucent when you grind them. But that is not all. You find in it something you never suspected: now that you have ground it, you understand that beautiful stones, of many colors and various patterns, with interesting and pleasing hues, existed within the very belly and depths of that dark mass — stones you could not have seen, could not have prized for their beauty, could not have shaped into anything ornamental. Now that it is ground, all of them have come out. Set a fine, ground piece of mosaic before yourself and you see a beautiful design, lovely indeed — whereas before the grinding there was nothing. Liken the inner talents of a person to those very glittering, beautiful particles that lie deep within the belly of that dark mosaic.

This person you see — this unhewn, unpolished creature in the market, in the street, this little child who cannot yet speak, who has not a particle of refinement for anyone except his father and mother — this very one you are looking at is a rich and abundant mine. In him are materials of grace, in him are displays of beauty, and these are the talents of a person. It is the very thing they meant when they said, in the old poetic tongue: "You have seen the flight [474] of the bird — you, from the fetter of lust: / Come out, that you may see the flight of humanity." [475]

This is the very thing that poets and others, mystics and others, have told us from of old in every tongue — and it is right, and it is true. They said that these human displays raise a person higher than the angel and the celestial spirit; they make him a gushing wellspring of goodnesses, of talents brought to light, of interesting and attractive powers; that is, they make him the complete human being, the upright and perfected and exalted human being. The true goal of the prophets is to make human beings into this — the very thing that, in the Qur’anic expressions we have set down here, is named "purification" (tazkiyah) and "instruction" (ta’lim). They purify human beings of bad traits, draw them away from their caprices, and rescue them from the displays of a brutish, animal way of life. As Rumi said: "O you who have torn the cloak of the Josephs: / you shall rise from this heavy sleep a wolf." [476]

Those who wear a human exterior but do the work of a wolf, those who show a beautiful, adorned human face on the outside but do the work of beasts of prey, [477] dogs, savages, and ogres — these cannot be called human. That human being for whom bloodshed is a pleasure, that human being for whom destroying the lives of others is a means of amusement, that human being for whom the spectacle of others' suffering brings no distress, that human being who sees the sorrow of others and feels no sorrow — this is not a human being, whatever his exterior may be. Is he very learned? Is he very wealthy? Is he very powerful? Is he very tidy and well-pressed in appearance? Even if he is all of these, none of them is humanity. It is tidiness, it is learning, it is power; being a human being is something else.

The prophets come to purify human beings. In the environment of the prophets' call you see no trace of brutishness; in the environment of the prophetic life you observe no sign of the displays of an animal, savage way of life. There, whatever there is is the light of purity and humanity, and this is the art and the great miracle [478] of prophethood. People look for the miracle of prophethood in extraordinary deeds — deeds that do not ordinarily occur in the natural order: the splitting of some wall, or some body, or the springing-forth of a tree. Very well, let those things be too — there is no objection. But the great miracle of the prophethoods lies in making good human beings, adorned [479] with virtues. This is the greatest miracle of the prophethoods, and it is no joke.

Look, and you see people brimming with every disposition to crime and corruption. When they come under the grindstone of the call of Islam, when that grinding apparatus the prophet sets in motion falls upon them, you suddenly see that the very savage of yesterday, the very criminal of yesterday, that same unhewn, unpolished man of yesterday on whom you would have staked nothing at all, becomes a human being of immense grandeur.

Who was Abu Dharr? Was he anything more than a rough, desert-wandering man, indifferent to humanity, unaware of it? He was a man of whom, had you seen ten thousand of his like before you, it would not have troubled you if all ten thousand perished in a single earthquake. A man who neither understands nor wishes to understand, with not a particle of human grace in him, not a particle of interest in becoming good — barefoot, dirty, rough, grown up in the desert. Set such a man before you — not you, but any great reformer, any figure of grandeur — and how much would the heart burn for him? The so-called great reformers of the world, those who count themselves reformers and great ones, complain even of men more substantial than themselves that "they did not appreciate our worth, they did not recognize us, they did not understand us." What they want is for people to circle around them like moths around their heads, to sacrifice themselves for them — and to what end? Whether these reformers have even carried out a portion of their own commitment, their own human mission, is itself in doubt. And when men of Abu Dharr’s kind are set before them, they assign them no value whatsoever.

The prophet takes this very creature, this black stone, this unhewn, unpolished boulder whose name is Abu Dharr, brings it under the grindstone of revelation and the call, and from it fashions a human being in whom there is a sign of every human virtue. This is the great miracle of the prophet. From him he fashions a human being whose whole self has been absorbed, dissolved, sacrificed on the way of the goal — that whole self, this "I," this "I" which for ordinary people is the axis of all activity, its every aspect. Can you find such a man? We want everything for ourselves, or for what is bound up with ourselves: for our shop, our title, our children, our good name — in the end it comes back to us. Abu Dharr sacrifices everything that comes back to himself for God, for the goal, for that direction in whose path he is moving. A human being of that kind is transformed into a human being of this kind. And what does this? The revelation of prophethood, the call of prophethood: out of black, dark stones it fashions clear, bright mirrors. This is the goal of prophethood — the making of an upright human being.

It is true that the formation of a sound system is a very interesting thing — and I am coming to this point; before you accept a statement or reject it, do not be hasty until we finish it. It is true that the formation of a prosperous system, free and flourishing, is a very interesting thing. But here is what I want to see. Suppose such a system — flourishing, free, prosperous, with equality and social justice and no class divisions — has been formed, and the people in that new, lofty, interesting society have busied themselves with living. To what end? And after that? For the human being, for humanity, after the era of reaching the ideal society, what goal have the materialist schools envisaged? What is the goal of humanity? People make sacrifices, deny themselves, strive and struggle to build a flourishing home out of this world. Now we have built it — and after that, what? In this flourishing home, what do we wish to do?

We toil and build this mosque; then, once it is finished, we must have a purpose. The purpose is that people should come here and pray, or listen to a lecture, or the like. It makes no sense to say we want to build a mosque — all the noise and clamor — we built it, we raised it up, and then, once it stands, now what do we want to do? Nothing — after that we have no goal at all. That is absurd; it is breaking one’s leg halfway down the road. The materialist schools have all broken their leg halfway down the road — every one of them.

The materialist schools say: let us make the world flourish, let us abolish poverty, let us abolish ignorance, let us build a lofty society, a human society, a society with no oppression, no classes, no exploitation, no discrimination. Very well — we have built it; now what does a person wish to do in this society? They have no answer. Where does humanity wish to arrive? They have no answer. Does it wish to eat and sleep? Does it wish to live comfortably — is that all? Does a person exist only for a comfortable life — that is, comfortably acquiring, comfortably consuming, and comfortably excreting? Is it for this that he must struggle, and is this to be his goal? Here is where the materialist schools' mount goes lame. [480]

The divine schools say: No, the goal lies beyond this. The lofty goal is the refining of the human being; the lofty goal is that the children of Adam should become human. The children of Adam are not the same as the human being. "Children of Adam" is this very creature that walks on two legs — with all its pretension, it is a child of Adam; but to become human means that all the virtues and wellsprings of talent within its being should come into flow. You ask: and after that, what? We answer: there is no "after that." A person is unlimited; because God’s power is unlimited, there is no "after that." "Indeed, we belong to God, and indeed, to Him we return." [481] Once a person has fallen into the course of perfection, there is no longer any end. This is the idea of those who worship God, the thought of the monotheists of the world and the religions of the world. It is always advancing, always progressing, always ascending, always perfecting and exalting — it has no end and no terminus, and the prophets come for this.

The prophets come to purify human beings of evils, of basenesses, of ignorances, of moral vices, of the keeping-hidden of inner talents; to deliver them; to fashion them into the complete and exalted human being — this is the prophets' primary goal. The Qur’an states it in several places; I did not cite the verses here, because one of them had already come up earlier.

“God has indeed shown favor upon the believers when He raised up among them a messenger from among themselves, who recites to them His signs and purifies them, and teaches them.”[119] Refining a person, cleansing away the vices, adorning him with virtues — this is the goal of the prophets.

So you see that our Prophet says:

Hadith: "I was raised up to perfect the noble traits of character" («بُعِثتُ لِتَتَمِّمَ مَکارِمَ الأخلاق»). [482] I was sent to complete the noble traits of character, the beautiful traits, the good traits. This is the first statement.

But the more important statement is the second. The first is one that gets uttered a great deal, and some people are very fond of having it repeated. Here is why: if the whole matter were merely refining — only purification (tahdhib) [483] and tazkiyah — then someone says, "Sir, we have found the way; we have understood where to go. Set aside the tumult of society, and 'excuse the war of the seventy-two nations, all of them'; [484] we will go off to the corner of a hermitage, busy ourselves with monasticism, and there purify and refine the soul, and save our own selves. And if someone comes who has the capacity for it, we will say a word in his ear too, draw him out of himself, and make him too into a real human being."

This statement gets repeated so often precisely because it can serve as a pretext — a pretext for laziness, for shortcomings, for self-preservation, for comfort-seeking, for the love of ease. The people are fond of it, and so are the leaders. Those upon whose shoulders rest the responsibilities of guidance and instruction are fond of this saying. Refining people is a trouble-free task, a flawless task, a task that does nothing to harm or injure the cattle and sheep of a person. You gather a group together, croon a lover’s lullaby in their ears, draw them out of themselves, refine them, purify them. And for the people too it seems easy — though of course it is not actually easy.

So up to this point in the statement, it is well-known; from this point onward, it is not well-known, it is not said. And what lies beyond this point? Here is the question: by what means did the prophets refine and adorn the people? What did they do? Did they come to the people and, one by one, take each person by the ear, take each person by the hand, and lead them off alone into the seclusion of a house, a chamber, a school, a maktab, to instruct and educate them? Did the prophets sit in their own monasteries, like the ascetics and mystics of the world, so that the people might come, observe their spiritual state, and fall into step with them as fellow-believers and fellow-travelers? Did the prophets, like the philosophers of the world, open a school, hang up a sign, and issue an invitation — "Whoever wishes to learn doctrine from us, let him come here and learn" — were they like this? No: the prophets do not believe in individual education, the prophets do not believe in fashioning human beings one by one, the prophets do not believe in tidy, neat tasks. Do not imagine that, like Socrates and Plato, Abraham the Friend of the Merciful, or Moses, or Jesus, or our Prophet would sit in a school and the people would go and benefit from him. They are not like this.

And the saints (awliya') are like the prophets — for in the matter of the Imamate I say that our Imam al-Sadiq too is of that kind. It is an error to imagine, as some heedless people do, that Imam al-Sadiq sat upon a pulpit with four thousand students at the foot of it. Here is how it actually came about. Ibn 'Uqdah, a renowned scholar of the old biographical traditions, counted four thousand persons among the students and transmitters [485] of the hadith of Imam Ja’far al-Sadiq, peace be upon him. From this, a group imagined those four thousand persons used to come and sit together — four thousand men filling a great enclosure while Imam al-Sadiq, the blessings of God be upon him, recited hadith from the pulpit, expounded rulings, and delivered admonitions. That is how they imagine it.

No — neither Imam Ja’far al-Sadiq, nor his grandfather the Prophet of Islam, nor any of the prophets of the world had this as their method. School-playing, admonition-mongering, and educating one person at a time are not the work of the prophets. The prophets have only one answer to this question: how can human beings be fashioned? How can they be educated according to the correct divine models? Their one answer is this: to fashion a human being, you must build a suitable environment, a sound environment, one that can nurture him within itself — that, and nothing else. The prophets say you cannot cast people in molds one by one; you must build a factory. They say that if they set out to fashion human beings one at a time, night would fall and a whole lifetime would pass before the work was done. A society is needed, a system is needed; human beings must be pressed into the desired shape by that system — that, and nothing else.

The prophets say a human being is like a tree, like a sapling. Consider a sapling — a date palm, or an orange. It has certain conditions, certain characteristics, and those characteristics require warm air, suitable air. Plant a date palm in southern Iran, in the southern regions of the country, or in Tabas, or in some of the Arab countries, and see what delicious, excellent dates it gives — an interesting thing, isn’t it? Why? Because this sapling needs air of a certain temperature, humidity at a certain percentage, soil of a certain kind, and dozens of other conditions besides. Those conditions come together in Tabas, they come together in Khuzestan, but they do not come together in Mashhad. What can be done about it? Go, take thousands of date-palm saplings, dig them up, bring them here, plant them in the ground, water them, give them air — is that possible?

You can do only one thing, and it is this: bring a single date-palm tree here into the garden of your house, or take an orange into a room, and toil over it, care for it, give it fertilizer, give it water, work on it so long that after a while — "O 'Ali, help!" — it gives you one or two dates. You say, "Yes, we too brought a date-palm sapling to Mashhad and got two, three dates." Well, why should we do this? Why should we do this? If instead we could establish and build a date-ripening, date-nurturing environment, there would be no need for all this care, no need for all this heartache, no need for all this fastidiousness — and moreover it would not give just two dates, it would give hundredweights, tons of dates. Is it not more reasonable, if a person is able, to build a suitable environment that nurtures dates itself, rather than tending to a single date-palm tree one by one in an unsuitable place?

The toil a person must bear to build a suitable environment is far greater than the toil he bears for a single date-palm, a single date-palm sapling. Far greater — but reckon its benefit, reckon its yield. Here you toil over one individual, you fashion one single human being; there you fashion a whole society, you build a whole system, you make millions of human beings, generations of humanity. This was the work of the prophets.

This is a point we have taken our stand on, one we insist on, and we believe the followers of the prophethoods must understand it. Reflect on it deeply; do not pass over it easily. Refer to the verses of the Qur’an, refer to the history of the prophets, refer to the narrations that exist concerning the prophethoods; scrutinize, reflect; neither accept it quickly nor reject it quickly. The matter is very important, because all the difficulties arise from precisely this point. A certain group cannot understand that the prophets wished to build a suitable, favorable environment; they imagine that the prophets wished to fashion human beings one by one — whereas fashioning human beings one by one is far beneath the station of the prophets.

What we understand from the Qur’an is the prophets' answer to this question — "How can human beings be fashioned?" that is, refined and adorned. The answer is that one must build a divine society, a monotheistic (tawhidi) society, a suitable environment, so that the human being may be fashioned within it — not one of him, not ten of him, not a thousand of him, but in groups upon groups — fashioned of themselves, by the natural warmth of the radiant light of the teachings of Islam.

“When the help of God and the victory come, and you see the people entering into the religion of God in throngs.”[486] In the pagan environment of Mecca, when the prophet wishes to fashion a human being, he is compelled to fashion them one by one. To bring about such a system he needs a number of select persons, a number of cornerstones and a foundation, and these are first fashioned one by one. This does not contradict the prophets' overall plan. To fashion and hew the cornerstones of the civic society, the prophet in Mecca is compelled to engage in individual person-making: one Abu Dharr; one 'Abdullah ibn Mas’ud; another, and another, and so on — at most he fashions a hundred persons, two hundred persons.

These become the building stones for the future civic society — that is, the monotheistic and Islamic society. There, in that way, the prophet fashions human beings one by one — with what toil, with what hardship, with what heartache! Fathers prevent their sons from understanding anything; the sons set their hearts on the world, they do not come to follow the prophet to learn doctrine; and for everyone who develops a little inclination, there is toil and hardship and heartache. All these tasks are carried out. But when the turn comes for Medina — when that divine and Islamic society is formed in Medina, and the prophet stands at its head, ruling by the ordinances and commands of God — then God Almighty speaks in this way:

“When the help of God comes, and the conquest, and you see the people entering into the religion of God in throngs.” This is the upshot of the matter concerning the goals of the prophets.

Let me summarize. The prophets have two goals, two important goals. One is the fundamental goal: to fashion the human being — to purify him of evils, to adorn him with virtues, in short to make him human. This is the higher goal. The other lies halfway along the road to it: to form a monotheistic society, a divine system, the government of God, an order administered by divine laws and ordinances. This is the goal of all the prophets. Anyone who imagines that the great divine prophets did not have this goal should study the Qur’an, the hadith, and history more closely.

There are many verses in the mighty Book of the Lord from which this matter may be derived, but we have cited only two. These two repay reflection; they need to be scrutinized and pondered a little.

The first, as we mentioned, is from Surat al-Hadid.

“We have indeed sent Our messengers with the clear proofs.”[224]

The statement of the prophets consists of clear arguments — nothing that an intelligent, thinking person fails to grasp. Everyone understands what the prophets say.

“And We sent down with them the Book.”

What is the Book? We have said it repeatedly: "the Book" means the collection of teachings and ordinances that constitutes the very essence of religion — the religious instructions and teachings, the comprehensive ideology of the religion. In brief, with a slight looseness of expression, [487] we can equate the Book with what the modern schools today call "ideology" — that is, the constructive principles and teachings, the intellectual principles that have a tangible, constructive effect in practical domains.

The Book is one thing; then, along with it, We also sent down “the Balance.”

The Balance means a scale. But what does this mean? That every prophet who came carried a scale under his arm, large or small? No. "The Balance" means the apparatus for creating social equilibrium — the instrument by which balance can be brought about in a society. Notice what this reveals: the regard is to society. If the prophet were not meant to stand at the head of a society and to form one, what would he need the Balance for — what would he need the very thing by which social equilibrium is established? An instrument has been sent with the prophet by which balance can be created in society. And what is that instrument? The divine judicial apparatuses; the judicial ordinances; the executor of the law, the guarantor of enforcement — the Balance can be applied to this as well. There exist ordinances, a guarantor of enforcement, and an overseer of that enforcement. It is exactly what the democratic countries today call the "executive power," which amounts to the government. In a country that has a government, a parliament, legislation, and an executor, the executive power is what supervises and oversees the enforcement of ordinances in society; the executive power may be this "Balance."

And in studying the narrations that comment on this verse, I found one of their interpretations of the Balance: it says, "The Balance is the Imam." [488] And I found it entirely correct — it applies, and we take inspiration from this hadith. The Balance is the Imam. The Imam is the one who must separate truth from falsehood in society; he must distinguish the ranks; he must establish social equilibrium. Why? Because he is the ruler of society. Now, some may hold crude, mistaken readings of this phrase and of that hadith — but we have nothing to do with those; we believe just as we ourselves say. The Imam is the Balance, the measure: evils and goodnesses are weighed by him, paths are gauged against him. Beyond that, he is the overseer in society, watching that people do not depart from equilibrium, and he supervises the ordinances. The narration confirms this too. So the Balance means the instrument by which social equilibrium is established — and this too We sent with the prophet.

Why did We do all this? What was the Book to accomplish for the prophet? What was the prophet himself needed for? What was the Balance to accomplish? The reason is this: “so that people may uphold justice.”

"Li-yaquma 'l-nasu bi-'l-qist" can be rendered into Persian two ways — both, of course, carrying one meaning. We have chosen one of them and rendered it here, and I will mention the other as well. "Li-yaquma 'l-nasu bi-'l-qist": so that people may establish a just life — in parentheses we wrote, and an environment of justice and equality. People should establish a just life; that is one meaning. The other is this: so that people may stand upright upon the basis of justice (qist), may live upon the basis of equality. The two meanings differ, if you scrutinize them, in Arabic parsing and construction — but their import is one. I wanted to explain this so no one finds any difficulty in some of its "kana-yakun" [489] (grammatical niceties).

"Li-yaquma 'l-nasu bi-'l-qist" — the upshot of its meaning is that people should live in a just environment, in a just society and system. This is what the prophet came for, first of all. So what did the prophet come for? To bring a just system into being. He came to make the world just, to bring a just society into being — it is precisely for this that the prophet came. And of course it is in a just system that people find the opportunity to attain perfection and exaltation. "Li-yaquma 'l-nasu bi-'l-qist."

Then, following it, He says: “And We sent down iron.”

Yes! We brought iron too. Is mere talking enough — mere preaching, "People, come, build a just system"? Suppose they did build one: would the devils and wolves and thieves and beasts of prey ever let such a just system stand? So We sent iron too. Why did We send it? So that the authentic values might be defended by force of iron. Here again we turn to the books of hadith, and we find that when the Imam, peace be upon him, interprets the verse and reaches this point — "And We sent down iron" — he says: "Weaponry (al-silah)"; [490] the sword, the spear, the weapon, all made of iron. Alongside the call of prophethood, God Almighty mentions weaponry. Alongside the preaching laid upon the prophets, alongside the very idea of forming a monotheistic and divine system, the Lord of the worlds mentions weaponry and coercive force. "And We sent down iron" — and, as the Imam, peace be upon him, says, weaponry and the weapon.

“In which is great force and benefits for mankind, and so that God may know who helps Him and His messengers in the unseen.”

The expression "so that God may know" — though God already knows — means that it may be made distinct, made manifest, determined in the external world. "Who helps Him and His messengers in the unseen" means those who help God and His prophets with faith in the unseen: they did not see God, and some did not even see the prophet, yet they believe in him and help him.

“Indeed, God is Strong, Mighty.”

Notice, too, how meaningful these closing phrases of the verses are. The ones you see at the end of every verse — "Indeed God is Strong, Mighty," "Indeed God is Hearing, Knowing," "Indeed God is Forgiving, Merciful" — are not there by chance, the way a poet finds some rhyme to stick at the end of a line. It is not like that. Each of these phrases at the close of a verse carries, in keeping with the content of the verse, a particular meaning and a particular point — did you notice? So in this noble verse too, the matter is just the same. "Indeed, God is Strong": do not imagine that the prophets came yet cannot bring into being the society we have sketched and establish the people upon justice. No — God, the very One who sends them, is Strong. Do not fear that they will struggle and contend against the prophets of God — let them. "Mighty ('aziz)" — God is invincible. I render 'aziz as "invincible." What the lexicon gives for 'aziz is "the Overcomer who is not overcome" (al-ghalibu 'lladhi la yughlab): the one who prevails, over whom no one prevails. The Persian expression we found for this is the word "invincible" (shekast-napazir), both beautiful and concise. God is Strong and invincible. This is one verse.

And now the verse of Surat al-A’raf. The preceding verses speak of Moses, peace be upon him. The preliminaries of that episode do not concern us; it is this verse we wished to interpret, and we have brought one verse from before it only so the matter may be clear.

The speaker is a believer, or believers, addressing God. What do they say? Pay attention, so that we reach the points in question. They say:

“And ordain for us good in this world and in the Hereafter; indeed, we have turned to You. He said: My punishment — I strike with it whomever I will” — I bring My punishment upon whomever I will and intend.

God’s will, though, is not haphazard [491] and arbitrary — as if He should wish to punish one and not another. No; the Lord’s will too follows criteria and standards that He Himself has laid down. It is the bad, evil-doing person whom God Almighty wishes to punish. "I strike with it whomever I will" — I bring harm; not quite "harm," for the word is "usibu," which means "I make to be struck," except that in the Persian we have rendered it with the word "harm." I bring harm by this punishment of Mine upon whomever I will.

“And My mercy encompasses all things. I shall ordain it for those who are God-fearing and give the alms-due, and for those who believe in Our signs.”

Which ones? "Those who follow the Messenger, the unlettered Prophet (alladhina yattabi’una 'l-rasula 'l-nabiyya 'l-ummi)" — those who follow the Messenger, the unlettered (ummi) Prophet. We have kept ummi in its very form, because its meaning is disputed. Some say ummi means illiterate; some say "of the common folk," of the masses — belonging to the ordinary mass of people, tied only to the mother, untouched by the surrounding cultures; some say "of the Mother of Cities (Umm al-Qura)," that is, Mecca. Because the meaning is contested, and I did not wish to present research on the question, we rendered ummi by the very word "ummi." "The unlettered (al-ummi)" — that unlettered Prophet — "whom they find (alladhi yajidunahu)" — "written down with them (maktuban 'indahum)" — in their own possession — "in the Torah and the Gospel (fi 'l-tawrati wa-'l-injil)" — in the book of the Torah and the book of the Gospel; for these two books gave glad tidings that the Prophet would come.

What is the mark of this Prophet? From here on, pay attention. "He enjoins upon them the good (ya’muruhum bi-'l-ma’ruf)" — he commands them to do good, the virtues recognized by the intellect and by the human primordial nature (fitrah). "And forbids them the evil (wa yanhahum 'ani 'l-munkar)" — he forbids them the wrongdoings, the things the human intellect and nature do not recognize. "And makes the wholesome things lawful for them (wa yuhillu lahumu 'l-tayyibat)" — he makes lawful and permissible for them the wholesome, good things — every good thing there is in the religion. "And forbids them the foul things (wa yuharrimu 'alayhimu 'l-khaba’ith)" — he makes the foul things forbidden to them; that is, he keeps them away from them, holds their hand back from bad things. And this is what the Islamic society is like.

In the Islamic society, everything good for a person — for his mind, his heart, his soul, his body — is within the reach of all. Knowledge, literacy, godfearing-ness, money — whatever is good and beneficial is available to everyone. And whatever is bad for a person is available to no one. "And forbids them the foul things" — either it is kept out of easy reach, or binding laws have removed it from their reach altogether.

“And relieves them of their burden.”

Among the characteristics of the prophet is this: he lifts the heavy load — the heavy load of ignorance, the heavy load of false traditions, the heavy load of foul, inhuman systems, the heavy load of dictatorships and despotisms and tyrannies and exploitations. Every heavy load he lifts from their shoulders.

“And the shackles that were upon them.”

What fetters and chains were these, then? When the prophet was raised up, had a chain been bound to the feet of every one of the people of Mecca? Had a shackle been placed on their necks? Were they all imprisoned? Clearly the shackles and chains were not of iron. They were shackles and chains — but of what kind? Think for yourself and find out. What kind of shackles and chains lay upon the hands and feet and necks of these people? The shackles and chains of bondage, the shackles and chains of submission to coercion, the shackles and chains of human-made traditions, ordinances, and impositions — and the prophet comes and undoes them. What is this but the forming of a human, monotheistic system?

“So those who believe in him, honor him, support him, and follow the light that has been sent down with him — those are the ones who prosper.” The light and radiance sent down with him is this Qur’an, and they follow after it. They are the victorious, the ones who partake of felicity (falah) and who have reached the goal.

18. Session 18: The First Melodies of the Call

نخستین نغمه‌های دعوت — delivered Sunday, 14 Mehr 1353 / 19 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

وَلَقَدۡ بَعَثۡنَا فِي كُلِّ أُمَّةٖ رَّسُولًا أَنِ ٱعۡبُدُواْ ٱللَّهَ وَٱجۡتَنِبُواْ ٱلطَّـٰغُوتَۖ فَمِنۡهُم مَّنۡ هَدَى ٱللَّهُ وَمِنۡهُم مَّنۡ حَقَّتۡ عَلَيۡهِ ٱلضَّلَٰلَةُۚ فَسِيرُواْ فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِ فَٱنظُرُواْ كَيۡفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلۡمُكَذِّبِينَ

"And We did indeed raise up in every nation a messenger, \[proclaiming\]: 'Worship God and shun the Taghut.' Then among them were some whom God guided, and among them were some upon whom error became deserved. So journey through the earth and behold how was the end of those who cried lies."

— Surat al-Nahl (16:36)

In the name of God, the Most Compassionate, the Most Merciful.

Consider the verses appointed for today. The first is from Surat al-Nahl, the sixteenth sura, in the fourteenth juz' — verse thirty-six:

“And We did indeed raise up in every nation a messenger, [saying]: 'Worship God and shun the Taghut.' Among them were some whom God guided, and among them were some upon whom error became deserved. So journey through the earth and behold how was the end of those who cried lies.”[392]

The second passage is from the blessed Surat al-A’raf — an extensive stretch of that sura, the part bearing on our discussion. Because those verses run very long, I could not quote them at full length; of the ones I have in view, I cite only the portion I shall translate for you here. It gives an account of the conversation one of God’s noble prophets — the prophet Hud — held with his people. Before it comes a verse concerning the prophet Noah, and if you follow closely, that verse will serve our purpose in quoting these two together. The first portion is this:

“Indeed We sent Noah to his people, [and he said]: 'O my people, worship God; you have no deity other than Him. Truly I fear for you the punishment of a tremendous day.'”[492]

From here I again pass over the verses that follow, so that we may reach the story of the prophet Hud and the people of 'Ad. I have left out two or three verses that were not the place of our argument, but the ones after them are once again what we need. This is the verse we cite:

“And to 'Ad [We sent] their brother Hud. He said: 'O my people, worship God; you have no deity other than Him. Will you not then guard yourselves [against evil]?' The chiefs of his people who disbelieved said: 'Indeed we see you in foolishness, and indeed we reckon you among the liars.' He said: 'O my people, there is no foolishness in me; rather, I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds. I convey to you the messages of my Lord, and I am to you a faithful, trustworthy counselor'”[493] — and on to the end of the verses.

Today our purpose is to set forth one point: what was the first melody of the prophets' call? From the discussions of these past few days, anyone who has paid attention and given it thought now sees clearly what the prophets are about in this world — for what purpose they have come, how they carry on their work, and by what road they secure their aim. All of this should have grown clear over the course of those discussions. If you find that — God forbid — it has not, turn once more to the written notes. And if even then some ambiguity remains and the matter stays unclear, the fault is mine, for having written the notes deficiently or obscurely. Otherwise, these are the points those notes ought to yield: for what work the prophets come, what the benefit of that work is, and how they secure it. All of this we have already discussed.

Here is today’s discussion. God’s mighty prophets set out to accomplish a great work — to found a monotheistic government and society, to overthrow the order of ignorance and polytheism, to raise up a tremendous resurrection within the fabric of society. These are the aims of the prophets (peace be upon them). But where do they begin? The question of where to begin is exceedingly important. Think of all the undertakings that present themselves to a person, to a group, to a whole society — that we should perform such-and-such an act, carry out such-and-such a plan or program. Sometimes it faces a group, sometimes a handful of people bound to a certain idea or creed, sometimes a nation, sometimes a single individual. Among all these ideas and weighty undertakings, this question is one of the most important of all: from where shall we begin the work? The point of beginning is exceedingly important.

Choose the point of beginning correctly and aptly, and there is much hope this work, this plan, this program will reach its result. Choose it badly, and it is not that the load will never reach its destination and the work never come right — no; it may still arrive, but it will arrive with difficulty. This is why the point of beginning matters most: to a large extent, at a high percentage, it underwrites [494] and guarantees the success of the work that begins from it.

In the case of the prophets' work, knowing their point of beginning matters first because we cannot appraise their work without it. To grasp their work fully, we do well to know this too — where they began. Beyond that, it instructs us. If we have seen that the prophets all acted in one style and by a defined method, that becomes a lesson for us, since we are their followers and the successors of their schools and their way. On several counts, then, this question is worth pursuing.

God’s mighty prophets — as we wrote for you in the handout [495] at the end of the session.] — began by declaring the kernel, the marrow, the foundation and spirit of their school. At the outset of the social and doctrinal revolution and resurrection, the prophets never flattered [496] the people. They never kept the people confused for a time with some other talk, some other slogans, only to bring out the real slogan once they had gained a measure of success — no. From the very first, with sincerity, uprightness, and truthfulness, they declared their real and ultimate aim. And what was that aim? It was Tawhid.

As we explained in the past days, Tawhid is the whole of the school of the prophets (peace be upon them). Tawhid and the knowledge of God serve two ends. On one hand, they are the means of the perfection and exaltation of the human spirit — the lofty, ultimate aim of the prophets. On the other, the plan of Tawhid means bringing about a divine environment: a divine society and order, a just order, a classless order, an order without exploitation, an order without oppression. It means the formation of just such an order. And this is the very fitting environment we were speaking of yesterday — the environment necessary and indispensable for the nurturing of the human being.

Tawhid is the whole of the school of the prophets. Belief in Tawhid, in the existence of God and the oneness of God, secures the final and ultimate aim of the prophets, and also provides the environment they hold necessary for the making of human beings — for the operation of the factory of man-making. Tawhid is the best and most eloquent slogan, because a monotheistic society is a society in which God alone is master and lord. No one other than God acts as lord in it. No being in a monotheistic society imposes upon, lays obligations upon, or legislates for others. No other being in a monotheistic society calls the people to obey itself — not even the Prophet; not even the Prophet, who is the representative of God.

“And [recall] when God said: 'O Jesus son of Mary, did you say to the people: take me and my mother as two gods besides God?'”[497]

God Most High addresses Jesus: did you teach the people such a thing? Did you instruct them to regard you and your mother as God and as objects of worship?

“He said: 'Glory be to You! It is not for me to say that to which I have no right.'” "Glory be to You, my Lord" — Transcendent are You, my Lord; I would never give such a false teaching, such a bad instruction — never. I take refuge in You from saying to the people what is not the truth and is not right.

“If I had said it, You would surely have known it; You know what is within my soul, and I do not know what is within Your soul.”[498]

— to the end of the verse.

There is another verse in this connection, and it is, in fact, more fitting than this one: no prophet has the right to tell the people, "Be servants to me." The content of the verse is this — if you wish to find it in the Kashf al-Ayat [Quranic concordance], the phrase "Be servants to me" is in the verse;[499] you can find this clause there. No prophet has the right to say to the people: O people, be slaves and bondsmen to me. Of course no prophet says this explicitly — "O people, be my slaves and my chattels." What is meant is that no prophet has the right even to call the people to his own command unconditionally; that is the exclusive right of God. And if even the Prophet was like this — if the chosen servant of God has no right to take any liberty within the domain of God’s rule and dominion, if the bearer of the Lord’s revelation cannot summon the people to obey himself in disregard of God — then the case of everyone else is evident. The political powers, the tyrants of history, the bullies who throughout the long span of human life imposed their will upon the people and loaded burdens upon their shoulders — all of these performed an act contrary to Tawhid. Tawhid negates all of this; this is the meaning of Tawhid. And if someone does not grasp this from Tawhid, he certainly either has not studied the question or has not had the requisite understanding of it. This is among the self-evident matters of Quranic Tawhid: Tawhid in worship, Tawhid in obedience — to which I alluded briefly in the discussion of Tawhid. When the prophets enter a society, as soon as they say La ilaha illa Allah [there is no god but God], the thumbs of friend and foe alike are alerted [500] as to what is afoot. Do you follow? This is a very important matter.

Here is what matters. Why did the people of the prophets' time see and feel so sharply, while the people of later times — like you and me — do not? As soon as the prophets came, from the very first step they took, their friends and their enemies stood apart. Consider our own Prophet. From the very first day he descended from the Mountain of Light and the Cave of Hira', and began — in the barren land of that graveyard of virtues — to go forth and lift up the melody of Tawhid, from that very moment they set themselves against him. Only the forms of their opposition differed. From the first his enemies stood out; from the first those who were bound to crush the Prophet understood that they must crush him, and it was hidden from no one. So too with everyone in that other camp who was bound to accept him — those whose perception and divine favor ran deeper. He too understood, from the first and as fast as he could, what the Prophet was saying and what he was calling people to. So from the very moment our Prophet was commissioned, both groups grasped his message: his friends and supporters, those whom he protected and for whom he existed, and his enemies, those whom the Prophet was to strike upon the head. Yet it is a message that you and I have still not properly understood. We must sit down — and here I must labor and cry out — to lay before you the self-evident truths of Islam, truths that are, I will not say new for the first time, but at any rate fresh, more unprecedented, somewhat less familiar than many other matters. What we must stand here and prove, argue, and clarify before you, the desert Arab or the townsman of the Prophet’s day grasped in the very first sentence.

Today we must tell you that the spirit of Tawhid consists of the negation of every power other than the power of the Lord. Abu Lahab understood this very point at the very, very first. Walid ibn al-Mughira al-Makhzumi, the lord of Quraysh; Abu Jahl,[501]. He undertook many measures to prevent the spread of Islam, including the design of an unsuccessful plot to kill the Noble Prophet with the participation of various tribes. He was finally killed, together with a number of the chiefs of polytheism, at the Battle of Badr.] another lord of Quraysh; and likewise Umayya ibn So-and-so, and others besides, the lords of Quraysh — they were the first to understand this matter. They understood that this one who says La ilaha illa Allah, this one who says there is no lord, no object of worship, except God, was not calling people merely to a doctrinal matter, but to a social one as well: the abolition of Umayya ibn Khalaf,[502], together with one of his sons, was killed at the hands of the Muslims at the Battle of Badr.] the abolition of Walid ibn al-Mughira, the abolition of 'As ibn Wa’il,[503]. In response to him, God revealed the Sura of al-Kawthar. He has been mentioned as the father of 'Amr al-'As, the minister of Mu’awiya.] the abolition of So-and-so, So-and-so, So-and-so, the abolition of the lords of Quraysh. This they understood first; and because they understood, they opposed it.

Do you imagine that the disbelievers of Quraysh, the ringleaders of disbelief and error, opposed the Prophet for any reason but this — that they saw their own rank and social position in danger? Were their hearts aching for the idols? Were they that devout? We have never seen, among the upper classes of society, at any time, people who were truly believing, devotedly self-sacrificing for religion, for the sacred — any religion, any sacred thing. Whoever throughout time has claimed this has spoken vainly; experience has shown that he is lying. In a class such as the class of 'As ibn So-and-so and Umayya ibn So-and-so and Walid ibn So-and-so, it makes no sense at all that there should be people so attached and devoted to their religion that now, because the Prophet has shown insolence to their idols, they should, say, tear the Prophet to pieces, oppose him, contend with him. No faith that strong exists in them, or could. Of course, there was a little belief, there was bigotry — but the social considerations outweighed all else.

They saw that Tawhid would destroy the palace of their mastery and chieftainship. They saw that the negation of the false gods, the negation of the lords — that is, the founding of a monotheistic society — meant the exclusive sovereignty of God and exclusive obedience to God. They saw that Tawhid means the equality of human beings before the Lord of the worlds: if a person, a society, an order is based on Tawhid, then in that order there is no discrimination, no class difference, no oppression. They understood this, and because they understood it and would not come to terms with such an order, they opposed it. Their like is Pharaoh; their like is Nimrod; their like is the chiefs of the Children of Israel in the time of Jesus; their like is the affair of 'Ad and Thamud; their like is all the prophets whom the Quran has mentioned by way of a firm and solid testimony. When the Prophet enters society and says that there is no god but God — his first word is this word — they begin at once to draw up their ranks against it, to oppose it, to set themselves against it, even to destroy him; in some cases the matter did lead to his destruction.

The first melody of the prophets' call, the point where their work begins, is the proclamation of Tawhid; they utter the last word first. The schools and political parties of the world that have no connection with God and religion have no message that could justify keeping people chasing after "black chickpeas" [i.e., a fool’s errand] for years on end, warming their heads with hollow, empty slogans, gladdening them with vain hopes — only for us to see at last that the object and aim was never these things from the start, that the quarrel was over Mullah Nasr al-Din’s quilt.[504] They have no real message. The prophets do. Straightforwardly and squarely, honestly and plainly, they declare the matter from the first. From the first they tell the people what their purpose is — the higher classes and the lower classes alike. From the first they say: we wish to bring those at the top down, to bring those at the bottom up, to make them all equal. From the very first they say this.

What is the benefit of speaking this way? What harm is there in the prophets' first putting the people off with delay?[505] They could string the people along for a time, talk hollow talk for a time, make out that the people want what in fact they do not want, and then at the end secure their aim — what obstacle is there in that? The obstacle is that religion is bound up with awareness and insight. Religious faith, if it is blind and unaware, is of no benefit. Religion wants everyone who embraces it, everyone who enters its region, to know from the start where he is going and what work he is pursuing. Even that desert Arab who is uninformed about everything knows, from the first hour he comes to the Prophet and becomes a Muslim, what he wants; he is not pursuing an absolute unknown; he understands what he wants. This is the very reason he endures so, and is patient. This is the very reason he bears all that suffering and torture and hardship — because he knows what he is doing. And always — in struggles, in clashes [506] and conflicts, throughout the whole of history and everywhere in the world — the person who takes action will grow weary in those first moments if he is not aware, if he does not know what he wants, if he does not know what aim and what beloved he is running after. And this is only natural.

A group of people are running with great fervor; you are idle, walking along the street; you see them running, and you run too. After a few paces, you have the right to ask yourself, and you certainly will: why am I running? Where am I going, after all? We have run, we have panted for an hour — and what then? That thought breeds slackness in you. But they know where they are running. Suppose they are travelers whose vehicle is about to depart, and they are running to catch it. They are running to reach such-and-such goods in such-and-such a shop; the goal is clear to them. Until they reach it, they do not grow weary; and even if they do, they drag themselves there with effort, in proportion to how much that goal is worth to them. But you, who do not know why they were running, do not know what their goal was, just aimlessly fell in behind them and ran along for a while — at once you reflect to yourself, and even if you do not, they plant the thought in your mind: "Sir, why? For what? For the sake of whose heart?" There a person grows cold — unless he is aware, unless he has set out from insight.

Consider why a young man, comfortable and at ease, would kick aside everything that has value and importance for a human being, everything that was a means of his comfort and ease, and not regret it. Yasir and Sumayya, that woman and that man, that father and mother, those two exemplary Muslims — the father and mother of 'Ammar — kicked aside all the beauties of life and gave up their lives. How glorious these lives are! The cause of it was that it sprang from insight.

A while ago — a year or two or three back, I think — I read a Persian book about 'Ammar and Yasir, written by an Egyptian author. I found one or two mistakes in it, but it is a fascinating book. It is a book on the biography of 'Ammar Yasir and of his father and mother, Yasir and Sumayya. I think it is by Taha Husayn,[507] or by one of these same Egyptian writers, and Mr. Ahmad Aram [508] in providing sound and faithful translations. After graduating from the Dar al-Funun, he entered the field of law but, after a time, abandoned it and busied himself with the study of medicine. In his final year, he abandoned medicine too and entered cultural activities. The master was one of the first authors of textbooks and educational books. He translated more than 140 titles from the English, French, and Arabic languages into Persian, including: the al-Hayat collection of narrations, The History of Science, the commentary Fi Zilal al-Qur’an, and others.] has translated it into Persian — a fascinating translation too. As I said, I found one or two mistakes in it, but on the whole it is very interesting. Read this book — its title is Va’da-yi Rast ["The True Promise"] — and see how, out of insight and perception and awareness, this faith had penetrated their hearts. See how vividly it explains the state of Yasir’s faith, how this man came to believe, and 'Ammar too, and their striving. First the wife believes; then she brings her husband to faith. It is an uproar, it is a whole affair. Without insight, they would never have endured.

From the very first, the religions declare the final word plainly — from the first they say why they have come, and hide nothing. And they do it for a reason: so that those who embrace religion and attach themselves to it enter out of awareness, out of insight, with no illusions warming their heads. This is the exact opposite of what is customary today in the world of religion. There, insight and awareness are a crime — a crime. And here is the strange thing: the religious person and the anti-religious person arrive at one and the same conclusion on certain religious questions. Both groups have come to believe, as it were, that religion means not understanding, that religion means not thinking at all, closing the eyes and ears. In appearance we say — and the religious say — that the principles of religion are demonstrative, that in the principles of religion no one should imitate anyone. But just dare not to imitate; dare to step a hair’s breadth away from imitation in some corner of the principles of religion, and see how at once you will be technically knocked out. We have all come to believe that religion means walking a road without insight, without awareness, without perception, with eyes closed, in servile blindness. Because we have heard and know that in the branches of religion [furu'] one must refer to a specialist, recognize the specialist, and follow him, we have imagined religion is everywhere like this — whereas it is exactly the reverse, exactly the reverse; the two differ by a hundred and eighty degrees.

Religion is fundamentally [a matter] of awareness and insight. It does not tell anyone: accept it for now, and go investigate later — never; in the world of religion there is no such talk. Even if you suppose you have accepted it, so long as your heart has not accepted it and it has not come out of awareness, you have not truly accepted it. And even if you have accepted religion, religion has not accepted you — not until your acceptance rises from insight and awareness. For religion sets a value on awareness, a worth on insight, a higher and loftier station on the person of insight. It wishes that all, from the first moment they turn toward God, turn consciously. It is for these purposes that the prophets, from the very start, declare their own aim.

There is another point we can draw from this. What we conclude in this discussion comes down to two or three matters. One of them was the very thing I just stated — that religion regards awareness and insight as fundamental and does not accept the unaware Muslim. Here is the second. Consider the followers of the prophets, those who regard themselves as the inheritors of the prophethoods — and not only the scholars. The scholars are, of course, the inheritors of the prophets, but all the divinely-oriented people of the world are reckoned among them too: everyone who walks in the path of Tawhid and accepts Tawhid as a [binding] resolution is a follower of Abraham, a follower of Moses, a follower of Jesus, and a follower of all the other dear and noble prophets of God. By what road do these followers of the prophets wish to enter? Where do they wish to begin — better, more decisive, and more fruitful than the point from which the prophets began?

Why, today, when religion is spoken of, do we not put Tawhid forward first? Why? This is a question that must be asked — is it not so? Wherever there is talk of religion, what percentage of the talk is of Tawhid? To make our own people religious — our own society, our own world — why do we not begin where the prophets began? We wish to make the people of the world believe in the religion of Islam, yet we enter by a road other than the one the prophets took. We must put forward Tawhid — the very Tawhid the prophets put forward. We may not be able to bring about that resurrection on the world horizon, on the international level — and of course we cannot do it easily — but at least we can tell the people, on that same international level and world horizon, that the aim and goal of the prophets is to bring about such a resurrection. This much we can say. Why do we not put it forward?

Why do religious speakers, instead of beginning from Tawhid — both in thought and in practice — busy themselves with secondary, second- and third-rank matters? This is a very noteworthy and important question. Often it is said to us: "Sir! If you have an objection to some of the religious propaganda, why do you not take it up with the propagandists themselves?" The answer is this: where are we to find the propagandists? Those whose manner of delivery we criticize — where are we to find them? And how much enforceable weight does our friendly, well-meaning advice carry?

Let me say this to you, however. I firmly believe in the authenticity of religious propaganda, and in the authenticity and necessity of the standard-bearers of religion — that is, the august clergy of the Shi’a. I love the clergy very much, and I believe the cleric is necessary. By "clergy" — though the word "clergy" [ruhaniyyat] is a mistaken one, I use it because it is common and current — I mean the scholarly and religious community of the Shi’a, the very body our dear clerics today belong to. And I believe that if this community did not exist today in the world of Islam, the affairs of the Muslims would become even more pitiable than they are. In short, some group must be girded for understanding and expounding the teachings of Islam, and that is precisely this scholarly and religious community. A young man, a tradesman, someone who has not made this work his special field may sometimes think, investigate, even express it or write it down — and may God confirm and preserve those who render these services to Islam — but he is not a permanent worker; he is an amateur [509] at this work. A professional is needed. There must be someone whose profession is this, whose specialty is this, whose work is this — and that is the scholarly and religious community of the Shi’a, that is, the clerics.

Therefore let there be no doubt about the existence of these people, their authenticity, their necessity — you, my young friends, who know that I do not speak out of bigotry but out of realism. The existence of an entity called the clergy is necessary; it is among the most necessary of necessities. But we also have this right, and we grant it to ourselves, to say a word to those who today stand in this path, in this garb.[510] We acknowledge that a number of them act exactly as we would wish — a number of the clerics and propagandists truly act as they should. Yet there are also some who simply pay no attention, in any way, to the fact that today their starting point is not the starting point of the prophets' work. Matters of the tenth rank, of the eighth rank, of the fifth rank have, for them, more value and worth than the question of Tawhid — than the exposition of the Quran, than the principles of religion, than the lofty teachings of Islam.

A cleric is ready to discuss for hours how Nakir and Munkar [the two angels of the grave] come into the grave: do they stand on a person’s right side, or on his left, or facing him, or what? Yet knowing or not knowing this has not a particle of effect on a person’s being a Muslim, not the slightest effect on how we act and on the fulfillment of our Islamic commitments. And of this sort of question there are very many. These, too, they bring into the reckoning [511] of the necessities of religion; they put them forward like the first-rank matters of religion, yet they are never ready to give thought to this one question: Tawhid’s proposal for the form of society, for the social order — what is it? Does it have a proposal or not? Our message is that these tasks must be placed in the first rank.

Here is one lesson we take from the work of the prophets and from where their call began: we too must make our own starting point the very starting point of the prophets. Even if we cannot accomplish the prophets' resurrection, we can at least say what that resurrection was, what the prophets aimed at, what road they walked; we can explain it — this much we can indeed do. When there is a discussion about the Prophet of the End of Time, preference goes to matters of the fourth and fifth rank in the life of that great one — for example, the question of the Messenger of God’s casting no shadow. There is a narration in the Khisal of Saduq that the Messenger of God (may God’s blessings be upon him and his family), when he walked, used to see behind him. But Saduq himself says in the footnote what is meant: that the Messenger of God was so alert, so intelligent and watchful, like a person who continually sees everything around him. Some people walk down the street dazed and stupefied; someone behind them makes faces and mimics them, and you could walk behind such a man for an hour and he would never notice. With others, you cannot pull such things off behind their backs. He is intelligent, he is attentive, he is watchful of everything around him; the slightest gesture, the slightest movement, near him or behind him, draws his eye. So Saduq says: the Prophet was an intelligent, discerning [512] man.

This is Saduq’s statement, mind you — the statement of Muhammad ibn 'Ali ibn Babawayh al-Qummi, a traditionist [muhaddith] of eleven hundred years ago, one of the greatest scholars of the Shi’a, a man whose books have stood at the height of fame from a thousand years ago until now. This very 'Uyun Akhbar al-Rida, Ikmal al-Din, Man La Yahduruhu [al-Faqih], and Khisal, Amali — dozens of books by this great one are now printed and extant, among the highest source-texts of the Shi’a. This is the man whose opinion it is. Now, I am not concerned with whether the opinion is correct or not. But they are ready to put it forward and debate it — the opinion itself, the criticism of it, this traditionist’s view of it, that one’s. Yet as to what the noble Prophet had come for at all — what his proposal was for the shape of society, what he said about government, what his view was on how human beings should be raised: did he consider individual upbringing enough, or did he hold social upbringing to be necessary? — these things are never raised at all. That is exactly the point.

Today is not a day on which the world of Islam can bear delay in these matters. Today we do not have that abundance of time; we do not have that opportunity; today our patient is in his death-throes — his hour is late. Today we must put forward, ahead of all else, whatever is most necessary; and whatever is a hair’s breadth less necessary must fall a hair’s breadth behind. Every breath and every hour of today weighs heavily on us, and counts for much.

Yes — leave those detailed, extensive theological discussions about the particulars of the second- and third- and fourth-rank teachings of Islam for the day when we have no other work to do, when we have at least solved these first tasks. And one last word: if you do not accept this advice from us, at least do not take offense that we gave it. That is yet another matter — for the best of people is the one who does not take offense at receiving advice.

So the starting point of the prophets' call is Tawhid. As for the witness we cited from the Quran for this meaning, one is Surat al-Nahl, and its verse is this:

“And We did indeed raise up in every nation a messenger” — We raised up in every nation a prophet.

And what was the message of this prophet and messenger? His proclamation was this: “Worship God and shun the Taghut”. This is the first word of the prophets.

The moment they arrive, before they have even shaken off the dust of the road, their message is this: "Worship God and shun the Taghut."

The Taghut is the rival of God. The Taghut is whatever stands horn to horn against God and the command of God — whoever it is. Sometimes this Taghut is your own self;

Hadith: «Your most hostile enemy is your own self, which is between your two sides.»[513]

Sometimes the Taghut is that very babbling [514] heart of yours. Sometimes it is the caprice that drives you day and night. Sometimes a person’s love of mastery is his Taghut; his arrogance is his Taghut. And sometimes the Taghut is a power outside the human being’s existence — a power that expands in widening circles and rises up. In every case, when the prophets came, they said God, not Taghut. The first sentence they uttered was this: worship and serve God, and turn away from the Taghut.

“Then among them were some whom God guided” — some of them God guided; “and among them were some upon whom error became deserved” — and some were those upon whom error and misguidance were laid.

“So journey through the earth and behold how was the end of those who cried lies.” See what became of those upon whom error was laid, who called the Prophet a liar and did not accept his guidance. Behold the fallen civilizations; behold the ruined countries and cities; behold Babylon and Assyria and Chaldea,[515] destroyed, of which nothing remained but a name in the column of history. Behold the power of the Pharaohs of Egypt — how Egyptian society was rolled up like a scroll. This is what the Quran speaks of: behold the nations and countries that did not lend an ear to the word of the prophet, and see what their end became — they are doomed to extinction. The talk is not even of a miracle. In the earliest age, of course, miracles used to come, because the doomed had to disappear quickly: it could not be allowed that, with the passage of ages [516] and days, the people of 'Ad, for instance, should be brought to perdition only slowly. So there God would send down chastisement upon them — the blowing of a wind, an earthquake, a flood, something — and remove them from existence.

But, generally speaking, until the end of the world this holds: any nation that does not move along the course of religion will be destroyed. Not that its people will all die — no; the destruction of a nation means the destruction of its national organization. They are absorbed, they are digested, they become part of other nations, and their nationhood vanishes entirely. Today, find where the nationhood of Chaldea is, where the nationhood of Assyria is, where the nationhood of Babylon is. These great civilizations of history, the first human civilizations — where are they? Where are they? Is there any trace of them at all?

“Behold how was the end of those who cried lies.”

That was in Surat al-Nahl; now Surat al-A’raf.

Surat al-Nahl speaks generally: "And We did indeed raise up in every nation a messenger" — in every nation We sent a prophet. But Surat al-A’raf names the prophets one by one. It begins with Noah:

“Indeed We sent Noah to his people” — “He said: O my people, worship God.”

See — his very first word is this: O my people, "Worship God". "You have no deity other than Him" — He is the true object of worship. "Truly I fear for you the punishment of a tremendous day". Then his people answered that they would not accept, and there followed the affair of the Flood; but those parts were not our subject here, until the turn again reaches 'Ad.

“And to 'Ad [We sent] their brother Hud”[517] — We sent to the people of 'Ad their brother Hud.

Now the people of 'Ad are among those most ancient peoples — perhaps prehistoric — for it has never been correctly established who they were or in what era; they come after the Flood of Noah, belonging to the very, very ancient.

“And you skillfully hew out houses from the mountains.”[518][519]

This is about the people of 'Ad, apparently — that they carved houses into the mountains; one need not deem it far-fetched that this belongs to the late Stone Age, which some materialist scholars have described and depicted. At any rate, they belong to the very ancient. They had a prophet named Hud, who likewise said to them this same thing:

“He said: O my people, worship God; you have no deity other than Him” — O people, worship God, for you have no god besides Him.

Notice, too, how this statement makes utterly false the theory of those who claim that Tawhid and religion in general arose from the natural condition of human beings, out of their ignorance and foolishness — that religion only gradually arrived at Tawhid. They say the peoples were polytheists at first — some of these sociologists who speak by rote. It is a very bad thing to speak by rote [520] — like someone who sets out to describe the Mosque of Imam Hasan al-Mujtaba, to describe this building, without ever having come near it. He begins: yes, I see the Mosque of Imam Hasan thus — these marble stones cover all its wainscot,[521] that extends from the ledge down to the floor.] the chandeliers hang in such a manner, the walls are decorated with such beauty. But he has not seen it. He has heard that the Mosque of Imam Hasan draws a large crowd and, on conjecture, imagined it must be like this — whereas the moment he stepped inside, you would see: no indeed, it has neither roof nor wall!

In matters of sociology, if someone speaks without study, by rote, the result is exactly this: a cause for ridicule. They speak about the interpretation of history without having studied an important part of it. They speak about the phenomena of religion and creed without paying attention to the religions of history. This is a religion that existed perhaps tens of thousands of years ago. Or, if we take that famous date found among the narrations as reliable — that seven or eight thousand years have passed since the descent of Adam — then suppose this was perhaps six or seven thousand years ago. And these people solemnly recount the chronicle: first there was polytheism, and then Tawhid appeared. But no: we see that from antiquity, Tawhid was already there.

“Will you not then guard yourselves [against evil]?”

— O my people, will you not show piety? He wanted to make Tawhid acceptable to them, to help them understand it. Here I have cited the conversation of his people with the prophet Hud. I read it from the Quran and give a brief translation:

“The chiefs of his people who disbelieved said:”[522] “Indeed we see you in foolishness” “and indeed we reckon you among the liars”

This is among the accusations that, throughout history, have been directed against those who call to the truth. One of my discussions on prophethood takes up precisely this — perhaps the last chapter — what kind of slanders were cast at the prophets, and what they amounted to; it is a side discussion. They say: you are a foolish man; they accuse him of ignorance.

“He said: O my people, there is no foolishness in me”[523]; “rather, I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds”

In the face of their accusation and their improper speech, he repeated his true statement.

“I convey to you the messages of my Lord”[524], “and I am to you a faithful, trustworthy counselor”

I desire your good, I desire your growth, I desire your progress — for I call you to God and Tawhid.

“Do you marvel that a reminder from your Lord has come to you by means of a man from among yourselves, that he may warn you?”[525]

Do you marvel that a reminder from your Lord came to you, by means of a man from your very selves, to warn you? That is, do you find it astonishing that an ordinary person, in this same garb of yours, should attain the station of prophethood and messengership?

Then he directs them to a historical matter: “And remember when He made you successors after the people of Noah” — that sinful people — “and increased you abundantly in stature” — in your very creation He gave you greater strength — “so remember the bounties of God, that perhaps you may prosper”.

“They said: Have you come to us”[526] — see how the enemy too grasps at once what the exclusive worship of God means. “They said: Have you come to us that we should worship God alone?” “And forsake what our fathers used to worship?” — and set aside the idols our fathers worshipped, inanimate and animate both? “Then bring upon us that with which you threaten us” “if you are among the truthful”.

“He said: There has [already] befallen you defilement and wrath from your Lord.”[527]

There has befallen you defilement and wrath: a defilement within your own beings, and a wrath from your Lord that has overtaken you. You are wretched.

“Do you dispute with me concerning names that you have named, you and your fathers?” Do you argue with me over hollow, marrowless names that you and your fathers coined and fabricated — names you fastened onto a being you yourselves made and to which you granted power? For its sake you dispute with me?

“for which God has sent down no authority [sultan]” — concerning which God has sent down no sultan, that is, no power — or no proof.

We have written down both meanings: hujja means a proof and argument; and sultan carries both the sense of power and the sense of hujja, that is, proof and argument. Here both can hold. On the first, we say that God Most High has sent you no proof or argument for the correctness and soundness of these gods and lords of yours. On the second, we say instead that God has given them no power at all — and these abject, helpless beings, to which God gave no power whatsoever, you place at God’s side.

“Then wait; indeed I am with you among those who wait.” He said these things; then the chastisement of the Lord came down.

19. Session 19: The Opposing Groups

گروه‌های معارض — delivered Monday, 15 Mehr 1353 / 20 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلۡنَا لِكُلِّ نَبِيٍّ عَدُوّٗا شَيَٰطِينَ ٱلۡإِنسِ وَٱلۡجِنِّ يُوحِي بَعۡضُهُمۡ إِلَىٰ بَعۡضٖ زُخۡرُفَ ٱلۡقَوۡلِ غُرُورٗاۚ وَلَوۡ شَآءَ رَبُّكَ مَا فَعَلُوهُۖ فَذَرۡهُمۡ وَمَا يَفۡتَرُونَ وَلِتَصۡغَىٰٓ إِلَيۡهِ أَفۡـِٔدَةُ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤۡمِنُونَ بِٱلۡأٓخِرَةِ وَلِيَرۡضَوۡهُ وَلِيَقۡتَرِفُواْ مَا هُم مُّقۡتَرِفُونَ

"And thus We have appointed for every prophet an enemy — devils from among mankind and the jinn, inspiring one another with embellished speech in delusion. Had your Lord willed, they would not have done it; so leave them and what they fabricate. And [it is] so that the hearts of those who do not believe in the Hereafter may incline toward it, and be pleased with it, and so that they may commit what they are committing."

— Surat al-An’am (6:112-113)

We said that prophethood is a social resurrection, and that one of the principles of this resurrection is the negation of social classes: in the environment the Prophet of God builds and shapes, there is no class of the weak, the enslaved, the destitute, and the deprived on one side, and a class of the powerful, the bullies, and the privileged on the other.

As we know from our own Islam — and indeed all the heavenly religions are essentially of the same character — Islam has never posited, never even imagined, a situation in which one person, because he is weak, because he is powerless, would be unable to obtain his own rightful due. Such a supposition has no place among the suppositions of an Islamic government and of a monotheistic, divine order. This is why He says: «لن تقدس امة لا یؤخذ فیها للضعیف حقه غیر متعتع» ("No community will be sanctified in which the weak one cannot take his right without stammering")[528] — meaning this: suppose in some society a person is weak — not at the head of some power, not holding one of the political or social posts — and that ordinary person cannot take his right without a stammer of the tongue. Then know that such a society is not a saved, successful, victorious society. And even if the weak one took his right but took it with a stammer of the tongue — went and stood there, and his tongue stuck a little, and his face flushed a little — this too is of no use. Does a child of his own house, going toward the kitchen, toward the food and the storehouse and the source of food, to take the food that is his by right, feel any shame, any sense of humiliation, any sense of being a burden? Certainly not.

In a society shaped the way Islam teaches and instructs us, and the way it wishes us actually to act, the situation is like this: all are children of one environment and members of one body, without any difference or distinction whatsoever. This means that the Islamic ruler — even one like the Commander of the Faithful (may God’s blessings be upon him) — has, in the Islamic society, exactly as much right and exactly the same rights as any one of the individuals of the common people, and only that much right.

In the Islamic society, the very highest authorities cannot use force, bullying, or even harsh speech against an ordinary human being. Consider how far this went. Even in a period when the course of the Islamic society had changed and, according to our belief, had drifted away from the axis of divine and authentic vicegerency — that is, away from the axis of the imamate of the Commander of the Faithful (may God’s blessings and peace be upon him) — even then, this held. A governor, a powerful man, ruled some region far from the Islamic capital; his son — not he himself — struck a single lash against an Arab. At that, a high-spirited Arab gets up and crosses that whole distance, comes to Medina to seek justice and to file his complaint. The caliph writes to the governor that both the governor and his son must come; he does not say "Send your son alone" so that the governor might excuse himself in reply and say "I am unwell at the moment" — no, the governor himself must come too. The governor and his son both come. When the caliph asks them why he harmed this Arab and struck him with a whip, the son of the governor says: "O Commander of the Faithful, O caliph! Tell him to bring a witness." He turned and said: "His witness is precisely this — that with such hardship he rose up from Egypt and came all the way to Medina. In the desert, where would he bring a witness from? Should he find four upright witnesses to attest that you struck him in the desert?! If you struck him in the lonely desert, what is he to do? Had you not struck him, this motive would not have arisen in him to rise up all that distance from Egypt and come on foot to Medina to complain to me. Lay him down." They stretched the governor’s son out in the mosque and began to flog him. When the son rose up, [the caliph] said, "Lay the father down too." The clamor and outcry of 'Amr ibn al-'As went up — the governor was 'Amr ibn al-'As — "Me, why? You say my son struck him; why are you striking me?" He said: "For the reason that your son struck him relying on you, struck him relying on your power. Had you not been his father, had you not held power, had you not been his protector and supporter, he would have struck his own head against a stone[529] before striking this Arab in the desert. Lay him down." For whose time was this? This was the time when Islam had already separated from the God-willed course, when our Commander of the Faithful was not in office. Those who were in office — we do not grant them the right of vicegerency — and yet, even so, it was like this.

This is the Islamic society. I have said these things with a purpose: I want you to draw the conclusion from today’s discussion yourselves, not to take it from me. Before I even say what comes next in this discussion, you should already be arriving at the very same conclusion.

This is the society that Islam wants — and every monotheistic religion in the world wants the same — a society with no force, no bullying, no piling up of wealth alongside the deprivation of the destitute. This very school, this very religion, says: «ما رأیت ثروة مجموعة الا و فی جانبها حق مضیع» ("I never saw a heaped-up fortune except that beside it I saw a right that had been wasted").[530] If wealth were distributed per capita, this much would never reach Mr. Rockefeller.[531] The reason so much has reached him is that he has piled his own share on top of the share of ten million other people, twenty million other people, until it grew to this. A ten-millionth of it is his; a hundred-thousandth is his. «ما رأیت ثروة مجموعة الا و فی جانبها حق مضیع».

The Islamic society, the ideal society by the logic of the monotheistic religions, is exactly this kind of society: no force, no bully, no one wielding power over another. Should anyone try to use force, they will not let him. Should anyone try to spread class difference in a society built on the Islamic order, they will not let him do it. Why? Because this order was one the Prophet had built. You have seen these skilled tailors — when they fashion a garment, it may be torn and tattered, riddled with holes throughout, and yet its seams have not come undone, its cut has not been lost. The Islamic society they punctured with holes again and again, yet the cut of the society held. Its tailor is the Prophet; its architect and craftsman is the capable hand of the Messenger of God. The God-willed, God-made, Prophet-made order is an order of this kind: no force, no bullying, no exploitation, no despotism, no absolute rule of one person or one group over others. In such a society — which God wants, and of which He says people must be gathered together in this form — there is no ignorance, no superstition-worship. In this community the people are all bound to think. They must each find their own path; and once they have found it, they must tread it.

In that society all are duty-bound to defend the rights of the weak, the deprived, and the oppressed. No one there has the right to say, "My own interests are enough for me, my own troubles are enough for me; I have no time to attend to anyone else’s affairs" — because all are together, all parts and members and limbs of one body. Can they speak this way? In that society there is no laziness, no division and discord, no blind submission that moves sightlessly after Zayd and 'Amr and Bakr. This is the society the Prophet wishes to build, with his powerful hand and with the teaching and inspiration of God’s revelation. Its great characteristics, its main outlines, are these: knowledge and awareness; justice and equity; a single class; the negation of social classes; the negation of exploitation; the negation of the accumulation of wealth; the negation of despotism and absolute rule; the negation of taking the side of falsehood; and the obligation to take the side of right and truth. These are the features of this society.

Here is the main point of my words, and it connects to today’s discussion.

Suppose a prophet comes into an ignorant society and states his message: he declares his aim, says what kind of society he wants to build, says how he wants to arrange the social order. If a prophet speaks these words, who will struggle against him in this ignorant community?

I have said what kind of society the Prophet wants to build. So it is very clear who will oppose him and struggle against him. The first to struggle against the Prophet are those who live off class difference. They are alive because they can milk a group of people, because they can wrongfully use the energies of a group of innocent human beings. If they were placed in the same rank, the same class, as those human beings, then off whom would they live? Whom would they milk after that? These become opponents.

Another group who will oppose this prophet’s call, and the establishment of such a society, are the wealth-hoarders. They are eager to pull money out of this one’s pocket, that one’s pocket, out of the knotted handkerchief of some deprived old woman, from the bottom of the cash-box of some grocer, from the meager till of some street vendor, and to pour it into their own enormous, infinite purses. By founding usurious institutions, by establishing a system of usury and taking interest[532] on money, they are eager to turn every business, every trade, all economic activity, in the end to their own profit. Is it not so? Sir, what is your occupation? You are a tradesman in this bazaar; whatever business you do — if you tell me, so many percent of it is for you, so many percent for such-and-such bank and so-and-so and so-and-so. See how much credit you have used, see how much interest you are paying, and then see for whom you are running.

When the system was a usurious system, when everyone in a society pays interest while a group take interest and devour it, then all the businesses turn to the profit of the usurious institutions. And in such a society — where wealth and wealth-hoarding are the noble, legitimate occupation of a group of human beings who consume and lord it over others — suppose a prophet comes, a reformer comes, and says, "Sir, wealth-hoarding is forbidden!" Then it is obvious this one will oppose that prophet; it is quite natural. So this too is one group.

One group, then, are the wealth-hoarders who will struggle against this prophet. Another group are the despotic rulers who will struggle against this prophetic call and divine mission — because the moment «لا اله الا الله» enters a society in its true form, its meaning is that Pharaoh has risen up out of that society and departed; either he has gone, or he has become one of the ordinary individuals of the people. This, after all, is the meaning of «لا اله الا الله». If «لا اله الا الله» becomes, in its true form, the source of the building of a society, then in that society, formed on the basis of «لا اله الا الله», it is God who stands at the apex of the pyramid, not Pharaoh. God is placed there — not Pharaoh and Haman, not Nimrod, not Shaddad,[533] not Mu’awiyah. So it is very clear that Pharaoh and Nimrod and the other despotic powers of history will struggle vehemently against the prophets' call to establish such a society. This too is one class of the opponents who struggle against the prophethoods.

Yet another class are the rabbis and the monks — those who work on people’s minds. Throughout history the rabbis and monks try to keep the people in ignorance, and they do it to protect the social standing they draw from the teaching they hand the people. Because if that teaching were sound — a teaching that builds lives, awakens, enlightens — then this class too could no longer keep its lordship, its spiritual leadership, its privileges of wealth and prestige. Jesus son of Mary — his struggle was with the rabbis and monks long before it ever reached the Roman emperor, for in his own time it never reached [the emperor]. Who was it that did not want the Messianic call to take root in the corrupt Jewish society of that day? The rabbis of the Jews, the scholars of the Jews — and they knew Jesus well.

In the era of Islam’s rise, who was it that did not want the prophetic movement, the Muhammadan movement and the Islamic mission, to take root? Those for whom, once the Prophet came, once those sound teachings came — once that pure, delicious, thirst-quenching wellspring of Islam came and filled the minds to overflowing, opened the eyes, and lifted away every ambiguity — there would be no more room for lordship and a comfortable life. It is plain: where Islam is, the fabrications of Ka’b al-Ahbar[534] and 'Abd Allah ibn Salam[535] lose all color and luster. When the sun of truth shines upon the precinct of human minds and thoughts, their superstitions and their darknesses dissolve and vanish of themselves. So the moment a prophet comes — the moment that prophetic society founded on awareness, on knowledge and clear-sightedness and free thought and enlightenment, that divine, monotheistic society, first begins to play its tune — the rabbis and the monks are among the first to sense the danger. The people’s awareness works against them, and against the powers allied with them. Both they and their allies suffer harm — and those allied powers need not even be religious powers; they may be political powers, and they too suffer harm, and so they too sense the danger.

I read this in that letter of the Fourth Imam (may God’s blessings be upon him) to Muhammad ibn Shihab al-Zuhri. In it the Imam (peace be upon him) draws for al-Zuhri a picture so vivid that only today do we newly understand the very thing he explained that day — today, when we, in the twentieth century, turn back to history and watch religious and political forces coalesce to crush nations, destroy talents, and trample the rights of the masses. «و اعلم ان ادنیٰ ما کتمت و اخف ما احتملت ان آنست وحشة الظالم و سهلت له طریق الغی بدنوک منه حین دنوت و اجابتک له حین دعیت» ("And know that the least thing you have concealed and the lightest burden you have borne is that you befriended the desolation of the oppressor [grew familiar with him and kept him company] and smoothed for him the path of error by your drawing near to him when you drew near, and by your answering him when you were called").[536] This letter is in Tuhaf al-'Uqul, and its full exposition would take long — Muhammad ibn Muslim and Muhammad ibn Shihab are one and the same person, named after his father Muslim and after his father’s grandfather Shihab.[537]

In short, then, one of the groups whom the coming of the prophet alarms and terrifies is this very group: the masters of religion — not the real religion, but the false, superstitious one. These too were among those who fought the prophets' missions and their liberating calls with everything they had. We see it in the call of Islam itself; we see it also in the affair of Abraham, the Friend of the Merciful — for when all the attendants of the idol-temples saw that the idols had been broken, they cried, "Who has done this to them?" and raised an uproar; and it was those very people who incited Nimrod to cast Abraham into the fire. The ordinary people knew nothing of the idol-temple; the idol-temple has a priest, it has attendants. It was those very people who, when Moses son of 'Imran appeared in the Pharaonic society, reassured Pharaoh and emboldened him, saying, "We, by our own magic, by our own soothsaying,[538] will nullify his magic." It was those very people who, in the call of Jesus (peace be upon him), formed the greatest opposition, the front against Jesus, and blocked his call. Look — this ordinary Gospel, these very Gospels that are in hand — look, even with all the distortions, these things are there; these historical portions can still tell us the historical realities of that time. And again, it was these very people who, in the call of Islam — in the many stories you have heard — kept coming to pose questions, to test, to set people upon the Prophet; to stage the mubahalah (the mutual imprecation) with the Christians of Najran and the like; to reassure the people and bind them to the rotten, ancient stuff they possessed.

When a new idea is raised in a society, the course of human thought is bound to move toward greater comprehension and awareness. That is the nature of the matter — the nature of the human being: old and young must set out after this new current of thought, and they do set out. Human beings want the new word more; whatever is more acceptable to their minds, they accept more. Moreover, "the lamp of falsehood has no radiance."[539] Superstitions are falsehood; religious distortions and substitutions are falsehood. If some clear statement, some rational mind, exposed the emptiness of these superstitions — their nonsensical and baseless nature — the people would readily accept it.

But it is this very class of rabbis and monks who, throughout history, did not let the people believe in the prophets, despite the clarity of the prophets' speech. Consider how the prophets came: with manifest authority, with a clear proof, everywhere carrying light with them, everywhere enlightening human beings. They never spoke obscurely,[540] they never delivered pseudo-philosophical jargon to the people, they did not philosophize for the people; they spoke clean and straight and frankly with the people. Given all this, the people ought to have accepted very quickly, ought very quickly to have grasped the soundness and firmness[541] of the speech of the prophets of God. So what caused so much obstinacy and bigotry, that the call of the prophets was not accepted quickly and easily? Why? It was these very soothsayers and rabbis and monks, that very class which the Qur’an names "the rabbis and the monks" — these were the obstacle. They summoned the people to greater and greater adherence to the wrong intellectual traditions and the inherited superstitious notions. These too were alarmed at the coming of the prophet, because they knew that if the prophet came, if the prophet was commissioned, if that society came into being — a society of awareness, of light, of intellectual growth, in which all the people are either learned or learners — there would no longer be any arena for the illiterate and the self-satisfied and the falsely revered, for the people who wish human beings to remain in unawareness and superstition; there would no longer be any place for these in that society. This is why these too struggled, with all possible vehemence, against the prophets, against the divine calls, against the historical missions.

That makes four classes. Up to this point in my talk, I have not cited anything from the Qur’an; I have only explained this much: what kind of world the prophets come to build. I described that world for you — what kind of world it is, what kind of society it is. Then I asked: who fears such a society? The answer is obvious. In a society where the accumulation of wealth is forbidden, the wealth-hoarders are afraid. Where class difference is a sin, forbidden, abolished, the upper classes are afraid. Someone who has grown accustomed to living among the upper classes, seeing an order about to come into power that will bring him down and level him with the dust-dwelling people — or level the dust-dwelling people up to him, it makes no difference, for him it is the same — he can remain a lord only if there are slaves. Otherwise, if all are also lords, then he again is no lord: the lordship of the lords lies in their being the only lords while the others are slaves. If the slaves became lords, the lords would grow many, and cheap — their costliness lies in their fewness. This society that comes into being either brings him down and sets him at the level of the slaves, or raises the slaves up and places them at his level; either way, lords become many, so he falls from being falsely revered. So he too opposes.

That absolute despotic power, too, will not be on happy terms with the call of the prophets and the rule of the prophet — and the reason is plain: he knows that when the prophet comes, the first one struck is he. This is the one whose heart longs to be — in the words of the late Mirza-yi Na’ini (may God’s mercy and exaltation be upon him) in the introduction to Tanbih al-Ummah[542] — «فعّال ما یشاء و حاکم ما یرید» ("the doer of whatever he wills and the ruler by whatever he wishes");[543] the one who wishes to be, in the Qur’an’s words, «لا یسأل عما یفعل» ("He is not questioned about what He does")[544] — who does whatever he does, says whatever he says, goes wherever he goes, and no one may ask "why." This too is one class; and the class of rabbis and monks we have already explained.

These four classes, which we have marked out for you by mental analysis, happen to be named in the Qur’an as well. The people in the class of the chiefs and ringleaders of the powers and orders — those who hold these posts — the Qur’an calls the mala'. «قال الملأ الذین کفروا من قومه» ("The chiefs of his people who disbelieved said")[545] — the mala', those people who fill the eyes; yamla’una al-'ayn, the people of pomp and majesty, those who, when they walk, with their glitter and their "clear the way, get back" outriders,[546] make every human being submissive and small before them. The mala', those eye-fillers — one class of the prophets' opponents is these. Like whom? In the ignorant, Pharaonic order, like Haman. «و قال فرعون یا هامان ابن لی صرحا» ("And Pharaoh said: O Haman, build me a lofty tower");[547] the fixer and lackey of Mr. Pharaoh — and at the price of this servitude to Pharaoh, he is lord of all the rest, of all but Pharaoh. As it was said: "A fly that you set flying is a falcon."[548] Haman is that very fly that Pharaoh has set flying, and it does the work of a falcon. He is weak, he is wretched, he is a lone man — dealing with[549] him is within the power of any single man; but, relying on Pharaoh, he is all-in-all. So when he walks in the street, if you look, you see that the light around him casts such a curtain[550] that a human being simply cannot bear to look at him. "Clear the way, get back, go, come — who is it? Haman is coming."

Or take the ignorant order of Mu’awiyah: there it is al-Mughirah ibn Shu’bah,[551] it is Ziyad ibn Abihi[552] — these are that same mala'. They keep the ground around Mu’awiyah’s throne so firm that wherever he looks, he sees a friend, a companion-counselor, a well-wisher. In the Qur’an this class is called the mala', and the aristocratic class is called the mutrafin, those afflicted with taraf — aristocratic indulgence, the great fortunes that breed misery, crime, and the trampling of rights; taraf. The verse we have written out here for you and will recite says exactly this: in every community, when We sent a prophet, its mutrafin, its aristocrats, were the first to oppose him — the first to strike up the tune of opposition. This too is yet another class.

That class of intellectual ringleaders the Qur’an names with this very name, "rabbis and monks": «ان کثیرا من الاحبار و الرهبان» ("Indeed, many of the rabbis and the monks…"),[553] whose verse we will now explain for you. As for that class of despotic powers — and here I am only conjecturing, offering this part as a probability — I think the Qur’an refers to them by the word taghut. Now taghut is a general word; as I said before, taghut means the rebellious power that stands in opposition to God. Your own carnal soul may be the taghut — for there is this hadith too: «اعدی عدوک نفسک التی بین جنبیک» ("Your most hostile enemy is your own soul that lies between your two sides")[554] — your own soul, your own self, your own caprices and lusts, your own child, your own wife, your own beloved friend may be your taghut; and the great powers, too, may be the taghut. So taghut carries a general meaning. But because we see that in the Qur’an the taghut is everywhere set against Allah, and is shown holding very important roles and stations, we understand that the taghut is the highest stations of an ignorant order.

In one place He says: «الذین آمنوا یقاتلون فی سبیل الله و الذین کفروا یقاتلون فی سبیل الطاغوت» ("Those who believe fight in the way of God, and those who disbelieve fight in the way of the taghut")[555] — the believer fights in the way of God, the unbeliever in the way of the taghut; the taghut is in opposition to God. In another place He says: «الله ولی الذین آمنوا یخرجهم من الظلمات الی النور و الذین کفروا اولیاؤهم الطاغوت یخرجونهم من النور الی الظلمات» ("God is the Guardian of those who believe; He brings them out of the darknesses into the light. And those who disbelieve, their guardians are the taghut; they bring them out of the light into the darknesses").[556] The word taghut appears about seven times across the Qur’an, and the style of these expressions suggests what it means: those same upper despotic powers at the apex.

In short, these four classes are the opponents of the prophets — not only in the time of Moses, not only in the time of the Prophet, not only in the time of Abraham, but in every age of history. Wherever a word of truth appeared, wherever a claim and a call arose for following the prophets of God and the heavenly books, these four classes lined up against it — either simultaneously, or one after another. This is the general rule, and it is the instructive point of these noble verses.

First, in the first verse, in the first portion, He says: «و کذلک جعلنا» ("And thus We appointed"),[557] «کذلک» — meaning "thus." Thus, meaning what? Meaning "like you." Just as in your own case, O Prophet — likewise «جعلنا لکل نبی» ("We appointed for every prophet") «عدوا» — an enemy, an adversary — «شیاطین الانس و الجن» ("devils from among mankind and the jinn"). These enemies are the devils of mankind and the jinn. I have already explained the meaning of "devil," and this confirms it: "devil" means the evil-creating powers outside the human being. One kind is that very Iblis who refused to prostrate to Adam (peace be upon him), the father of mankind. That devil is the most ill-famed of the devils of the world — the ill-fame of the other devils is laid to his account too, poor wretch. Every corruption, every wrong that any devil, whether of mankind or of the jinn, works in the world, people write to the account of that Iblis and reckon it from him. Yet some of these devils are the masters of that devil.

«عدوا شیاطین الانس و الجن یوحی بعضهم الی بعض» — these devils who are the enemies of the prophet inspire and teach one another. Sometimes the class of rabbis and monks teaches the class of the mala'; sometimes the class of the mala' teaches the rabbis and monks; sometimes the mutrafin instruct both classes; and most often all three classes take their inspiration from the taghut. «یوحی بعضهم الی بعض» — some of these enemies give inspiration and instruction to others. «زخرف القول» — with beautiful, adorned, fair-seeming words, with fair-seeming speech. I will expound on this fair-seeming speech in a later chapter on prophethood. So fair-seeming — Pharaoh says: «ذرونی اقتل موسی» ("Let me kill this Moses").[558] Why kill him? «انی اخاف ان یبدل دینکم» ("Indeed, I fear that he may change your religion") — he says, "I fear that Moses will ruin your religion." This is the word of Pharaoh: he fears Moses will come and ruin the people’s religion. Such fair-seeming words — «زخرف القول», fair-seeming speech — «غرورا», meant to create delusion and ignorance; they delude the people and one another.

«و لو شاء ربک ما فعلوه» ("And had your Lord willed, they would not have done it") — had God willed and decreed, these people would not have done this deed, would not have found the means. Had God willed to turn all these opposing classes to ashes in a single instant and scatter them to the wind, He could. But the divine custom (sunnah) is not so; God’s law is not so. The divine law is this: that they should carry out their enmities so that the believer may be distinguished from the non-believer. The road should be a little uneven, so that the people whose thighs, whose shanks, are strong — who can run, who can go — may be recognized. On an asphalted road, where everyone can walk these few steps, [there is no test]. «و لو شاء ربک ما فعلوه» — had your Lord willed and decreed, these people would not have been able to carry out these enmities; but God Most High never decrees a decree contrary to the custom He Himself has placed in the world.

«فذرهم و ما یفترون» ("So leave them and what they fabricate") — leave them with whatever they fabricate. And what does "leave them" mean? It means: do not grieve and be distressed at their words, do not weaken, do not lose your path.

«و لتصغی الیه افئدة الذین لا یؤمنون بالآخرة»[559] — the result of these words is this: this fair-seeming, deceiving, delusory speech draws the hearts that do not believe in the Hereafter under the influence of its false propaganda. That propaganda is made against the call of the prophets, against the word of truth and the true tune of monotheism — and this false, deceiving, fair-seeming propaganda deceives certain hearts and draws them to itself. But the hearts of whom? «و لتصغی الیه افئدة الذین لا یؤمنون بالآخرة» — the hearts of those who have no faith in the Hereafter. So the one who believes in the Hereafter does not so quickly become the dupe of false propaganda. «و لتصغی الیه افئدة الذین لا یؤمنون بالآخرة» — so that the hearts of those who do not bring faith in the Hereafter may incline toward it; «و لیرضوه» ("and that they may be pleased with it") — so that these hearts may be pleased with these words; «و لیقترفوا ما هم مقترفون» ("and that they may commit what they are committing") — so that they may commit what they are committing. See how, in this verse, He has alluded in summary that all the prophets have enemies — enemies of jinn and mankind, open and hidden — and these enemies inspire one another, teach one another. In these verses there is only this much. After these verses come verses from Surat al-Mu’min.

«و لقد ارسلنا موسی بآیاتنا»[560] ("And indeed We sent Moses with Our signs") — truly We sent Moses together with Our signs; «و سلطان مبین» ("and with a manifest authority") — with a manifest proof, a manifest power. What was that manifest power, that manifest argument? His strong logic, his word of truth, the staff in his hand, his white hand — signs by which every person, ordinary and extraordinary, was bound to accept his word. This is what We sent Moses with. And toward whom did We send him? Against whom did We send him to war? Who stood on the other side of Moses in that society? Read the verses with a little reflection and see how clearly it comes out: social matters of this weight, laid down in the firm verses, in their plain outward sense, with this clarity. To war against whom? Toward whom? «الی فرعون» ("To Pharaoh") — toward Pharaoh. Who else? «و هامان» ("and Haman") — toward Haman, the minister of Pharaoh, one of the heads of his kingdom, one of the eye-filling aristocrats, the same mala'. Who else? «و قارون» ("and Qarun") — who is Qarun? Qarun is a wealthy man, a moneyed man. He is not the chief; he was not the sovereign of the society; he was not Pharaoh — indeed he even came in a later period. Yet even so He says that We sent Moses toward him too, sent him to war against him too. For Moses, Pharaoh and Qarun are one and the same: just as he fights Pharaoh, just as he fights Haman, he fights Qarun too.

And Qarun’s crime is only this: that he has treasured up wealth, gathered the people’s possessions for himself. Set a tablecloth with food enough for fifty persons, and fifty eat of it, grow full, and much is even left over. But this gentleman has sat cross-legged, or spread out his legs, and pulled the food of forty-nine persons in front of himself. Of course one man does not eat the food of forty-nine — but he does not let the others eat it either. The food of forty-nine, and one person eats it; one person has imprisoned the food of forty-nine others — would that he had eaten poison instead! — he has imprisoned it. That is Qarun’s trade: he has imprisoned the public wealth. That is why Moses comes to war against him too.

The strange thing is that these three have nothing in common. Pharaoh is at the head of the government, one class; Haman stands beside him, a second; Qarun has no connection with them at all — he is wealthy, a treasure-hoarder, a third. Three classes, and yet their answer is one answer. All three take one stance in the face of Moses (peace be upon him), and say one word. What do they say? «فقالوا ساحر کذاب» ("So they said: a sorcerer, a liar") — they said, "He is a lying, falsehood-fabricating sorcerer." «فلما جاءهم بالحق من عندنا» ("And when he brought them the truth from Us") — when Moses stated and brought the truth, from Us, to these opponents, what did they say? Did they sit silent? Did they wait for Moses to come and cut the root and stem of their existence, the rotten tree of their life? Never. Just as Moses, with the order he proposed, was clawing at their life, they too clawed at the head and face of Moses. What did they say? «قالوا اقتلوا ابناء الذین آمنوا معه» ("They said: Kill the sons of those who have believed with him") — kill the young sons of those who believed and gave their faith to Moses. Those who believed in the thought of this newly arrived prophet, this new and luminous and life-building thought — kill their sons. Kill them so that they may not be there, so that they may not threaten us tomorrow; kill them so that no spark may strike from their being; kill their young men.

«و استحیوا نساءهم» ("and keep their women alive"). Now why keep the women alive? There is a reason. So that their lineage may be mixed; so that they may be drawn into shamelessness; so that they may be made to gorge upon the instincts; so that they may become cowed. This has several aspects.

But then He says: «و ما کید الکافرین الا فی ضلال» ("And the plot of the disbelievers is only in error"). They drew up these schemes, but the plots of the disbelievers go astray; they reach no result. It is like an arrow you shoot toward some enemy, some person, some target — and a wind comes and knocks the arrow off its course. They shoot the arrow, but the winds of God’s custom come and carry it away from its aim. Let them lay their schemes against Moses. Here too you noticed: this verse names three classes together — the class of Pharaoh, the class of Haman, the class of Qarun.

In another verse the mutrafin are named again, especially the class of Qarun. He says: «و ما ارسلنا فی قریة من نذیر»[561] ("And We did not send a warner into any town") — We sent no warner, no forewarner, meaning no prophet, into any town, «الا قال مترفوها» ("but that its affluent ones said") — but that the mutrafin of it, the aristocrats and the wealthy and the treasure-hoarders of that town, said: «انا بما ارسلتم به کافرون» ("Indeed, in that with which you have been sent, we are disbelievers") — "We disbelieve in what you have brought, we do not accept it." And what was their reason for refusing? «و قالوا نحن اکثر اموالا و اولادا» ("And they said: We are greater in wealth and children") — "We have more money than you, we have more children than you," they said to the prophet. On what grounds? See how low the level of their thinking is. «و ما نحن بمعذبین» ("And we will not be punished") — "We will not be among those who are tormented."

And the last verse, from Surat al-Tawbah, concerns the class of the rabbis and the monks. «یا ایها الذین آمنوا»[562] ("O you who have believed") — O you who have believed; «ان کثیرا من الاحبار و الرهبان» ("Indeed, many of the rabbis and the monks") — truly many of the scholars and ascetics; «لیأکلون اموال الناس بالباطل» ("surely consume the wealth of the people wrongfully") — without doubt they devour the people’s wealth without entitlement; «و یصدون عن سبیل الله» ("and bar [them] from the way of God") — they devour their money, and they also turn them away from the path of God. And again He speaks of the class of the mutrafin, the money-gatherers, the treasure-hoarders: «و الذین» ("And those who…") «یکنزون الذهب و الفضة» ("hoard up gold and silver") — those who treasure up gold and silver; «و لا ینفقونها فی سبیل الله» ("and do not spend it in the way of God") — they do not spend it in the way of God; «فبشرهم بعذاب الیم» ("then give them tidings of a painful punishment") — give them the tidings of a grievous, painful torment.

We, therefore, in these few verses and in dozens of others across the Qur’an, see the mark of these four classes and recognize their enmities.

20. Session 20: The Outcome of Prophethood (1)

فرجام نبوت (۱) — delivered Tuesday, 16 Mehr 1353 / 21 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

قُلِ ٱللَّهُ خَٰلِقُ كُلِّ شَيۡءٖ وَهُوَ ٱلۡوَٰحِدُ ٱلۡقَهَّـٰرُ أَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءٗ فَسَالَتۡ أَوۡدِيَةُۢ بِقَدَرِهَا فَٱحۡتَمَلَ ٱلسَّيۡلُ زَبَدٗا رَّابِيٗاۖ وَمِمَّا يُوقِدُونَ عَلَيۡهِ فِي ٱلنَّارِ ٱبۡتِغَآءَ حِلۡيَةٍ أَوۡ مَتَٰعٖ زَبَدٞ مِّثۡلُهُۥۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَضۡرِبُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلۡحَقَّ وَٱلۡبَٰطِلَۚ فَأَمَّا ٱلزَّبَدُ فَيَذۡهَبُ جُفَآءٗۖ وَأَمَّا مَا يَنفَعُ ٱلنَّاسَ فَيَمۡكُثُ فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَضۡرِبُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلۡأَمۡثَالَ لِلَّذِينَ ٱسۡتَجَابُواْ لِرَبِّهِمُ ٱلۡحُسۡنَىٰۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ لَمۡ يَسۡتَجِيبُواْ لَهُۥ لَوۡ أَنَّ لَهُم مَّا فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِ جَمِيعٗا وَمِثۡلَهُۥ مَعَهُۥ لَٱفۡتَدَوۡاْ بِهِۦٓۚ أُوْلَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمۡ سُوٓءُ ٱلۡحِسَابِ وَمَأۡوَىٰهُمۡ جَهَنَّمُۖ وَبِئۡسَ ٱلۡمِهَادُ

"Say: God is the Creator of all things, and He is the One, the All-Subduing. He sent down water from the sky, and the riverbeds flowed each according to its measure, and the flood carried a swelling froth. And from that which they heat in the fire, seeking to make ornaments or utensils, there rises a froth like it. Thus does God strike [the parable of] the true and the false. As for the froth, it goes away as scum; but as for that which benefits people, it remains in the earth. Thus does God set forth the parables. For those who respond to their Lord is the most beautiful reward. But as for those who do not respond to Him — even if they possessed all that is on earth and the like of it besides, they would offer it as ransom. Theirs is a terrible reckoning; their abode is Hell, and what an evil resting place!"

— Surat al-Ra’d (13:16-18)

The next verses are from Surat al-Saffat: “Our word has already gone forth to Our servants, the messengers: that they will surely be the ones helped, and that Our hosts will surely be the victors. So turn away from them for a while, and watch them — for soon they too shall see. Do they then seek to hasten Our punishment? When it descends upon their courtyard, evil will be the morning of those who were warned. So turn away from them for a while, and watch — for soon they too shall see. Glory be to your Lord, the Lord of Might, above what they ascribe.”[563]

The prophets were commissioned and stepped into their societies carrying that very lofty, progressive aim we explained on the previous days. It is the most progressive of all aims — even by the cultural standards of the age of light and human awareness, the twentieth century. It is the aim of bringing humankind into one class, of leveling human beings, of casting out ignorance and poverty and oppression and exploitation and class division. With this most precious, progressive, and lofty aim they set out.

The lives of God’s prophets yielded one harvest: an unbroken chain of activity and striving and struggle. From the very beginning of the mission, never again to sleep in comfort, never again to slumber on the bed of ease,[564] never again to taste pleasure and rest, but to struggle unceasingly — this is the summary of the story of the divine prophets. And their lives ended no more gently, as the religious sources teach us. Some had their heads severed from their bodies by the tyrants and despots of the age and carried off as a trophy; some were placed within a tree and sawn from head to foot, cut in two; some passed from this world in exile and distress. Not one of them amassed any wealth, however little. Not one, at the end of his life, left behind a palace, an apparatus, and vast riches, as the rulers and worldly leaders of this world do. This is the summary of the lives of the prophets of God; these things we have come to know.

A question now arises. As it stands in our minds, and as we read in the history of the prophetic missions, the prophets all passed their lives in struggle and striving, and many of them drank the draught of martyrdom. So was their work, then, a fruitless and useless work? Did the prophets meet defeat in history? Is it as the simple-minded of the world still imagine it to be — an idea the anti-prophetic powers are not displeased to have lodged in the minds of the common people — that the prophets gained no fruitful result from their striving, and that across the whole of history, oppression and tyranny and inhumanity and rebellion and unbelief have held sway? Is it so?

We believe that it is not so. Consider these dear deputies of God — whose chain began with Adam and Noah and Abraham, and in whose chain the choicest of creation came one after another. These men not only were not defeated, not only did not fail, not only did not see what they said and what they wanted in the world, in history, in society meet with defeat. Rather, among all of humanity, among all those who have ever run after some aim and goal and striven for it, no one has had the chance of success that the prophets had. This is our belief. We believe that the outcome of prophethood and the end of the prophets' work, throughout all history, in the time that is past, has ended according to what was desired — and so it will be in the future too. And we shall prove this.

There are two matters here, and this is a topic that must be grasped and known.

The first concerns the chain known by the name of prophethood and messengership — that is, the caravan of the prophets from Adam to the Seal [of the Prophets]. What did they do? What did the totality of them accomplish? Did they push things forward, or did they go bankrupt? That is one matter. The second concerns each of the great divine prophets, in his own time: did he succeed, or did he meet defeat? These are two questions, and I would like to finish both of them today, God willing. By your own measure, if you reflect, you will find that you would like to understand this matter. This is something worth knowing — by the very criterion I have always placed in your hands.

It is beneficial in the sense that it does more than increase our information. Many words increase a person’s information but bring him no benefit. There is no harm at all in all of you, this whole gathering, now being aware of how the tiny particles of the rocks in the volcanic mountains of the moon are composed. To know it — is that bad? But is it beneficial? No. Much of the information we run after, or that we are made to run after, is of this sort. We sit and listen and speak and study and research and put pen to paper, and bring our life to its end — and when we look, we see a heap of empty information, useless information, that did not bring us a single step closer to Paradise and to the good pleasure of God, nor a single step closer to the sound, authentic Islamic society in this world. It did nothing at all. Yes, it had only this benefit: that we could pride ourselves, could believe that we are very learned, very knowledgeable, and could close upon ourselves the window of receptivity and learn nothing more from anyone. This was its only benefit.

This matter I am presenting is beneficial in the truest sense: it brings not just awareness but awareness joined to commitment. It is that kind of faith I was explaining and speaking of to you here on the third, fourth, and fifth of the month. Now the first question. This chain whose members are called the prophets — from first to last, what flower did they pin upon the head of humanity? The prophets came and took a being who could not even, at the level of an animal, tell the road from the pit — a being in whom even instinct was not so capable, not so path-opening. And they raised this being up to the level of one from whom even the angels of heaven must come and learn something. They brought humankind from the lowest depth[565] of savagery and ignorance up to the level of a civilized human being — so that if he wishes to live by their teachings, the loftiest, the most beautiful, the most eloquent manifestations of creation will appear in his life.

The prophets treated human beings like a schoolchild — I am trying to bring the matter down to a very low level — who knows nothing, not even the alphabet. For one year they labored over him, and he reached the second grade; but the teacher of the first grade, in the very midst of this work,[566] when the child had reached the second grade, had laid down his own life over it. They labored for another period, and he reached the third grade; but the teacher who had brought him from the second to the third lost his life on this path. They labored for another period, and he reached the fourth grade; and again that compassionate teacher, that kind father, that aware guide — over all the time he spent raising the pupil to a higher grade, a higher rank — lost his life, departed this world, spent his days in hardship. Grade by grade, step by step, stage by stage, they kept bringing this little child up, and up, and up. Now, when you look, you see that his culture, his knowledge, his insight, his sensitivity stand far higher than in that time two periods before the present, and he is at the peak of progress and comprehension and thought.

You look, and the teachers are not there. Where are the teachers? One gave up his life in the midst of the first grade, while he was bringing this slow-witted pupil up. Another, while these very pupils were learning something from him, met his end at the end of the year: over some disagreement, over some matter, they gathered together, rose up against him, and killed him. The teacher of the third grade in another way, the teacher of the fourth grade in another way. The teachers are not there; each teacher carried out his mission and, to outward appearance, died in failure and perished. But did he really fail? Think well; see whether that teacher really failed. What, after all, was the teacher’s aim? Did not this compassionate teacher want exactly this? He wanted this pupil to rise from the black dust to the summit of culture and knowledge and understanding — and has this not now come to pass?

So the teachers did not die as failures. Yes, they died; yes, they never attained the affluent, comfortable life of this world; yes, they never saw with their own eyes this sapling come to fruit — but did they fail? No, they did not fail. Their aim was precisely this: that this human being should traverse the first and second grade; that this ignorant, unaware student should climb the road with difficulty, with hardship, with toil, until he reached the summit of the peak — and now he has reached it.

The prophets were just like this: Adam, Noah, Lot, Hud, Salih, Shu’ayb, Abraham, Ishmael, Moses, Jesus, and thousands of other prophets throughout history. Their work was to bring this human being up, to teach him knowledge and understanding, to prepare him for ordering the life to come, to give him the necessary substance. And this work was accomplished — even though, along the way, a number of these prophets were killed in a horrible, pitiable manner, departing from this world without seeing this end. And still humanity is moving forward.

Today the world is more prepared to hear the true word of Islam than it was a thousand years ago. Humanity is more ready to accept the divine government today than it was twelve or thirteen hundred years ago — and a thousand years from now it will be readier still than today. On the day that our Imam of the Age — may God hasten his noble relief — went into occultation from sight, humankind was not yet ready to accept a revolutionary reforming Imam with sword in hand. This is why an Imam who must spread the carpet [of justice] among the people does not spread it out. And had that noble one wanted to rise up, make a revolution, and overturn society, the unfavorable conditions of that time would certainly have kept him from building the society he desired.

The experience of the noble Imams of the Prophet’s household had reached its limit. This society had become so corrupted — the oppressive, tyrannical hands of the despotic Umayyads and Abbasids had so worked this field for the worse, poisoning and corrupting it — that no sound plant could any longer be grown in it. And so the Imam, peace be upon him, was hidden from sight. The day he comes — how will it be? On that day he appears — and we do not know whether it is ten years away or ten thousand, nothing is known at all — humanity will have reached readiness. It will be ready to hear and to accept the true word of Islam, ready to carry the elevated and lofty Islamic society upon its own shoulders, ready for the Qur’an to be put into practice. But in the time of the Imam of the Age it was not ready — and who has done this work? The teachings of the prophets have done it, and the Imams are the followers of the prophets.

In the discussion of the Imamate, when I expound its philosophy, I will explain what the philosophy of the Imam’s existence is. So the prophets were not unsuccessful in history. We see that every day humanity has moved forward and added to its own age, coming one step closer to the peak of perfection and elevation. What more do we want than this? What do the prophets want? The Lord of the worlds wants to bring this unripe, raw substance, by a natural movement, toward its natural and innate destination — that is, perfection and elevation. This the Lord of the worlds has willed, and humanity will certainly reach that point of ultimate perfection. This is the determinism of history: it means just this, and in that sense whoever coined the phrase spoke correctly.

These are precise discussions. The course of humankind is toward elevation and perfection, and toward the promised paradise of this world — that is, humanity will one day see a day in which there will be no oppression, no evil, no ugliness, and everything will be according to its desire. Such is the creation of the human being, and the creation of the world: this being, in its own course, will at last arrive at such a destination — it must arrive. In that era humanity will have ready all that is necessary for its perfection. Then it will enter the channel of progress and elevation, and with the utmost speed it will move toward God — that is, toward absolute perfection. And the further we have come from the beginning of human history up to this time of ours, the closer we have drawn toward that destination. This is the determinism of history. Such is the creation of the human being, and the creation of the world: God has so created that human beings move toward progress and elevation, willy-nilly. As for the "willy-nilly," you must derive its meaning in the course of these discussions — for later, when we tie it to the subsequent discussion, what it means will become clear. The will of human beings is intensely involved: it is the wanting of human beings that brings them to progress, and this wanting will be there.

This is one of the Islamic principles, and in the Islamic worldview it ranks among the certainties: that the end of humankind is in accordance with goodness. Why? Because God Most High created the earth and the heavens in accordance with truth, and He created the human being too with a truth-seeking innate nature. Since the human being possesses will, he must move along the path that accords with his innate nature in order to reach that destination. And who can present this path to him and tell him that if you do such-and-such, you have acted in accordance with your innate nature? The prophets come for this. They come to show humankind the path of innate nature — that is, to hasten and ease his course toward a good end. So human beings are moving forward; humanity draws day by day closer to felicity and to the destination of goodness, and this is because of the movement that the prophets gave it. The prophets set it in motion. If some delay has occurred in the middle of history, in this or that stage, it is because of a relative distancing from the teachings of the prophets — but in the end this was its course. This is one matter in general.

Here is the conclusion we drew from the first question. The great divine prophets, though each of them met with deprivation and failure in his own life, nonetheless drove humanity as a whole toward progress and elevation — and the prophets were the agents of it. It was the prophets who pushed a person toward that intended destination, toward the human end kneaded into him; they set him moving and helped him travel this road. That is the first question.

Now the second question — the one that interests many people more, the one I will make clear for you. When a prophet sets a movement going in the world, raises up a revolution and an uprising, can we say this revolution ends well? Can we hope its outcome is good, or not? What is the general rule here?

Some say this: however hard we look, wherever a true word left a tongue, wherever the melody of truth reached an ear from some quarter, in the end it never came to fruit — it was choked off. Out of this they have built an "experience." The experience of human history, they say, has always shown us that the prophets failed. Grant even that they succeeded overall — fine — but in the end they could not bring the revolution they raised to fruit. Not in a single place could they bring truth to power and destroy falsehood. So what should we do? Should we too refuse to lift a hand, refuse to draw it from our sleeve, refuse to follow the path of the prophets? If the great divine prophets themselves could accomplish nothing in their own time, and in the end falsehood has always gained the upper hand over truth — even if only seasonally, by stages — then let the truth-seekers and the truth-speakers of the world sheathe their swords, go lie down to sleep, and know it is of no use — unless some hand of power reaches out of a sleeve, an unseen hand comes forth and does something.

This is the logic of many people, the very logic I mentioned: the tyrants of history take great pleasure in it. This is the logic the bullies of the age have always wanted the people to hold as their belief — that no striving, no activity, no struggle in the path of truth will ever reach a result. This is what the tyrants of the world have always wanted.

The political bluffs of the world’s heads of state, which you read so much of in the newspapers that carry world news, serve exactly this purpose. Take the man who has only a few hours or a few days left before the throne of his rule collapses and he steps down from the peak of the presidency to become an ordinary man. Even then, days before, that same man is bluffing: "We will crush our enemies, we will wipe out our opponents, we will keep ruling." You saw this yourselves, quite recently, on a vast global scale — saw it with your own eyes, read it, learned of it. A power of that magnitude suddenly falls and turns into an ordinary man; yet a little before the transfer he says, "They cannot, they cannot, they cannot touch us, our position will not be lost" — and then we see that it was lost. These bluffs serve exactly this purpose. They always want to make the people believe that nothing can come from your hands, because our power is a power you cannot even imagine. Every means and resource is at our disposal, and you have none.

Do you imagine that these things arose in the world only today? No — they have existed at every point in history. There is one episode so telling that whenever I recall it, I marvel at the cunning of al-Mansur the Abbasid. Al-Mansur the Abbasid was, as you know, the greatest and most powerful of the Abbasid caliphs, and the second of their line. In his time, opposition began to stir from the margins of the religious community. Among those who put al-Mansur under severe pressure were Muhammad ibn 'Abdullah and Ibrahim ibn 'Abdullah, the two sons of 'Abdullah al-Mahd.[567] These two men fought al-Mansur fiercely, and he was left helpless. Everything was at his disposal; these two self-sacrificing brothers had nothing but faith and a handful of believers. Yet in the face of their relentless striving, al-Mansur had lost his footing. So rumors about the power and might of his apparatus were spread among the people, with the sole aim of keeping the true believers and the genuine Shi’a from joining the two brothers. One ran like this: al-Mansur put it about that he owned a mirror, and that when he looked into it he could tell exactly where Ibrahim ibn 'Abdullah was — and woe to the man in whose house, or with whom in flight, al-Mansur’s mirror should reveal him. This is the very story of the mirror that the tyrant kings of history had fashioned a thousand, two thousand years before al-Mansur — Jamshid and this one and that one — in the form of the world-revealing cup. Its purpose, no doubt, was the same: that the enemy should believe he could never act outside the sight of these powers. They had stooped even to this.

So the tyrants of the world ask of the God of the two worlds — a God in whom they do not believe — that the people should imagine the prophetic missions, the great divine prophets, and the envoys of truth to have always been doomed to defeat. They ask that the people suppose no truth-worshipping melody will ever meet a favorable answer from the nature of this world — that the people despair of any movement ever growing and bearing fruit against falsehood without being crushed. But is the reality of the matter really like this? A number of minds, uninformed and under the sway of these powers, have imagined it so; the people have supposed that the prophets, their followers, and the Imams have always been defeated, and that every movement in the world will be defeated. Are we, then, obliged to accept it? Should we set aside the Qur’an? Should we refuse to hear correctly the word of the Qur’an, which recounts to us the very opposite of this logic, and hear instead the word of false fancies? No — we will not. We turn to the Qur’an; we take a lesson from it as to what the outcome of the prophetic missions is, and what effect the revolutionary movement of the prophets and their followers can have. Let us learn this from the Qur’an; then we return to the text[568] of history, and see that history too bears witness to this matter.

In these very verses, the Qur’an strikes a parable and tells us: No! In the world there is a truth and there is a falsehood; the truth remains, the falsehood is annihilated. Water flows and streams down from the mountains, through the rivers; froth appears on its surface; the froth dies, the waters remain. Falsehood is that very froth that will die; the water is that very truth that will remain.

So far, as the Qur’an teaches us and as historical reality confirms, every prophetic mission that has ever appeared in this world, from first to last, did two things at once. In the chain of history’s prophetic missions, each performed its deed and moved humankind one step forward — and each also carried within itself the possibility of success. The matter is not as al-Mansur the Abbasid kept pouring into the people’s ears when he said, "It is not possible, people; it is not possible for you to carry anything forward against my power." That is not how it stands. Nor is it as the powers of history, over time, made the people understand and instilled in them — that against the worldly powers who stand upon falsehood, truth will have no room even to draw breath. No; the opposite is true. The prophets have everywhere had the possibility of success, and the followers of the prophets everywhere have this same possibility, and they will surely succeed — but on two conditions (here is where I said that the human will is involved in building the future of history). If these two conditions are met, then every movement grounded in religion, in Qur’anic and Islamic thought, that has been carried out or will be carried out throughout history, will succeed forever and be victorious. There is no need for a miracle either. A miracle need not take place for the adherents of religion to succeed and be victorious — no; without any hand reaching forth from the unseen, if these two conditions are met, Islam and the Qur’an will have the essential possibility of success. What are those two conditions?

The first condition is faith — a belief grounded in awareness, a conviction that accepts commitment, an assent joined to striving and movement. The second condition is patience [sabr]. What does patience mean? It means resistance: not fleeing the field, not abandoning the work at the sensitive and dangerous moment.

Wherever you see, throughout the history of the prophetic missions, a prophet defeated by the tyrant of his time, it is because his followers, those around him, did not have enough faith or enough patience. And every time you see that truth has advanced, it is because they possessed brimming faith and the patience it required. Is there any witness from the Qur’an to this? Yes; there are several. The verses I recite today are the intellectual foundation, and many other verses state the same matter. Here are two of them.

Take this verse: “Do not be faint, and do not grieve; for you are the higher, if you are believers.”[173]

This is a verse of the Qur’an — not a narration someone might cast doubt on, saying perhaps its chain of transmission is weak; nor is it an ambiguous [mutashabih] verse[569] that some might question, saying we do not understand its meaning. No — it is clear and plain. "Do not be faint" means: O Muslims, do not become weak. "And do not grieve": do not be sorrowful. "For you are the higher": you are the higher, your hand is the upper one, you will be the victorious, you will overcome the enemy, your thought will at last be seated upon the throne[570] of the world’s governance. And its condition? "If you are believers" — if you have faith, if faith exists, this is so.

You say: "Sir, I have seen Imam al-Sadiq — the blessings of God be upon him — struggle so hard against the tyrant of his time and yet fail to seize the government." Yes; but that was because those around him — many of his friends, many who claimed to be his Shi’ism — were like you and me: impatient, weak in faith. Did you want Imam al-Sadiq to reach power against the Lord’s established custom in history? This very thing is itself the proof that no miracle and no unseen hand is meant to appear in the field of conquests and victories. Had a miracle been meant to occur, it would have occurred, so that Imam al-Sadiq might reach power. Instead, Imam al-Sadiq was in the end killed at the hand of the tyrant of his own time; and so was Musa ibn Ja’far. This was because his friends and followers did not have, to the necessary degree, the patience that was needed; faith and conviction and commitment had not been stored up in their souls to the degree they should have been. If today, too, it is like that, the result is defeat — the defeat of Islam, the defeat of the Qur’an, the condemnation of the Muslims. But suppose today we became like the time of the Prophet! The Muslim of the Prophet’s time had a faith that was certain and beyond doubt. His patience was the very patience before which the angels of heaven were small — a patience that, on a day in the month of Ramadan, in the heat of the Hijaz, with a fasting mouth, fights the enemy and digs a trench. That is the patience of that Muslim.

“Seek help through patience and prayer.”[571] With the weapon of patience, conquer your enemies; with patience, carry your aims forward. This is the miracle that belongs to patience. The hand that must come out of the sleeve and do something — it is the hand of human patience; patience.

We even misconstrue patience. We have imagined that it means sitting back to watch how things turn out. It does not. Sit without activity, without striving, without throbbing effort, and the end is abasement — irreligion and worldly ruin.

“the loss of this world and the hereafter — that is the manifest loss.”[572] But if you go forward with patience, the end is both religion and this world.

This is the end the Qur’an tells us of. These verses are from Surat al-A’raf; go and look, reflect on them. What I am saying — my heart wishes that you would act on it as a religious mode of thought. Truly pay attention: if you see that it accords with the Islamic standards, accept it as a mode of thought. This is the Qur’an, in Surat al-A’raf, from verse 120 onward — indeed even before these — the verse I have in mind is verses 126 and 127. The matter is raised through the affair of Pharaoh and Moses: Moses comes and states the divine call, and Pharaoh does not accept it — not only does he not accept it, but he even threatens Moses. After all these words, the sorcerers of Pharaoh come; their sorcery accomplishes nothing against the Mosaic miracle, and in the end they themselves come to faith. Pharaoh threatens them, saying, "I will kill you. Why did you believe in Moses?" All this passes, and after the affair of Pharaoh’s magicians and their defeat by Moses, then it is like this:

“And the chiefs of Pharaoh’s people said: …”[573] The chiefs — the leaders and notables of Pharaoh’s people — said to Pharaoh: "Will you leave Moses and his people to spread corruption in the land…?" Are you letting Moses and his people, the believers in him, his party, his throng, go free to make corruption in the land, to cause disorder? …and abandon you and your gods? Are you letting them set aside you and your gods? Is it like this?

"He said…" — Pharaoh, in the face of this speech and this casting of doubt, said: No; I will destroy Moses. He prepared a harsh assault against Moses, devised a new scheme for crushing the party of the Moseans in Egypt. What was it?

“He said: We will slay their sons and let their women live.” Pharaoh said: I will not leave Moses be; I will not permit what he wants to do. Rather I will kill their young men and keep their women alive. This is a new plan. Pharaoh had struggled against Moses in every way and thought Moses would be destroyed — but no, even his sorcerers and magicians are coming to faith in him, and the sorcery will not stand up against the miracle. So he falls to thinking of carrying out a severe measure. The plan becomes a plan of severity: we must resort to severity. What shall we do? All the young men who have inclined toward Moses — these we will kill. All their women we will keep alive. "and let their women live" — keeping the women alive, no doubt for debauchery, or to ruin their lineage, or for something of this sort.

The matter had turned hard now; the party of Moses found themselves facing the severe-measures plan of the Pharaonic apparatus. This is the place where the bones of the elephant tremble; this is the place where firm and sturdy hearts are shaken — is it a joke? Someone like Pharaoh saying, "I will make them suffer terribly; I have a plan for them, to leave them not a single young man." "We will slay their sons" — I will kill their young men. This is the place where the Moseans must be charged up; in this very sensitive and dangerous moment they must not feel defeat.

A sentence came to my mind from one of the great men of our own history, from about a hundred years ago, fifty or sixty years ago. They used to quote a sentence from him in these constitutional struggles and the like; his name is much on people’s tongues. They say he used to tell his companions, his friends: "Fight, struggle. At the very moment when you see that the work is hard, struggle still. Until you see that you will certainly be defeated, keep on; reach the point where you see that now you will certainly be defeated; and when you reach the point where you see that you will surely be defeated, struggle still — then you will be victorious." And this is a correct saying. A nation, a community, an individual who wants to strive for his own welfare and salvation is hopeful, at one moment, that this striving will bear fruit; when the severity increases, his hope too diminishes. If he lets go of the striving, then assuredly his striving will no longer reach a result. But if he carries on his striving in that very place — continues it so far, goes forward so far, until he sees that it is certainly futile — if at the very moment he sees that this striving of his is futile, he strives still, that striving is successful.

Moses is using this scheme to mobilize the Children of Israel. When the Children of Israel see that they will certainly be defeated — because Pharaoh is resolved to kill all their young men — against the new Pharaonic scheme, Moses too presents his own new scheme. What does he say? When they find themselves facing this situation, Pharaoh speaks thus; Moses, in turn, answers this Pharaonic proclamation:

“Moses said to his people: …”[574] Moses says: "Seek help from God and be patient." Ask aid of God and be patient. Continue, resist, do not leave your striving half-finished — hope breathes within this. Why? "Indeed, the earth belongs to God" — the earth is God’s; "He gives it as inheritance to whom He wills among His servants" — He gives it and grants it to whomever of His servants He wills. That is, we are the servants of God; Moses tells the Children of Israel: you are the servants of God; the servants of Pharaoh — their work will reach no result. The earth is for the servants of God. "And the [good] end belongs to the God-fearing" — the outcome of the work, the end of the affair, belongs to the people of piety.

This is the Qur’an, and historical reality shows us the very same thing. Take Abraham, whom they once cast into the fire — one day we see that in Mecca and at the House of God he forms a monotheistic society, and for centuries after him that society endures. Take Moses, who one day is locked in such conflict with Pharaoh, with the Children of Israel under such pressure — another day we see him given the command to enter the holy land: _"O my people, enter the holy land…"_[575] — go there, and there form the divine, monotheistic society. Take Jesus son of Mary, whose striving and activity during his short sojourn upon the earth reached no outward fruit. Yet after he ascends and departs from among the people, within one or two centuries the greatest powers of that day fall under the sway of the Messiah’s thought. The vast Roman Empire itself falls under the sway of Christian thought, and the emperor becomes a Christian, a believer in the religion of the Messiah.

Our own Prophet was under just as much pressure in Mecca — for thirteen years they arranged for him the most severe tortures and conditions. Then he comes to Medina, forms a government there, brings a society into being, establishes an order, drives human beings toward perfection, and crushes his foundational enemies, casts them to the ground. Under the shadow of what? Under the shadow of faith and patience. Wherever there was faith and there was patience,

“Yes, if you are patient and God-fearing…”[576] — where faith, deeds, and patience existed together, where piety stood alongside faith, victory came. This is one of the customs of the world, the custom of the Lord in history. Yesterday it was like this, today it is like this, tomorrow too it will be like this. Every religious power that has managed to rise, or to endure, has done so under the shadow of faith and patience.

Today too, those who love the Qur’an, Islam, Tawhid, prophethood, the sacred Islamic principles — those who wish these could take the reins and govern people’s lives in the world, those who wish to see God sovereign in the world — let them strengthen within themselves two things: faith and patience. If faith and patience grow strong within us,

“Indeed, the earth belongs to God; He gives it as inheritance to whom He wills among His servants, and the [good] end belongs to the God-fearing” — but without faith and without patience it cannot be.

This is the answer to our two questions. The first question was: did the divine prophets, in the aggregate, succeed or fail? In the aggregate they succeeded, all the prophets — because they wanted to bring humankind up, and they brought it up. I have raised this matter before, across many lessons, in Qur’anic exegesis, in the discussions after the prayer, and each time I gave an example; if I gave you all of them here it would take too long. I gave you one: the schoolchild.

The prophets in the aggregate succeeded and were triumphant; they did not fail. But now take each single prophet — each single one of the divine, monotheistic, revolutionary movements: did it succeed or not? Here there is a general rule. Whichever one possessed sufficient faith and patience succeeded; whichever one lacked it did not.

"Say: God is the Creator of all things." Since He created it, He can say what its outcome will be. And because He wants next to speak about the outcome of truth and falsehood, He says first: We created this world, We know the customs and laws of history, so hear them from Us. "Say: God is the Creator of all things" — He is the Creator of everything. "And He is the One" — the sole and unique; "the All-Subduing" — the powerful and mighty.

"He sent down water from the sky" — He is striking a parable for you. This verse is so beautiful in its Arabic phrasing that, unfortunately, those unfamiliar with Arabic cannot properly grasp the beauty. He does not announce beforehand, "I am striking a parable." So you who are listening do not realize this is a likeness, or what it applies to; you do not catch it. Only at the end do you understand what is meant — He is striking a parable. "He sent down water from the sky" — from the sky He sent down water, a rain.

"and the riverbeds flowed each according to its measure" — rivers and streams of various sizes flowed; from the rainwater, small rivers and large rivers flowed. "and the flood carried a swelling froth" — this flood coursing in the rivers carried upon its shoulders a swollen, prominent froth. When you stand beside a river the flood-water is bringing along, what you see is not the water; it is froth. The water is beneath the froth. This froth, prominent and surging upon the flood-water that flows in the river, is showing itself off. You see froth; beneath the froth is water.

Let us go to another place — the other example is this: "And from that which they heat in the fire" — the things they heat in the fire, like mineral substances and iron, which they place in the fire; "seeking [to make] ornament or utensil" — to make some adornment, they place gold in the fire so as to make jewelry; they place iron in the fire so as to make objects; they place copper in the fire so as to make things. These things they place in the fire to make from them an ornament and adornment[577] and finery and wares — in these too there is "a froth like it" — a froth, like the froth of the river-water. There too, when they melt this iron, they see froth upon it; it too has a froth. When they melt gold, it too has a particular froth. There the froth was upon the water — but what was the essence? What was the life-giving substance, the water or the froth? The water. And what met the eye outwardly? What was making a display? What showed itself more? The froth.

Here, in the melting of iron, is the thing desired the iron or the froth? In the melting of gold, the gold or the froth? The gold, of course; the iron, of course. And what is the froth? A parasitic thing, a superfluous thing. Yet which comes more to the eye? That froth — not the gold and not the iron. Once these are set up, He says at once: "Thus does God strike [the parable of] the true and the false" — this is how God shows you truth and falsehood; the parable of truth and falsehood God strikes for you in this way. "As for the froth" — that is, the thing you saw to be visible, that very froth, that is the false. The thing hidden beneath the froth — the water, the gold, the iron — that is the truth.

Now that you have learned this much of the parable, hear from God how it ends. "As for the froth, it goes away as scum" — the froth goes to waste, to nothing; it is annihilated. Froth on a river is not permanent; it is there one instant, gone the next. When you open the water onto your field, what remains for you is the water, not the froth; the froth perishes. "As for the froth, it goes away as scum" — that froth goes to annihilation and emptiness. "and as for that which benefits people" — the water, the iron, the gold, all that benefits people, tarries "and remains in the earth"; it is not annihilated. "Thus does God set forth the parables" — this is how God strikes the parable for you. He means: the truth remains. The call of the prophets is truth, the movement of the prophets is truth, and it endures. The falsehoods that puff out their chests against the prophets, show themselves off, rebel, run riot — they are froth, bubbles upon the water, doomed to perish. This is the parable that God strikes.

The verse then applies this same parable to the field of the Muslims' social struggles. "For those who respond to their Lord is the most beautiful" — for those who answer their Lord, the most beautiful of outcomes and rewards; the good end is theirs. The end of the work belongs to those who respond to the movement of the prophets. "But those who do not respond to Him" — but those who refuse and step onto the path of falsehood, they — "even if they had all that is in the earth" — if the whole surface of the earth were theirs, "and the like of it with it" — and as much again besides, "they would offer it as ransom" — they stand ready to give it as ransom to rescue themselves from the predicament. Did you not see this in history? Did you not see the conflicts of truth and falsehood — how the leaders and chiefs of falsehood were rolled up like a scroll, and then, if they could, stood ready to give the whole world, and themselves, their lives, their position, just to hold on? "For them is the evil of the reckoning" — for them the worst of reckonings; "and their refuge is Hell" — their abode is Hell; "and what an evil resting place!" These are the verses of Surat al-Ra’d.

The verses of Surat al-Saffat, which we have also rendered in these writings, say this very same thing. "And Our word has already gone forth to Our servants, the messengers"_[578] — Our command for Our deputed servants, the prophets, has already passed and been concluded; beforehand We took the necessary decision concerning them. What is that decision? _"that they will surely be the ones helped" — they are helped, and helped by Us alone. "And that Our hosts will surely be the victors" — it is Our soldiers who become victorious.

I told you its condition is that very faith and patience. On the battlefields of the Prophet, the Messenger of God called the people to patience. On the battlefields of the Commander of the Faithful, the Commander of the Faithful called the people to patience. They always said: be patient. And what does patience on the field of battle mean? What does patience in the state of struggle mean? It means not growing weak in the struggle, not breaking off the striving, not leaving it half-done — this is the meaning of patience. If the Muslims of the world, on the path of cultural and economic and political advance, take up these two factors today too — the factor of faith and the factor of patience — then the Islamic community will gain the upper hand, culturally and politically and economically, over the unbelievers and the enemies of religion.

Let the Muslims not imagine that a stamp of nullity — of ill-repute, of backwardness, of poverty, of abasement — has been struck upon their foreheads; no. Let them not imagine that the enemies of religion and of Islam, scattered through every part of the world, these very hostile global powers, must forever ride the backs of the Muslims and lord it over them and exploit them; no, never is it so. If the Muslims of the world, if the Islamic countries, if the Muslim masses and nations — in short, if the great Islamic ummah, six or seven hundred million strong today — acquire faith, and store up patience as well, they will be victorious over the whole world. This is the Qur’an’s counsel to all Muslims in all times. This is the harvest of our discussion today. I wanted you to know that the outcome of the prophetic missions is good. I wanted you to know, from the Qur’an, that those missions and their uprisings will in the end be victorious, and that we today are the followers of the prophets. Why should the Islamic nations feel weak? Why? Why should you feel inferior? Why imagine that the enemies of religion can always triumph over the Islamic nations and countries? Why? No; it is not so; it is exactly the opposite — provided that we have faith and patience. So from today’s session let us at least take this benefit into practice: let us know the meaning of patience, and let us strive to perfect the faith within ourselves.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, make us among the followers of the prophets.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, bring into being within us a strong and rich substance of faith and patience.

O Lord! Make us partake of the fruits of faith and patience.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, make the Muslim nations and the Muslims of the whole world victorious over their enemies.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, those who, in any spot of the world, in any form, strive to weaken the Muslims, to humiliate the Muslims, to hold the Muslims back — destroy them.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, in any spot of the world, each of those who strive for the benefit of the Muslims and of Islam and of the lofty Islamic ideas — grant them success and aid.

O Lord! Cut the hand of the enemies of religion from the Islamic countries and from the Islamic nations.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, cut from the head of humanity the hand of the stubborn, obstinate enemies of religion and of the Muslims and of all humankind — namely the Jews.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, make us the true followers of Muhammad and the family of Muhammad.

O Lord! Make every day of our life more aware, more learned, more earnest, more believing, and more patient than the day before.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, take under Your protection all the oppressed and wronged of the world.

Annihilate and crush and humble all the oppressors and tyrants of the world;

Guide our hearts toward Yourself;

Make our souls flourishing and alive with Your remembrance;

Make our intention in this speaking and listening and sitting and rising sincere for Yourself alone;

Keep polytheism and hypocrisy and ostentation far from us.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, grant deliverance, very soon, to the innocent prisoners in every spot of the world that they may be.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, fulfill all the sound and reasonable desires of the community of Muslims.

And remove all the personal afflictions from among the Muslims.

(One thing I wanted to mention is this very subject of the mosque: that we have not wished to make use of the ordinary kinds of help that are sometimes used in mosques.)

21. Session 21: The Outcome of Prophethood (2)

فرجام نبوت (۲) — delivered Wednesday, 17 Mehr 1353 / 22 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

إِنَّا لَنَنصُرُ رُسُلَنَا وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ فِي ٱلۡحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنۡيَا وَيَوۡمَ يَقُومُ ٱلۡأَشۡهَٰدُ يَوۡمَ لَا يَنفَعُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ مَعۡذِرَتُهُمۡۖ وَلَهُمُ ٱللَّعۡنَةُ وَلَهُمۡ سُوٓءُ ٱلدَّارِ وَلَقَدۡ ءَاتَيۡنَا مُوسَى ٱلۡهُدَىٰ وَأَوۡرَثۡنَا بَنِيٓ إِسۡرَـٰٓءِيلَ ٱلۡكِتَٰبَ هُدٗى وَذِكۡرَىٰ لِأُوْلِي ٱلۡأَلۡبَٰبِ

"Indeed, We will surely help Our messengers and those who believe, in the life of this world and on the Day when the witnesses arise — the Day when their excuses will be of no benefit to the wrongdoers; and theirs is the curse, and theirs is the evil abode. And We had certainly given Moses guidance, and We bequeathed to the Children of Israel the Book — a guidance and a remembrance for those endowed with understanding."[579]

— Surat Ghafir (40:51-54)

Yesterday we said that God’s promise to the prophets and messengers — His promise concerning their mission among the people — is a promise full of hope and glad tidings. God the Exalted has promised His prophets, and those who bear the trust of the prophetic mission, and everyone who calls toward religion, truth, and reality, that they will triumph over their enemies in this world, and in the next world receive their reward. And everything that can be said about the victory of the prophets, peace be upon them, I summarized into two points.

The first point is this. When we examine the chain of the prophets across history, from first to last, we see that, taken as a whole, these teachers of mankind succeeded and triumphed. True, some of them met with failures, and with the people’s ingratitude, in the course of their call, or even up to its very end. But reckon the matter as a whole, and we see that the dear prophets, from the first of them to the last, accomplished the very work they had set out to accomplish.

I compared the prophets to teachers who wish to educate a student from beginning to end, one after another. Six teachers, ten teachers, fifteen teachers — from the lower grades up to the higher — they want to keep passing this child along, hand to hand, so that he may rise from the depths of ignorance to the summit of knowledge. Now, what is our judgment about the success or failure of that first-grade teacher? He lays before the child only a small stretch of the road and helps him cross it; he does not live to see this student reach the peak of his perfection, and passes away before that. Do we say he failed, because he could not carry this child all the way to the final stage, because he could not see him reach the final rank? No. He did his own work. He handed the trust to the next person only after he had fulfilled his own share of the responsibility.

Another example we have always given here runs like this. A very heavy, exhausting load must be carried from one end of the mosque to the other. No single person can lift it onto his shoulders and carry it there alone, with no one else’s help. Nor can all the people together lift this load at once and carry it to the end. One way remains. One of the several strong men gathered here, ready to lift the load, picks it up and carries it forward one meter; then a second takes the load from the one-meter mark and carries it to the two-meter mark; the third does the same, and the fourth, and the twenty-seventh, the twenty-eighth, the thirtieth — and so this load reaches the far end of the hall, across a distance of some thirty-three or thirty-four meters. That distance was crossed; that load was carried. But each of these men who lifted it could advance it only one meter — and for that single meter of advance, it may even be that he gave up his very life. So heavy is this load that to push it forward even a single meter, a person is compelled to sacrifice his own life on this path — and indeed he did sacrifice it. Yet the sum total here amounts to this: one precious life given as a ransom for one stage of the road crossed, for one stage of the load brought nearer to its destination.

The prophets are those robust, powerful men, each of whom carried this load forward by one meter. Noah, peace be upon him, came and pushed this load — the load of guiding mankind and bringing the human race to the summit of culture and virtue — forward by one meter. Even though in that single meter he endured torments, even though he preached for nine hundred and fifty years and had only just advanced a little, even though in the end he gave his life over this work — did he, in the end, fulfill his duty or not? Did he bring this load one meter nearer to its destination, or not? You see that he did. After Noah, the next prophet takes this load from him and likewise advances it one meter. A third comes, and he too advances it one meter. Then the Seal of the Prophets, may God’s blessings be upon him and his household, arrives and is commissioned to his mission. He takes this load — which had reached a certain appointed limit — and sets it upon a road where it rolls along on its rails and moves forward: humanity has reached maturity. So the prophets, from the first to the last, succeeded.

And at the conclusion of the work stands the last divine emissary, of whom we also wrote in these papers [580]. The appearance of the Awaited One (the Wali of the Age), may God’s blessings be upon him, is itself a glad tiding to all the godly and to all the "national-minded" of the world. This last appointee of God — whom we hold to be our own Imam of the Age, and whom all the "national-minded"[581] of the world await — will come and bring this load all the way to its final point. And whose work is the Imam of the Age continuing? He is continuing the work of Noah, the work of Abraham, the work of Moses, the work of Jesus, the work of our own Prophet, and the work of the pure Imams from the household of the Prophet. Had this load not reached its end, Noah would have failed. But because it will reach its end — because he too had a share in bringing it there — Noah is not a failure; Abraham is not a failure; Zachariah, whose body was sawn in two, is not a failure; that prophet whom they threw into the well [582] is not a failure. It is true that he fell into the well; it is true that in this world he did not see what he longed to see; it is true that Yahya (John), peace be upon him, had his head severed for the tyrant of his age and was sent as a gift. All of this is true — but none of these men were defeated. Why? Because they bore these calamities and afflictions at the price of pushing the load of the trust forward and bringing it nearer to its destination.

There is another point I touched on yesterday. Looking at the final outcome of the work, we saw that defeat never awaits the prophets: in the end they all triumphed and succeeded, in the sense I have explained. But some of the prophets, beyond that final triumph of bringing the load one meter nearer to its destination, attained certain successes in this world as well. Those successes lay in their being able to bring into existence a society built upon monotheistic thought and upon the school they proposed. The clearest instance is our own Prophet, who — upon the foundation of Islamic thought, the Qur’anic mode of thought, and the inspiration of God — brought into being a society, a polity (madinah), a community, an order. And many of the past prophets were of the same type, as I also mentioned yesterday. The conversion of the Roman Empire came after the departure of Jesus; the virtuous society of the Children of Israel took shape after the passing of Moses. Abraham established the divine society during his own lifetime — of this the Qur’an speaks. Solomon spread divine rule throughout the entire world. This Israelite prophet, Solomon, son of David, gathered the whole world into a single monotheistic, divine society, around one another and around a single axis. So some of the prophets did attain successes and triumphs even during their own lifetimes, and these triumphs came down to what? To the establishment of a divine, monotheistic order and society.

Some of the prophets had no such opportunity. Like whom? Like Zachariah and Yahya, whom I gave as examples — they failed in their lifetimes and were killed in the end; and like certain others among the prophets before them. What is this? How is it to be analyzed and explained? Why do some of the prophets succeed and others fail? Why can they not all establish the divine, monotheistic society? Why do only some attain this possibility and this success? The answer lies in a single short sentence. Everywhere the divine men, leaders, and great ones won their successes, those successes hung upon faith and patience. And everywhere the great divine leaders and callers to truth were defeated, it was because they did not have a sufficient measure of faith or of patience — without exception. It has been just so everywhere. Wherever the companions of the prophet and the believers in him held to patience in the struggle against the enemies of the prophet’s call, they pushed forward.

What victory and progress require is already present in the call of the prophets, because the prophets speak in accordance with truth, they act in accordance with truth, and truth is victorious. Truth accords with the nature and disposition of the world, and so it succeeds and prevails. The prophets too speak in accordance with the disposition of the world; therefore the substance of success in the movement of the prophets, in the revolution of the prophets, is fully present. If you see that some prophet in history was defeated, do not take this as proof that the word of truth must be defeated — no, the word of truth must be victorious, the order of truth must prevail, the hand of truth must strike falsehood upon the head and shatter it to pieces. So why does a prophet sometimes meet defeat? Because the followers of the prophet do not have sufficient faith or sufficient patience; they do not exert patience. Otherwise, as the verse of the Qur’an — that very verse we recited yesterday — says: “And Our word has already gone forth to Our servants, the messengers: that it is they who will be helped, and that it is Our host that will surely be the victors.”[583]

Our host, Our army, Our people are the ones who prevail — this word of God admits no exception. If you ever saw those who spoke the word of truth go down in defeat, know that they were not the host of God: the conditions for being the host of God were not present in them. And those others who engineered that victory, who engineered that defeat and prepared its ground — they too were not the host of God. On the day the Islamic society is the host of God, it pushes forward; on the day it falls behind, it is not the host of God, it is not the army of God, it is not the troops of God.

It all comes down to two things: the cause of defeats on the one hand, the cause of victories on the other. Wherever the followers of the prophet built complete faith and complete certainty within themselves and stood firm upon the word of truth, they succeeded and pushed forward, and defeat had no place in their affair. Yesterday I related something on the authority of one of the great figures of our own near-contemporary history,[584] who used to tell his friends: "When you are able, struggle. When you see that you are being defeated, struggle still — until you reach that moment when you become certain that, yes, you will surely be defeated — even then, struggle on. When, at the very moment that you are certain you will be defeated, you still continue your effort, your striving, and your struggle, then victory and triumph will be granted to you." A verse of the Qur’an says almost this same thing — indeed, says it outright. It says: “…until, when the messengers despaired and thought that they had been denied, Our help came to them…”[585]

It reached a point where the opposing front’s blows against the prophets grew so severe that the prophets themselves lost hope. It reached a point where the prophets and the people with them had their hearts shaken — not in their faith, for their faith did not vanish and they did not lose their belief in God, but in their certainty of victory. Because they had believed they would win, that certainty faltered, and they imagined they had misunderstood. They had been certain that God had told them, "You will surely be victorious." Yet they began to think that perhaps they had misunderstood, that God had made them no such promise. Wa zannu annahum qad kudhibu — "and they thought that they had been denied" — ja’ahum nasruna — "Our help came to them." In that very moment — when, from the intensity of the pressure and the severity of the enemy’s blows, the front of truth and religion felt that it was now surely being destroyed, that it was perishing, that the enemy was gaining the upper hand and the roads were closing in — in that very moment, because it still persevered and still strove, the help and succor of God arrived. That is what this verse of the Qur’an tells us.

We imagine that throughout history some of the movements calling toward truth were defeated. Zayd ibn 'Ali[586] was struck in the forehead by an arrow in the mosque of Kufa and fell. Muhammad ibn 'Abdullah, the one called "the Pure Soul" (al-Nafs al-Zakiyyah),[587] was defeated in his struggle against Mansur. Husayn ibn 'Ali al-Hasani, the martyr of Fakhkh,[588] was killed near Medina together with all his companions. Ibrahim ibn 'Abdullah[589] was slain in Kufa or Basra. From all of this, we imagine, we are meant to draw one general lesson: that wherever a movement of truth rose up against falsehood, it is condemned to defeat. A group of ignorant people, who know nothing of the logic of the Qur’an, hold exactly this notion. As I said, this notion settles, like sweet water, into the hearts of the powerful and the tyrants of history. They pray to the Lord of both worlds that the people should go on thinking this way. And of course they promote this way of thinking themselves. But it runs contrary to reality.

If Zayd ibn 'Ali is martyred there, in that defeated state, this is no proof that truth is condemned to extinction and defeat. Rather, it is proof that truth, even though it is truth, still needs work and striving. Let us not suppose that, because our word is truth, it is therefore unnecessary to strive on its behalf. Let us not think that, because our cause is the Qur’an, God Himself will therefore push the Qur’an forward — no! The word of truth is indeed truth, and the world is destined and certain[590] to accept it in the future — but it requires effort, it requires activity. A group must exercise patience for its sake; a group must eat the blood of their own hearts to enthrone it. This is the lesson the episode of Zayd ibn 'Ali gives us; it does not teach us that truth is condemned to extinction. So why do they err? Zayd ibn 'Ali’s word was true, and Imam al-Sadiq, peace be upon him, had endorsed his struggle against the apparatus of Hisham ibn 'Abd al-Malik. They had permitted him that wondrous struggle, and history speaks to this meaning. This noble man set out, and he arranged matters well too. Only, a group of people — ignorant and unaware, or fault-seeking, or under the influence of the evil propaganda of a vigilant enemy — forsook[591] him at the necessary moment and left him alone. This is the lesson we learn from that episode: even if a word is true, even with the rightfulness of Zayd ibn 'Ali’s word, his followers and supporters are defeated if they leave him alone and exert no effort on his path and at his side — and if they do struggle, they push forward. All the affairs of the world are just so.

How many people in the world do you know of — how many ideas, how many schools of thought — whose followers and friends, through their effort and struggle, enthroned that school of thought? How is it that false words, untrue words, words contrary to the way of the world and the nature of man, are enthroned through effort and struggle, yet the word of truth is not enthroned through struggle? What kind of talk is this? Yet some people do indeed say this very absurd, false thing.

The Commander of the Faithful (Amir al-Mu’minin), may God’s blessings be upon him, makes this matter entirely clear in one short sermon of the Nahj al-Balaghah. I did not intend today to go into great detail, and I will not; I would rather explain these verses. But for now I will recount this sermon for you as well. The Commander of the Faithful describes the advances of the soldiers of Islam in the time of the Prophet. He says:

Wa laqad kunna ma’a rasuli’llahi naqtulu aba’ana wa abna’ana wa ikhwanana wa a’mamana — "We were with the Messenger of God, slaying our fathers, our sons, our brothers, and our uncles…"[592]

He says: when we stood beside the Prophet and in the Prophet’s ranks, this is how we acted. When we went onto the battlefield, we slew our own fathers, our own sons, our own brothers, our own uncles who stood in the front ranks of unbelief and polytheism. If our uncle, our father, our son, our brother came under the banner of unbelief to make war on the Prophet, we — who had gone forth with the Prophet — did not say, "This is my brother, let me spare him; this is my son, let me spare him." Without hesitation we mowed them all down in the way of God. And afterward, when we had killed them and were returning, our hearts were not shaken within us so as to cry out, "Alas, woe! Look what we have done! For the sake of this new religion, this new thought, we have killed our own beloved child!" — no. Our faith did not lessen as a result of this sharp and decisive deed; it increased. Ma yaziduna dhalika illa imanan wa tasliman — "that only increased us in faith and submission" — this struggle of ours only added to our faith and our submission. Wa mudiyyan 'ala al-haqqi wa sabran 'ala madadi al-alam — this struggle of ours drove us to press on more decisively upon the truth in difficult matters, and to bear more patiently the pains and torments of the struggle.

Then the Commander of the Faithful goes on to describe the battlefields there in brief. He said: Wa jiddan fi jihadi al-'aduwwi. Wa laqad kana al-rajulu minna wa al-akharu min 'aduwwina yatasawalani tasawula al-fahlayni yatakhalasani anfusahuma: ayyuhuma yasqi sahibahu ka’sa al-manun — which I do not wish to expound — namely, how our soldier in battle would leap upon the enemy, how he would lock with him, how our soldiers and the champions of Islam would race one another toward death. These I will leave aside. Then, at the very end of this same short sermon, he says:

Fa-lamma ra’a’llahu sidqana anzala bi-'aduwwina al-kabta wa anzala 'alayna al-nasr — "So when God saw our truthfulness, He sent down humiliation upon our enemy and sent down victory upon us."

We struggled to such an extent that God saw that we were speaking truthfully, saw that we were truly Muslims, saw that we were truly believers — that we proved our deep faith by our deeds. And when we acted in this way, then the crushing of our enemies and victory for us descended upon us from God. He utters a few further sentences, and then he says:

Wa la-'amri law kunna na’ti ma ataytum ma qama li-l-dini 'amudun wa la-khdarra li-l-imani 'udun — "And by my life, had we done what you are doing, not a single pillar of the religion would have stood, and not a single branch of faith would have grown green."

The Commander of the Faithful says this during his caliphate, when he was confronting a handful of lazy, comfort-seeking men. When he said, "Come, let us go to the war against Mu’awiyah," they made excuses; when it was time to go to the war against Talhah and Zubayr, they fabricated a thousand kinds of religious justification for staying behind. In short, they were comfort-seeking, life-seeking, ease-seeking people, far from divine knowledge — such were the men he was dealing with. Weak, base, slack, abject, surrendered to humiliation, accustomed to comfort: with such men the Commander of the Faithful was contending. He says to them, Wa la-'amri — "by my own life I swear" — law kunna na’ti ma ataytum — "had we, in that day with the Prophet, done the very thing you are doing today," O Muslims, ma qama li-l-dini 'amudun wa la-khdarra li-l-imani 'udun — not one pillar among the pillars of the religion would have stood erect, not one branch among the branches of faith would have grown green.

What do you understand from this sermon? The word of the Commander of the Faithful is nothing other than the word of the Prophet, for the path that 'Ali trod is the very path his brother the Prophet trod. So why, in that earlier day, did the Prophet of God advance so far, while in the time of the Commander of the Faithful affairs came to such a standstill? The Commander of the Faithful states the secret. Because in that day, he says, we were patient on the battlefields; in that day we were patient under the burning of pain; in that day we were ready to rise from our beds onto the battlefield; in that day we were ready to give up our material interests and our livelihoods for the sake of God — but today you are not ready. In that day we advanced; today we fall behind. A very simple, clear matter — two times two is four. This is the social analysis of the Commander of the Faithful.

Here, then, is the summary of the matter. Across the chain of prophethoods, their work is accompanied by victory, and at its conclusion the eternal and final triumph belongs to them. But there is more: even in this very world the prophets are certain to attain victory and to achieve their own aims and the aims of their school. There is one condition — that their followers and companions bring real faith, render aid, and stay patient on the fields of struggle and jihad. Faith and patience: that is the upshot of the discourse.

Now let us return to the verses of the Qur’an. Today I have chosen verses from several places in the Noble Qur’an, and I found that it holds even more verses of glad tiding than these. One is in Surat al-Mu’min (Ghafir), where He says: “Indeed, We will surely help Our messengers and those who believe, in the life of this world and on the Day when the witnesses arise.”

I would regret not explaining these verses, so let me read them now. Inna la-nansuru rusulana wa alladhina amanu — "Indeed, We will surely help Our messengers and those who believe."[593] The lam in la-nansuru is for certainty and emphasis, and inna too carries this same sense of verification and emphasis. That is to say: We, definitively and without any doubt, help — rusulana, "Our messengers." Only the messengers? No — wa alladhina amanu, "and those who believe," the believers as well. The believer who moves along the path of the prophet: this promise is for him too. The pure-natured people who set out following the call of the prophets: this promise is for them too — wa alladhina amanu. And where do We help them? Fi al-hayati al-dunya — "in the life of this world": right here, in this very worldly life, We help them; We do not leave it for later. Wa yawma yaqumu al-ashhad — "and on the Day when the witnesses arise." That the witnesses arise is, in some commentaries, interpreted as the Day of Resurrection.

There is a tradition concerning this noble verse in which the Imam, peace be upon him, told Jamil ibn Darraj — according to that tradition — that God’s help to the prophets means their being helped in the world of the Return (raj’ah).[594] That is to say: the Wali of the Age, may God’s blessings be upon him, comes. That all-encompassing divine government takes hold in this world. The banner of the Qur’an and Islam is planted across the entire world; all the people turn toward religion, God, and monotheism; the single divine government comes into being. After that, God the Exalted brings back to life the prophets, the messengers, the executors of the prophets (awsiya'), the martyrs, and the righteous among the believers — in accordance with verses of the Qur’an interpreted to this meaning, and traditions that are explicit on it. I will not now go into the discussion of the Return. In this narration the Imam says that this verse is connected to the Return, and that the help is for the Return. But I myself imagine that the Imam, peace be upon him, does not wish to interpret this phrase — fi al-hayati al-dunya — as referring to the Return. He does not wish to say that when God states We help them in the life of this world, He means "in the Return within the life of this world." I think it is yawma yaqumu al-ashhad that is being interpreted as the Return, and not as the Resurrection — for what helping is there in the Resurrection? In the era of the Return, God the Exalted helps the prophets. This I offer only as a probability, and I draw the inference from this narration only as a probability. At any rate,[595] even if we set aside this benefit altogether, the phrase fi al-hayati al-dunya itself — on its apparent meaning, and by the indication of the verses that come afterward as well — shows that God the Exalted gives an explicit promise to the prophets and to the believers: in this very worldly life, We will help you.

The verse goes on: “The Day when their excuse will not benefit the wrongdoers; and theirs is the curse, and theirs is the evil abode.” Yawma yaqumu al-ashhad — who is it that arises? When do the witnesses arise? At that time when the apology of the wrongdoers will be of no benefit to them. There is another verse in the Qur’an: “…the Day when a sign of your Lord comes, no soul will benefit from its faith if it did not believe before…”[596]

This too is interpreted as the era of the coming of the Wali of the Age — it may well be the same era. Wa lahumu al-la’nah — the curse is upon the wrongdoers. Wa lahum su’u al-dar — theirs is a most ill-omened, evil abode.

Then, to bring a witness to the fact that We help the prophets, He cites the episode of Moses. Before this verse, from the early part of Surat al-Mu’min, the discourse is mostly about Moses and his struggles against Pharaoh. So here too — where He gives the promise of help to all the prophets — He offers one instance, one example: “And We had certainly given Moses guidance, and We bequeathed to the Children of Israel the Book — a guidance and a remembrance for those endowed with understanding.”

Wa laqad atayna Musa al-huda — "We gave Moses guidance and right-guidedness." Wa awrathna Bani Isra’ila al-kitab — "and We bequeathed the Book to the Children of Israel as an inheritance." The Children of Israel remained possessors of the Book, possessors of the whole collection of divine knowledge and ordinances. This shows that they succeeded. Had the unbelievers and tyrants of the age prevailed over them, they would never have allowed them to live by their own heavenly Book; they would have destroyed the Book from among them. Hudan wa dhikra li-uli al-albab — this Book is guidance, right-guidance, and awareness for those endowed with intellect and reason.

Fa-sbir — then, this matter concluded, He addresses the Seal of the Prophets: Fa-sbir — "so be patient, persevere, resist the impulses that bring about decline." Inna wa’da’llahi haqq — without doubt, God’s promise is true. This is the promise God has given, that you will be victorious — the promise in Surat al-Saffat: Wa laqad sabaqat kalimatuna li-'ibadina al-mursalin, innahum lahumu al-mansurun — and the other promises throughout the Qur’an. They are true, they are correct. You will surely be victorious, O Prophet, in accordance with the divine promise — but the condition for it is patience. Fa-sbir — you must be patient, you must resist and persevere, you must not turn back from the sacred contest you have undertaken. “So be patient — indeed, the promise of God is true — and seek forgiveness for your sin, and glorify your Lord with praise in the evening and the morning.”

Fa-sbir inna wa’da’llahi haqq, wa-staghfir li-dhanbik — "and seek forgiveness for your sin." The Prophet’s sin, the sin in the Prophet’s category, is not of the type of our sins. The Prophet is infallible — this is certain. By the explicit text of the Qur’anic verses and by the judgment of reason, the Prophet does not sin. This "sin" is the kind of lapse that, for a human being of that station, counts as a lapse — even though, if you and I were to do the very same thing, it would be no lapse at all. Those are the sins He speaks of, those are the lapses. Wa-staghfir li-dhanbik — ask pardon, seek forgiveness, and make amends for your small lapses of the past. Wa sabbih bi-hamdi rabbika bi-l-'ashiyyi wa-l-ibkar — "and glorify, and praise your Lord, in every evening and every morning." This verse teaches us very clearly that the outcome of the prophets' work is the help of God.

Now, the verses of Surat al-Anbiya' work in the same way. Surat al-Anbiya' is in the seventeenth juz', after Surat Ta Ha, and its verses are excellent; I recommend to those friends who have intimacy with the Qur’an that they read it carefully. From the beginning of the sura, God the Exalted says again and again that the prophets will be victorious, the enemies of the prophets will be crushed, and — in this world too, before the next — they will be punished. Then, after repeating these matters somewhat, He turns to history. He recounts the story of Moses, the victory of Moses and the defeat of the power opposing him; the story of Abraham, the victory of Abraham and the defeat of the powers opposing him; the stories of Noah, of Solomon, and others. Every episode in the sura takes this form: the prophet advances, succeeds, is victorious; and the anti-prophet — the counter-revolution against the prophet, the reaction that opposes prophethood and its new word — is overcome, is subdued, is defeated. And this is the way (sunnah) of history.

He says: “And We did not send before you any but men to whom We revealed…”[597] — these are the verses at the beginning of the sura — before you, We sent prophets and gave them revelation. Wa ma ja’alnahum jasadan la ya’kuluna al-ta’am (21:8) — "We did not make them bodies that did not eat food": We did not make them into angels who have no body and need no food. Wa ma kanu khalidin — nor were they immortal. They too died in the end. But — thumma sadaqnahumu al-wa’d (21:9) — "then We fulfilled for them the promise": We made Our promise of victory come true for them. Fa-anjaynahum wa man nasha' — "We saved them and whomever We willed": We saved the prophets, and whomever else We willed We saved along with them. Wa ahlakna al-musrifin — "and We destroyed the transgressors": We destroyed the transgressors. Laqad anzalna ilaykum kitaban fihi dhikrukum, a-fa-la ta’qilun (21:10) — "We have sent down to you a Book in which is your remembrance": now to you too, O believers, We have sent down a Book, a Qur’an, in which is your remembrance and your reminder. A-fa-la ta’qilun — "do you not, then, use reason? Do you not reflect?"

Then He arrives at verse eleven, and He says: “And how many a town that was wrongdoing have We shattered…”

Wa kam qasamna min qaryatin — this is truly a hymn to the victory of the prophets, a stirring anthem of how greatly the Lord of the world made them succeed through His unseen aids. And these are not the kind of unseen aid the common people wish for and love, where a hand reaches out from the unseen to strike the enemy in the chest. No — they are unseen aids concealed within the very womb of this world, working through the world’s own disposition and the nature of man and the cosmos. Through these aids, how greatly did the Lord of the world make the prophets succeed. Wa kam qasamna min qaryatin — how many, and how often, did We shatter the settlement and society that kanat zalimah, that was wrongdoing. The wrongdoing society, the wrongdoing order, the wrongdoing civilization — the society in whose very construction injustice was employed, in which class divisions arose and exploitation was established, the exploitation of man by man: this is "the wrongdoing town," this is "the wrongdoing society," the one founded on tyranny — how many of these did We shatter! Wa kam qasamna — that is, "how many did We shatter, We crushed." Wa qasamna means "We shattered, We pulverized." Min qaryatin kanat zalimatan wa ansh’ana ba’daha qawman akharin — "and after them We raised up another people": after them We brought into being another people, another group, another class, and set them to the work.

He goes on: “Then, when they perceived Our might, at once they fled from it. [It was said:] Do not flee, but return to the luxury you were given and to your dwellings, that you might be questioned. They said: Woe to us, indeed we were wrongdoers! And that did not cease to be their cry until We made them stubble, extinguished.” Fa-lamma ahassu ba’sana — this describes the wrongdoers' misery at the moment they behold the punishment of God. The very moment those wrongdoers sensed Our wrath — whether a heavenly punishment descended, say, or whether they saw the believers charge upon them alongside their prophet, about to bring down the sword of God’s wrath upon their heads — the moment they sensed Our wrath, idha hum minha yarkudun — suddenly, from those settlements, from that civilization, from that society, they took to flight. La tarkudu — "do not flee"; wa-rji’u ila ma utriftum fihi — "and return to the luxury you were given": return to those palaces where you lived in ease, back to the city where you lorded over others and boasted — where are you fleeing to? Wa-rji’u ila ma utriftum fihi wa masakinikum — "and to your dwellings." La’allakum tus’alun — "that you might be questioned": perhaps they wish to interrogate you — where are you going? Qalu ya waylana inna kunna zalimin — they said, "Woe to us! Woe to us, for we were oppressors and wrongdoers." Fa-ma zalat tilka da’wahum — this remained their cry; hatta ja’alnahum hasidan khamidin — "and they kept on speaking in this way until We made them all prey to death and annihilation."

These next verses state the intellectual foundation of this historical reality. Why did things become this way? Why must the wrongdoers be destroyed and the oppressed take their place? Why must the prophet’s call surely advance and his opponents be crushed? The cause is this: “And We did not create the heaven and the earth and what is between them in play. Had We wished to take a diversion, We would have taken it from within Ourselves — if We were to do so.”

Wa ma khalaqna al-sama’a wa-l-arda wa ma baynahuma la’ibin — We did not create the heaven and the earth and what is between them in vain. Law aradna an nattakhidha lahwan la-attakhadhnahu min ladunna in kunna fa’ilin — had We wished to do a frivolous thing, We would certainly have done it; We would have done it of Our own self — if We were the doers of such a thing — but We never do. The Lord of the world does nothing vain, nothing false, nothing futile. What does this mean? It means that this heaven and earth, and all that lies between them, We created according to a purpose — for the attainment of an aim and a goal. Truth (haqq) is the line of progression of this heaven and earth, and of whatever is in them, toward that goal. The path that brings the heaven and the earth and their creatures to that destination, that aim and goal for which they were created — that line of progression is truth. And any means that brings human beings to that destination is itself truth. None of this is stated outright in the verse; rather, this is its import — reflect upon the verse, and it is quite clear. This is the foundation of the Qur’an: much of what is already understood and clear, that the human intellect arrives at on its own, it does not bother to make explicit.

Then He continues: “Rather, We hurl the truth against falsehood, and it crushes it, and at once it vanishes. And woe to you for what you describe.”

Bal naqdhifu bi-l-haqqi 'ala al-batili — rather, We strike falsehood with the means of truth. This path of truth, this correct way, this innate and natural way of man and the world, will in the end triumph over falsehood; We make the truth prevail over it. Fa-yadmaghuhu — so this truth utterly effaces and annihilates falsehood. Fa-idha huwa zahiq — then you see falsehood as it perishes, heading toward annihilation. Wa lakumu al-waylu mimma tasifun — then for you, O wrongdoers, O oppressors, O followers of falsehood and deniers of truth, is woe; for you is wretchedness and ruin. Wa lakumu al-waylu mimma tasifun — woe to you for what you have described and asserted.

Then He continues in a most interesting and beautiful Qur’anic style — and to grasp these subtleties correctly, a person must become intimate with the Qur’an. Those who miss these fine points and refinements of the Qur’an usually have no intimacy with it. Once a person grows intimate with the Qur’an, its tone of speech becomes familiar to his ear, and he understands how it is speaking. He discusses this matter: the coming of truth and the going of falsehood, the victory of truth and the defeat of falsehood. Then, regarding the creation of the heaven and the earth, He once again takes hold of the point that the Lord of the world owns the heaven and the earth and rules over every region of the world of existence. Therefore, in the life of human beings too He must hold sway; in the system of human life He must give the law, administer, and govern. And so those who laid claim to government, power, and dominion in opposition to the prophets were upon falsehood and are condemned to annihilation.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the household of Muhammad, make us true followers of Muhammad and the household of Muhammad.

O Lord! By Muhammad and the household of Muhammad, do not separate us from them in this world, in life, and in the Hereafter.

By Muhammad and the household of Muhammad, draw their kindness and their love toward us.

O Lord! Make us followers and adherents of the Qur’an, and those who act upon the Qur’an.

22. Session 22: The Commitment of Faith in Prophethood

تعهد ایمان به نبوت — Thursday, 18 Mehr 1353 / 23 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ وَهَاجَرُواْ وَجَٰهَدُواْ بِأَمۡوَٰلِهِمۡ وَأَنفُسِهِمۡ فِي سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَاوَواْ وَّنَصَرُوٓاْ أُوْلَـٰٓئِكَ بَعۡضُهُمۡ أَوۡلِيَآءُ بَعۡضٖۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ وَلَمۡ يُهَاجِرُواْ مَا لَكُم مِّن وَلَٰيَتِهِم مِّن شَيۡءٍ حَتَّىٰ يُهَاجِرُواْۚ وَإِنِ ٱسۡتَنصَرُوكُمۡ فِي ٱلدِّينِ فَعَلَيۡكُمُ ٱلنَّصۡرُ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ قَوۡمِۭ بَيۡنَكُمۡ وَبَيۡنَهُم مِّيثَٰقٞۗ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعۡمَلُونَ بَصِيرٞ

"Indeed, those who believed and emigrated and struggled with their wealth and their lives in the way of God, and those who gave shelter and aid — those are allies of one another. But those who believed yet did not emigrate — you owe them no guardianship at all until they emigrate. And if they seek your help in religion, then upon you is to help, except against a people between whom and you there is a treaty. And God is Seeing of what you do."

— Surat al-Anfal (8:72)

This issue must be raised within the discussions of Prophethood. If we fail to grasp it, much of what has been said on the subject of Prophethood will have almost no practical effect for us. This final discussion is what guarantees that the previous ones enter our lives and are put into practice.

What is this final discussion? It is this. We who say "Ashhadu anna Muhammadan rasul Allah" — "I bear witness that Muhammad is the Messenger of God" — announce in the call to prayer, in the ritual prayer, in the pronouncing of the two testimonies (the shahadatayn), everywhere, that we belong to the Prophet’s Ummah, that we accept and are convinced of his prophethood and have faith in it. What commitment does this testimony place on our shoulders? Does this belief, this testimony, this profession, create any commitment for us at all?

There is one kind of testimony where you say, "I bear witness and accept that — suppose — the narcissus flower is more fragrant than the Muhammadan rose." That is one matter. Some people do not even know this; some believe the opposite. You, sir, rightly or wrongly, have become convinced that this flower’s scent is more pleasing to the nose than that one. Now that you have given this testimony — thumma madha, as we seminary students say, "and then what?" Nothing. You see that if a person testifies this flower is better than that one, or the reverse, it has no effect on our life and creates no commitment in it.

Let me give another example. In the Christian world, one person stands at the head of the religious hierarchy, called the Pope. As you know, this Pope is in reality merely a kind of statue that people must respect. He puts forth no new theory in Christian belief, and issues no new ruling among Christian laws that differs from the previous ones. His being or not being is just like the presence or absence of a beautiful statue in your reception room: if it is there, the decor is complete; if it is not, then to luxury-loving eyes the room is deficient. On Christian thought, the existence of the Pope and his absence have no greater effect than this. In this very year in which we are living, if an informed Christian were aware that the present Pope has died and so-and-so has taken his place, or refused to believe it, it would make no difference whatsoever to his life. If a Christian were to say, "I bear witness that the existing Pope of my time is Mr. So-and-so," this testimony brings him no commitment. That is to say, the state of this Christian is the same as the state of that broken-down old man sitting in a corner of some village — who has no news that the former Pope has died and someone has come in his place. Just as the old man’s life underwent no change after the death of the former Pope, so too no change of any kind comes about in the life of this gentleman who knows the Pope died and another has taken his seat. "I bear witness that today the Pope is so-and-so" — this testimony creates no commitment.

Now: when I say in the tashahhud of my prayer, "Ashhadu anna Muhammadan rasul Allah," when it is proclaimed from the minaret of my city and province as a general slogan, as a portrayer of the overall countenance of this society, "Ashhadu anna Muhammadan rasul Allah" — does this testimony to prophethood, this faith in prophethood and the proclaiming of it, place a commitment upon my shoulders as the one professing it, and upon the shoulders of that society for which this profession is uttered as its slogan? Or does it not? This is the question.

The answer is yes, it does. What commitment does it place upon the shoulders of the follower of the Prophet, the one who accepts his call? Let me put it in a single phrase. A person who believes in the prophethood of the Prophet takes upon his shoulders the commitment to follow the Prophet’s path and to carry the Prophet’s burden home. These words are uttered very easily, but their responsibility is very heavy; and fundamentally, to be of the Prophet’s Ummah and to be a witness to his prophethood is precisely this.

A group of people imagine that once they have said "We accept that so-and-so is a prophet" — that the moment they proclaim with the tongue the acceptance of his prophethood that is in their heart — their work is done, and they have carried themselves across the border of Hell into the border of Heaven. Listen carefully, and see whether this belief I am describing exists in your mind too. I have no concern with who holds it and who does not. Some imagine that human beings were burning in the fire of God’s wrath, and then the matter of the prophethood of the Seal of the Prophets was raised; a number of these people, there in the precinct of torment and God’s wrath, said "Ashhadu anna Muhammadan rasul Allah" — "I bear witness that Muhammad is the Prophet of God" — and by uttering this phrase they came out of the region of God’s torment, they were pulled out, and they fell into the region of mercy. From there, if they prayed, they come a little closer, within the region of mercy, to the wellspring of mercy; if they fasted, they come a little closer; if they paid khums and zakat, closer still; if they also enjoined good and forbade evil, closer again; if they performed other deeds too, then they reach the wellspring of mercy; and even if they did not perform them, in the end they are still within the region of mercy. Did you grasp it? Some imagine it this way.

The result of this way of thinking is this. Suppose today a person were to write in his identity document "Muslim, follower of the Prophet of Islam" — back when they used to write it in identity documents, though now they do not — or, put to him in a question and answer, he is asked, "Sir, what is your creed and religion?" and he says "Islam." Merely because he has specified Islam and not specified Christianity, not materialism, not Judaism, not some other religion — merely because, among the various things presented to him under the name of religion, he has put his finger on Islam — they say: "Very well; since you have specified Islam, go to Heaven. Now, if you also prayed, all the better; if you also fasted, all the better; if you also did other deeds, all the better; and even if you did not do them, your place is in God’s Heaven — except that before you reach the Resurrection, they will squeeze you hard." This is a saying and a thought that is current in people’s minds.

This saying is not correct. Faith in the Prophet is necessary, but that faith brings commitments along with it; and a person’s faith is sound only to the extent that those commitments are fulfilled. Suppose a person held a faith on his tongue, or even in his heart, but did not commit himself to any of the commitments that this faith specifies for him, did not accept any of the responsibilities that acceptance of the Prophet’s prophethood places on his shoulders. Then this person, though outwardly a believer, is not a true believer. What will God do with him at the Resurrection? I do not know, nor do I have any concern to know. But by the measures of this world, as a basis on which we can pass a verdict on the faith or lack of faith of a person, we do not regard this man as a person of faith.

Of course, let me add one thing. Uttering this phrase and declaring belief outwardly does preserve a person’s life and property, as the saying goes — though there is some loose usage in that expression — that is, it brings him inside the Islamic sphere. But our discussion is not about whether a person’s life and property are protected. We want to see whether he is a believer or not. On the basis of the Quranic criteria, whose verses I will now explain for you, we say: that person who is not bound to the commitments of faith is not a believer. A believer is one who is bound to the commitments and responsibilities that faith in prophethood brings.

What is this commitment? It is that I should see what the Prophet wanted to do in this world. The Prophet wanted to lift a tremendous burden, the Prophet wanted to uproot a tremendous boulder, the Prophet wanted to erect a tremendous edifice. And I too, in my own time, should look and see: has that burden which the Prophet wanted to lift been completely lifted? Has that stone which the Prophet wanted to uproot[598] from the ground and completely tear out been completely torn out? Has that edifice which the Prophet wanted to demolish and to build been built? If I saw that the answer is negative — that burden is still on the ground, that stone has not been torn out, that edifice has not been built — then let me strive to do the work he wanted to do. Let me strive to lift this burden myself. If my bones were weak, if my strength did not suffice, then to the extent that I can, let me strain at it, and let me also find ten other people so that we lift this burden together; let me find yet another group so that we build this edifice together. If I could not finish the building, can I not at least bring ten bricks and stack them there? Can I not dig out even a portion of its foundation and footing? Can I not at least prepare the preliminaries of the work? If I say I cannot, it is a lie.

He must be bound to this commitment; otherwise it is a lie for him to say, "I bear witness that he is the Prophet of God." That is a superficial testimony. "I bear witness that he is a prophet, but I cannot bear witness that I believe in his prophethood" — like the hypocrites:

“When the hypocrites come to you, they say, 'We bear witness that you are indeed the Messenger of God.' And God knows that you are indeed His Messenger, and God bears witness that the hypocrites are surely liars.”[599]

They would come and say, "O Messenger of God, we bear witness that you are the Prophet of God." God says: yes, We Ourselves know that you are Our prophet; this matter is certain to Us — the statement is, in itself, true. But We bear witness that they were liars in this testimony of theirs; in their hearts they do not accept it, while with their tongues they say it.

The commitment of the messengership is the building of a world in the form that Islam has stated. The Messenger, when he comes, comes in order to build a world to the dimensions that Islam proposes. The Prophet is commissioned for this — to set right the form and the order of human life in the manner that God states. Suppose that you, in your own time, saw that humanity is not living by the God-ordained form, that mankind is deprived of a divine society, that various schools are pulling humanity this way and that, and that Islam has remained confined to a corner of people’s minds and hearts and no more. Then your duty and your commitment, on the basis of the testimony you give to the messengership of the Prophet, is to strive to bring the world into the form ordained by Islam. This is the responsibility and the commitment of prophethood.

Just as has been written in these papers, which you have studied or are studying: Islam brings a new thought, and on the basis of this new thought a new front-formation, a new lining-up, comes into being. And through the study of the verses of the Quran we have repeatedly reached this conclusion — that religion, in essence, means the creation of a new front-formation and lining-up.

When human beings live in an ignorant (jahili) society, they are all obedient and tamed, all facing one direction, one way. The Prophet, when he comes into this society, divides them into two groups: one group he rescues from this misguidance, this straying, this bewilderment; he changes their path, and so they become two groups. In the sense I have described, the prophets are an agent of division; in this sense, they are an agent of duality. Hold on to the sense in which I said this, so that if you recount it somewhere you do not say, "So-and-so says the Prophet is an agent of division." In this sense he is an agent of division, and in no other — everyone is going, like the cars of a single train, toward the downward slope of ruin; the Prophet comes and takes hold of these cars from behind. Some of the cars detach themselves from the Prophet’s hand and go on toward the downward slope of ruin; a number welcome this holding-back of his; and division falls among the cars.

This caravan is heading toward the bandits, toward the place of death, toward the earthquake-zone; the Prophet comes and says, "Do not go." Some listen to his word and do not go; some do not listen and go. So they become two fronts — division. In this sense, the prophets, when they come, create division and duality within societies — except that it is a duality within a society that had been uniformly misguided. They come and say, "Turn back toward God," and division falls among those uniform masses; some turn back, some do not.

So a new front, a new lining-up, a new mutual positioning comes into being in society with the coming of the Prophet. The Prophet stands on one side, in one rank; the obstinate adversaries of the Prophet stand on the other side, in another rank. Pay close attention to these two ranks that I am sketching. At first the Prophet was all alone, and everyone stood in that opposing rank. He exerted effort, he strove, one by one, two by two, until at last he was able to form a rank facing that misguided and hellbound one — to bring into being a rank facing the rank of error. They stand as two ranks facing each other: one is the rank of the Prophet; the other is the rank of the Prophet’s enemies.

What did the Prophet want to do? He wanted to take the people to Heaven — the Heaven of this world and the Heaven after death, both. Because he wants to take the people to Heaven, the people must come with him; if they do not come with him, they do not reach Heaven. Is this correct? The Prophet wants to take human beings to the destination of felicity; if they do not come with him, if they do not become his companions and fellow travelers, they do not reach that destination. Remember this well. Now, between these two ranks stands a person. He looks at the Prophet and sees that he speaks true words; however much he listens, he finds that the Prophet’s word is a good word. On the other hand, he sees that if he enters the Prophet’s rank, he will be forced to contend against that opposing rank. He has no heart to go into the opposing rank, because he sees that they are heading toward Hell; he has no heart to come into the Prophet’s rank, because he sees that the Prophet’s rank means trouble. So what does he do? He comes between the two ranks, chooses a safe, secure, peaceful spot, pitches a tent there, and sits down. What sort of person is this? You tell me.

This man who has sat down in the middle, slumbering on a comfortable bed between the two ranks — will he reach Heaven or not? Plainly he will not. The Prophet is bound for Heaven, and only those who set out together with him will go, while this one never set out with the Prophet at all. Whoever is between the two ranks is not with the Prophet; whoever has not joined the Prophet is against the Prophet; whoever is not with Ali is against Ali; whoever is not with the truth is against the truth. The Quran tells us this too, but the eloquent, clear tongue of the Imam (peace be upon him) — much closer to comprehension — states it for us. He says, "Al-sakitu akhu al-radi"_[600] — learn this hadith; the reference for it is Bihar al-Anwar, the volume of admonitions (mawa’iz) — "Al-sakitu akhu al-radi, wa man lam yakun ma’ana kana 'alayna." The one who is silent in the face of a false situation is the brother of the one who is content with that situation. They do not even go on to say what the content one becomes; that much is obvious — man radiya bi-'amali qawmin fa-huwa minhum: whoever is content with the deed of a community, content with the life of a people, is one of them; they too will take him and tie him to the same manger to which they tie those people. This one who is silent — discontented in his heart, yet never proclaiming his discontent — he too is the brother of the one who is content. Then it continues: "wa man lam yakun ma’ana kana 'alayna" — whoever is not with us is against us. Between these two ranks, Islam has supposed no place at all.

Those who read it blind were the men like the companions of 'Abdullah ibn Mas’ud — among them this very gentleman Rabi' ibn Khuthaym[601] (if this grave in Khurasan is indeed his). At the Battle of Siffin he said, "We are not prepared to accompany the Commander of the Faithful, because he is going to shed the blood of Muslims," and, seeking his own comfort, asked the Imam to send them off to the frontiers to stand guard. These men imagined that the war between Yazdgerd the Third and — I do not know — Heraclius the umpteenth of Rome was such that, whichever of them prevailed, it would mean nothing at all for a person’s religion or worldly life. So, seeking ease, a person could conclude a pact of non-aggression, an agreement not to intervene in the war, and go sit in some corner. They imagined it was an international war, several nations fighting one another over power and government, where whichever country manages to keep itself aside has won. They did not understand that the war between truth and falsehood is an unavoidable one. They did not grasp that in the war between truth and falsehood, if you are not with the truth, you are with falsehood. Being with falsehood does not necessarily mean you take up arms against the truth; even the case where you simply do not fight for the truth falls under being with falsehood. This is what they did not understand. Prophethood comes and makes the ranks distinct; it says, "Let those who are with us come."

He said: O company, whoever has not love for us,
let him take to the road and depart from our Karbala.[602]

Let him go; he is no longer with us. Take the one whom Husayn ibn 'Ali summons on the road — "Come, help us" — and who answers, "O son of the Messenger of God, shall I offer this horse of mine to your service, or this sword of mine?" — clearly he is no longer with Husayn; he stands against Husayn, not with him. And so you see that our traditionists write of him: that unfortunate one — truly unfortunate. And they speak the truth. Woe to those wretched people who, like him, are unfortunate throughout time; O unfortunate one! The prophets come and make the road clear; they say, "This is it. If you are a man, if you are a seeker of truth, if you are for God’s sake, if you bear witness to our prophethood — then come, by God, our road is this. But if you sat down there, and you saw our road, you saw the wayfarers of our road, and because it was hard you did not come, because it was hard you did not help, because it was hard you even turned your face the other way — that is, 'I did not see' — yet at that very moment you took up a rosary in your hand and said, 'I bear witness that you are prophets, I bear witness that you are prophets, I bear witness that you are prophets,' and you told off one full round of the rosary — this is of no use. Say nothing, and come; do not bring this remembrance to your tongue, do not act:

“O you who have believed, why do you say that which you do not do? Great is the hatred in the sight of God that you say what you do not do.”[603]

Why do you not act upon what you say with your tongue, "I believe in it"? Woe unto me — I am describing my own condition. It is a great sin for a person to say something with the tongue, to declare a belief, but not act upon it. Why should I say I am a follower of the Prophet of God, while I am a follower of Abu Jahl? Why should I say I am after Islam, while I am after polytheism? Why should I say I am an 'Alawi (a follower of Ali), while I am of Mu’awiya and of Abu Jahl?

What was the difference between Ali and Mu’awiya? By God, today you sketch out Ali and Mu’awiya in your own society. Picture one person. Everything he says cuts against ease and comfort; everything he says lays a burden of responsibility on the shoulder; everything he wants is effort. He is repelled by lying; he is made uneasy by a bribe; he is made uneasy by a gift that gives off the smell of a bribe. On the path of God and for God’s sake he is fierce.[604] He has a strange leopard-temper on the path of God. On the path of God and the ruling of God he shows mercy to no one. Even his own brother, when he comes and asks him for money from the public treasury (bayt al-mal), gets red-hot iron held toward his fist. One such person in society — strict, precise, cautious in carrying out the divine and Islamic rulings and prescribed limits — this is one man. And one man is his exact opposite. He is willing for you to make merry, willing for you to live in comfort, willing to give you whatever you want from him, and he sets only one condition before you in return, and that condition is that you say, "Do not help Ali, help me; and the help I want from you is not much help either — sometimes praise me, and that is enough." Well, by God, of these two men, which one do you go after? Which one do you accept in this time and in this segment of history? Are you willing to go with the one who has trouble, responsibility, movement, effort — to be with him, to act upon his command? Are you willing to pass over the one who has money for you, has rank, has comfort, has title, has influence, has a powerful hand — to pass him over for this? If you are willing, blessed are you; had you been alive in Ali’s time too, you would have been a Shia of Ali. But if you see that your heart takes flight toward comforts, indulgences, pleasures, monies, ranks, prestige, preening and boasting before this person and that — even outside the path of God — then know that had you been there, you would have been one of those who, if you were very calculating, would by night, secretly, without having bid farewell to the neighbors, mount your horse — even telling your wife and children, "I await you in Sham (Syria); ya 'Ali madad!" — and ride off toward Sham. You would leave Ali alone, just as many of the respected figures of that time left him.

'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas, the cousin of the Commander of the Faithful and cousin of the Prophet, the narrator of so much hadith, the commentator of the Quran, a figure respected among Shia and Sunni — did this very thing to Ali, so that the Commander of the Faithful, in Nahj al-Balagha, has two letters and two addresses to 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas. And who was 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas, after all? Merely because they narrated some four hadiths from him, on the authority of the Prophet, both Shia and Sunni accept him. He was not even a Companion of the Prophet, yet all accept him — and this is a point worth noting. Had he been a Companion whom Shia and Sunni accepted, it would not matter — like Salman, like Abu Dharr, like 'Ammar, whom all accept. But he is one of the Successors (tabi’in); he did not properly perceive the time of the Prophet, since he was a child when the Prophet passed away. Studying a bit of history, I saw that this gentleman 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas was among the entourage of the second Caliph, and very fond of him too — this one also rode mostly in the train of Mr. 'Umar. For a man to be one of the Successors, never to have known the time of the Prophet, and yet for both Shia and Sunni to accept him — ya lal-'ajab! (how astonishing!) — this must be a very strange man. What is the name for this in Islamic convention, that two hostile groups should both accept one person? This man, while he was the governor (ustandar) of Basra, took the monies of the public treasury and made his getaway! Where to? Mecca — into the safe sanctuary of the Lord. No doubt he took the monies there and gave them in charity! He gave them to the poor — yes, to the poor slave-girl dealers; he bought a few beautiful slave-girls, with whom he might be at ease and busy himself in pleasure-seeking.

Now, if 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas were here today, what do you suppose he would say about the Commander of the Faithful? He would narrate all the first-hand hadiths on the merit of Ali; he would shed tears at the remembrance of Ali; he would recount his memories of having been with Ali. But would you and I — clever and shrewd as we are — accept that he is a Shia? We would say: "Sir, go set this snare for some other bird,[605] go; if you were a Shia, you ought to have shown yourself at the time of the test." "'Inda al-imtihan yukramu al-rajulu aw yuhan"_[606] — at the time of the test a man is either honored or disgraced. "Fi taqallub al-ahwal 'ulima jawahir al-rijal"_[607] — in the vicissitudes of circumstances the substances of men become known. Had you been a Shia of Ali, you would not have cost Ali so much heart’s blood; your fleeing would not have wrung such moaning out of Ali, moaning as he did over the departure of 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas: "You were closer to me than all my kinsmen; I had hope in you; I relied upon you. You left your cousin alone in these conditions and went away?!" It is a letter Ali has in Nahj al-Balagha, addressed to 'Abdullah — except that the late Radi (may God’s pleasure be upon him),[608] living in the time of the Banu al-'Abbas, either out of fear or out of embarrassment at writing "From a letter of his to 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas," wrote instead, "From a letter of his to one of his administrators"[609] — he wrote that the Imam (peace be upon him) wrote to one of his agents, his governors, but did not write who this governor was. When you read this letter, it is obvious that it was 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas; and beyond Nahj al-Balagha, in other places they have narrated that it pertains to 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas — that "you left your cousin alone, you did such and such and such and such."

In any case, the commitment of accepting and embracing prophethood is this: walking behind the Prophet, accepting his assignment, acting in the very manner that he wants. Let me explain just this brief portion of the verses for you, so that you may see what the commitment of Islam is.

"Inna alladhina amanu wa hajaru…" — "Indeed, those who believed and emigrated." Those who believed and emigrated and struggled with their wealth and their lives. This concerns the time of the Prophet — not that I mean it is not for other times; no, this is a general ruling. It is stated in regard to the time of the Prophet, when emigration (hijra) was also at issue there — emigration to the Islamic society. In those days a number of people would become Muslim and accept the thought of the Prophet, yet were not prepared to leave Mecca. They would say, "Well, why should I go out? In Mecca I have a shop with two or three doorways,[610] I have an excellent round telephone number, I have my customers, I have kinsmen and relatives and friends and drinking companions — should I leave all these and go off to the side of the Prophet? Well, why? Is faith required? I have faith — I will say it a hundred times, in my heart, on my tongue, softly of course so that no one hears: God is One, and the Prophet too is in the right. The Prophet wants prayer from me — I pray; he wants fasting — instead of thirty days I will fast sixty days; why should I go to Medina?" Some thought this way. But emigration was required there. The Islamic society was newly founded; they had to go, they had to strengthen it, they had to make that society invulnerable against its enemies. Emigration was therefore a decisive condition of the acceptance of faith.

"Inna alladhina amanu" — those who believed and adhered; "wa hajaru" — and emigrated to Medina; "wa jahadu bi-amwalihim wa anfusihim" — and with their wealth and their lives, both, exerted struggle in the way of God; and likewise, from the other side; "wa alladhina awaw" — those who gave shelter to these people in Medina, without protector and without home; "wa nasaru" — and aided them; "ula’ika ba’duhum awliya’u ba’d" — these are allies of one another.

These are some who are joined to the others and stand on the same front. These are those same believers who are like bricks interlocked into one another. Look at a building, look at this edifice: the bricks have gone into one another, the timbers have gone into one another, the parts of a building are interlaced and knotted together with the other parts; the believers in the Islamic society are just like this — all joined and welded and knotted to one another. Awliya' means this, wilayat means this: complete joining, complete cleaving and adhesion[611] — this is wilayat.

"Wa alladhina amanu…" — "ula’ika ba’duhum awliya’u ba’d" — they are some the allies of the others.

But now, consider those who believed — who in their hearts believed that you are a prophet — but "wa lam yuhajiru" — did not emigrate, did not shoulder the commitment of faith. "ma lakum min walayatihim min shay’in hatta yuhajiru" — you have no bond with these people at all, until they emigrate. As long as they have not emigrated and remain where they are, they are strangers to you. There is no Islamic tie of brotherhood between you.

Yet there is another ruling alongside it. If those very ones fall into war with another group and seek your help, then of course you must go and aid them — because they are of one mind with you, and because they are at war. When a Muslim is at war with a group of unbelievers, it is obligatory upon you to help him, even though that Muslim is not beside you, is not in your homeland, has not emigrated to you. There is one exception, and it is this: that the one that Muslim is fighting has concluded a peace treaty with you. In that case, helping that Muslim is no longer obligatory. What does this verse teach us here? First, that helping a Muslim, wherever in the world he may be, is obligatory, even if he has not emigrated. Second, that this obligation has a limit. Take the Muslim who has not emigrated, who has not migrated to the Islamic society — though of course today, in the world, we do not have an Islamic society in this sense — who has remained in the abode of unbelief (dar al-kufr). Suppose he falls into war with one unbeliever or a group of them, and you have a peace treaty and non-aggression pact with that unbeliever. Then you have no right to go to the aid of your Muslim brother. Why? Because he has not emigrated, because he is not your brother, because he has not migrated toward you.

"Wa in istansarukum fi al-din fa-'alaykumu al-nasr illa 'ala qawmin" — except against a people; against the harm of a people — "baynakum wa baynahum mithaq" — between whom and you there is a commitment and a treaty. "Wa Allahu bima ta’maluna basir" — and God is Seeing of what you do.

“And those who disbelieve are allies of one another.”[612]

"Wa alladhina kafaru ba’duhum awliya’u ba’d" — those who are unbelievers, some are on the same front as the others, joined to them. Do not be misled by the fact that they stand in two camps; in their enmity toward you, they are one camp and one front.

"Illa taf’aluhu takun fitnatun fi al-ardi wa fasadun kabir" — if you do not do this, there will be a discord (fitna) in the earth and a great corruption.

Perhaps the meaning is this: if you do not observe this front-formation and this lining-up — if you do not grasp that your rank, facing the rank of the enemies of God, is a distinct and separate[613] rank, and if you do not grasp that whoever stands between the two ranks belongs to the rank of the enemies and opponents, not to this rank — if you do not grasp these things and act on what they require, there will be discord in the earth, there will be corruption. The fitna is the discord of distance from religion; the fasad, probably, is the corruption that follows when God’s ruling does not exist in the midst of society.

"Wa alladhina amanu" — those who have believed; "wa hajaru" — and migrated —

— this verse too is an interesting witness to the matters we have set forth —

“And those who believed and emigrated and struggled in the way of God, and those who gave shelter and aid — those are the true believers; for them is forgiveness and a noble provision.”[109] "Wa alladhina amanu" — those who have believed; "wa hajaru" — they emigrated; "wa jahadu fi sabil Allah" — they struggled in the way of God; "wa alladhina awaw wa nasaru" — those who gave shelter and aid; "ula’ika humu al-mu’minuna haqqa" — these are the true believers.

Did you understand? This is what the true believer is. But the one who has believed, and from whom no emigration, struggle, sheltering, or aiding has issued — what is he? Hum al-mu’minuna ghayra haqq: a false believer, a lying believer. This is the import of the verse, on to the verses that follow.

Let me set out one word from those verses of Surat Al 'Imran, because I must expound it briefly, or our meaning will not come through:

“And when God took the covenant of the prophets…”[614] "Wa idh akhadha Allahu mithaqa al-nabiyyin…"

I rendered this verse’s translation there and will not translate it again. Here is what it means to express: that We took a commitment even from the past prophets. We said to them — to a past prophet, for example to Moses: that which We have given you, if after you a prophet comes who confirms and ratifies what We have now given you, you are required to have faith in that prophet and to aid him. So it holds for Moses regarding the prophets after himself, and for Jesus regarding the prophets after himself. Every prophet who comes after another and ratifies the word of the previous prophet — the previous prophet, who acknowledges him, is required to believe in that later prophet, and beyond that, to aid him as well. "La-tu’minunna bihi wa la-tansurunnah" — he must aid him.

Then it asks: what, now, is the aid of the prophet? The aid of the prophet is this. How, for example, does Moses aid our Prophet? By enjoining upon his Ummah, his friends, his companions: beware, beware, beware — if this prophet comes with these signs, do not oppose him. That is aid. "Qala a-aqrartum…" — God said to these prophets: Did you acknowledge? Did you accept this commitment of Mine? This covenant that I am taking from you, that you must believe in the prophets after yourselves, on this condition: "a-aqrartum wa akhadhtum 'ala dhalikum isri" — did you acknowledge, and did you take My burden (covenant) upon yourselves? And did you likewise take this very covenant from your Ummah too, until the Day of Resurrection? Which means that the Jews of the world are, right now, being held to account for this covenant on the part of Moses son of 'Imran. Right now Moses son of 'Imran, by the tongue of his state and his word, is as though saying to them: "O you ignoble ones! Did I not take a covenant from you that, forever, whoever has faith in Moses — Moses himself has faith in the Seal of the Prophets — must believe in the Seal of the Prophets and aid him, help him?"

'

Chapter Four:

Wilayat (ولایت)

  • The Bonds of the Islamic Ummah

  • The Heaven of Wilayat

  • Concerning Wilayat (1)

  • Concerning Wilayat (2)

  • Concerning Wilayat (3) — (Emigration)

Part Four: Wilayah

23. Session 23: Wilayat

ولایت — delivered Friday, 19 Mehr 1353 / 24 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ لَا تَتَّخِذُواْ عَدُوِّي وَعَدُوَّكُمۡ أَوۡلِيَآءَ تُلۡقُونَ إِلَيۡهِم بِٱلۡمَوَدَّةِ وَقَدۡ كَفَرُواْ بِمَا جَآءَكُم مِّنَ ٱلۡحَقِّ يُخۡرِجُونَ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَإِيَّاكُمۡ أَن تُؤۡمِنُواْ بِٱللَّهِ رَبِّكُمۡ إِن كُنتُمۡ خَرَجۡتُمۡ جِهَٰدٗا فِي سَبِيلِي وَٱبۡتِغَآءَ مَرۡضَاتِيۚ تُسِرُّونَ إِلَيۡهِم بِٱلۡمَوَدَّةِ وَأَنَا۠ أَعۡلَمُ بِمَآ أَخۡفَيۡتُمۡ وَمَآ أَعۡلَنتُمۡۚ وَمَن يَفۡعَلۡهُ مِنكُمۡ فَقَدۡ ضَلَّ سَوَآءَ ٱلسَّبِيلِ

"O you who have believed, do not take My enemy and your enemy as allies, extending to them affection while they have disbelieved in what has come to you of the truth, having driven out the Messenger and yourselves because you believe in God, your Lord. If you have gone out for striving in My cause and seeking My pleasure \[do not take them as allies], confiding to them affection — while I am most knowing of what you have concealed and what you have declared. And whoever of you does it has certainly strayed from the soundness of the way."

— Surat al-Mumtahanah (60:1)

The matter we are raising here today is a matter called Wilayat (ولایت).

The matter of Wilayat, in the form in which we raise it and derive it from the Qur’an, is most often given little attention. The word "Wilayat" itself is familiar to a Shia ear. In our supplications, in our requests from God, in our narrations, in our common and widespread thoughts, there is a matter called Wilayat — bound up with complete sanctity and reverence, and with the longing to secure something called Wilayat. As Shia, we always consider ourselves to possess Wilayat; and if a Shia is somewhat scrupulous, precise, and careful, he always asks God, he yearns, that God keep him alive with Wilayat, cause him to die with Wilayat, and make Wilayat understood to him. So a word called "Wilayat" is familiar to the ear.

Ultimately,[615] I want to speak about this word and the concept of Wilayat from its roots. We will arrive at the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib (upon him be blessings and peace); but for now I want to speak about the stages that come before that. We will draw Wilayat out of the noble verses of the Qur’an — we will derive it, extract it. And you will see what a modern, advanced, fascinating principle the principle of Wilayat is. You will see how a nation, a community, the followers of one thought and one creed, if they do not possess Wilayat, are aimlessly abandoned and left idle. You will grasp this and you will feel it.

This is why someone who does not have Wilayat — his prayer is not prayer, his fasting is not fasting, and his acts of worship are not worship. It is why a society and an Ummah that does not have Wilayat — even if it spends its whole life in prayer and fasting and in giving away all its wealth in charity — is still not worthy of God’s forgiveness and grace. And in short, this is what the narrations concerning Wilayat mean — among them this well-known hadith that has come from several of the Imams (peace be upon them), some of whose sentences and words I will repeat here: «If a man were to stand in prayer through his nights, and fast through his days, and give all his wealth in charity, and perform Hajj every year of his life, yet did not recognize the Wilayat of the friend (wali) of God so as to take him as his guardian and have all his deeds be by that one’s guidance…​»[616] If someone fasts his whole life, not only the month of Ramadan; if he stays awake all his nights until morning; if he gives away all his wealth in the way of God; yet does not have Wilayat with the friend (wali) of God — pay attention to this expression — does not have Wilayat with the friend of God, or does not possess the Wilayat of the friend of God — such a person, all that he has done is vain, fruitless, and null.

The matter of Wilayat is a continuation of the discussion of Prophethood; it is not something separate. It is, in truth, the completion and conclusion of the discussion of Prophethood. We will see that without Wilayat, Prophethood too remains incomplete. So we must briefly repeat the earlier discussions of Prophethood — let me sketch their broad outlines, so that we may enter, little by little, from the margins into the body of the matter of Wilayat. And let me say this too: raising this matter is very difficult, and expounding it is even more difficult. The reason is that so many weak and illogical ideas about Wilayat have become entrenched in the minds of ordinary people. So when you want to say the correct thing about Wilayat — the thing that conforms to the text of the Qur’an and the text of the hadith — one of two problems arises. Either it is confused with those very things already lodged in people’s minds, or a feeling of estrangement arises toward what is being called "Wilayat." Each of these happens in a different group, and that is why this discussion is so difficult and troublesome. But I seek aid from the grace of the Most Exalted Lord, and I will try, God willing, to complete this discussion within two or three days.

For what does the Prophet of God come? We said that the Prophet comes to bring human beings to perfection; he comes to imbue human beings with the character of God (akhlaq Allah); he comes to complete and bring to fullness the noble traits of character. This is the substance of the narrations: «I was sent to bring the noble traits of character to completion.»[617] The Prophet comes to build human beings; he comes to give firmness to this substance whose name is "the human being."

By what path and by what means does the Prophet work to build the human being? How does he do it? Does he set up a school? Does he set up a philosophical doctrine? Does he set up a monastery and a place of worship? We said: no. To build the human being, the Prophet sets up a human-building factory. He prefers to succeed ten years later, twenty years later; but what he builds should not be one human being, two, twenty — rather, he should set up a human-building factory that automatically delivers complete human beings, the kind the Prophet desires. So, to build human beings and give firmness to the human substance, the Prophet makes use of a human-building factory.

What is the human-building factory, sir? The human-building factory is the Islamic society and order. Here is the crux, the point on which the essential attention and emphasis of the discussion rests. Everyone says the Prophet wants to build human beings; everyone says the Prophet comes for teaching and training, and everyone understands this. What must be understood — and understood with precision — is that the Prophet does not take human beings one by one to some secluded corner to whisper the love of God into their ears. The Prophets do not form a scientific and philosophical school in order to produce a handful of students whom they then send out to guide people across the regions of the world. The Prophet’s work is firmer and sturdier than that, more deeply rooted. What does he do? He builds a factory from which nothing comes out but human beings — and that factory is the Islamic society.[618]

What is the Islamic society? What sort of element and nature is it? These are other discussions. Still, let me clarify this corner of the matter briefly, though it is not very relevant to our discussion. The Islamic society means a society, a civilization, at the head of which God governs; the laws of that society are God’s laws; the divine bounds are carried out in that society; the appointing and dismissing is done by God. Picture the social order as a cone, as a number of sociologists customarily draw it: at the apex of the cone is God, and beneath God, all of humanity and all human beings. The structure is brought into being by the religion of God; the law of peace and war is established by divine ordinances; social relations, the economy, government, rights — all of them are determined by the religion of God, and the religion of God carries them out and stands behind this law. This is the Islamic society.

Like where, sir? Like Medina. Just as the Prophet came to Medina and formed a society. Well, they were in Mecca too; they could have scattered to the regions of the lands and worshipped God there as well — but that was not enough. They came to Medina and formed a society, at the head of which God governed. The vicegerent of God who governed there — who, in practice, was he? The Prophet. Who established the ordinances? Who legislated them? Who enacted them? The Prophet. Who carried out the laws? Who compelled the people to carry them out? The Prophet.

In such a society, where everything is from God, the congregational prayer and the sermon after it are one and the same as the war-song of the battlefield. In that very mosque where the Prophet of God would stand and lead the congregational prayer, and ascend the pulpit for the people and speak and teach and purify and instruct, the banner of jihad would be brought, and the Prophet would bind it and place it in the hand of Usama ibn Zayd,[619] place it in the hand of so-and-so, [saying] "Go forth!" «Set out in the name of God!»[620] — Move in the name of God, corner the enemy at such-and-such place, do such-and-such. In that very mosque, the Prophet of God would carry out the prescribed punishments (hadd). In that very mosque, the Prophet’s judiciary was convened. In that very mosque, the Prophet’s administration of labor and economy was convened. In that very mosque, the zakat was collected and distributed. There was teaching, there was prayer and supplication, there was the war-song of the battlefield, there was wealth and economy — everything, both this world and the hereafter, was unified and gathered into one, under the leadership of the Prophet, in the house of God. This is the Islamic society. The Prophets come to set up such a society. In this society, whoever comes becomes a human being. Even if he does not become a complete human being, he is compelled to move according to the conduct of human beings. Whoever wishes to be good can be good in the Prophet’s society; in non-divine societies it is not like this.

In non-Islamic and non-divine societies, people want to be good but cannot. You want to be religious, but you cannot. You want not to give or take usury, but you find that it cannot be done. A woman wants not to step outside Islamic chastity, but the environment pressures her. Every factor and motive around a person drives them away from the remembrance of God. Pictures and shows and excessive entertainments and comings and goings and dealings and conversations — all of them drive a person away from God and estrange the remembrance of God from a person’s heart. In the Islamic society, the matter is the reverse: its marketplace, its mosque, its seat of government, its friend, its kinsman, the father of the household, the youth of the household — all of them turn a person toward the remembrance of God. They draw him toward God, reconcile him with God, establish a relationship for him with God, make of him a servant of God, and keep him away from servitude to other than God.

Rest assured of this: if the Islamic society of the Prophet’s time had continued for fifty years — if the same leadership had remained at work, or if, after the Prophet, Ali ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him) had sat in the Prophet’s place with the very leadership that the Prophet had appointed — after fifty years, all those hypocrites would have been transformed into true believers. If they had allowed the Prophetic government and the Alid government to continue, one after the other, that human-building society would, of necessity, have made all the adulterated[621] people pure of adulteration. It would have made all the hypocritical hearts believing, and made all those whose spirits were not acquainted with faith likewise acquainted with God and with faith. This is the natural character of the matter pertaining to the Islamic society. The Prophets come to set up such a thing. When this is set up, like a human-building factory, people become Muslims — not one by one, not ten by ten, not a hundred by a hundred, but group by group, host by host: both outwardly Muslim, in the outward conduct of Islamic matters, and inwardly Muslim and believing, truly and inwardly. So the Prophet comes for such a work.

I said we want to discuss Wilayat from its roots. At the very beginning, when the Prophet brings the Islamic thought; at the very beginning, when the Prophet’s call commences — can the Prophet, single-handedly, administer a society? Does a society not need an organization? Does it not need a group of people to administer this organization? Does it not need a soldiery to defend this society and put the enemies of this society in their place? Are people who would assist the Prophet and spread the call of the Prophet not necessary? Yes, they are. Every task must be done through ordinary means, and the Prophets too, in most of their activities, made use of ordinary means. When the Prophet comes to form the intended society — which is that very human-building factory — he needs a bonded, unified group. They must possess firm faith, drawn from the depths of the hearts of those who believe in and are committed to this doctrine; they must move with steadfast steps, dynamic and seeking that goal. The Prophet needs such a group at the beginning of the work. Therefore the Prophet begins to gather and form this group, with the verses of the Qur’an and with goodly exhortations — «Call to the way of your Lord with wisdom and good admonition»[622] — with the penetrating power of the Prophetic word, he brings into being, around himself at the beginning of the work, the hearts of certain Muslims. These constitute a community. So the Prophet, at the beginning of the work, when he raises his call, brings into being a community, brings into being a rank, creates a front against the front of unbelief. This front is composed of whom? Of steadfast Muslims, of believers committed and penetrating of heart — of those of whom [it is said] «no blame of any blamer turns them back»[623]: no censure of any blamer turns them away from the path of God. These are the Muslims of the first step.

I am speaking briefly and in compressed form, for minds willing to grasp. It does not need much explanation; and if I were to explain a great deal, we would stray from the thread of the discourse and lose the main point. So let me state the main matter.

The Prophet brings a group and a front into being. In the midst of what society are they living? In the midst of the society of ignorance (jahiliyya). The Muslims of early Islam, for example, are living in the midst of the ignorant society of Mecca. This is a thin current, come into being under the name of Islam and the Muslims. If it is to survive in the midst of that conflict-ridden, troublesome ignorant society — if this community, this rank, this front is not to be annihilated, digested, dissolved — then this group of Muslims must be welded to one another like tempered steel. They must be so bound to one another that no factor can pull them apart. In the words of today’s people and today’s cultures, a very intense and hard party discipline must be established among these Muslim individuals. They must be stuck together more and more, welded and knotted together more and more, and kept further and further from the other fronts, the other currents, the opposing motives — because they are in the minority. A community in the minority may see its thought overshadowed by the thought of the majority. Its deeds, its dignity, its character may be lost amid the dignities and characters and deeds of the rest of the people, who at times oppose them; it may be annihilated, digested, perish. So they are bound to one another more and more, and separated from the other fronts more and more — so that they are not digested, not annihilated, so that they can remain a single group, so that in the future the Islamic society may be built and administered and carried on by the hands of these steadfast ones, so that they may be helpers of the Prophet, and so that they can endure.

Like what? Like a group of mountaineers passing along a difficult, treacherous mountain path. Ten people in the midst of the snows, staves in hand, must traverse this narrow, danger-filled path — these twists and turns, this mountain pass, this defile[624] — to reach the summit. They are told: stick together, tie your belts to one another, do not move separately and one by one — for if you are left alone, there is the danger of slipping. So they are firmly welded to one another. And besides welding them together, they are told: do not take much baggage, do not look this way and that, keep your attention only on your own path and your mind on your own work. Their waists and hands are bound firmly to one another, so that if one of them falls, if two fall, the rest can hold him up. The intense interconnection of the mountaineers shows the state of interconnection and welded-togetherness of the Muslims at the beginning of the work. Does this intense interconnection have a name or not? This bondedness of the Muslims of the front at the beginning of the religion — welded to one another, knotted to one another, inseparable from one another, completely cut off from the other fronts, ever more hand-in-hand and clasping one another — does it have a name in the Qur’an and hadith or not? Yes; this name is Wilayat — Wilayat.

There is still a long way to go before we reach the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him) and the [hadith] «And the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib is my fortress.»[625] We will reach that only after an hour or two more, once we have covered the points still ahead of us.

So what does Wilayat mean in its first Qur’anic sense? It means the interconnection and intense bonding of a group of human beings who share a single thought and seek a single goal — who are stepping forward on one path, striving toward one objective, who have accepted one thought and one creed. The individuals of this front must bind themselves ever more tightly to one another, and must hold themselves apart from the other fronts, the other poles, the other sections. Why? So that they do not perish, do not get digested. This is what the Qur’an calls Wilayat.

With this bondedness and welded-togetherness the Prophet brings the first Muslim community into being. He connects them to one another, makes them brothers, turns them into a single body, and through them forms the Islamic Ummah and brings the Islamic society into being. And he prevents them from bonding with the enemies, the opponents, the other fronts — which, God willing, you will see in the verses tomorrow. Between them and those other fronts he creates separation; he restrains them from joining the front of the Jews, the front of the Christians, the front of the polytheists, and strives ever harder to make their ranks compact and welded together. Why? Because without this state — without Wilayat, without being one hundred percent interconnected — discord will arise among them, and they will be incapable of bearing the burden of the trust upon their shoulders. They will not be able to carry it to its destination.

Of course, later, once the Islamic society has grown into a great Ummah, Wilayat is still needed. How it is needed within an Ummah, and why, I will expand upon later. But at this very point, let us turn our attention to the Wilayat of which the Shia speak. We said that a small group, in the midst of a dark and ignorant world, must be bound to one another in order to survive. If they are not welded together, their remaining and the continuation of their life is not possible. We gave the example of the Muslim community at the beginning of Islam — in the midst of the ignorant society of Mecca, or in the early period after they had come to Medina.

Is there another example as well? Yes. When? The small group of Shi’ism, during the anti-Shia and anti-Islamic caliphates in history. Do you imagine that the Shia could easily remain? That propaganda weapons on one side, suffocation and strangulation on another, prisons and tortures and killings on another, could possibly have allowed a group to survive? An intellectual group like the Shia, which so contended with the powers of its own time and so troubled them — how did it come to remain? It remained on account of Wilayat. Among the Shia of the era of the nominal caliphates, the Imams (peace be upon them) had created a strange interconnection and shared-frontedness, so that in the light of this Wilayat the Shi’i current could remain protected amid the various other currents.

Imagine a vast river, fed by water from several directions. The waters move with swift currents. The surface is uneven; whirlpools form; the waters tumble over one another; opposing currents of every kind sink into one another in this bed, neutralize one another, strike against one another’s heads — and still this water moves forward. Amid these currents, in the midst of these turbid, muddy waters, a current of sweet, clean, pure water keeps on its way; through this riverbed of flood and torrent, this remarkable channel moves forward. This thin current — it happens, in some seas and rivers: two colors of water, two kinds of water moving side by side, owing to natural factors. In the midst of this remarkable channel where swift currents are moving, one thin current of water goes forward amid the rest, and it stays sound and goes on. The astonishing thing is this: it never mixes in, its color is never ruined, it never takes on the taste of the other salty and bitter waters. It continues, preserving the same sweet taste, the same clear color, the same purity, and it moves forward.

Liken the world of Islam in the time of the Umayyad and Abbasid caliphs to this very river, in which intellectual, political, and practical currents of every kind ran and drove against one another. Look from beginning to end and you see the current of Shi’ism. You see that it is a thin stream of water. Amid this remarkable tempest it looks insignificant and small, but it has held itself together, has never become turbid, its taste has never been ruined, it has never lost its purity, has never taken on the color and taste and smell of the other waters; it has remained and gone on. What has held it together? What has been able to keep this Shi’i current alive? It is that wali who counsels Wilayat among the people and among his own followers, who binds them to one another, makes them affectionate toward one another, and promotes Wilayat — and this too carries the very same sense as the Wilayat of the Prophet’s time. The Shi’i Wilayat, that Wilayat upon which so much emphasis has been placed — this is one of its dimensions; it has others too, which I will also state. What I have said is not yet the whole matter; this is one dimension and one side of it. Wilayat means interconnection.

The Qur’an considers the believers to be the allies (awliya') of one another. Those who possess true faith are shared-fronted and bonded to one another — and they call this "Shia." In the narrations, the Shia is referred to as "believer" (mu’min). Look in the words of the earliest jurists,[626] and in many of the narrations: in some Islamic offices they set out certain conditions — among them "Islam," and after Islam, "faith (iman)." What, then, does faith mean? What is meant by "faith" is possessing the particular mode of thought of the Shia — that is, seeing Islam from the perspective from which the Shia sees it, and establishing it by the logic with which the Shia establishes it. That is the meaning of "faith." We see that in the time of the Imams (peace be upon them) they made the Shia cohesive, interconnected, brotherly, and bonded to one another in this way, so that they could preserve the Shi’i current in history. Otherwise the Shia would have perished a thousand times over; a thousand times over its ideas would have been digested — just as some other sects became this way, lost their color, and were annihilated.

In any case, this is one of the dimensions of Wilayat. Tomorrow, God willing, I will present another of its dimensions — one that is perhaps even more important, and since it must certainly be expounded after this one, I will mention it now: the Wilayat of the friend of God (wali Allah). The Wilayat of the Shia with one another has become clear; but what does the Wilayat of the friend of God mean? What does the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib mean? What does the Wilayat of Imam al-Sadiq mean? This [matter] that you and I must today have the Wilayat of the Imams — what does it mean? A number of people imagine that the Wilayat of the Imams means only that we love the Imams; and how greatly they err — how greatly they err! It is not merely loving. Otherwise, is there anyone to be found in the world of Islam who does not love the Imams, the infallible ones of the Prophet’s household? So does everyone have Wilayat? Is there anyone who is an enemy of these [Imams]? Were even those who fought against them in early Islam all their enemies? Many of them loved these [Imams], but they were prepared to fight against them for the sake of the world. Many of them knew what stations and ranks these [Imams] possessed. When they brought the news of the passing of Imam al-Sadiq to Mansur,[627] Mansur began to weep. Was he pretending? In front of whom? Did he want to pretend in front of his own servants? In front of Rabi the chamberlain,[628] did he want to pretend? It was not pretense; his heart truly ached, he truly grieved that Imam al-Sadiq should die. But who killed him? He himself! He himself had given the order that Imam al-Sadiq be poisoned; yet when the news arrived that the deed was done, Mansur’s heart was shaken. So did Mansur too have Wilayat?!

Of this same kind is the error of those who say that Ma’mun the Abbasid[629] was a Shia. What does "Shia" mean? Does "Shia" mean someone who knows that the truth is with Imam al-Rida? Only this? If so, then Ma’mun the Abbasid, and likewise Harun al-Rashid, Mansur, Mu’awiya, Yazid, were more Shi’i than everyone. Did the rivals of the Commander of the Faithful at the Saqifa not know that the truth was with Ali? They all knew — so were they Shia? Did those who clashed with the Commander of the Faithful not have love for him? Yes, often they had love — so were they Shia? So did they have Wilayat? No, sir, Wilayat is other than these things. Wilayat is higher than these. If we have understood what the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib and the Wilayat of the Imams is, then we have the right to turn back upon ourselves and see whether we have Wilayat or not. Then, if we see that we do not, we should ask God for it and strive to attain the Wilayat of the Imams.

A number of people are pleased to fool themselves. Merely because they love the Imams, they imagine they truly possess the Wilayat of the Imams; merely because they believe in the Imams, they imagine that is what Wilayat means. It is not. Wilayat is higher than this — I will explain tomorrow what Wilayat with the rightly-guiding Imams (peace be upon them) means, and how it is that we can consider the Imams (peace be upon them) our wali and possess their Wilayat. Then we will understand how many of the claims to Wilayat are made unknowingly and contrary to reality.

In the days of the Eid of Ghadir, people customarily recite: «Praise be to God, who has made us among those who cling to the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib (upon him be peace).» I most often say it differently: do not say "Praise be to God, who has made us…​" — I fear it may be a lie. Say instead: "O God, make us among those who cling to the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib (upon him be peace)." O God, place us among those who hold fast to Wilayat. Let us see whether we are or not. Then we will arrive at this matter. That too is another of the dimensions of Wilayat.

What I have said today is summarized in these words. The Wilayat of the Muslim Ummah, and the Wilayat of that front which strives in the way of God and for God, consists in this: among the individuals of this front there should come into being more and more connection and interconnection. Their hearts should be knotted together and drawn close more and more, and they should separate, more and more, from the opposing poles, from those who think against them and act against them. This is the meaning of Wilayat.

I think the Surat al-Mumtahanah could, in this sense, be named the Sura of "Wilayat." The verses of the Surat al-Mumtahanah make this meaning well clear. Now let me interpret for you these very verses that I recited.

In the name of God, the Most Merciful. “O you who have believed — do not take My enemy and your enemy as allies”[630] — O you who have brought faith: do not take My enemy and your own enemy as allies (awliya'), as guardians. Here the [usual Persian] translation is not rendered badly: "You should not take the unbelievers, who are the enemy of Me and of you, as your supporters." It is not bad; this expression accords with the meaning in our minds. Some translate it as: "Do not take My enemy and your enemy as your friend." That is not a complete meaning — it is not merely a matter of friendship and affection; it is higher than these. "Do not take them as your wali" means: do not consider them your shared front; do not place yourselves in their ranks; do not, in your heart, suppose yourselves and them to be in a single rank. The one who is the enemy of God and your enemy — do not count him as beside you; see him instead as facing you, as an enemy and opponent against you.

“Extending to them affection” — Do not consider them your shared-front and shared-rank, that you should send them a message of friendship.

“While they have disbelieved in what has come to you of the truth” — You know that these have disbelieved in the truth and reality the Lord has sent down to you.

“Having driven out the Messenger and yourselves” — They drive the Messenger and you out of your city and homeland.

“Because you believe in God, your Lord” — Because you bring faith in your Lord, in God, who is your Lord. Do not take My enemy and your own enemy as your shared-front, helper, and supporter.

“If you have gone out for striving in My cause and seeking My pleasure” — If you have gone forth in the path of jihad, striving to attain My pleasure — if you truly speak the truth, if you truly strive in My path, you have no right to make the one who is My enemy and your enemy your shared-front, helper, and bonded ally.

This Sura is a fascinating and important one. On another page of these same verses, God makes clear which unbelievers He means. He does not say: do not lay down a plan of friendship with all unbelievers; He does not say: cut off, absolutely, your relations with the unbelievers — no. Afterward He says with which group of the unbelievers. He divides the groups of unbelievers, and I may interpret that verse for you tomorrow.

“Confiding to them affection” — In secret and concealment, you deliver your love and affection to them.

“While I am most knowing of what you have concealed and what you have declared”.

“And whoever of you does it” — whoever of you does this thing, lays down a plan of friendship and support with the enemies of God, and considers himself and shows himself to be their shared-front, whoever does this thing — “has certainly strayed from the soundness of the way”. He has lost the middle path. He has strayed from it.

After that, so the Muslims may also be convinced intellectually as to why they must sever relations with the unbelievers, He identifies these [unbelievers]. And it is worth recalling that the occasion of revelation of these verses concerns Hatib ibn Abi Balta’a. Hatib ibn Abi Balta’a was a Muslim of slightly weak faith. When the noble Prophet wanted to go to war with the unbelievers of Quraysh, this man was one of the Prophet’s soldiers, yet he thought it possible that the Prophet might be defeated in this war and his relatives, who were among the unbelievers, might come to harm. Here he wanted to make use of cleverness; he resorted to the trick of a shrewd, cunning man (rindi).[631] [He thought:] "Now that we are beside the Prophet, in the company of the Prophet — and we are even performing jihad, and even gaining the reward of those who strive in the way of God — let us, as a precaution, also write a letter to the unbelievers; let us here also declare our friendship and loyalty toward them. What harm is there? If we face them on the battlefield, of course we will not help them. But for now, what objection is there to my writing a letter and — as he imagined — duping the unbelievers and laying down a plan of friendship with them as well? What harm is there? Let us have both God — in the common saying of children — and the dates." A master and a village headman were quarreling; one asked, "Which of them speaks the truth?" He replied, "Both the master speaks the truth and the village headman!" Let us have both sides.

He took up a letter and wrote to the chiefs of Quraysh, and signed his name at the bottom of it. He also introduced himself well, so that they would know that this man was friendly toward them. He gave the letter to a woman, and this woman placed it among her hair, or amid her clothing, and set off toward Mecca.

The dear and noble Prophet, by the revelation of God, became aware of the affair. He sent the Commander of the Faithful, and one or two others; along the way they found that woman, threatened her, and took the letter from her. Afterward, when [Hatib] came, the Prophet said: "Why did you do this thing, man? Why do you reveal military and war secrets to the enemy?" He said: "O Messenger of God, I have friends there, I have relatives; I fear they may come to trouble. I wanted to write this letter so that perhaps their hearts might soften a little toward me." The verse, in reply, says: do not be mistaken; their hearts will not soften toward you. Those who are against you intellectually, those to whom your religion, your faith, is a detriment, and who have set their resolve upon the destruction of your religion and faith — these will never be kind and friendly toward you. The next verse states this matter:

“If they gain dominance over you”[632] — if they get the upper hand over you — “they will be enemies to you”. They will be your enemies. O foolish Hatib ibn Abi Balta’a! Do not imagine that if you render them some help now, tomorrow they will keep it in return — no, by God. If you help them, they will gain greater mastery over you. If you help them, they will open further the hand of oppression and tyranny upon you.

“They will be enemies to you, and will extend against you their hands and their tongues with evil” — they open their hands and their tongues against you with evil. They open their hands; they place you under greater pressure. They open their tongues against you with evil; they degrade you, they strip you of dignity and honor, they do not recognize you as a worthy human being. Now you are helping them — do not imagine that this help will be of any use to you.

“And they wish that you would disbelieve” — tomorrow, if they gain mastery over you, they will not even let you keep this little bit of heartfelt belief; they would love for you to turn unbeliever. Do not imagine that they would leave you free and at ease to remain Muslim and act upon your Islamic duties.

Then comes a verse — a decisive sentence — concerning the kinfolk and relatives of Mr. Hatib ibn Abi Balta’a, and the kinfolk and relatives of all the Hatib ibn Abi Balta’as of history. For the sake of your children, for the sake of your kin and relatives, for the sake of your dear sons, for the sake of the comfort of your loved ones — are you prepared to make peace with the enemy of God? To draw the friendship of God’s weak servants, and to draw the profit of yourselves and your loved ones, are you prepared to disregard the command of God, to befriend the enemy of God? Just how useful are these kin and offspring to a person? This youth — for the sake of whose job, for the sake of whose scholarship, for the sake of whose livelihood you are prepared to make peace with the unbelievers of Quraysh in the midst of the unbelievers of Quraysh — how useful will he be to you, you poor wretch? How much will he save you from the chastisement of God? O you foolish one!

Hatib ibn Abi Balta’a goes and conspires with the unbelievers, with the enemies of the Prophet, so that his relatives, his kin, his offspring there should come to no harm! Just how useful are these kin and offspring to a person, that for their sake he should draw down upon himself the chastisement of the Lord and the divine wrath?[633]

“Never will your relatives or your children benefit you”[634] — your kin and relatives and your children will not profit you — “on the Day of Resurrection He will judge between you”. On the Day of Resurrection He casts separation between you and them. Or let us read and interpret it this way: "Never will your relatives or your children benefit you" — on the Day of Resurrection your kin and offspring will not profit you — "He will judge between you" — God separates between you,

“On the Day a man will flee from his brother, and his mother and his father, and his wife and his children.”[635] On that Day of Resurrection, a person flees from his own brother, flees from his own father and mother, from his kind wife and his children and the light of his own dear eyes. This very child, whose grief so consumes you today — know that on the Day of Resurrection you will flee from him and he from you, and both of you from every other creature. Everyone flees from everyone else; they have no time, no chance to reach one another, to ask after one another’s state.

“For every man, that Day, will be a matter occupying him.”[636] Everyone, on that Day, has some affair, some preoccupation, some trouble — a trouble that is enough to occupy him entirely. On the Day of Resurrection a person is so caught up in himself that he does not get to the troubles of others, not even his own child. A thorn pricks the hand of your child — are you prepared to sacrifice your this-world and your hereafter for him? Poor wretch! On the Day of Resurrection you will flee from him. If we understand the logic of the Qur’an in this regard — if those who would turn their backs on the felicity of this world and the hereafter for the sake of their children’s comfort and ease, who would turn toward misfortunes and wretchedness and dark days for them — if they understood this logic of the Qur’an, perhaps they would be shaken. This child of yours, this daughter, this son, this dear one who draws you toward Hell — you who will not let the slightest harm come to yourself, yet for his sake endure the greatest harms — how much is he with you? How much is he for you? How much benefit does he give you? Where, on the Day of Resurrection, is he ready to take upon his own shoulders any of your heavy burdens — where?

“Never will your relatives or your children benefit you. On the Day of Resurrection He will judge between you. And God, of what you do, is Seeing”.

“There has already been for you an excellent pattern in Abraham and those with him.”[637] These verses are the climax of the passage I recited. He says to the believers: Believers, in the conduct of Abraham and those who followed him there is a goodly example for you. See what Abraham and his companions did, and do that very thing yourselves. What did they do? They turned, plainly and frankly, to the misguided people of their own time — the servants and worshippers of the Taghut and the false deities of the age — and said: We are quit of you and your lords; we have disbelieved in you; we have turned away from you; between us and you, for all of time, are hatred and enmity, hostility and wrath and rancor. There is only one road to reconciliation: "until you believe in God alone" — come, enter the logic of our thought, become believers. He says it frankly: Believers, act as Abraham did.

“There has already been for you an excellent pattern in Abraham and those who were with him” — his companions.

“When they said to their people”.

“Indeed, we are disassociated from you, and from whatever you worship other than God”.

“We have disbelieved in you, and there has appeared between us and you enmity and hatred forever”.

“Until you believe in God alone”.

The Qur’an says: "There has already been for you" believers "in Abraham and those with him an excellent pattern" — for you believers, in Abraham and his companions there is a goodly example — “for anyone who hopes in God and the Last Day”[638].

“And whoever turns away — then indeed, God is the Free of need, the Praiseworthy” — Whoever turns his back on this command and shuns it, God the Exalted remains Free of need, praised and well-pleasing, and upon the skirt of His majesty no dust may settle.[639] If you make peace with His enemies, the skirt of your own humanity and honor will be stained, and God suffers no loss. Keep this saying of Abraham in mind. Abraham and his companions said to the unbelievers and deviants of their own time:

“Indeed, we are disassociated from you”.

Imam al-Sajjad and his companions spoke this way with the deviant people of their time. In the Bihar al-Anwar there is a hadith that tells of Yahya ibn Umm Tawil,[640] the disciple of the Fourth Imam, who used to come to the mosque of Medina and stand facing the people. These were the very people among whom Imam al-Husayn and Imam al-Hasan had lived for twenty years — people who were neither Umayyad nor tied to the Banu Umayya. So what were they? They were cowards who, in the matter of Ashura and Karbala, out of fear of the suffocation the Banu Umayya had brought about, had left the family of Muhammad standing alone; yet they were people of [some] belief.

Yahya ibn Umm Tawil would stand before these very people and repeat this very Qur’anic word: «He would say: We have disbelieved in you, and there has appeared between us and you enmity and hatred.»[641] This is the very saying that Abraham would say to the unbelievers of his own time and to the polytheists and deviants and misguided ones of his own age. See that Wilayat is the very same Wilayat. Abraham too possesses Wilayat; the Shia of Imam al-Sajjad too, in their own time, possess Wilayat. They must have one another and stand apart from the enemies. If a Shia of the Shia of Imam al-Sajjad, in the time of Imam al-Sajjad, went after the enemy’s front out of fear or greed, he stands outside the Wilayat of Imam al-Sajjad and is not connected to his front. So the close student of Imam al-Sajjad says to them: «We have disbelieved in you, and there has appeared between us and you enmity and hatred»; and Yahya ibn Umm Tawil was among the choicest companions of Imam al-Sajjad.

This choice Muslim met his end thus: Hajjaj ibn Yusuf seized him, cut off his right hand, cut off his left hand, cut off his right foot, cut off his left foot; yet still he spoke on with his tongue, so they cut out his tongue too, until he departed this world. And all this after he had set the Shia in order and made firm the essential pillars of the edifice of Shi’ism after Imam al-Sajjad.

24. Session 24: The Bonds of the Islamic Ummah

پیوندهای امت اسلامی — delivered Saturday, 20 Mehr 1353 / 25 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

۞يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ لَا تَتَّخِذُواْ ٱلۡيَهُودَ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰٓ أَوۡلِيَآءَۘ بَعۡضُهُمۡ أَوۡلِيَآءُ بَعۡضٖۚ وَمَن يَتَوَلَّهُم مِّنكُمۡ فَإِنَّهُۥ مِنۡهُمۡۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهۡدِي ٱلۡقَوۡمَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

"O you who have believed, do not take the Jews and the Christians as allies (awliya'). Some of them are allies of one another. And whoever is an ally to them among you — then indeed, he is one of them. Indeed, God does not guide the wrongdoing people."

— Surat al-Ma’idah (5:51)

“So you see those in whose hearts is disease hastening into [allegiance with] them, saying, 'We fear lest a turn of fortune strike us.' But perhaps God will bring [you] victory, or a decision from Him, and they will become, over what they had concealed within themselves, regretful.”[642]

(First, before we begin our discussion, I want to mention to our friends and brothers a tradition from the Messenger of God, may God bless him and his family and grant them peace. In that tradition the Messenger of God is reported to have said: «rahima-llahu imra’an 'amila 'amalan fa-atqanahu»[643] — that is, may God have mercy on a person who, whatever he does, does it firmly and soundly. Let him do his work solidly; meaning, let him also take account of the possibilities in his work. The possibility that the electricity may go out, the possibility that the microphone may fail, the possibility of dozens of other such incidents. Today’s incident became a lesson for us. How good it is for us to think in advance about the things that might happen.

Our master, the Commander of the Faithful — God’s blessings and peace be upon him — expresses this very point in a sermon of the Nahj al-Balagha. He says: I am not like that stunned, dazed animal that sleeps in its lair until the hunter comes and seizes it; rather, from the events — from what has befallen me and occurred to me — I make use of them for understanding subsequent matters; I gather experience. And this is a lesson for us, that in all the affairs of life we should gather experiences from what has passed for what remains, and take account of the possibilities and the events that may occur.)

Permit me to speak in summary, although the discussion requires elaboration. Of course I too will elaborate it to the extent I deem necessary for it to continue; I will carry it on for another day or two, until the matter becomes clear. In brief, here is what needs to be presented as the discussion of Wilayat continues. Take an Islamic society, a community formed as the Islamic Ummah — meaning a community administered by divine regulations, by a divine mode of thought, and by legislation and the execution of law through divine power. If this Islamic Ummah wishes to possess Wilayat in that Qur’anic sense which I spoke of yesterday — little by little we arrive at that meaning of Wilayat held in the minds of the elite. That Wilayat which is in the minds of the common people, we are not concerned with now; that Wilayat which is in the minds of the elite — that is, the scholars and the learned and the men of knowledge who are versed in Islamic and Shi’i sciences — we will come to that now.

But for now the discussion is about Qur’anic Wilayat. If they wish to attain that Qur’anic Wilayat — that Wilayat which is raised in the Qur’an — if the Islamic Ummah wishes to secure it for itself, it must observe two directions. One direction is the direction of internal relations, within the Islamic society; one direction is the direction of external relations — that is, the relation of the Islamic world and the Islamic Ummah and the Islamic society with other communities.

In the sphere of internal relations, the Islamic Ummah possesses Wilayat in the Qur’anic sense only when it secures within itself the utmost solidarity, connection, relationship, and unity of ranks, and the greatest possible cohesion of its various individuals and factions. Let there be no kind of division or disagreement throughout the great Islamic Ummah. Let no separate ranks be formed within this Ummah.

Suppose two units within the Islamic Ummah rise up against one another in war — say, a group in the east of the Islamic lands and a group in the northeast set out to fight and do battle with one another. The rule, the Qur’anic command, is that the rest of the Muslims should strive as much as they can to reconcile those two hostile and mutually hostile parties.[644] showing enmity against one another.] But suppose they see that of these two adversaries one is willing to reconcile while the other is not, or that the word of the one is a word of coercion while the word of the other is a word of truth — and the man who backs coercion will not submit to the word of truth or incline toward the just word. In such a situation, the whole Islamic world must become as one, must join hands, must go after that aggressor and silence him. They must contend with him until they set him back in his place.

It is a verse of the Qur’an: “And if two factions among the believers fight, then make reconciliation between the two. But if one of them oppresses the other, then fight against the one that oppresses until it returns to the command of God.”[645]

"And if two factions among the believers fight" — if two parties, two groups among the Muslim groups, fight one another; "then make reconciliation between the two" — reconcile between these two Muslim groups. "But if one of them oppresses the other" — if among these two groups one wrongs the other, commits transgression and aggression and excess, speaks the language of coercion and seeks to play the bully; "then fight against the one that oppresses" — against the one that speaks coercion, fight; "until it returns to the command of God" — until it is forced to return to God’s command, until it is compelled to accept God’s command. This is the command of God in the sphere of preserving unity within the Islamic society.

As for the sphere of external relations: here the Islamic world must strive — the Islamic Ummah must strive — to so order its relations with the non-Muslim world and with those outside this Ummah that it does not fall in the slightest under their command, does not come in the slightest under the influence of their thinking, and does not let its independent politics lose even a fraction of their independence under the influence of theirs. Sharing a front and joining together with them is altogether forbidden — that is, when this joining together causes the Muslim Ummah to come under their influence.

There is a famous account here, whose details I will not now relate. It is a narration mentioned in most of the reliable books of the Shi’a. It pertains to the time of Imam al-Baqir — God’s blessings be upon him — when the coinage of the Islamic world was being brought from the land of Rome (Byzantium), and the Byzantine ruler made a threat, and they were left helpless and at a loss. Then the Imam, peace be upon him, guided the apparatus of the caliphate. It is very strange! This is the only point — one or two exceptional cases — in which I see that the Imams of guidance, peace be upon them, showed a slight favorable face to the apparatus of the caliphate. One of them is here. The Imam guided the apparatus of the caliphate and instructed them that you should mint the coin in this way. They did not know how to mint coinage; they did not know the measure of the silver, where to obtain it and how to provide it — the measure of a dirham and a half-dirham and those things upon which the coin had to be struck. The Imam guided them.

Therefore, from the standpoint of external relations, the slightest receptivity to influence from anti-Islamic or non-Islamic factions — and especially the anti-Islamic — is forbidden. The Islamic society and the Islamic Ummah have no right to establish their bond with the world outside Islam except as the upper hand, the superior. Take an exploitative relationship between the Islamic Ummah and a non-Muslim Ummah — of the kind of the Tobacco affair and the Regie company,[646] Shirazi.] which you gentlemen know and have heard about. The Islamic world has no right to enter into this relationship. Or take those Mughal sultans and rulers of India who permitted foreign governments to come and establish companies there: they performed an act contrary to the Wilayat of the Islamic world. This act of letting a company come was not permissible — because they knew, or if they did not know, they should have known, they must know, what the company would do. The East India Company,[647] for example — when it entered that region, when it entered that land, what calamity it would bring upon the lives of those people, and how it would spread the cancer of colonialism into the very veins and sinews of that vast subcontinent. They should have understood these things; they did not understand. And the Islamic world and the Islamic Ummah never permit relations of this kind.

Take note. When we say that relations are cut off with non-Muslim governments and with non-Muslim nations, this does not mean that the Islamic world and the Islamic Ummah will live in political isolation. No; the issue is not the issue of political isolation, such that you might imagine that the Islamic world has no commercial relation with anyone, no political relation, no diplomatic relations, neither sends an ambassador nor receives an ambassador — no, it is not like that; it has ordinary relations. It has no Wilayat with them, no attachment with them. It has no essential and substantial bond[648] with them. It will not be such that, if they wish, they can place the Islamic world under their own influence.

So Wilayat has two facets — Qur’anic Wilayat. One facet is that within the Islamic society all elements must step toward one goal, toward one direction, by one path, with one footstep. Outside the Islamic society, the Islamic Ummah must sever its bonds with all the blocs and the anti-Islamic factions.

Here there exists a precise point which shows that Wilayat in this sense, which has come in the Qur’an, is in the very same sense of the Wilayat that we, the Shi’a, hold. Pay attention so that I may express this point, so that you all may understand how Wilayat in Shi’ism connects with Qur’anic Wilayat. It is possible that four persons may be present who, out of devotional acceptance, or [as] the past generation may have been present and, out of devotional acceptance, heard certain things about Wilayat and accepted them — but this young person who wishes to understand and is connected with the Qur’an must pay attention to where Shi’i Wilayat comes from.

This [fact] that we have considered the connection with the Imam to be so important, this [fact] that we have considered the command of the Imam to be in force in all the affairs of the life of the society — what is this for? From where does it come? Here the Qur’an speaks to us — and that point is the very thing I am saying. Suppose a society and an Ummah wishes to possess Qur’anic Wilayat in this sense: it wishes all its internal forces to set out in one direction, toward one goal, along one line, and it wishes all its internal forces to be mobilized against the anti-Islamic powers abroad. Then it needs a point of concentrated power at the heart of the Islamic society. It needs a point to which all the internal forces are joined, from which all draw inspiration, and to whom all listen and obey, and who knows all aspects of the interests and harms, so that — like a strong, powerful-handed, keen-eyed watchman — he may assign each person on the battlefront to his own particular task. There must exist a leadership, a command, a concentrated power in the Islamic society, which knows what can be expected of you, what can be expected of me, what can be expected of other human beings, so that to each it may assign the task that is required of him, saying: act.

For example, by way of analogy — if I want to make an analogy: have you seen these carpet-weaving workshops? A number of people are seated weaving a carpet; each is working — every child or grown person seated there is weaving thread so that by dusk he may receive two or three tomans. Each is expending some enthusiasm and labor here. If these works are not coordinated, if there is no higher thought and eye and power that continually reads out that pattern of the carpet according to those particular instructions, so that they may know which thread to use, and how to strike it, and how to cut it — if such a concentrated power does not exist, how will this carpet come out?! You will see that its right side tells of the East, and its left side tells of the West! One part speaks of a Kurdish carpet, another part speaks of a Turkmen carpet! The patterns disordered, it comes out something altogether absurd.

The orderliness of the carpet — this [feature] that you see, that a flower has appeared on this side, [and] like that flower, without any addition or subtraction, on this side too one has grown, has appeared, and both have reached that medallion (toranj) in the center, and just like these two, on that side of the carpet also there are two more, and all things are orderly and everything is in its place — what is this for? It is because, first, the instruction is determined, and one person too is seated, calling out in a loud voice — I don’t know — "Bring two of those down from above, strike that thread from that side, cut that one from that side." Which I have never heard and do not know how to do; the carpet-sellers know it. The carpet-sellers too do not know it; the carpet-weavers know it. Did you notice?

A society needs a concentrated power if it wants all its forces put to work, and all working in one direction, and none of them wasted, and all the forces of the society brought to bear — in the form of one concentrated power — upon the collective interests of humanity, and the society able to stand like a single fist in the face of the opposing factions and ranks and powers. To have these, it needs a concentrated power. It needs a heart; this society, this general body of the Islamic Ummah, needs a heart. And that heart has its conditions. He must be very aware, must know very much, must be very resolute, his eye must possess a different kind of vision, he must fear nothing on the path of God, he must, when necessary, sacrifice even himself. What do we name such a being? The Imam.

The Imam means that ruler and leader who is appointed in the society on the part of the Lord. This that I say, "on the part of God," what does it mean? It means either that God appoints [him] by name and designation — as He appointed the Commander of the Faithful, Imam Hasan, Imam Husayn, and the rest of the Imams; the Prophet himself too is an Imam; the Prophet himself too is an Imam: “Indeed, I will make you an Imam for the people.”[649]

God the Exalted says to Abraham: I have made you an Imam. The Imam means that leader and ruler and guide in a society.

At one time God appoints this Imam by name and designation, saying: after the Prophet it must be 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, peace be upon him, for example. At another time God the Exalted does not appoint the Imam by name; He appoints [him] by a mark (sign). Like what? Like the statement of the Imam, peace be upon him:[650] desire, and obeys the command of his Master, then it is for the common people to follow him (do taqlid of him)."] «fa-amma man kana mina al-fuqaha’i sa’inan li-nafsihi hafizan li-dinihi mukhalifan 'ala hawahu muti’an li-amri mawlahu fa-li-l-'awammi an yuqalliduhu» — the Imam has appointed [him], you see; this too is a designated Imam (imam mansus),[651] verses and [prophetic] narrations.] he is himself an Imam, he is an Imam. That jurist (faqih) who is the successor [of the Imam] — but he is an Imam who has not been appointed by name; he has been appointed by a mark. Whoever this mark applies to, he becomes the Imam. I wished to explain for you the word "Imam." The Imam means leader, means ruler, means the one who holds the reins, means the one whom — wherever he goes — human beings follow; who must be on the part of God, must be just, must be fair, must be religious, must be resolute, and the like of these statements which exist concerning the Imamate, which we are not now in a position [to discuss].

So the principle of Qur’anic Wilayat necessitated — what thing? The existence of the Imam. The discussion is not yet finished; pay attention. If this great body, whose name is the Islamic Ummah, wishes to remain alive, to remain successful, to be ever enduring, what must it do? Its connection with this center, with this moving and impassioned heart, must always — all of it, ever — be firm, powerful, established. So what does Wilayat mean? Let all pay close attention: the other dimension of Wilayat — what does it mean? It means the firm and powerful connection of each of the individuals of the Islamic Ummah, in every state, with that heart of the Ummah. Connection of what? Intellectual connection and practical connection. That is, taking one’s pattern truly from him, truly following him in thoughts and visions, and truly following him in deeds and conduct and activities and movements.

So what does the Wilayat of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib mean? It means that in your thoughts you be a follower of 'Ali; in your deeds you be a follower of 'Ali; that a powerful, firm, unbreakable bond has tied you to 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, peace be upon him, so that you do not become separated from 'Ali. This is the meaning of Wilayat. Have you understood well what Wilayat is? It is here that we understand the meaning of this tradition: «wilayatu 'ali ibn abi talibin hisni»[652] — the Wilayat of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib is my fortress and stronghold — [said] on the part of God — «fa-man dakhala hisni amina min 'adhabi» — whoever enters this stronghold will remain safe and secure from the punishment of God. It is a very interesting statement. What does it mean? It means that the Muslims, the followers of the Qur’an — if both from the standpoint of thought and reflection and from the standpoint of deed and effort and activity they are connected to 'Ali ibn Abi Talib — they are safe and protected from God’s punishment. Is it other than this? Is it anything but this? If 'Ali ibn Abi Talib is recognized today, [and] after he is recognized, you and I act like him, then we attain Wilayat; Wilayat means this.

Take a servant of God who deems the Qur’an incapable of being understood — and let me be clear: of course I myself do understand it; God forbid that I should deem the Qur’an incapable of being understood; I mean the one who does not. How can such a servant say "I have the Wilayat of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib and I am connected with 'Ali from the standpoint of thought," while 'Ali ibn Abi Talib says in a sermon of the Nahj al-Balagha: «wa-a’lamu anna hadha al-qur’ana huwa al-nasihu alladhi la yaghushshu wa-l-hadi alladhi la yudillu wa-l-muhaddithu alladhi la yakdhibu wa-ma jalasa hadha al-qur’ana ahadun illa qama 'anhu bi-ziyadatin aw nuqsanin: ziyadatin fi hudan aw nuqsanin min 'aman»[653] blindness."]? The Commander of the Faithful is in this manner referring people to the Qur’an, in this manner driving people toward the Qur’an. So that servant of God who says "the Qur’an cannot be understood" — does he have the Wilayat of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib? Never. 'Ali ibn Abi Talib is willing, for the sake of God, to give up his entire being; the conduct of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib is this. This fellow is not willing to give up a single mithqal of his money, of his life, of his social standing, of his comfort, of his lordliness, for the sake of God — does he have the Wilayat of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib? The Wilayat of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib is possessed by the one who is joined to 'Ali with an unbreakable bond — both from the standpoint of thought and reflection, and from the standpoint of deed.

If you reflect well, brothers, this meaning which I have given of Wilayat is the most precise and most subtle meaning that can be expounded, that can be expressed, concerning Wilayat; and this too emerges from the Qur’an. Now listen so that I may read the verses of the Qur’an for you, for in these verses of the Qur’an from Surat al-Ma’idah, eloquent allusions have been made to all these things: to the positive aspect of Wilayat — that is, the internal bond; to the negative aspect of Wilayat — that is, the severing of external bonds; and to that other dimension of Wilayat — that is, the connection and link with the wali (the wali meaning that pole, meaning that heart, meaning that ruler and Imam). Now pay attention so that the matter may be grasped.

"O you who have believed" — O you who have believed; "do not take the Jews and the Christians as allies (awliya')" — do not take the Jews and the Christians, the Jewish and Christian peoples, as your awliya'. Awliya' is the plural of wali; wali is from wilayat; wilayat means attachment, wali means one who is attached and bonded. Do not take the Jews and the Christians as those bonded and attached to yourselves; do not choose them. "Some of them are allies of one another (ba’duhum awliya’u ba’d)" — they are awliya' of one another, sharers of a front and attached to one another. Do not look at the fact that their blocs are separate from each other; in meaning, for the sake of enmity against your authenticities, they are all one front. "Ba’duhum awliya’u ba’d" — some are of the same front as others. "And whoever is an ally to them among you (wa-man yatawallahum minkum)" — whoever takes them as his wali — tawalli means accepting Wilayat, of the form tafa’ul — whoever sets foot in the valley of their Wilayat and bonds himself with them, connects himself with them, establishes a relationship; "then indeed, he is one of them (fa-innahu minhum)" — without doubt he himself is one of them. "Indeed, God does not guide the wrongdoing people (inna-llaha la yahdi al-qawma al-zalimin)" — and God will not guide the wrongdoing people.

"So you see those in whose hearts is disease (fa-tara alladhina fi qulubihim marad)" — those in whose hearts there is disease, which we have translated "the sick of heart"; "fa-tara alladhina fi qulubihim marad" — those who in their heart have disease and sickness, do you see them? "Hastening into [allegiance with] them (yusari’una fihim)" — they hasten amid the front of the enemies of religion; they are not content merely to go toward them, but they hasten; they are not content merely to go up beside them — they go all the way into the depths of their front. If you ask, "Sir, why do you make so [much] friendship with the enemy of religion? With someone whom you know to be against religion, why do you not only not oppose him at all, but even expend friendship?" If you ask this of him, he answers you thus: "Saying, 'We fear lest a turn of fortune strike us (yaquluna nakhsha an tusibana da’irah)'" — they say: we fear that some harm may reach us; if I do not befriend [them], I fear they will inflict some harm on me, or [someone] will inflict it. How familiar these words are to one’s ear! "Nakhsha an tusibana da’irah" — we fear that some trouble will be made for us, we fear that some occasion of distress will be made for us. See what familiar words these are — it is the very same: "nakhsha an tusibana da’irah."

What does God say in answer to these [people]? He says: "But perhaps God will bring victory, or a decision from Him (fa-'asa-llahu an ya’tiya bi-l-fathi aw amrin min 'indihi)" — it is hoped that God will grant victory to the front of the believers, or will bring about, on His own [initiative], some event in their favor. After this happens, then: "and they will become, over what they had concealed within themselves, regretful (fa-yusbihu 'ala ma asarru fi anfusihim nadimin)" — so that these wretches who had aligned with them may become regretful, may be put to shame, may say: "Did you see what a blunder we made; if we had known that the front of the believers would be so victorious and powerful, we would not have aligned with the enemy of religion, with the enemy of God; we would not have disgraced ourselves."

“And those who believed will say, 'Are these the ones who swore by God their strongest oaths that indeed they were with you?' Their deeds have become worthless, and they have become losers.”[654] "And those who believed will say (wa-yaqulu alladhina amanu)" — after they [the hypocrites] have disgraced themselves and aligned with the enemies, what do the believers say? Those who believed say: "Are these (a-ha’ula’i alladhina aqsamu bi-llahi jahda aymanihim innahum la-ma’akum)" — the believers, the poor ones, sink into astonishment and bewilderment: "Eh! These were the very ones! These fair-faced, respectable countenances, who used to swear, with stern and weighty oaths,[655] that they were with us." Whenever we spoke with them, whenever we said anything to them, they would say: yes, we too are of the same belief as you, we too have no disagreement with you, we too say the very thing you say. In their manner of expression, they used to speak with one in this way; later it became clear that the hearts of these [people] had been diseased, and despite their good outward appearance, they had filthy, black, hypocritical hearts. The believers, on that day, say: "Amazing! Look what an oath these [people] used to swear. Are these really them?" "A-ha’ula’i alladhina aqsamu bi-llahi jahda aymanihim" — are these the very ones, those who used to swear by God with hard and stern oaths? "Innahum la-ma’akum" — that they were with you, of the same belief and same mind as you. "Their deeds have become worthless (habitat a’maluhum)" — the works they had done became void and useless and destroyed; "and they have become losers (fa-asbahu khasirin)" — they became losers — the true losers.

Well, this was concerning external relations. Now, concerning internal relations, pay attention:

“O you who have believed, whoever of you reverts from his religion — God will bring a people whom He loves and who love Him, humble toward the believers, mighty against the disbelievers; they strive in the way of God and do not fear the blame of any blamer. That is the favor of God; He gives it to whom He wills. And God is all-Encompassing, all-Knowing.”[656] "O you who have believed (ya ayyuha alladhina amanu)" — O you who have believed; "whoever of you reverts from his religion (man yartadda minkum 'an dinih)" — if you turn back from your religion, if you set down from your shoulders onto the ground this burden of the mission and responsibility which you had accepted with faith in God, and do not deliver it to its destination — do not imagine that this burden will fail to reach its destination; this imagining would be a false notion. No, this burden of God will reach its destination; only, someone else will carry its felicity, another community will be granted this honor — to carry this burden to its destination. "Man yartadda minkum 'an dinih" — whoever of you turns back from his religion and apostatizes; "God will bring a people (fa-sawfa ya’ti-llahu bi-qawm)" — God will bring a people. This people is that very ideal Islamic people. That ideal Islamic society, in terms of internal and external bonds and relations, is as has come in this verse. "God will bring a people whom He loves (fa-sawfa ya’ti-llahu bi-qawmin yuhibbuhum)" — God the Exalted will bring forth a community whom God Himself loves; "and who love Him (wa-yuhibbunahu)" — and they too love God. Do we too love God? No! This little bit of love that you sometimes [express], saying "O God, may I be sacrificed for You" — though God has no need at all of such "sacrifice"-saying or sacrificing — and on top of that we are lying, for we are by no means willing to go and be sacrificed for God — this is not love. The love of God: “Say, if you love God, then follow me, [and] God will love you”[657] is [the standard]. This is the Qur’an. If you love God, follow me, who am the Prophet, so that God too may love you. So "yuhibbuhum wa-yuhibbunahu" — meaning these [people] were one hundred percent submitted to the command of God, [and] thus were the object of God’s love.

Well, this is one property and attribute: that affection and love between them and God is mutual. "Humble toward the believers (adhillatin 'ala al-mu’minin)" — they are humble before the believers; this is the sign of the perfection of intimate relation and bond. Before the believers, before this mass of Muslims who have filled the body of the Islamic society, there exists in them no kind of arrogance,[658] no kind of pride, no kind of excessive expectation, no kind of vain and empty pretension. That is, when they stand before the people, they are part of the people, they are with the people, they are on the path of the people, they are for the people; they do not pull themselves out from among the people, they do not entrench themselves in an ivory tower so as to view the people from afar and occasionally show some pity for the people. They are among the people. "Humble toward the believers (adhillatin 'ala al-mu’minin)" — they make themselves humble and small before those who believe in God. "Mighty against the disbelievers (a’izzatin 'ala al-kafirin)" — the opposite point — before the disbelievers and the enemies of religion and the opponents of the Qur’an, they are "a’izzah" (mighty); that is, immune to influence, that is, lofty-headed, that is, having wrapped and drawn around themselves a fortress of Islamic thought, so that they accept no infiltration from them.

"They strive in the way of God (yujahiduna fi sabili-llah)" — another property of theirs is that they wage jihad and struggle in the way of God, relentlessly, unconditionally, just as in the verse it occurs: "And they do not fear the blame of any blamer (wa-la yakhafuna lawmata la’im)" — they do not fear or dread the blame of any blamer. As to what sort of blamer now — think for yourselves; I can no longer explain, I am tired. "That is the favor of God; He gives it to whom He wills (dhalika fadlu-llahi yu’tihi man yasha')" — this is the bounty and grace and favor of God, which He gives to whomever He wills. "And God is all-Encompassing, all-Knowing (wa-llahu wasi’un 'alim)" — God is open-handed, generous-handed, and Knowing.

Then, concerning the connection and bond of the parts of the Islamic society with that heart, with that power, with that Imam, with that leader, the next verse comes following the previous verses. See how fitting and beautiful it is. See how much pondering (tadabbur) in the Qur’an enlightens a person regarding these matters which he had thought were not Qur’anic — how eloquently the Qur’an speaks. It spoke of external relations, it spoke of internal bonds; now it states the heart of the internal bonds — that is, the leader, the guide, the Imam.

“Your wali is only God and His Messenger and those who have believed — those who establish prayer and give zakat while they are bowing (in ruku').”[659] It says: "Innama waliyyukumu-llah" — your wali, and the one who upholds the command, the one to whom all the energies and activities of the society and the Islamic Ummah must return and from whom they must draw inspiration, is God. Well, but God does not become embodied to come and sit among the people and command and forbid — so who else? "And His Messenger (wa-rasuluh)" — it is evident that between the Messenger and God there is never any rivalry or contention or mutual aversion;[661] the Messenger is His Messenger after all. [It is] God and His Messenger. Well, but the Messenger does not always remain: “Indeed, you will die, and indeed, they will die.”[660]

After the Messenger, what? After the Messenger too we have [a wali]: "And those who have believed (wa-alladhina amanu)" — those believers. Which believers? Is it enough that anyone simply believes? No, there is a sign. "Those who establish prayer (alladhina yuqimuna al-salah)" — they establish the prayer; "and give zakat (wa-yu’tuna al-zakah)" — they give the zakat; "while they are bowing (wa-hum raki’un)" — the exegetes took the waw as the waw of state (haliyya): while they are in ruku', in the state of bowing they give zakat. Meaning whom? Meaning the Commander of the Faithful, 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, who is appointed as wali.

Now, you may at one time derive this from the verse, taking the waw as the waw of state — very good indeed. If, supposing, you raise a doubt even about this, saying "no, it means the absolute [body of] believers who possess this characteristic" — I ask: who can be the symbol and emblem of such a totality in the Islamic society? We know of no one other than 'Ali ibn Abi Talib. In that Islamic society, the one who could be the symbol of such a firm and solid faithful faction is 'Ali ibn Abi Talib — even if we suppose that the verse does not have his Eminence in view (although, by reason of the historical reality that has been narrated, it does have [him] in view).

Of course, let the attention of the gentlemen be [noted]; I found it necessary to give this reminder regarding yesterday’s discussion or today’s discussion: if our discussion is in the matter of the Imamate or Wilayat or the emphasis upon Shi’ism, the positive aspect of the matter is what we have in view, not the negative aspect of the matter. As we have repeatedly said, we deem it necessary that the Shi’a should know himself, should know his own thought, should make his own faith as firm and effective as possible — this we believe.

We who are conducting this discussion wish to establish Shi’ism; we do not wish to negate others. We do not wish to needlessly create disagreement of opinion and taste again — no. But it is necessary for you to understand how you comprehend Shi’ism. When I say "Shi’ism," do not say to yourself, "Sir, first establish Islam, [and] let Shi’ism be afterward" — no; that Shi’ism which I speak of is nothing other than Islam, [and] Islam is nothing other than Shi’ism. The viewers see Islam in ten ways; one way of seeing — that is the seeing which Shi’ism sees — true Islam is that very [thing]. The understanding which the Shi’a has of Islam and the Qur’an, that understanding is the correct and logical and just and rational understanding. Do you note? Therefore, we are stating the Islamic principles; in our own opinion and to our own view, these things we are discussing and expounding are the ideological principles of Islam. And I do not think that you too, if you reflect, would have a view contrary to this. Therefore, the positive matters and the positive aspects of the matter are what we have in view.

We are expounding Islam just as we understand and know it in the school of Shi’ism. We are not concerned now with other factions who may know and understand it in another way; we do not even debate with them; for now, we have neither quarrel nor conflict nor opposition with them — we are brothers, we even extend the hand of friendship. Why? Because we have an enemy, because outside the house an enemy stands. We two brothers have no right, right now, to beat each other about the head and face. This too is our way, which I wanted to mention so that you gentlemen may know: the discussion concerning Shi’ism and the Shi’a is for the sake of the authenticity of Shi’ism, for the sake of the fact that we believe in Shi’ism, for the sake of the fact that we see Islam from the viewpoint of Shi’ism — not for the sake of wishing to create disagreement between Shi’a and Sunni; never. We deem this disagreement forbidden too.

“Your wali is only God and His Messenger and those who have believed — those who establish prayer and give zakat while they are bowing.”

Well, now, if we observe Wilayat, what comes of it? Does it have an effect for us too? Up to now Wilayat has had three dimensions, which we have expounded: first, the preservation of internal bonds; second, the severing of bond and dependence upon the opposing external poles; and third, the preservation of a permanent and deep connection with the heart of the body of Islam and the heart of the Islamic Ummah — that is, the Imam and leader. Now, if we observe these three dimensions, how will it be? The verse of the Qur’an answers us: “And whoever takes God and His Messenger and those who have believed as allies — then indeed, the party of God — they are the victorious.”[662][663]

"And whoever takes God and His Messenger as his wali (wa-man yatawalla-llaha wa-rasulah)" — the one who accepts Wilayat with God and with His Messenger and with those who have believed, [and] observes and preserves this bond with the believers and does not sever it — these are the dominant ones, the victorious ones. Of all, these very ones are the most victorious, and it is they who will have the upper hand over all the other factions.

25. Session 25: The Paradise of Wilayat

بهشت ولایت — delivered Sunday, 21 Mehr 1353 / 26 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

ٱلَّذِينَ إِن مَّكَّنَّـٰهُمۡ فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِ أَقَامُواْ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَوُاْ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَأَمَرُواْ بِٱلۡمَعۡرُوفِ وَنَهَوۡاْ عَنِ ٱلۡمُنكَرِۗ وَلِلَّهِ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلۡأُمُورِ

"[They are] those who, if We give them authority in the land, establish the prayer and pay the alms-due and enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong; and to God belongs the final outcome of all affairs."

— Surat al-Hajj (22:41)

Following the previous discussions, two things in the matter of wilayah are worth noting: first, a brief introduction to the society possessing wilayah and to the individual possessing wilayah; and second, the role — a panoramic view — of a society in which wilayah exists. Over the past day or two, as we discussed this theme, something came into our hands from reflection upon the verses of the Qur’an. That reflection, of course, was aided by our connection with the teachings of the Ahl al-Bayt in the matter of wilayah, which already existed in our minds, and it reached its conclusions on that basis; so what we have stated is a distillation, both from the Qur’an and from the hadith. And the distillation that emerged from these discussions was this: wilayah has several dimensions, several manifestations.

One of them is this: that the Muslim society should not be dependent upon and attached to elements outside its own being; it should not have attachment to the non-Muslim. And of course we explained that this not being attached and not being dependent is one thing, while having no relations at all is quite another thing. We never say that the world of Islam should live in political and economic isolation and should have no relationship whatsoever with any of the non-Muslim nations and countries and powers; no, that is not the point. The issue is the issue of not being dependent, not being attached and a mere follower, not being digested and dissolved into other powers, of independence and standing on one’s own feet — in short.

Another manifestation, another body and surface of wilayah, is the very intense internal cohesion and bond among the Muslim elements. That is: when the Islamic society is under discussion for us, in our minds, what they call wilayah is the Islamic society’s being unified and moving in one direction. As there is in the Prophetic and non-Prophetic narrations: «مثل المؤمنین فی توادهم و تراحمهم کمثل الجسد» ("The likeness of the believers in their mutual affection and their mutual mercy is like the likeness of a single body")[664] — like one single frame, like one single building, like the interconnected parts of a single structure; the Muslims must be joined to one another, fused to one another, knotted to one another, and in short, must be a single hand against the other hands and against the conflicts and enmities that will arise. You saw this point fully in yesterday’s verse.

Again, among the verses of Surat al-Ma’idah is the verse “humble toward the believers, mighty against the disbelievers”[665]. In another verse of the Qur’an, this very same point is again expressed even more clearly: “Muhammad is the Messenger of God, and those who are with him are severe against the disbelievers, merciful among themselves”[666]. When they stand facing the external front, you see nothing firmer and more impervious to breach than they are; you see nothing more impervious to influence and more impenetrable; independent. But in the internal fronts — and to use the term "front" here is essentially incorrect, since there is no front-formation inside; inside, among the bodies and the wings of this immense Islamic frame, there is no impenetrability at all, no breach and no imperviousness to influence; on the contrary, all of them act upon one another, all of them draw one another toward goodness and virtue, all of them counsel one another to follow the truth ever more, all of them counsel one another to persevere ever more firmly in the path of truth and to resist ever more strongly against the motives of evil and corruption and decline, all of them hold one another up. And as I gave the example the other day: like ten seasoned mountaineers and climbers, who are making their way through these twists and turns of the mountain, along these narrow trails where, if a single clod, a single stone, slips out from beneath the foot of one climber, that is enough to send him plunging headfirst into the depths of a ravine — a hundred meters, two hundred meters, five hundred meters down. Here, the way for all the individuals to remain safe is this: that they bind their waists to one another with a rope as strong as possible, that they have mutual attraction,[667] that they take one another’s hand, that they call out to one another: "So-and-so, you have not lost the way, have you? You have not fallen behind, have you? You have not gone hungry, have you?" They watch to see whether there is among them anyone who, intellectually, materially, or in terms of knowing right and truth, is weaker than the others. If there is, then all strive to guide him, all try to draw him onto the straight path — in short, a family with members and individuals who are one hundred percent sincere with one another. This too is another of the manifestations of wilayah, that the Islamic society is of this kind.

Yet another manifestation of wilayah is this: the Islamic society needs an administering center with particular conditions. We mentioned it in the previous days as being very important — the most important of all — and it is also the guarantor of the survival of wilayah in the first and second senses. The Islamic society must have the status of a single frame: both mutually attracted and cohesive[668] with one another within, and outwardly manifesting like a single fist, like a single body, like a single person in the face of the external fronts. This unity is necessary in the Islamic society; and unity, without a concentration of administering power, is not possible. If over every corner of the corners of the world of Islam there should rule some agent, some power, some pole [of authority], the parts of this frame will disperse from one another, will separate from one another, will not move along a single path. It becomes exactly like this: that the organism of the administering nerves of the human being should be transformed, from its present condition, into the state in which there were two nervous command-systems in the human being — one for the right side, one for the left side. Now that both of them are one, if I wish to move these two hands of mine in a coordinated fashion, I can; because both hands take their inspiration from a single center. The gentleman who wishes to lift a column and set it on that side, to lift a weight and place it on that side — both his hands, since they obey a single command-center, work together, work in proportion with one another. This hand comes and takes hold from this side, that hand also takes hold from that side, both press toward one side, then together they lift the weight. But if the command-center of the body’s nerves became two in the human being — one for the right side, one for the left side — then here the right hand and the left will no longer have coordination with one another. The right hand, to take hold of this weight and heavy load, has opened its fingers; now the left hand, since it is taking its command and inspiration from another center, at that very moment is pressing these fingers together all the more tightly. The right hand says to the left hand, "Cooperate, you too take this side of the weight." No indeed, it does not lend an ear at all. At the very moment when this hand is ready to lift and grasp this load, the other hand has turned completely into a fist drawn in upon itself, clenched, frozen — under no circumstances is it willing to take this load at all. They reach another place, [where] they come up against an enemy; this hand that had been a fist now wishes to strike that enemy on the head; it says to the other hand, "Well, you help too, so we may land two double-blows[669] on his head, with two fists smash his brain to pieces, so we may sooner be rid of him." But this hand now, to make up for the fact that the other had been obstinate there, in obedience to the command-center of the right-side nerves, becomes obstinate. It says, "No indeed, I now wish to be open, wide open." Well, this one comes down as a fist; that one is not at all ready to strike upon the head of that enemy. You see, sir, that if the body of the human being were to take its command and its inspiration, in its nerves, from two command-centers, what an absurd condition this body would acquire. Where it is supposed to lift a load, it cannot. Where it is supposed to transfer something from one place to another, again it cannot. Where it is supposed to repel an enemy, again it cannot.

If the Islamic society wishes to repel its enemies in the right place, at the right time, and well — if one corner of the Islamic society today takes a thought to repelling the enemy, and another corner takes it up the day after tomorrow, again there is no benefit. If a society and a single frame wishes to do battle with its enemy, all the wings of this Islamic society must, at one and the same time, confront and face that enemy. If this one takes the thought today, that one tomorrow, the third day that other wing and that other corner awakens from sleep, then that enemy, with an easy mind — [creates and brings about] the affair of those same three persons who had gone into the vineyard[670] which Rumi has related — brings about and produces this affair, and will out-trick them all; just as this experience has occurred not once, not twice, but at least ten times in the history of Islam.

So if the Islamic society wishes to attract benefits at the right time, to repel harms and losses at the right time, to be on the inside parts that are congenial[671] and connected with one another, and on the outside, in the face of the enemy, to hold the status of a single fist and a single hand — in short, if it wishes to secure within itself those two surfaces and two dimensions and two aspects of wilayah, it needs to have within itself a powerful command-center, so that all the active and energetic elements of this society may take their inspiration from that center: their intellectual energy, their practical energy, the activities of their life, their crushing of enemies, their cherishing of friends.

That center which, in the heart of the society and within the body of the Islamic society, administers all the wings, sets each person to the work worthy of his rank, prevents conflicts, guides the forces in one direction — he must be from God, must be learned, must be aware, must be trustworthy and safeguarded [from error], must be a crystallized being of all the constituent elements of Islam, must be a manifestation of the Qur’an. What name do we give him? We give him the name of wali (guardian). So wilayah in the Islamic society, in those two respects which I have stated, requires that there be a wali present in the society. This too is one dimension and one body and one surface from among the dimensions of the matter of wilayah. This was the explanation of the previous discussions.

The question that arises after this is: do I and you, sir, possess wilayah or not? It is possible that I and you possess wilayah; but does our society, taken as a whole, possess wilayah or not? Does it make a difference, sir? Yes — it is possible that one member [of the body] should in itself be sound, but the soundness of one member, first, does not mean the soundness of the whole body — this is one point; and second, a sound member, if it is placed in an unsound body, cannot possess all the merits of a sound member — these are two points. First let us see what kind of person a human being with wilayah is, so that we may understand whether I personally and you personally possess wilayah or not. And if it should be proven and made clear — God willing — that I and you possess wilayah, then we must proceed to see how a society must be in order to possess wilayah.

There is no obstacle to it whatsoever; "there is no obstacle" — I mean it is possible; that is my meaning; not that there is no problem with it — there is a great deal of problem with it — but there is no obstacle at all to our supposing a human being possessing wilayah within a society devoid of wilayah. Has this human being’s responsibility come to an end? Merely because he himself possesses wilayah, even though he lives in a society deprived of and bare of wilayah — is this life a desirable life? And if a person himself possessed wilayah but lived in a society that is without wilayah, and he felt no responsibility in the face of the society’s lack of wilayah — does this very absence of a sense of responsibility not itself injure and ruin his own wilayah? These are headings upon which you, the Muslim man, the Muslim woman, and especially the Muslim youth, must reflect. It is possible that I may not have enough time and opportunity to expound each one of these for you; and if I wished to expound each one of these for you, so that all the individuals here present might properly grasp the matter, this would require that we discuss each one of these headings for a day, say — and I do not have that much time.

The question is this: first, let us see what kind of human being a human being possessing wilayah is. How must I be, [so that] I possess wilayah? How must I be, [so that] I do not possess wilayah? That is one. Second, let us see how we — the society, the social body of human beings who have gathered together in one place — must be, in order to possess wilayah, and how we will not possess wilayah. In what condition is a society a society possessing a guardian (wali) and a custodian and friends-and-helpers (mawali),[672] in the form that Islam has commanded; and in what condition, and under what circumstances, is it deprived of wilayah — that wilayah which Islam has spoken of.

Now the third and fourth questions — and I am repeating, so that each of you gentlemen may fix them in your minds. Those of you who are people of precision and reflection and note-taking, take notes. Go and think on it yourselves. Use your own stored-up Islamic mental resources and the existing Islamic texts. Arrive at the meaning of the verdict on these questions yourselves. The third question: a human being who possesses wilayah — has his duty come to an end merely with the possessing of wilayah for his own person? Does he have no duty to build a society possessing wilayah? This too is a question.

The fourth question: if a man himself possessed wilayah, lived in a society deprived of wilayah, and felt no sense of duty to make the society possess wilayah — will this not feeling of duty not blemish his own wilayah? This very thing, that he is not thinking of making others too possess wilayah — does not this very not-thinking itself weaken his wilayah, blemish it, ruin it? This too is another question.

These questions we must discuss. Now I will raise one or two of them, discuss them, talk them over. Of course, when this has been discussed, then compare in your own minds this progressive, exalted, fascinating, sensible meaning of wilayah — pronounced by the Qur’an, spoken by the hadith — with that meaning which the lazy, ease-loving, comfort-seeking, hardship-fleeing, facility-seeking man imagines wilayah to be for himself.

A group imagine that possessing wilayah is a matter of a man’s merely weeping in the gatherings of the Ahl al-Bayt. They imagine that possessing wilayah is a matter of necessarily saying «علیهم‌السلام» ("peace be upon them") after the name of the Ahl al-Bayt (peace be upon them) is mentioned; only this and nothing more. They imagine that possessing wilayah is a matter of having the love of the Ahl al-Bayt in one’s heart, this and nothing more. Yes, to have the love of the Ahl al-Bayt is obligatory and incumbent. To utter the name of these great ones with reverence is most fitting and necessary. To hold a gathering in their name and to draw lessons from their mourning and their joy, to recount their mourning, to recount their joy, to weep over their nobilities, over their gallantries, over the wrongs done to them — all of these are necessary; but all of these are not wilayah; wilayah is higher than this. The one who sits in the gathering of the Master of Martyrs (the blessings and peace of God be upon him) and sheds tears does a good thing in that he sheds tears; but he does a bad thing if he reckons the shedding of tears to be sufficient for the possessing of wilayah.

Understand well what I am saying. Those whose minds are under the influence of the malicious or ignorant suggestions and inducements of certain mercenary and malicious hands — let them pay close attention. Let it not be said that someone is opposed to weeping for the Master of Martyrs — no. Even if anyone is opposed, we are not opposed; we are in favor. We say that weeping over Imam Husayn (the blessings and peace of God be upon him) can at times save a whole nation. The Tawwabun (the Penitents)[673] went and sat at the grave of Husayn ibn 'Ali, and for twenty-four hours, or forty-eight hours, or three days, did nothing but weep. What was the result of that weeping? The result of those weepings was that they made a pact of death and blood with one another. They said, "We will go into this battlefield, we will not turn back; we make a covenant that we will not return alive." This is the weeping for Imam Husayn. No one is opposed to this.

To utter with reverence the name of Husayn ibn 'Ali (the blessings of God be upon him) and of the Commander of the Faithful (peace be upon him) — no sane person is opposed to it, no Shi’ah; the Sunni too is not opposed, the unbeliever too is not opposed. Anyone who comes to know them confirms that the name of these ones must be uttered with reverence. On the twenty-third night I said here, for those of you who were present: a family whose inheritance is martyrdom, a family whose most precious keepsake is sacrifice and giving one’s life in the way of God, a family whose every resource, whose whole being, is dedicated and devoted purely to God — should a human being not commemorate this family with reverence? He must do so.

I give you my word: go to Europe, to America, to any city of any unbeliever-land, to any land of foreigners-to-Islam, in any place where they have not even heard the name of Islam; say, "There was a man, his name was 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, his life-story is this." Begin to recount the life-story of the Commander of the Faithful from beginning to end in summary, and you will see that, in honor of this figure, in honor of this human being who has so many glories in his life, they will applaud, they will show respect, they will glorify, they will bow in reverence, and they will keep his name in their minds as a precious memorial from you. This is not peculiar to the Shi’ah. Have you now performed some great feat that, when you say "'Ali ibn Abi Talib," you say "peace be upon him" after it? Have you done some momentous thing? And do you imagine that wilayah means just this? What a great mistake. That wilayah which carries a human being to Paradise — this is not it. Of course, weeping over Imam Husayn can be counted as one of the corners, the branches, the very far-removed sections of the great principle of wilayah. A group of people, truly out of ignorance, and — God willing — out of ignorance and not out of malice, raise these issues. They raise the issue of weeping; the issue of, may I say, verbal enmities with the enemies of the Ahl al-Bayt — not intellectual enmities; they raise issues of this sort; they raise the superficial issues of the chapter of wilayah and Shi’ism, and they confine wilayah to these; and how astonishing it is that they beat down the comprehenders of wilayah, the knowers of wilayah, and the possessors of wilayah with this very weapon. This is most amusing. They confine wilayah within a domain[674] and a narrow, small precinct that is not worthy of this great Islamic principle.

Wilayah in a human being means an ever-greater and ever-increasing intellectual and practical attachment to the wali. Find the wali; come to know the wali of God, the one who is the rightful[675] wali of the Islamic society; identify him; and after you have identified him, connect yourself to him personally, intellectually, in deed, in temperament, in path and method and manner; link yourself to him, bind yourself to him; set out after him, move. If your effort is his effort, your jihad his jihad, your friendship his friendship, your enmity his enmity, your front-formations his front-formations — then you possess wilayah. Two words, and easy. Did you grasp what I said? The person possessing wilayah is this: that he know the wali, know the thought of the wali, become of one mind with the wali, know the conduct of the wali, become of one deed with the wali, set out after him, make himself attached to the wali both in thought and in deed — this is [a person] with wilayah.

Which of you is ready to raise your hand and say, like a man, "I possess wilayah"? And which of us is ready to confess, like a man, that we did not possess complete wilayah? We confined wilayah to nothing but this — that in our hearts there is love of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib and that we shed a single tear too for the Commander of the Faithful — even though our deeds are contrary to the deeds of 'Ali, our thought and our notions contrary to the thought and notions of 'Ali. Have we named this wilayah? We made up for ourselves a legend, a myth, a superstition, and gladdened our hearts with it; we reckoned ourselves to be among the friends and helpers (mawali) of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him) and to be possessors of wilayah, and were happy that all that belongs to the friends of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, we reckon to be certainly and definitely ours. This is a great wrong; this is a great injustice against the right of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib. This is a great injustice against the right of Islam, since wilayah is for Islam; and this is a great injustice against the right of this great principle, the principle of wilayah. And we are not even willing to understand wilayah.

This — that Imam al-Sadiq (the blessings and peace of God be upon him) recognizes the worth of his friends, those who possess wilayah, and holds them in honor, and reckons wilayah to lie in deed, and says, "The one who possesses deed, he is our wali [friend]; the one who does not possess deed, he is our enemy" — this is based on this very thing. Since Imam al-Sadiq interprets wilayah in that way, since wilayah in the culture of Imam al-Sadiq is different from wilayah in the culture of that ignorant or malicious person who is living off the name of Imam al-Sadiq — these two are different from one another. Why should I and you not understand the meaning of wilayah? Why should we not deeply comprehend this Islamic principle, so that we may not remain, ever more, in stagnation and rigidity and torpor and backwardness and remoteness from Islam and remoteness from this world and the next — why? I fear that we may keep ourselves, in hope of Paradise, a lifetime in the hellfire of this world, and that at the moment when we give up our soul — which is the time for the embodiment of wishes and the realization of long and far-reaching hopes — there too there may be no trace of Paradise. How great a cause for regret that is. The wilayah of a human being is his absolute attachment and dependence upon the wali; he must be attached and joined — this is one.

And now, the wilayah of a society — in what does it consist? The wilayah of a society consists in this: that the wali in that society, first, be identified; that they know that this is the wali; this is one. Second, that he be the source and the inspirer of all the forces, energies, and activities of that society. That he be a pole from which all the streams and wellsprings flow down. That he be a center from which he issues all commands and by which he executes all laws. That he be a point to which all the threads and strings return, to which all look, after which all go. That he start up the engine of life in this society; that he be the driver and the vanguard of the caravan of life in the society. This society is a society possessing wilayah.

The Commander of the Faithful (the blessings of God be upon him), after the Prophet, did not hold the reins of the community in his hand for twenty-five years. The Islamic society, after the Prophet, for twenty-five years did not possess wilayah; it was finished and gone. In that society, Salman personally possessed wilayah, Abu Dharr personally possessed wilayah, Miqdad personally possessed wilayah, that other one personally possessed wilayah — but what of the Islamic society? The Islamic society, after the Prophet, for twenty-five years did not possess wilayah. Then the Commander of the Faithful reached the rule, and the Islamic society came to possess wilayah. How much of it? Exactly that much by which 'Ali, in that measure, in that portion, in that part, was the source and the inspirer and the bedrock of the commands and ordinances and gnoses and recognitions. The wilayah of a community is in this. Whenever the Imam rules in a society, when the Imam becomes the source of command and prohibition in the society, when all the threads issue from the Imam, when the Imam is actually administering the society, when it is the Imam who fastens the banner of war, when it is the Imam who gives the order of attack, when it is the Imam who writes the peace treaty — then the society is a society possessing wilayah; and otherwise, the society does not possess wilayah. This too is the society possessing wilayah.

Now, if you possess wilayah, give thanks to God; if you do not possess it, set out after it. If such a blessing rests upon your head, give thanks to God. There is no blessing greater than the blessing of wilayah. I will now explain for you how there is no blessing greater than wilayah. If you do not possess it, set out after it, secure wilayah within your own person and within human society. Try to live in the manner of 'Ali; let us try to set out after 'Ali; let us try to establish a bond between ourselves and 'Ali, who is the wali of God. These require striving, require effort, require struggle, require the consuming of heart’s blood. And let me tell you that the rightly-guiding Imams (peace be upon them), after the martyrdom of the Commander of the Faithful, strove ceaselessly in the path of wilayah, ceaselessly. The whole effort of the Imams was for this: that they should bring wilayah to life, revive the Islamic society, and make this sapling — which has been planted in the name of "the human being" in this field, in this orchard, in this nursery — alive and verdant and flourishing with the wholesome[676] water of the life-giving, life-creating wilayah. This was the effort of the Imams, by its own path, in the requisite form.

To strive for the wilayah of a society does not mean that we should sit and constantly wag our chins and constantly babble idly and curse Zayd and 'Amr, this one and that one. By these deeds, wilayah is not built; by these deeds, we fall farther from wilayah. The way is for us to strive to give power to the wali of Islam, to the wali whom God has named. Yesterday I specified what kind of being the wali whom God has named is. Yesterday I said: one wali God names by name, one wali God names by description. There is a case in which 'Ali ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him), Hasan ibn 'Ali (peace be upon him), Husayn ibn 'Ali (peace be upon him), 'Ali ibn al-Husayn (peace be upon him), down to the last of the Imams, are specified by name and by particular characteristics; and there is a case in which, no, they are not specified by name; that very wali who has been specified by name says: «فاما من کان من الفقهاء صائنا لنفسه حافظا لدینه مخالفا علی هواه مطیعا لامر مولاه» ("As for the one among the jurists who is a guardian of his own soul, a protector of his religion, an opposer of his own caprice, obedient to the command of his Master…");[677] in this way he specifies him. The wali is the wali; this one too is from God, that one too is from God. Only, that one they have specified by name, this one they have not specified by name; this one’s characteristics they have stated. You yourself reckoned, measured, took the dimensions, set the pattern, and saw that — for example — His Eminence Grand Ayatollah Aqa Burujirdi fitted it. Did you take note? When a human being is resolved to bring to life and revive the Islamic laws and the divine ordinances in the society, in the form that wilayah dictates, then he goes searching and finds the way to it. He searches, and learns the methods and modes that the world lays upon the shoulder and around the neck of the human being. Now we are not discussing methods and modes; we are discussing the principle of it.

Then, if a society comes to possess wilayah, what happens? It is well that I say it in a single word: it is a corpse that will come to possess a soul. This single word is enough. Consider a corpse: it lies there lifeless. It has a brain — it does not work. It has eyes — it does not see. It has a mouth — it does not digest and swallow food. It has a stomach and a liver and a digestive apparatus,[678] but it does not absorb food. It has veins, but the blood does not circulate in them; it has blood, and it does not circulate in it — why? Because it has no soul. It has hands, but it does not even repel this tiny ant from itself. It has feet, but it is not willing to move from the sun into the shade — it cannot. It is just a corpse, just a corpse. Once the soul is breathed in, the brain works, the nerves work, the hand grasps, the mouth eats, the stomach digests, the digestive system absorbs, the blood turns and circulates, conveys energy to the whole body, warms the body, sets it to striving — it walks, it crushes the enemy, it attracts friendships, it makes itself ever more perfect and more flourishing.

Place this parable before your eyes for the purpose of grasping the importance of wilayah in a society. Take away the dead corpse of the human being, set a human society in its place; take away the spirit, set wilayah in its place. A society that does not possess wilayah — the talents and capacities exist in this society, but they are either neutralized, wasted, destroyed, squandered, or, worse, set to work to the detriment of the human being. It has a brain and it thinks, but it thinks for the creating of corruption, thinks for the killing of human beings, thinks for the setting of the world ablaze, thinks toward making human beings wretched, thinks for the strengthening of the foundations of exploitation and oppression and despotism. The human being has eyes, but what it ought to see, it does not see, and what it ought not to see, it sees. It has ears, but it does not hear the word of truth; the nerves do not convey the word of truth to the brain. The brain issues no command in accordance with truth to the limbs and organs. The limbs and organs perform no deed in accordance with truth in the world. The conditions of the world give the human being no leave to act in accordance with truth. This is the society without wilayah.

In the society without wilayah, the lamps not only do not flare up and grow brighter, but even that little bit of oil they have is constantly being used up, being used up, until it is altogether dried out. The oils that the Prophet had poured at the foot of the lamps and torches of guidance — did you see how they dried up? Did you see how, in the days after the passing of the Prophet, [the lamp] would flare up, would illuminate, would give light? Its oil the Prophet had poured; but since the hand of wilayah was not above the head of these torches and lamps, did you see how its oil ran low, ran low, dried up, went bad, became foul-smelling, became full of smoke, became dim — reached the time of 'Uthman and was handed over to Mu’awiyah? Did you see what happened? The very things that Fatimah al-Zahra' (peace of God be upon her) said to the women of the Emigrants and the Helpers, and they did not listen in the early days; the very predictions that Fatimah al-Zahra' made, [which] the heedless Muslim people of that day could not understand and did not listen to — those very things were all carried out. That very «سیف صارم» (the cutting sword),[679] that very blood-shedding sword, that very blade that slew authenticities and virtues, that very hand that strangled human beings and human virtues — all of these Fatimah al-Zahra' had foretold, and before Fatimah al-Zahra' the Prophet too had foretold. These ones saw, these ones understood, they spoke — the Islamic society did not understand. Ears grew heavy, grew deaf. Today too the voice of Fatimah al-Zahra' still reaches our ears. O sensitive and alert ears, do you hear?

The society possessing wilayah becomes a society that develops all human talents. All the things that God has given to the human being for his perfection and elevation, it brings to fruition. It makes the human sapling flourish. It brings human beings to perfection. It strengthens human virtues. In this society, the wali — that is, the ruler, the very one to whom all the reins return — makes the society, in terms of its general course, set upon the path of God and possessed of the remembrance of God. In terms of wealth, he brings about a just distribution of wealth. He tries to spread good things; he tries to wipe out evils and uproot them.

“Those who, if We give them authority in the land…”[680] — this is a verse of the Qur’an; those who, if We firmly establish them in the land, if We make them firmly settled in the land — "they establish the prayer" — the remembrance of God; the prayer is a symbol of the godly orientation of a society — for the remembrance of God and for the attention toward God and the orienting toward God, they establish the prayer, they go toward God, they set their orientation in accordance with the orientation that God has pronounced and God has commanded. "And they pay the alms-due" — the just distribution of wealth; they give the zakat (alms-due). According to a likelihood and a conjecture that is in my mind, the zakat in the Qur’an has a far wider scope than what exists in people’s minds. I deem it likely — of course this is only a likelihood, mind you, I myself do not yet have proper certainty about it, and you too should not take this as a certain matter — I deem it likely that the term zakat in the Qur’an encompasses all financial spendings and charitable givings. I have, of course, found some indications too, though not to the degree that I would be certain of this matter and could state it decisively. In any case, such a likelihood is in my mind.

"And they pay the alms-due" — and, generally and certainly, it means that they bring about a moderation in wealth, in view of the narrations that exist in the chapter of zakat which say that zakat is a cause of the moderating of wealth. "And they enjoin what is right" — the spreading of good things, the extending of good deeds. "And they forbid what is wrong" — the uprooting of evil things. We imagine that enjoining the right and forbidding the wrong means that I should command you, sir, not to do such-and-such bad deed, to do such-and-such good deed — only this commanding and telling. Whereas commanding and telling is [only] one of the manifestations of enjoining the right and forbidding the wrong. They said to the Commander of the Faithful, "Why do you fight Mu’awiyah?" — its narration is lengthy, I will not read it. He said: "For the reason that enjoining the right and forbidding the wrong is obligatory." Listen carefully, draw the conclusion. Sir, what business do you have, after all, with Mu’awiyah in the Battle of Siffin? Go off toward Kufa, and let him too go off toward Syria. He said that God has made enjoining the right and forbidding the wrong obligatory. Imam Husayn rises up from Medina; "Sir, where are you going?" — «ارید ان آمر بالمعروف و انهی عن المنکر» ("I wish to enjoin the right and forbid the wrong")[681] — I wish to enjoin the right and forbid the wrong. See how wide and far-reaching is the circle and the scope [of it], and how small and constricted and narrow it is in our view. In any case, when wilayah was present in a society, these things too are carried out: the establishing of the prayer, the giving of the alms-due, the enjoining of the right, the forbidding of the wrong — in short, a lifeless frame finds soul and spirit and life.

26. Session 26: Concerning Wilayat (1)

در پیرامون ولایت (۱) — delivered Monday, 22 Mehr 1353 / 27 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

۞إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَأۡمُرُكُمۡ أَن تُؤَدُّواْ ٱلۡأَمَٰنَٰتِ إِلَىٰٓ أَهۡلِهَا وَإِذَا حَكَمۡتُم بَيۡنَ ٱلنَّاسِ أَن تَحۡكُمُواْ بِٱلۡعَدۡلِۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ نِعِمَّا يَعِظُكُم بِهِۦٓۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ سَمِيعَۢا بَصِيرٗا يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓاْ أَطِيعُواْ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُواْ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَأُوْلِي ٱلۡأَمۡرِ مِنكُمۡۖ فَإِن تَنَٰزَعۡتُمۡ فِي شَيۡءٖ فَرُدُّوهُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَٱلرَّسُولِ إِن كُنتُمۡ تُؤۡمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلۡيَوۡمِ ٱلۡأٓخِرِۚ ذَٰلِكَ خَيۡرٞ وَأَحۡسَنُ تَأۡوِيلًا

"Indeed, Allah commands you to render the trusts to those to whom they are due, and when you judge between people to judge with justice. Excellent is that with which Allah counsels you. Indeed, Allah is ever Hearing and Seeing. O you who have believed, obey Allah and obey the Messenger and those in authority among you. And if you should dispute over anything, refer it to Allah and the Messenger, if you should believe in Allah and the Last Day. That is best and best in outcome."

— Surat al-Nisa' (4:58-59)

Today, continuing our previous discussions, we have decided to raise several issues from among the matters we encounter around the question of Wilayat. These are not part of that original framework — the statement of the position of this question itself. The discussion about Wilayat — what Wilayat is, where in the Qur’an it is derived from, how many dimensions, aspects, and sides it has — we already presented earlier. But there is a series of issues that are subsidiary to the question of Wilayat. And yet each of these matters, in its own place, is itself a fundamental and decisive issue — one that, like a principle, must guide the orientation of Islamic directions and determine the path of the Muslim society.

These several matters we will mention in order. Two of them we have noted on today’s sheet,[682] and one or two more, God willing, we will present tomorrow.

Here is the first. You established from the Qur’an that a Muslim society can preserve its internal bonds and negate its external dependencies — I repeat: preserve its internal bonds and negate its external dependencies — only if there exists a center within it, a concentrated power, to lead and administer everything: all the activities and efforts, all the orientations and stances of the various poles and factions of this society. And the name of this is the wali. The wali — with the doubled ya' — means the ruler, the sovereign. That is, the one from whom all forces must take their inspiration, to whom all affairs must return — in short, the one with whom the management of the Islamic society lies, both on the intellectual side and on the practical side. This one is called the wali. These things we established from the Qur’an. Now tell me, let us see: who is the wali of the Islamic society? Do we have a concise word for it, so that if they say to us, "Very well, now we wish to know the wali; who can be the wali? Which power is it to which all the forces of the Islamic society must return, which must exercise rule?" — if this question is put to us, do we have an answer or not?

Yes, we have. Of course, I have presented the answer to this matter, the response, from time to time within the previous discussions, and you yourselves know it too; it is not as though the matter were unknown. We wish, from the standpoint of logical method and the natural sequence of the subject, to have examined this too.

The Qur’an’s answer here is a single word. It says: the one who is the true wali of the Islamic society is God. The ruler in the Islamic society, other than God Most High, is no one else. This is a matter that Tawhid too was telling us, that Prophethood too was establishing as a certainty for us; and now you see that Wilayat too tells us this same thing. Let me state this point in passing, then move on: the principles of a school and a doctrine must always be like this — each principle yielding a conclusion that the other principles also yield. It must not be that from one principle of the school we draw an inference whose opposite we infer from another. And unfortunately, in the Islam that lives today in the mind and heart of some simple-hearted Muslims, this is exactly what happens: from some of its principles, things are inferred that are exactly the opposite of what is deduced from others.

Therefore, the one who, in the Islamic society, has the right of command and prohibition and decree, and the right to execute commands, and the right to give orders and to determine the path of the society, and, in short, the right of rule over all the particulars of human beings' lives, is God: “And Allah is the wali of the believers.”[169]

I have traced[683] the verses in the Qur’an that contain the expression wali and awliya'. I made an approximately summary study of them all, and I saw that this expression is among the Qur’an’s established certainties — that God is the wali of the Islamic society, that the believers have no wali and helper other than God, that God must be the ruler of all the affairs of mankind. Of course, the brothers are aware of this; but nonetheless it is good for me to bring it to the attention of some in whose minds the matter might become confused. The discussion is not about the creational (takwini) sovereignty of the Lord; that is preserved in its own place — it is clear that God Most High arranges the revolution of the earth and the sky by His overpowering will.[684] The discussion is about this: that the laws of human life, and the individual and social relations of human society, must take their inspiration from God too. That is, the legal ruler and sovereign in the divine, Islamic, Qur’anic society — in the shade[685] of the Islamic order — is God alone. This order we always refer to as the Alawi order. And this is an expression that I would like to remain in minds: the Alawi order, the Alawi government — this order whose name we set down as the Alawi order and the Islamic order, and "the Qur’anic society" can be a name for it for us too. In such a society and such an order, the ruler is God alone.

Well, here we arrive at another matter: "Sir, what does it mean that the ruler is God? God Most High does not come face to face with the people so as to command and prohibit. Human beings need a human being to govern over them; a human being is necessary to take the reins of human affairs into his hand." When I say "a human being," I do not insist on the "one"; I do not wish to negate collective leadership — no. A human being is necessary to take the reins of human affairs into his hand. Otherwise the order of human society would again be disrupted. Suppose that, in human and social society, there were only law — even law from God’s side — but no commander, in the expression of the Commander of the Faithful, peace be upon him, which I shall now present; no sovereign, or no body to exercise sovereignty; in short, no overseer over the execution of the law. Then the order would collapse. Who is this human being to be?

That human being, or those human beings, who are to be — over mankind and human society — to practically exercise sovereignty, to practically be the wali of the society, to practically take charge of the Wilayat of the society — who are these to be? The answer of the various schools to this question has been varied. The answer of historical realities to this question too has been varied. One group has said: al-mulk li-man ghalab — "Sovereignty belongs to whoever conquers"; that is, the law of the jungle. One group has said: whoever has the greater management. One group has said: whoever is accepted by the people. One group has said: whoever is from such-and-such a dynasty. One group has said other things; they have expressed other logics and approaches[686] and tastes.

The answer of religion and the school of religion to this question is this: “Your wali is only Allah and His Messenger…”[659]

The one who practically takes the rein of command and of command-and-prohibition into his hand in the society, on behalf of the Lord of the world, is His Messenger. Therefore, in a society, when a Prophet has come, it makes no sense that, with the Prophet present, a ruler other than the Prophet should govern over the people. "Prophet" means precisely the one who must take the rein of power in the society into his hand, who must be the ruler. When the Prophet departed from this world, what is the duty? When the Prophet of God, like all other human beings, departed from this world and surrendered his soul to the Soul-Creator, what do we do there? Again a verse of the Qur’an answers this matter: “…and those who have believed” — the believers are your wali.

Which believers? Whoever believes in the school of religion is the wali and ruler of the Islamic society? Well, this would require that we have, to the number of all believing souls, a ruler! What do we do here? Believers who have a special sign. It is evident that the verse of the Qur’an, while it wishes to designate a particular person, to put its finger upon a specific, known human being and say "your ruler is this one," also wishes, implicitly, to provide the criterion. Pay attention! It wishes that human being who, in the view of the Lawgiver and the legislator of Islam, is specified — it wishes to give him rule over the people; but at the same time it also wishes to state the criterion: the reason we said your ruler should be this one is this criterion. This is the cause of his being chosen by the Lord, or of his being appointed by the Lord. Therefore it says: “And those who have believed”[687] — those who have believed, whose faith is correct, for the requirement of the absoluteness of "have believed" is that correct faith is intended, not outward faiths. Those who, throughout their lives, showed that they believed; those who, with their own deeds, signed their faith.

So "those who have believed" — the first condition is that they be truly believers. It has other conditions too: “Those who establish the prayer” — those believers who establish the prayer, not those who merely perform the prayer. Performing the prayer is one thing; establishing the prayer is another thing.

If they had wished to say "they perform the prayer," they could have said yusallun; an expression that is both shorter and more concise.[688]

The establishment of the prayer in a society means that the spirit of the prayer comes alive there, that the society becomes a praying society. And you know what a praying society is: one in which, in all its corners and edges, the remembrance of God and the recollection of God surge completely. And you know that in a society where the remembrance of God surges, no catastrophe occurs — no crime, no treachery, no blow against human values. That society in which the remembrance of God surges, in which the people are mindful of God — its orientation is a divine orientation; in this society, all the people’s deeds are done for God.

The cause of thefts, the cause of degradations, the cause of injustices, the cause of submitting to injustice — from both sides — the cause of the transgressions[689] that occur, and likewise the cause of submitting to the transgressions that occur, is entirely remoteness from the recollection of God and the remembrance of God. That society which possesses the remembrance of God — its ruler is like 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, blessings of God upon him, who does not commit injustice and crushes injustice; its subject is like Abu Dharr al-Ghifari, who, even though he is beaten, even though he is exiled, even though he is threatened, even though he remains a stranger and friendless, yet does not submit to the burden of injustice, does not turn back from the path of God. This is the society in which the remembrance of God exists, this is the society in which the establishment of the prayer exists.

The believer who, in the society, establishes the prayer, who sets the orientation of the society toward God, who makes the divine remembrance current and established in the society: “Those who establish the prayer.”

But it does not even end here, the wali: “And they give the zakat” — they distribute wealth justly, they are among those who spend in the way of God.

And following it, it says: “And while they are bowing” — they give the zakat while they are in the state of bowing (ruku').

This is an indication of a particular case and a particular story. I have heard, and I know, the words that some of the other commentators have said — they have said that "and while they are bowing" means that these people are always in the state of bowing, and that it is not a reference to a particular event. But the spirit of Arabness and of knowing Arabic negates this possibility. "And while they are bowing" means: in the state of bowing they give the zakat. This too confirms that very matter that I presented yesterday — which comes to my mind as a possibility, which I suppose: that "zakat" is the absolute of all acts of charity (infaqat); because the ring that the Commander of the Faithful gave while in the state of bowing was not the technical zakat — it was a charity in the way of God, and the term "zakat" has been applied to it.

“And they give the zakat while they are bowing” — meaning a human being so attached to equality,[690] so devoted to charitable spending, for whom the sight of poverty and the poor is so painful, that he does not wait for his prayer to finish, lest this beggar leave and another poor one come. He gives his only and sole ring — he says, "Let me set it aside, then I will give it." So great is this human being’s attraction toward charity, so absorbed is this man in the path of fulfilling this duty, that he has no patience to wait, no room to bear it. He has seen a poor one, has seen a poverty, has seen an appearance that God does not love — he too does not love it — and he has nothing but the ring; so, in the state of the prayer, he takes it off and gives it to the beggar.

This is a reference to a special and specific episode in history, which the Commander of the Faithful, blessings of God upon him, brought about; that is, this noble one was in the state of prayer, a poor one came, and this noble one gave charity, and the verse was revealed. So, as you observe, the verse designates 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, peace be upon him, by way of indication, as the wali of the affair (waliyy al-amr). But not in the manner of history’s bullies. When, say, Mu’awiya wishes to designate a successor for himself, he says, "This son is my successor; he is my child, so he must, after me, reach this station." God Most High does not designate a successor for the Prophet in this way. He says 'Ali ibn Abi Talib must reach government after the Prophet, because the qualification for government exists in him to an intense degree. What is it? Complete faith in God, the establishment of the prayer in the society, attachment to charity and the giving (ita')[691] of zakat to the point of being beside oneself. While appointing the successor, while designating the successor — who is 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, peace be upon him — it also clarifies the criterion, the linchpin,[692] and the philosophy of his caliphate. This is a verse of the Qur’an.

Therefore, in Islam, the waliyy al-amr is the one who is the envoy of God, the one whom God Himself designates; because the premise is that no human being, by the very nature of his creation and formation, has the right of rule over other human beings.

The only one who has the right of rule is God; and since God has the right of rule, God can, according to the welfare of human beings, give this right to whomever He wills. And we know that the work of God is not outside of welfare, is not dictatorship, is not bullying and coercion; the work of God is according to the welfare of human beings. Since it is according to the welfare of human beings, therefore He designates and we submit. He designates the Prophet, He designates the Imam; after the Imam, He designates those who conform to particular criteria and qualifications. The one who possesses this quality, possesses this quality, possesses this quality — He designates qualities and says: these, after the rightly-guiding, infallible Imams, are the rulers over the Islamic society. So the wali is designated by God: He Himself is the wali, His Prophet is the wali, the Imams are the wali. The Imams of the Prophet’s household have been appointed — twelve Imams. In the rank after that, those who conform to and match particular criteria and qualifications — they have been designated for government and caliphate. The question regarding the designation of the wali in Islam is this.

Of course, this was one verse that I mentioned for you; there are other verses in the Qur’an too, some of which we have brought on this sheet, and some you must search out and find for yourselves in your own Qur’an. We have many verses here.

That upon which emphasis is placed in Islam is this: that the rein of the people’s affairs not fall into the hands of those who drag human beings to hell. Did history not show us this matter? Did we not see what they did to the Islamic society a little after the radiant[693] dawn of the beginning of Islam, and what happened, and what befell this society? That society in which the people do not recognize the worth of good men, that society in which the people mistake the criteria of goodness, that society in which the people cannot recognize the one who is their reformer and their compassionate counselor — how much must have been worked upon this society for it to have reached this point and to have acquired such a condition? The apparatuses of unjust and tyrannical power had loosed a poisonous propaganda within the Islamic society. It so changed the horizon of the people’s knowledge and insight, it did such a thing to them, that they were as if they saw black as white and white as black; they had come into such a state. It was for this reason that, in the second and third centuries of the Hijra, when one looks at history, one sees the atrocities of the apparatus of power and caliphate, and one sees the heedlessness and indifference of the people, and one is astonished. Are these the same people? Are these the same people who, before 'Uthman, did not show patience, who surrounded him from all sides and then, finally, with that gruesome circumstance, removed and deposed him from the caliphate? Are these the same ones? Are these the same ones who now, on the wedding night of the Abbasid caliph, see an enormous expenditure being poured out — an expenditure that could have administered a vast section of the Islamic society? They see on what debaucheries it is spent, for what kinds of things it is consumed, how the treasury of the Muslims (bayt al-mal) is spent on personal matters. I am not concerned with whether it is right or wrong; it is a personal matter — it is money for a thousand persons, and a single person spends it only on himself. We do not say he spends it on his own debauchery — no indeed, even if he spends it on his own prayer and fasting, is this act permissible? And they saw that, in the very fabric of the reality of the Islamic society, this act was being done, and yet, at the same time, they were heedless and uninformed.

Perhaps I have once said this: that on the wedding night of Ja’far al-Barmaki, the beloved vizier of Harun al-Rashid — he was a young man of twenty-eight or nine, thirty years old, Ja’far al-Barmaki. When Ja’far al-Barmaki departed from the world, he was thirty-four or five years old, when they killed him. At the peak of his popularity Ja’far became a son-in-law — Harun al-Rashid too had abundant affection for Ja’far al-Barmaki — on the wedding night, in place of the sweets (nuql) that they scatter over the bride and groom, the noble, high-ranking guests of the rank of the Barmakis and Harun al-Rashid saw that some things were scattered over the bride and groom. When they went near and picked them up — well, they had been scattered, they picked them up, they picked up two, three, five — they saw, yes, these are not sweets, nor are they coins. They looked carefully: they are delicate little boxes the size of a fingertip; they are boxes, made of pure gold; then, when you opened the box, from inside it came out a paper, a very thin and delicate paper. When you unfolded this paper, you saw — how astonishing! — it became a large sheet. You read the sheet, and you saw that on this sheet, the decree of ownership of such-and-such a part of the country had been given to you. It is a decree of land-grant (iqta'),[694] it is a decree of fiefdom (tiyul).[695]

In a single night, God knows, five hundred, eight hundred, a thousand decrees of fiefdom on very thin papers, in golden boxes, were scattered over a bride and groom, and people picked them up whom the caliph did not know who they would be. For example, suppose that the estates of the broad plain of such-and-such a region fell to a child, fell to the hand of a drunkard, fell to the hand of a knife-wielder, fell to the hand of an incompetent man. These the caliph no longer knew; he had scattered them — whoever took whatever, plundered it, picked it up, went off, devoured, carried away. But in that region whose land-grant has now fallen to the hand of this man, how many people will be trampled, how much wealth will be wasted, how many rights will be lost, ruined and trampled — these they did not think about. See to what degree class disparity reaches in those very circumstances. In those very circumstances in which these gifts and grants are being made, these extravagances and luxuries[696] carried out — Yahya the Alawi[697] was in the mountains of Tabaristan, fighting against injustice and oppression. He and his wife had only one single garment between them: the husband would take it at the time of prayer and wear it, then give it to the woman so that she might cover her body and perform the prayer. The household of the Prophet, who were fighting against injustice, were passing their lives in such a condition — and these people saw, and were indifferent.

My complaint is not against Harun, there is no grievance against Harun. If Harun does not do these things, he is not Harun. Harun’s class dictates that, as long as this class exists, it does such work; there is no grievance against him. The grievance is against the people who had forgotten the sensitivity of the early days of Islam, who had lost the alertness and understanding that they had in the early days of Islam, who, in the face of this situation, did not feel any duty, did not feel any responsibility, did not feel any pain. What is this for? It is because the harmful, malicious, vile propaganda had so worked upon the people. These propagandistic hands and propaganda apparatuses, in the regions[699] of the Islamic society and the Islamic country, had for years worked upon the people’s brains, upon the people’s souls, upon the people’s spirits — they had worked and worked until it had come to this point. So you see how important it is who the ruler of the Islamic society is. He must be the one whom God designates: “Obey Allah, and obey the Messenger, and those in authority among you.”[698]

What does "the possessors of command" (ulu al-amr) mean? The ignorant, foolish one who bears the name of Muslim imagines that "possessor of command" means anyone who can give commands, anyone whose force prevails for giving commands; he says this is the ulu al-amr. We say: no, that is not the ulu al-amr. If it were to be that whoever can give a command is the ulu al-amr and is recognized as legitimate by the Qur’an, well, then in such-and-such a mountain, such-and-such a dagger-girt bandit with a mustache stretching to his ears also gives commands — he too is the all-powerful one there; so is he there the ulu al-amr? And is obedience to his command obligatory?

The one who commands everyone that, for three days and three nights, only women should come out of the houses and the men have no right to come out of the houses — this was instituted by one of these very grandees of the Safavid era, according to the account of some of the histories, if it is true; in the Safavid era he instituted it, and it became instituted in Isfahan. An eyewitness of the episode wrote a [book of] history — now I do not know whether that history is reliable or not — only women should come out, in the covered markets and caravanserais and shops and bazaars and everywhere and everywhere, women and girls should come and work, the men should not come. Is there to be no man in this city? Well, the women are supposedly at ease without any non-mahram (na-mahram) about — no indeed: the master himself and his friends and companions and those around him, they may come. The people whose mother and sister are in the bazaar — they have no right to come; these may come. Well, is the command of this one the command of God? Is he the ulu al-amr? Can one obey this? The ulu al-amr in which the Shia believes is the one whose charter of command God has issued in his name; this is what we want. He is a human being among the other human beings — "from among you" (minkum) — yet he has received the Wilayat from God. The possessor of the supreme Wilayat (wilayat al-kubra) is God, and it is from God that he has received it.

Now, Harun al-Rashid, with that condition of his, with that "broken neck"[700] of his, with that lavishness and extravagance, with that man-killing of his — who massacred this very Ja’far al-Barmaki and many of his household in a single day, with slaughter and uprooting and extermination, and many of the believers and many of the Muslims; and, to whatever extent God wills, yet other deeds — well, this is the one whom Abu Hanifa used to say is the ulu al-amr. With Imam Ja’far al-Sadiq, too, there was always strife and war and dispute, for precisely this reason: they used to say, "Sir, why do you fall out with the ulu al-amr of your time?" The ulu al-amr of the time meaning this same notorious Harun — you noticed?

So the logic of the Shia in this question is a very subtle and precise logic. While it senses and infers the appointment by God from the Qur’an, it also gives the criteria and qualifications into the hands of the people, so that the people may not be deceived. They should not say, "Very well, 'Ali ibn Abi Talib — upon our head, upon our eye, we accept him; and now too the successor of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib is Harun al-Rashid." Yes, they should not speak in this way — as in fact this speech used to be spoken. The Banu al-'Abbas had a chain of descent which, on occasion, also reached 'Ali ibn Abi Talib or reached the Prophet! They should not say, "We accept 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, and his successorship too finally reached Harun al-Rashid — it reached, by succession, all the way to Harun al-Rashid." Mansur the Abbasid used to say, "We accept Imam Hasan, the caliph; but he took money and sold the caliphate." It is the logic of Mansur the Abbasid, isn’t it! Since he sold the caliphate, he therefore has no right to the caliphate. And we too, from those to whom the caliphate had been sold, took the caliphate by force — it belongs to us. This is their argument. So they would even accept 'Ali ibn Abi Talib, would set him upon their head, upon their eye, by outward appearance; yet, at the same time, they saw no contradiction between the government of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib and the government of Harun the Abbasid.

The Shia says: no, this speech is not correct. The Shia says: you who accept the government of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib must also accept the criteria of caliphate and Wilayat. You must accept that 'Ali ibn Abi Talib was chosen as wali because of the assembling of these criteria; so if someone — these criteria were not in him, or the opposite of these criteria was in him — this man has no right to introduce himself as the successor of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib. He has no right to claim the Wilayat of the Shia, the being of the waliyy al-amr; and no one has the right to accept it from him. This is the first matter that arises in this domain, around the question of Wilayat.

Of course, the second matter too we have indicated here, and we have also written its verse. What is the Wilayat of God for? If someone should ask this — should say, "Sir, on what proof do you say: why is the Wilayat of the affair in God’s hands and for God? Why?" — the answer is that it arises from a natural philosophy specified and determined in the worldview of Islam. In the worldview of Islam, everything in the world arises from the power of the Lord: “And to Him belongs whatever rests in the night and the day.”[701]

Well, the one to whom all the phenomena of creation belong, and in whose hand the creational rule over everything lies, the legal and legislative (tashri’i) rule too must lie in his hand — there is no alternative. This too is the second matter, until we reach its subsequent matters. Now pay attention; let me, quickly, give the meaning of these verses. “Indeed, Allah commands you to render the trusts to those to whom they are due, and when you judge between people to judge with justice. Indeed, Allah — excellent is that with which He counsels you. Indeed, Allah is ever Hearing and Seeing.”[702]

That which He commands you is out of complete hearing and awareness and knowledge. Because He is the Hearer of your inner needs, because He is the Seer of your destiny, therefore that which you need, He gives and bestows upon you.

That first verse, which speaks about the trust and says "render the trusts to those to whom they are due," is in reality a preparation of the ground for the second verse. The trust is not only that I have one toman of yours in my hand and you say, "Return this one toman to me." The most important example of the trust is that the human being should convey God’s trust among the people to its place and to those to whom it is due. That trust is the human being’s obedience — the covenant and pact of God with man. He should expend it and spend it in its place; he should obey God and obey the one whom God has commanded be obeyed. This is the most important instance of the trust.

Then He says: “O you who have believed, obey Allah, and obey the Messenger, and those in authority among you” — the possessors of command from among yourselves.

Here the Islamic thesis (tez), with some of the other theses and ideas, makes its differentiator[703] and point of divergence apparent. The Islamic thesis does not say that there will be a day when government is not necessary — no; the Islamic idea does not foresee that day on which, in society, there is no state and government — no indeed; whereas some schools foresee that day on which society is the ideal society, and one of its characteristics is that there is no longer state and government in that society. No; Islam does not foresee this.

The Khawarij, under the pretext of divine government, were the ones who used to say that 'Ali ibn Abi Talib must not rule. They used to say, "la hukma illa li-llah" — "rule belongs to none but God." The Commander of the Faithful, in answer to this, says: "kalimatu haqqin yuradu biha batil"[704] — a word, a true word, but falsehood is intended by it. The speech is correct: the ruler is truly God; the one who gives the regulations and takes the rein of life into His hand is truly God. But you say "la hukma illa li-llah" or you say "la imrata illa li-llah" — law and rule belong to God; who is the executor of the law? Do you also say that other than God, no one should be the executor of the law? Then, therefore, in answer to this speech, He says: "la budda li-l-nasi min amir" — in the end, humanity and human society needs a commander (amir), needs a ruler and sovereign. This is human nature: that one’s life must be accompanied by an executor of the law; the existence of the law is not sufficient — there must be someone to execute this law and to oversee the precise and correct execution of this law. This is what it says: “And those in authority among you”

— however, the ulu al-amr: is it the absolute ulu al-amr? Whoever commands is correct? Sometimes it may happen that, in a single place, two persons command against each other — are both of them ulu al-amr? Sometimes it may happen that a man commands whom the human intellect and reason negates as a commander — is he still ulu al-amr? It is here that, between us and the mode of thought of Sunnism, an essential disagreement arises. We say: the ulu al-amr, the possessor of command, is that possessor of command who conforms to the divine criteria. Whereas they, in practice, do not impose such a condition. Now, what is in their jurisprudential books, I have not made a proper reference to see. That which is widespread on tongues and in mouths is this: that no — whoever reaches the station of command and sovereignty is respected and authoritative for them. “And if you should dispute over anything, refer it to Allah and the Messenger, if you should believe in Allah and the Last Day. That is best, and best in outcome.”

You see, He directs the people to the good consequences of the sovereignty of the good, and the evil consequences of the sovereignty of the bad. This too is one verse.

Following it is the third verse. It is a reproach to those who turn their heads away from this general command: “Have you not seen those who claim that they have believed in what was revealed to you and what was revealed before you”[705] — they imagine that they have faith in your religion and the religion of your predecessors, the heavenly religions; they suppose themselves believers. Despite supposing themselves believers, an act issues from them that is contrary to faith in God.

What is that? "They wish to refer judgment to the Taghut" — they wish to take their disputes for arbitration (tahakum) to the Taghut; that is, for the resolution and settlement of their own affairs they refer to the Taghut, they seek the Taghut’s view, they take command, and according to his view, his command, they conduct their lives. This is contrary to faith: “They wish to refer judgment to the Taghut, while they were commanded to reject it. And Satan wishes to lead them far astray” — a misguidance and bewilderment exceedingly far.

I consider it probable that this Satan is the very Taghut itself, nothing else. These people wish to go after the Taghut, heedless that this Taghut-Satan — this Satan that is known under the title of Taghut in the Qur’an — leads them far from the straight path, until it takes their heads out into the valleys of the wilderness (tih)[706] of bewilderment, out of misguidances. The Taghut, the Satan, throws them so far from the road that their return is no matter of a bit or two; it is with much difficulty that they may, then, return to the straight path of guidance. This is a verse of the Qur’an.

Of course, the next matter that we have written here, I present exactly as I have written it: "The Wilayat of God and its acceptance on the part of the believers arises from a philosophy that has been ordained in the worldview of Islam, and therefore it is a natural matter." That is, this that we say — that one must obey God, and the waliyy al-amr is God — this has a clear natural philosophy. Because everything belongs to God, which the verse “And to Him belongs whatever rests in the night and the day.” clarifies properly.

God willing, tomorrow we will again continue the sequel of this discussion.

27. Session 27: Concerning Wilayat (2)

در پیرامون ولایت (۲) — delivered Tuesday, 23 Mehr 1353 / 28 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

فَإِذَا قَرَأۡتَ ٱلۡقُرۡءَانَ فَٱسۡتَعِذۡ بِٱللَّهِ مِنَ ٱلشَّيۡطَٰنِ ٱلرَّجِيمِ إِنَّهُۥ لَيۡسَ لَهُۥ سُلۡطَٰنٌ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُواْ وَعَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمۡ يَتَوَكَّلُونَ إِنَّمَا سُلۡطَٰنُهُۥ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَوَلَّوۡنَهُۥ وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم بِهِۦ مُشۡرِكُونَ

"So when you recite the Qur’an, seek refuge in Allah from the accursed Satan. Indeed, he has no authority over those who have believed and rely upon their Lord. His authority is only over those who take him as their guardian and who associate others with Him."

— Surat al-Nahl (16:98-100)

Today, by means of these verses, we want to establish and explain one point. We have already come to understand that every Muslim — everyone who claims to be a servant of God — must regard the master of his own life as coming from God. The ruler, the one in charge of all the activity and striving of his entire lifespan: he must seek that from God, surrender his head to the wali whom God appoints and designates, and give the hand of obedience to the wali of God. In short: in all the activities of life, one must recognize as governor and ruler only God, and whoever God has chosen to be His own deputy. Of course, we have already discussed this question too — who exactly are those whom God has chosen to be His deputies. We said that they are the prophets, and after the prophets, the awliya' — the very ones whom you also know by the name of awliya'; that is to say, the divine rulers and governors. However, we said that the wali and the divine ruler is designated in one of two ways: either with both name and description, or else not designated by name but designated by a description. These were the matters that became clear in the course of yesterday’s discussion, and perhaps somewhat in the day before that as well.

Here is the matter under consideration today. Suppose someone does not accept the wilayat of God and goes under the command of other than God. First, what is the ruling concerning this person himself? Second, what is the name of this act? Third, what is the outcome of this deed? These are the discussions that we said belong to the topics surrounding wilayat. True, once we have accepted wilayat in our minds and embraced it, it comes to be counted among the established principles of practical Islam; and within the framework of the discussion about the principle of wilayat, these issues become secondary, peripheral, and subsidiary matters. Yet in themselves they are matters of principle.

In the Noble Qur’an, every wilayat other than the wilayat of God has been introduced as the wilayat of the Taghut. Whoever is not under the wilayat of God is under the wilayat of the Taghut. What does Taghut mean? Taghut is from the root tughyan. Tughyan means to rebel, to transgress — to go beyond that natural and innate boundary and circle of a human being’s life. For example, suppose that humanity came into being in order to reach perfection; whoever causes humanity to fall short of reaching perfection is a Taghut. Suppose human beings ought to live by the religion of God — this is an innate matter, natural and in accordance with the very disposition of human beings. If someone brings people up in such a way, does something to them, exercises such control over them that they come to live by a religion other than God’s, this person is a Taghut. A human being must always be in earnest effort and striving to bring his own existence to fruition. Any factor that encourages and incites a human being toward lack of seriousness, toward not striving, toward laziness, toward ease-seeking, toward seeking comfort and safety — that is a Taghut. Human beings must be obedient to the command of God; anything that draws a human being aside from the command of God, takes him out of it, causes a human being to rebel in the face of God — that is a Taghut.

So Taghut is not a proper name — as some imagine, that Taghut is the name of a particular idol. Yes, it is the name of an idol, but that idol is not one specific idol. Sometimes that idol is you yourself; sometimes that idol is your money; sometimes that idol is your ordinary, comfort-seeking life; sometimes that idol is your object of desire; sometimes that idol is the person into whose hand you placed your own hand, closing your eyes and bowing your head so that he may take you wherever he takes you. Sometimes this idol is gold and silver — it is inanimate, it is metal; sometimes it is a human being — it is alive; it is a social order; it is a law. Taghut, therefore, is not a proper name. (Of course, in connection with the social classifications I mentioned in the discussion of prophethood — the way one infers it from among the Qur’anic verses — alongside the mala' and the mutrafin and the ahbar and the ruhban, the Taghut is the rank above all these. That is a different interpretation and a different place, which we are not discussing for now.) Therefore, anyone who has left from under the wilayat of God has inevitably entered into the wilayat of the Taghut and of Satan.

What is the relationship between Satan and the Taghut? Do they have a relationship with each other? Yes — and they have more than a relationship. Satan is the very Taghut; the Taghut is the very Satan. The verse of the Qur’an says this. I want to recite the verse only for a verbal inference, so that it may become clear that Taghut is equivalent to Satan. The verse of the Qur’an says: “Those who believe fight in the way of Allah, and those who disbelieve fight in the way of the Taghut; so fight against the allies of Satan — indeed, the plotting of Satan is weak.”[707] Those who have believed do their fighting and struggle in the way of God; those who have disbelieved in and rejected the religion, their fighting and their war is in the way of the Taghut. Then He says: fight, oppose, and combat the awliya', the comrades, the adherents, and the dependents of Satan — for the scheme of Satan, the contrivance of Satan, is weak.

In this verse you see that Taghut is named in place of Satan, and Satan in place of Taghut. Satan is every element that, from outside the human being’s existence, drives him toward wicked deeds, toward corrupting deeds, toward degradation, toward baseness, toward abjectness, toward oppression, toward evil, toward crookedness — this is called Satan. We have satans among humankind, satans among the jinn; we have a satan among kin and women, a satan among the great, a satan among strangers, a satan among the emotions — this is what is called Satan. One of the instances and examples of it is Iblis, who, in the face of Adam, the Chosen of God, stood up in opposition and independence, made his claim of superior knowledge, and said those words. Whatever curses you and I utter throughout our lifetimes, we curse that poor wretch, the first Satan — whereas Satan was not only him; perhaps it did not begin with him, nor did it end with him. There are satans without number in the world. They can even be touched, they come within reach, they come within sight; a human being is sometimes even in their company. Satan is Satan. Whatever drags a human being from the path of God toward corruption and wickedness and evil and degradation is Satan.

Every wilayat that is not God’s is a satanic and taghuti wilayat. Whoever does not live under the command of the true wali must know that he is living under the command of the Taghut and of Satan. You may ask: Sir, what harm is there in living under the command of Satan and the Taghut and submitting to his command? This is one of the points of today’s verses, and on it the Qur’an gives us several answers.

The first answer is this: if you submit to the wilayat of Satan, he will gain mastery over all the creative, generative, fruit-bearing energies of your existence. Turn your neck toward Satan and the Taghut, let him cast the rope of his wilayat around your neck, and you will no longer find any deliverance from his hand. Whatever exists within you — of strength, of initiative, of constructive activity, and of radiant manifestations — will come under the grip of the Taghut and of Satan. And once your entire existence has come into his grip, he can then easily drag you and take you along the very road that he himself wants, to the very place that he himself wants, by the very means that he himself wants. And it is plain that Satan and the Taghut do not guide a human being toward light, knowledge, ease, welfare, and spirituality. These things are not his aim. For Satan and the Taghut, his own personal interests are the primary aim, and he wants to secure them; so he puts you to work in the path of his own personal interests.

Pay attention to this sequence I have laid out. These words and these sentences are carefully calculated, with a meaning beneath every sentence — and you will see how greatly it corresponds with the historical realities, from the beginning of recorded history down to today. If you have submitted to the wilayat of the Taghut, all your forces, energies, initiatives, and talents fall into the grip of the Taghut; and once they have fallen into the grip of the Taghut, they are not put to work for your benefit, because your benefit is of no concern to the Taghut and Satan. For Satan, he himself is what matters; his interests are what matter; his path is what matters. If, on that path and for those interests, you are sacrificed, then you are sacrificed; if you are led astray, then you are led astray. If, to secure those interests, it becomes necessary for you to be sacrificed, then you must be sacrificed; if it becomes necessary for you to be led astray, then you must go astray. He is Satan, after all; the power is in his hands, and you, who have given yourself into his hands, are dragged wherever it pleases him.[708]

This is the verse of the Qur’an — this verse that I am reciting for you from Surat al-Nisa' — a verse very worthy of attention and reflection. I myself am less in the habit of reading the Qur’an without attention and reflection. Yet at times, when I apply a greater reflection and find and sense something fresh in the Qur’an, I am all the more grieved that we still reflect so little upon it. This verse, which we have written down here, which we have rendered, and which I will also explain now:

“And whoever opposes the Messenger after guidance has become clear to him, and follows other than the way of the believers, We give him over to what he has turned to.”[709] Whoever rises up in dispute and contention with the Prophet after the path of guidance has become clear to him — separating himself from the Messenger, branching his road off from the road of prophethood, the very road that we earlier mapped out for you — and follows a way other than the way of the believers and the Islamic community and the goals of faith, withdrawing himself from the company of the upright, purposeful, directed Muslim: that very thing which he himself has cast around his own neck, We make fast upon his neck. That very wilayat which he himself accepted with his own hand, We make the fixed coloring of his wretched life. With his own hand he had gone to that region and taken up residence there; We make him stay right there, broken-footed. “Indeed, Allah does not change the condition of a people until they change what is in themselves.”[710] You yourself went and gave your reins over to Satan; so let these reins remain in the hand of Satan. This is Our way; this is the law of creation.[711]

This — for this world of yours — and for that world of yours, what is the consequence? "And We will burn him in Hell"; from here, once you have closed your eyes, you will go straight to the Hell of the Lord’s wrath and the everlasting torment of God. When a human being looks at history, he sees that it is exactly so. These are very important matters — important social matters. We have worked very little on the Qur’an from this standpoint, and we have applied it very little to the history of Islam. How good it would be if people who possess the gift of reflection — those interested in the Qur’an, and especially in its social and historical matters — would reflect and ponder more. And if they then applied these to historical realities, it would become clear which interpretations and historical accounts conform to reality. This historical piece is an interpretation of this verse.

Of course, you know it is not my custom in gatherings of this kind to recount history; today I want to recount a bit of history. The city of Kufa is one of the most remarkable cities in the history of Islam. You hold several kinds of memories of Kufa. What I am about to say is nothing new concerning Kufa. You remember that Kufa is the place that the Commander of the Faithful, among all the Islamic lands and the cities attached to the great Islamic realm, chose for his caliphate. This is one positive point, as the gentlemen say. Again you remember that the people of Kufa took part in the wars of the Commander of the Faithful: they brought the Battle of the Camel to its conclusion; they finished the Battle of Nahrawan; in the Battle of Siffin too it was the tribes around Kufa and certain other tribes — and these very fighting men of that city — who brought that war to its conclusion, to where it reached. Again, in another place, you remember that it was these very people of Kufa about whom the Commander of the Faithful would complain and grumble: why is it that when I say, "Come to battle," you do not come? Again, it was these very people whose notables wrote letters and went into the service of Imam Hasan al-Mujtaba (the blessings of God be upon him): "Sir, come; we will hand this city over to you completely, at your disposal" — yet he did not come. Again, it was these very people whose notables wrote a letter to al-Husayn ibn 'Ali (peace be upon him): "Indeed, we have no Imam"[712] — we have no Imam, we have no leader, we have no ruler, and God has set this tyrant in authority over us; so you come. And they were telling the truth: Sulayman ibn Surad, Habib ibn Mazahir, Muslim ibn 'Awsaja, and others.[713] And again, it was these very people who came, in a most unequal and unbalanced battle, and lined up against al-Husayn ibn 'Ali (peace be upon him), and that catastrophe took place. Again, it was these very people who, a little later, brought about an episode in history that is among the very rare and glorious examples in the history of Islam: the episode of the Tawwabun (the Penitents). They went out with the intent of going to sacrifice their lives and to repent for not having reached the episode of 'Ashura' and the event of Karbala. And again, it was these very people among whom the seed of most of the revolts of the Umayyad and the Abbasid periods was sown, and sprouted, and came to fruition. How many martyrs they gave, how many slain they gave, how many splendid, brilliant, glory-bringing, glory-displaying deeds they brought forth from themselves! And again, it is these very people in whom — in certain affairs — you find slackness and laziness and weaknesses and the spiritual and intellectual incapacities that meet the eye.

What is this, then? Did these people have two kinds of character, two spirits, two faces? The very ones to whom Zaynab the Great says: "O people of Kufa, O people of deceit and treachery,"[714] recalling them as a treacherous folk.[715] This is a problem; the matter of Kufa is a problem. In my view, a study of Kufa and a discussion of the psychology of the city of Kufa in history would be a very interesting discussion — if someone were equal to this task. Let the specialists, the sociologists, the psychologists sit down and talk about Kufa, think about it, discuss it, and see what a strange creature this is: in one place, all that astonishment in displaying the great manifestations of humanity; in one place, all this slackness and laziness and incompetence. What is it, then? Are the Kufans two classes? Does the society of Kufa have two aspects and two faces?

Kufa is a region that was so shaped and so tempered under the command of the dignified, eloquent words of the Commander of the Faithful, that whatever it nurtures, whatever it brings up green, is a sapling fit to be cultivated. This sowing-ground — its every shoot, its every nurtured thing, its every seedling — is altogether of fertile soil and life-giving climate; the very ground and air are human-making. That is why the great epic-creating men of the history of Shiism are, more than anywhere else, even more than Medina, in Kufa. On account of what? On account of the teachings and the instilling of the Commander of the Faithful during those very four years. It is no trifle that someone like 'Ali ibn Abi Talib should govern in a city. It is true that this government, in the span of four years, at the level of the Islamic world was a failure; but at the level of Kufa it was certainly a success. In the society of Kufa it surely had wondrous and remarkable effects. Kufa thus became a cradle of Shiism, the birthplace of Shiite authenticities and virtues. Is that right?

But wherever there is a birthplace of authenticities, it is not necessary that everyone who is there be authentic and virtuous and ideal people. One class of people are always, in a passionate and tumultuous society, the showcase of the passion and tumult of that society. Among millions of people, sometimes several tens of thousands, even several thousand human beings, perform some heroic deed of their own such that the name of those several million becomes fruitful in the world for heroism and passion-creating and epic-creating. There was one class among the people of Kufa who were striking. Not a class in the sociological sense, no — rather a stratum, an assembly, a group, a streak of people who were like this. But the mass of the people, the common people, were like the people everywhere else; they were no worse. Like the people of Mashhad, like the people of Tehran, like the people of Isfahan, like the people of Medina, like the people of everywhere else. But that small group, in that corner of the Islamic realm — namely Kufa — were a source of dread and terror to the governments of the time. So the governments would always appoint over that city the worst elements, the vilest governors, the basest of their own men, their lackeys and their executioners. And these would do such things to the people — whether by way of severity and suppression, whether by way of poisonous propaganda, whether by way of spreading poverty and destitution among them — that the mass of the people would, unconsciously and unawares, develop a greater pull toward corruption and degradation.

For whose sake did they do this? For the sake of that fighting group, that elite group, that existed in this city and did not exist in other cities. For the sake of crushing the ground that those pure, pure-natured, great human beings might have been able to make use of. So that they could not make use of it, the rulers would go and ruin that ground entirely. They would carry out poisonous propaganda, would put the people under pressure, would put them under suffocation, would weaken the people financially — in short, by all sorts of means they would place the people of the city of Kufa in conditions in which the people of other cities were not. And it was precisely on account of this that the common people, under the influence of the activity of the oppressive, treacherous, tyrannical apparatuses, performed certain deeds that were unbecoming; but their source was not the wickedness of the people of that city. This is a brief account concerning Kufa. In this field, if some people are able to think and study, in history, in my view they will come upon interesting things.

I want to explain the verse for you. Hajjaj ibn Yusuf was sent to Kufa by the Umayyad caliph 'Abd al-Malik, because he knew that no one but Hajjaj was equal to the task of dealing with the rebellious, epic-creating people of Kufa. He sent the most cruel and the basest of his own lackeys, and that was Hajjaj ibn Yusuf. Hajjaj ibn Yusuf came; he entered the city in the middle of the night. No one realized that Hajjaj had arrived. The previous governor, too, the people had apparently expelled, or something like an expulsion. He had brought with him a hundred swordsmen, or thirty or forty men. (Today we want to recount history. When I recount history I tire less. These are the last days of the month of Ramadan; I am tired, you are tired too; we want to recount history.) He came and stationed his men around the mosque of Kufa, where the murmuring of the worshippers at the prayer-niches, the night-vigil keepers, and the pious could be heard. He himself slipped into a corner, off to one side, among the crowd. He gave the necessary instructions to his slaves and lackeys.

The people in the mosque of Kufa, at the first call to the dawn prayer, came and gathered to pray the dawn prayer with the imam. They came for worship and prayer. But it turns out that, as they should have, they were not worshipping with awareness. The proof of it is the very thing I am about to relate. Hajjaj ibn Yusuf came — without the people realizing that he had entered the mosque, or for what he had come and what his intention was. He came and slipped among the crowd, without attracting anyone’s attention, and suddenly threw himself up onto the pulpit; he went up there, to the top. And you have seen how large the mosque of Kufa is. The people did not notice at first. And here he was, seated on the pulpit, without uttering a single word. Suddenly one person raised his head and saw that Hajjaj was on the pulpit — of course, he did not recognize him. He said: Who is this on the pulpit? He had also fashioned a strange appearance: he had wrapped around his head a turban of silk, red in color, and he had also bound a veil[716] over his face. That is, he had unwound the _taht al-hanak_[717] of his turban and bound it up to the bridge of his nose, so that only his eyes were visible. They saw that it was a strange figure: an armed man with a sword and a cloak and a red turban, seated this way on the pulpit, in the mosque of Kufa; and the silence drew the people’s attention. This one said to that one, that one said to this one; suddenly all of this crowd that was scattered in the mosque — their eyes fell upon him and their attention was drawn. And little by little they were drawn toward the pulpit, to see who this was.

Pay close attention to what the verse of the Qur’an says: "We give him over to what he has turned to." It says that whoever turns aside from the path of faith and the believers — the bond that he has cast around his own neck, We draw tight around his throat. Well — you were a Muslim; on the pulpit of your own mosque a man you do not know is seated. Why do you go there and sit down? You should have gone up and said, "Sir, who are you? Introduce yourself!" The first person, the second person, the third person should have questioned him. Had they asked this question, the situation would have been different. They displayed slackness. They displayed a state of will-lessness and weakness of soul. They sat down so that he might speak.

Then, when he saw that all the people were looking at him, he said: It seems the people of Kufa do not know me. The people glanced at one another — well, it was obvious they did not know him. He said: I will now introduce myself to you. He removed the turban from his head. This veil too was removed. He cast a glance at the people and recited a line of Arabic verse:

Ana ibn jala' wa-talla' al-thanaya / idha ada' al-'imamata ta’rifuni_[718]

"When I lift off my turban, you will recognize me." Some looked — once before, this man had come to Kufa — one or two said: I think it is Hajjaj. A whisper spread: Hajjaj, Hajjaj, Hajjaj. The people were suddenly seized with dread, seized with fear, that Hajjaj had come and was seated on the pulpit. He said: Yes, Hajjaj — yes, yes, you have understood rightly. The people now sat in a state of terror. Here, not one person says to himself: Well now, friend, Hajjaj is one man, I too am a man; he is seated above, I am below; whatever he has, I have too. The people’s weakness of soul took hold of them here.

He said: O people of Kufa, I see heads that, like ripe fruit, hang upon the necks, and the time for their plucking has come. I see that it is necessary for a number of heads to be parted from these bodies. The people were all the more terrified by his pronouncements, which were hollow, which were empty. Well — Hajjaj had not gone to Kufa with an atom bomb; and even if he had had an atom bomb, he would not have detonated it, because if he had detonated it, no one would have remained for him to rule over. It was necessary that a number remain alive; he would not kill them all. If he killed them all, over whom would he rule? Over the walls and doors? What pleasure is there in that? Would he go and rule in the desert? The people did not think of this point.

He said: I see that heads are hanging upon the necks. The time for plucking and severing them has come. Well, now I shall determine whose head must be plucked. Stand up, slave! He called his slave; his slave rose and stood upon the pulpit. He said: Read out the letter of the Commander of the Faithful for these gentlemen. The slave — the letter of the Commander of the Faithful, by which, of course, you know is meant his honor 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan! — the slave opened the letter of 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan, the caliph, and began to read. Its opening was this: "In the name of God, the Most Merciful, the Most Compassionate. From the Commander of the Faithful 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan to the people of Kufa. O people of Kufa, peace be upon you." — "O people of Kufa, peace be upon you."

He had read to this point when suddenly Hajjaj turned to the slave and said: Quiet! Be still. He fell silent. He turned to the people and said: How very ill-mannered you have become! The Commander of the Faithful is greeting you, and you do not return his greeting. Slave, read from the beginning. The slave began again from the start: "From the Commander of the Faithful 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan to the people of Kufa. O people of Kufa, peace be upon you." — Suddenly from the whole mosque a voice rose up: "And upon the Commander of the Faithful, peace." They returned his greeting. A satisfied smile took shape upon Hajjaj’s lips; in his heart he said: The work is done. And indeed the work was done. The work of the people of Kufa was finished right there.

“And whoever opposes the Messenger after guidance has become clear to him, and follows other than the way of the believers, We give him over to what he has turned to”.

You accepted Hajjaj? You answered the greeting of "the Commander of the Faithful" — he who is the commander of the disbelievers and the commander of the corrupt? Very well; now that you want him — Hajjaj for you! Now that you are of Hajjaj’s persuasion,[719] God will not, by a miracle, remove Hajjaj and put Zayn al-'Abidin (peace be upon him) in his place. That same Hajjaj for you, until such time as you no longer want Hajjaj. As long as you yourselves find Hajjaj to your liking, all of your life and your thought and your spirit will be at Hajjaj’s disposal. This is the way of the world of creation; it is the way of history.

This is history. I would have very much liked to recount ten more historical pieces for you, in exchange for the twenty-seven days past on which I did not recount history for you. History is a lesson.

Better that the description of beloveds / be told in the discourse of others.

History is the interpretation of the Qur’an. Find the Qur’an in history.[720] And know that:

For the wise, world-seeing man, two lives would be needed in this age:
_that in the one he might gather experience, and with the other put that experience to work._[721]

And the experience of history is our very former life. Pay attention to history; become a little familiar with history. But strive to take from history that which lies in its heart. Do not content yourselves with merely versifying a tale, telling a story out of history. See what history wants to tell us. What does the episode of Hajjaj tell us in history?

It is not amiss for me to add this word too: that this very Hajjaj, at the hands of the very people for whose sake he was committing these atrocities, met his end in the most atrocious manner. It is also not amiss for you to know this: "Whoever aids an oppressor, God sets that very oppressor in authority over him."[722] This too is another way. See what lesson history holds for us, what word it has for us, what message, what counsel. Let us delve into history with the utmost attentiveness; then we will see that the verse of the Qur’an comes to have meaning for us. I have recounted this history; its connection and link with the verse of the Qur’an, I leave to your own minds.

Let me explain the verses for you.

“So when you recite the Qur’an, seek refuge in Allah from the accursed Satan.”[723] Now that you have recited the Qur’an, now that you have learned the teachings of Islam — O brother, you who until now did not understand, now that you have understood — keep yourself safe from the satanic harm that wants you not to know and not to understand the Qur’an. What does "keep yourself safe" mean? It means: strive that he not take from you the Qur’anic knowledge that has been heaped up in your heart; that he not close upon you the road of action and the road of fuller understanding.

“Indeed, he has no authority over those who have believed and rely upon their Lord.”[724] Can I, then, take refuge in God? Can I, then, flee from the evil of Satan? Yes. Satan — the evil-creating, corruption-creating, powerful one — has no mastery or might over those who come to believe in God and put their trust and reliance upon God. Those who place themselves under the wilayat of God, and strive and hasten toward the region of the wilayat of God — over them Satan has no mastery.

“His authority is only over those who take him as their guardian and who associate others with Him.”[725] Indeed, the mastery of Satan is only over those who have accepted his wilayat. The mastery of Hajjaj is only over those who accepted his harsh speech, who with their own hand gave the rope around their own neck into his hand — over those who have accepted his wilayat and those who have taken him as a partner with God.

“And whoever opposes the Messenger after guidance has become clear to him, and follows other than the way of the believers, We give him over to what he has turned to; and We will burn him in Hell — and evil it is as a destination”. Whoever separates himself, whoever wars in contention with the Prophet after the path of guidance has become clear and manifest to him, and yet separates himself from the path of the Prophet — he does not submit his body and neck to the commitment of faith, to the profession of prophethood, to faith in prophethood, and to bearing witness to prophethood — and follows a way other than the way of the true believers: every thing and every one whom he has accepted into wilayat, We make a wali and ruler over him. Whatever he himself has accepted into wilayat, We make its ruler over him. And We hurl him down into Hell — and how evil a fate and end Hell is.

“Indeed, Allah does not forgive that He should be associated with, and He forgives what is less than that for whom He wills.”[726] God does not pass over the one by whom He is associated with partners. Go back to the discussion of tawhid and the meaning of tawhid and shirk; see what shirk is, what tawhid is — and what is the sin that God does not pass over, which God does not forgive? If I want to be more precise and exact, there is still more to say. God does not extend His forgiveness to the one who has accepted shirk. The one who has become a polytheist has entered into the wilayat of other than God, has surrendered the domain of God’s influence to other than God; those wounds that have settled upon his soul from sin and disobedience, from evil and wretchedness and disorder, will never be healed — that is, he attains no forgiveness. This is the meaning of maghfirah, after all; I explained it to you. The forgiveness of sin means the smoothing-over and healing of that wound which arises in the human soul on account of sin and error and slipping and deviation. When it is smoothed over, forgiveness and pardon have included him. That wound and distress had come upon your soul by way of evil conduct, of a wrong course, of not walking the path of God; once it heals, you have become forgiven. Ghufran means this. And if you are under the wilayat of other than God, that wound which had arisen from sin will never heal; the blow and kick of sin will never be made good. But the sins less than and lower than this, He brings under forgiveness for whomever He wills.

Of course, God’s willing is not arbitrary either. The one who repents, the one who makes amends, the one who turns toward God — him God wills to place under forgiveness. “And whoever associates others with Allah has certainly gone far astray” — again it comes back to the matter of shirk: whoever assumes a partner for God and a peer has gone astray very, very far from the path of guidance. There is a time when you lose your way from the road in the wilderness, but you are only one kilometer apart from it. There is a time when, in the desert, you lose your way from the road and you have become tens of kilometers apart from the road; returning from that is not easy. It requires greater effort, greater alertness, a stronger guide. Those who have associated partners with God have likewise gone very, very far from the straight and middle path of guidance; they have fallen into bewilderment and a far-reaching misguidance.

“They call upon none besides Him but female deities, and they call upon none but a rebellious Satan.”[727] Other than God, whatever they call upon are nothing but a few female idols; and they call upon none but a Satan who is rebellious and far from virtue and devoid of goodness. There is a narration in connection with this phrase that those who are people of hadith should consult and examine; I do not relate it. We have rendered marid here as "rebellious"; but you may also write, beside "rebellious," "devoid of goodness and virtue" — this too is a meaning of marid.

“Allah cursed him, and he said: I will surely take from among Your servants an appointed portion.”[728] A Satan who is outcast from God. From the very beginning, Satan made his pact with God; the front of Satan and the front of God, by their very nature and disposition, are not capable of reconciliation. Here He is speaking of the nature of the satan-like ones and the satans; all the satans, and the class of Satan, are essentially this way. Satan has pledged and said: I will, O God, set apart for myself a fixed portion and an allotted share from among Your servants; that is, I will drag a number of Your servants from the straight path into misguidance; I will seize their reason; I will blind their insight and intellect; and instead of their being under Your wilayat, I will bring them under my own wilayat and rule.

“And I will surely lead them astray, and I will surely arouse in them desires, and I will surely command them so they will slit the ears of cattle, and I will surely command them so they will alter the creation of Allah. And whoever takes Satan as a guardian instead of Allah has certainly suffered a manifest loss.”[729] I will lead them severely astray. I will bind them severely to far-flung, long desires. Dwell a little upon the phrase "and I will surely arouse in them desires." Far-flung, long desires — that which holds a human being back from every effort in the path of God. The desire to live for another ten years in pleasure and comfort and welfare; the desire to marry off the eldest son and find husbands for the daughters; the desire to enlarge this small two-room house and make it three rooms; to make this one-room shop a two-room one; the desire to become the head and director of such-and-such an office and organization and to draw such-and-such an amount of money; the desire that they call my son "Mr. Engineer," or call me that — far-flung, long desires. Desires that, like a millstone fallen upon a human being’s neck, bend the head, double the back, and bring a human being to his knees; desires that, if you draw out the tooth of their greed and cast it away, suddenly you find yourself free, you find yourself light, you find that no shackle or bond has tied your hand and foot in the path of God.

"And I will command them so they will slit the ears of cattle" — I will command them to slit the ears of the cattle. This is an instance of an ignorant and false custom — though it is possible that a greater secret and mystery lies hidden in this phrase. I have not thought much upon this phrase. I did not have much opportunity to examine all that has been said in this regard; perhaps there is a fresh point in it, though I did not have much hope of that either. But I think it likely that there is a point fresher than what I am stating in this phrase; you too should think about it. The apparent matter is this: the ignorant custom of that time, in the time of the Prophet, dictated that the ear of this animal be cut, snipped, slit, so that by this means — suppose, for example — they might secure sustenance and blessing and well-being for it. It is an ignorant custom. He cites this here as a symbol of the non-divine customs and ideas and methods and programs. See how ridiculous it is; see how hollow this custom is. The satanic customs are all of this sort. In the view of the very followers of this custom, it is not hollow, but in the view of a rational person it is hollow.

"And I will command them so they will alter the creation of Allah." This phrase is very striking. I command them to alter and transform the creation and the fitrah and the God-given nature. Those human beings who are under my command — O God, those whom I hunt out from the region of Your governance and wilayat, my Lord, and carry off to the saltmarsh of my own wilayat — I command them, I compel them to set aside the divine creation and fitrah, to depart from that line of conduct which You appointed for them. I set down laws for them, laws contrary to fitrah; I give them commands, commands contrary to nature; I place before their feet a road, a road that brings them to a destination other than the natural, human destination. I will command them, definitely and decisively, certainly and emphatically, to transform Your creation, Your fashioning, the God-given fitrah. This is Satan’s pact with God.

Satan’s pact with God is a pact of this sort, a pact of obstinacy and a pact of defiance against God. "This is how we are, O God!" This is the scroll, the placard of the program of all the satans. The work of all the satans of the world is this very work. Be assured that if a people want to live by the God-given fitrah and nature, Satan will not allow it; the Satan who holds wilayat over them will not allow it — it is impossible that he should allow it. And by whatever means, those who are under his wilayat, under his wilayat and dominion, he draws them away from God-given creation and fitrah; because without this, his work does not get done — Satan’s satanity goes lame. Therefore, after this, God says — and the address is to me and to you: “And whoever takes Satan as a guardian instead of Allah has certainly suffered a manifest loss”. Whoever accepts Satan, instead of God, into wilayat has incurred a very plain and evident loss, has suffered injury.

“He promises them and arouses desire in them; but Satan does not promise them except delusion.”[730] Satan makes promises to these people: your future, your lifetime, your life — all lies. He afflicts them with far-flung desires and fancies. Satan gives a human being no promise but delusion and deception and falsehood; he gives them nothing but deluding and beguiling promises. This too is one verse.

The next verse as well — "Allah is the ally of those who believe" — its translation I have written here, with a brief explanation. I ask you to consult it.

28. Session 28: Concerning Wilayat (3): Hijrah

در پیرامون ولایت (۳): هجرت — delivered Wednesday, 24 Mehr 1353 / 29 Ramadan al-Mubarak 1394

۞وَمَن يُهَاجِرۡ فِي سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ يَجِدۡ فِي ٱلۡأَرۡضِ مُرَٰغَمٗا كَثِيرٗا وَسَعَةٗۚ وَمَن يَخۡرُجۡ مِنۢ بَيۡتِهِۦ مُهَاجِرًا إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ثُمَّ يُدۡرِكۡهُ ٱلۡمَوۡتُ فَقَدۡ وَقَعَ أَجۡرُهُۥ عَلَى ٱللَّهِۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورٗا رَّحِيمٗا

"And whoever emigrates in the way of God will find in the earth many a place of refuge and abundance; and whoever goes forth from his house as an emigrant to God and His Messenger, and then death overtakes him — his reward has fallen due upon God; and God is ever Forgiving, Merciful."

— Surat al-Nisa' (4:100)

The question of hijrah (emigration) relates to the question of wilayah — to wilayah in the full breadth in which we have framed it here. We said that wilayah does three things. It forges a firm bond among the elements of the believing ranks with one another. It severs every form of attachment between the believing ranks and the non-believing ranks. And, at a further level, it forges a most powerful bond between every individual of the believing ranks and that central point and concentrated authority upon whom the administration of the Islamic society rests — that is, the imam, the wali, the ruler, the leader. Alongside this, we then discussed who the wali and leader is within the Islamic society. The Qur’an gave us our answer: “Your guardian (wali) is only God, and His Messenger, and those who believe — those who establish the prayer and pay the alms while bowing.”[659] — to which we pointed, in connection with the affair of the Commander of the Faithful, may God’s blessings be upon him.

If we have been able to understand wilayah with this breadth, and if we do not reduce the matter to the level of the subsidiary issues of wilayah and to the second degree of wilayah — as some, without due attention, do reduce it — then the question of hijrah turns out to be one of the corollaries of the question of wilayah. Why do we say it this way? Because the principle of wilayah taught us that every human being must live within the wilayah of God and of the wali of God. It taught us that a human being must put all of his energies, all of his bodily, intellectual, and psychic vitalities, to work under the will of the divine wali and the governor who is min qibal Allah_[731] (from God) — that, in short, with every element of his being a human being must be a servant of God and not a servant of the _Taghut. Once we accept and embrace these points, we have no choice but to accept what follows from them. Suppose our existence, our being and all our energies and vitalities, were not under the command of the divine wilayah but rather under the command of the Taghuti and satanic wilayah. Then our divine commitment is that we free ourselves from the bonds and shackles of the wilayah of the Taghut — that we rescue ourselves, liberate ourselves, and go beneath the most blessed shade of the wilayah of God. Coming out of that oppressive wilayah and entering that just wilayah — its name is hijrah. You see, then, that the question of hijrah is one of the matters that arises in the train of wilayah. This is why we placed the discussion at the very outset: "Concerning Wilayah" — that is, in connection with wilayah we mentioned three topics, and this is the fourth.

Why must a human being flee from beneath the wilayah of the Taghut and Satan? This question that I am raising is very much worth attending to. When I raise the question, I would dearly like you, the friends who are listening, to break down and analyze it at once in the laboratory of your minds, so that you can give it an answer in accordance with your Islamic and religious learning and accumulated knowledge. Then, if your answer turns out not to coincide with my answer — the answer that I will give — and is at variance with it, there remains room for discussion between you and me. The question is this: Is it not possible to be within the wilayah of the Taghut and yet be a Muslim? Is it not possible for us to suppose a Muslim who is under the wilayah of Satan, yet who lives as a servant of the All-Merciful? Is such a thing possible or not? Picture a setting where, over the whole horizon and across all the regions of human life, a non-divine factor is busy ruling. A non-divine factor is administering the human body; a non-divine factor is administering human thought; that same factor is dragging the morale, the affections, and the sentiments of the members of society this way and that. A human being lives gripped in the fist of the power of such Taghuti and satanic factors. Can he nonetheless be a servant of God, be a Muslim? Is such a thing possible or impossible? I beg you to set about answering this. You need not answer aloud; prepare an answer to this question in your minds; see whether it is possible or not possible. In order for us to know whether it is possible or not, we must analyze and interpret this very question a little, so that the answer may become clear.

We ask: can a person be under the wilayah of Satan and be a Muslim, or can he not? These two questions are, in reality, a single question composed of two parts; let us properly break down these two parts and see what each means.

The first part is that a person be under the wilayah of Satan. What does it mean to be under the wilayah of Satan? What does wilayah even mean? If we place that meaning which we derived for wilayah from the verses of the Qur’an — a meaning which was supported by several Qur’anic verses — beside this phrase "the wilayah of Satan," then it becomes clear what the wilayah of Satan means. The wilayah of Satan means this: that Satan — in that comprehensive sense of "Satan" of which I have spoken many times — be dominant over all the powers, capacities, initiatives, and works within a person’s being. Whatever the person does is along the course that Satan has determined; whatever he thinks is on the path that Satan inclines toward or sketches out. It is like a man who has fallen into the current of a river. A swift water is rushing down in the bed of a flood from the mountainside; a man falls into this river. Of course he does not wish to strike the huge, towering boulders and split his head open; of course he does not wish to be carried off by this water and dropped into a swamp; of course he does not wish to be choked and drowned amid the waves of this water — but, despite not wishing it, this swift current of water is carrying him off against his will. He flails his arms and legs too, clings to this side and that, grasps at everything — but the current of the water is a swift current; against his will it carries him away.

The wilayah of the Taghut and the wilayah of Satan is just such a thing. This is why the verse of the Qur’an says: “And We made them leaders (a’immah) who call to the Fire.”[732] There exist leaders and chiefs who drag their followers and those under their command toward the Fire of Hell, drag them toward wretchedness.

Another verse of the Qur’an says: “Have you not regarded those who exchanged the bounty of God for ingratitude and settled their people in the abode of perdition — Hell, which they shall enter? And what an evil place of settlement!”[208]

Have you not looked upon those people who were ungrateful for the bounty of their Lord? This bounty for which they were ungrateful — what was it? It could be anything. The bounty of power, which is a manifestation of the power of the Lord; worldly powers; the bounty of stewardship and administering the affairs of thousands of human beings; the bounty of having at one’s disposal the capacities, thoughts, energies, and abundant powers of human beings — all of these are bounties; these are capitals that could have been a source of good for humanity. The human beings who came under the control of those people referred to in this verse — these human beings could have been great human beings, could have been the elite servants of God, could have reached the highest degrees of perfection; but these people were ungrateful for these bounties, did not put them to work in the way that they ought. Then the verse goes on to say: "wa ahallu qawmahum dar al-bawar" — and they too cast their own people into the abode of perdition; they drove their people and the people under their command into the realm of nonexistence, annihilation, and destruction. "Jahannama yaslawnaha" — and they drove them into Hell, into which they will be made to slide and be flung. "Wa bi’sa al-qarar" — and what an evil abode and place of settlement it is!

This verse was recited by Musa ibn Ja’far, may God’s blessings and peace be upon him, to Harun; he made Harun understand that "you are that very one who will cast your people and yourself into the worst dwelling place, into the most calamitous of resting-places." Musa ibn Ja’far recited this meaning to Harun explicitly. He asked: "Are we then unbelievers?" — meaning, "do we then not believe in God, in the Prophet, and in the religion?" The Imam, peace be upon him, in answer recited this verse so as to make him understand that the unbeliever is not only the one who says plainly and explicitly, "No, there is no God; no, the Qur’an is a lie," or "the Prophet, for instance, is a legend." This is one type of unbeliever — and it is the best kind, the one who states his position openly, so that a person knows him and properly arranges his own stance toward him. The worse unbeliever is the one who is ungrateful for these immense bounties at his disposal, who casts them into the wrong channel — who drags not only himself, but all the human beings under his command, into Hell. The wilayah of the Taghut is just such a thing.

The one who lives under the wilayah of the Taghut has, in reality, as it were no will of his own. I do not say he is utterly devoid of will — now that we have interpreted the verse of the Qur’an, the explanation of the matter becomes clear in the Qur’an — but he is being carried off in the current of the flood. He wants to flail his arms and legs, he cannot. He wants to turn back from the road of Hell; he sees that everyone all around is moving toward Hell, and they drag him along with them. Those places where there is a large crowd — have you been there? Sometimes you want to go this way; the crowd carries you off against your will like a wisp of straw. He wants to be good, to live a good life, to live as a human being, to remain a Muslim and die a Muslim — he cannot; that is to say, the social current is dragging and carrying him off, carrying him off in such a way that he cannot even flail his arms and legs. And even if he does flail, he has accomplished nothing other than the waste of a certain amount of energy. Not only can he not stir his limbs — what is more painful is that sometimes he cannot even comprehend.

These fish that they catch at sea — I do not know whether you have seen this or not. Sometimes thousands of fish are being dragged within a single net toward the shore; from out in the midst of the sea, from several kilometers out, this net is dragging them all forward, and they are unaware. If you were to say to that fish, "Where are you going?", it would think it was going toward some destination by its own choice; but in reality it has no choice; its destination is the very place that is the destination of that fisherman who owns the net. This invisible net of the ignorant order drags a human being along so, drags him so toward those directions in which the steerers of that net incline, that the person does not comprehend where he is going. Sometimes he even imagines that he is heading toward the abode of felicity and salvation — heedless of the fact that no, he is heading toward "Jahannama yaslawnaha wa bi’sa al-qarar."

Well, this wilayah is the wilayah of the Taghut, the wilayah of Satan. This was the first clause of the two clauses out of which the question was composed. We said: Can one live within the wilayah of the Taghut and live as a Muslim? Can one? Now we have understood, in summary, what living within the wilayah of the Taghut means. And if we wish to understand it in detail too, we can turn back again to history.

Look at how, in the time of the Banu Umayyah and the Banu 'Abbas, the world of Islam moved with such vitality. Look at what an immense wave of knowledge and learning arose within the Islamic society of that day. What great physicians appeared; what great translators appeared in that era of dearth of linguistic knowledge and of general world-knowledge — men who translated into Arabic the great works of the ancient cultures and disseminated them among the Muslims. In every field — history, hadith, the natural sciences, medicine, astronomy, and even the beautiful and delicate arts — the Muslims of that day became among the most outstanding exemplars; is that not so? It went so far that even now, when a man like "Gustave Le Bon"[733] the Frenchman, or some other writer and orientalist whose eye is dazzled only by these very outward appearances, looks back, he regards the second, third, and fourth Islamic centuries as the centuries of Islam’s radiance. "Adam Mez"[734] wrote a book called The Civilization of Islam in the Fourth Islamic Century; he conducts a remarkable lament over this civilization, which in his view is immense. He describes a great civilization in the fourth Islamic century. A French orientalist, a European orientalist, in general, when he looks back at those third, fourth, and second Islamic centuries, his eyes are still dazzled. Why is this? It is because of this: that strange activities, energies, and vitalities issued in that day from the Islamic society. But I ask you: did all this vitality and activity that was carried out in that day ultimately turn out to the benefit of the Islamic society and of humanity? I ask you.

Ten centuries are passing from that era. We have no fanaticism toward that era. Vis-a-vis the non-Muslim world we can say, "Yes" — it was the world of Islam that brought those universities into being, it was the world of Islam that constructed that philosophy, it was the world of Islam that did such and such in medicine and the natural sciences. But, between ourselves, in all truth and fairness: did all that power and energy turn out to be in the right place, at the right time, and to the benefit of humanity and of the Islamic society? After ten centuries, what does the Islamic society have of that legacy? And why does it not have it? Why does it not have it? Why has that scholarly and cultural wealth not remained for us? Why is it that we, as a society that ten centuries ago possessed all that radiance, today do not shine in the world and make no display? Why? Is it not because all that vitality and activity — though it was a human activity — was beneath the signet-ring of the Taghut? As the poet said:

That signet of Solomon I would not take at any price,
_Upon which from time to time there rests the hand of Ahriman._[735]

It was these Ahrimans (demons) who toyed with the Islamic society. If they did speak, if they translated, it was for the sake of writing in the translation, "In the reign of His Excellency So-and-so the umpteenth Abbasid caliph, Mansur or Harun or Ma’mun" — in order to raise up their own names. If, instead of all this activity in the natural sciences, mathematics, astronomy, literature, jurisprudence, recitation, and the rest, they had permitted the 'Alawi government to take charge, had permitted Imam Sadiq to take charge — had they allowed Imam Sadiq to take in hand the vitalities and energies — then even if, scientifically and from the standpoint of literature and of those matters that the world today preens and boasts about, they had fallen back a hundred years, it would still have been to the benefit of humanity. Humanity would have grown, Islam would have blossomed, energies and capacities would have been put to work along the right path. Of what use is it that they translate books, that they bring medicine and scientific progress to the utmost degree, but from the standpoint of morality and of social ethics they are so weak that their class discord is still to be counted among the legends of history?

Exactly like the filthy, disgraceful civilization of our own contemporary world. The great world powers preen over their scientific discoveries, preen over their mind-boggling inventions, raise the cocked corner of their cap of pride[736] to the very sun — "We discovered such-and-such a drug, we produced such-and-such a formula, we accomplished such-and-such a feat." This is from the scientific standpoint; but from the human and moral standpoint, even now, to this very day, they are living in the eras of thousands of years of pre-history. Even now, fabulous riches stand alongside fabulous hungers and poverties; even now there exists the enjoyment by a very small one percent in the world of privileges that exist at the expense of the millions of starving human beings in the deprived countries. They preen over this — and this is exactly the same condition as that great Islamic civilization in the second, third, and fourth centuries; it is the very same matter; in that day too it was just so. Vast scientific progress, but aristocratic excess and indulgence and heedlessness of virtues, of human qualities, and of authenticities; class discord in its severest form, deadly hungers in the face of deadly satieties — in that day too these were evident and to be seen. On account of what were these miseries? Why was it that the Islamic society of that day, with all its scientific vitality and activity, could not be a flower in the garden of virtues and human qualities? Why?

Even now, when we range over the history of the second and third Islamic centuries, those whose names we can recall together with honor and pride, those whose names we can deliver to the world’s high stations on the list of the honor-creating men of the world, are those who fought severely against that very civilized order. There is Mu’alla ibn Khunays,[737] whom they hang in the marketplace and kill; there is Yahya ibn Umm Tawil, whose hands and feet they cut off and whose tongue they sever; there is Muhammad ibn Abi 'Umayr,[738] to whom they administer a hundred lashes; there is Yahya ibn Zayd,[739] whom they kill at the age of eighteen in the mountains of Khurasan; there is Zayd ibn 'Ali, whose corpse they keep on the gibbet for four years. Those whose names we today can deliver with pride to the list of the honor-creating figures of the world of humanity are these men — and these, on that day, had no connection whatsoever with that splendid civilization that Mr. Gustave Le Bon recalls and names; rather, they were the very opposite of that civilization. So you see that when the wilayah of the Taghut and of Satan holds sway over a society, over human beings, and holds the reins of their affairs in its hand, their energies are set to work, their capacities are set flowing — but in what manner? In the manner in which they have been set to work today in the civilized world, and in the manner in which they were set to work in the world of Islam ten centuries, eleven centuries ago. In the manner that, by the logic and authentic values and the human standards and measures, is not worth a copper penny — this is the wilayah of the Taghut.

So then, within the wilayah of the Taghut, can one live as a Muslim? What does living as a Muslim mean, sir? Living as a Muslim means that all the resources, energies, powers, strengths, and capacities of a human being be wholly and without reserve at the disposal of God. Everything of theirs: their wealth at the disposal of God, their lives at the disposal of God, their daily activity and movement at the disposal of God, their night’s sleep at the disposal of God, their thought and reflection at the disposal of God. Can you give an example of this? Yes. We have examples both at the level of societies, in the form of a community and a civic order, and we have examples in groups; among the rebellious groups that came out of the Taghuti systems and fled and made hijrah toward God — there we have examples.

The first — like the society of Medina, in the lifetime of the Prophet. In the lifetime of the Prophet, the society of Medina was a society of servants of God; it was a Muslim society. There, every step you took was in the way of God. There, even its Jew and its Christian, if he lived under the command of Islam, his life was an Islamic life. The Jew under the dhimmah[740] too, the Christian under the protection of Islam too — in the Islamic society they move along the path of Islam. From the standpoint of personal acts, he is a Jew; but from the standpoint of being a member of society, he is a Muslim. Far more a Muslim than that Muslim who lives within an ignorant order. In the time of the Prophet, money in the way of God, the sword in the way of God, the tongue in the way of God, thought and reflection in the way of God, every task of which a human being is capable was in the way of God; the affections and sentiments in the way of God; this is for a society. In the time of the Commander of the Faithful too, it was more or less the same way, because the Commander of the Faithful, may God’s blessings be upon him, was, from the standpoint of being a divine ruler and the wali of God, no different from the Prophet; but he was the heir of a bad society. He was the heir of disarrays, the heir of disorders; and even the Prophet himself, had he been in the place of the Commander of the Faithful and come twenty-five years later, would certainly have faced the very same difficulties as the Commander of the Faithful. This is in communities.

And as for groups: the group of the Shi’ah around the Imams, peace be upon them, throughout history. The month of Ramadan has come to an end, and we have not reached a detailed discussion of the Imamate; otherwise, in continuation of the discussion of wilayah, I would have discussed the Imamate. Then, had I been able to conduct this discussion, I would have told you what kind of a unit the Shi’ah were in the time of the Imams. We would have shown what the Imam’s, peace be upon him, relations and dealings with the Shi’ah were, and what the Shi’ah’s relations and dealings with the society surrounding them were; this would have become clear. For now I will mention it in summary. The Shi’ah, outwardly, lived within the Taghuti system, but inwardly they moved precisely in the direction opposed to the Taghuti system. Like that very small group who were with Husayn ibn 'Ali, may God’s blessings and peace be upon him, at Karbala. These had truly cleft the flood and come against the very direction in which the flood was steering them. So, then, in history we have certain examples — both in society and in groups. The ordinary individual, though, is another matter. As a rule he cannot be a Muslim while living within such a society as I described earlier — the Taghuti society. He cannot place his whole being, his resources, his energies, all his powers and capacities, under the command of God. Such a thing is impossible. If a person lives within a Taghuti environment and a Taghuti system, some fraction of his being a Muslim is, after all, in the way of the Taghut; some portion of his life is, after all, in servitude to the Taghut; he cannot be one hundred percent a servant of God.

A noble hadith has been related in al-Kafi in several wordings. The book Usul al-Kafi, which is among the most reliable and most ancient of Shi’i books, has related this hadith in several phrasings; the one that I shall recite is one of those several phrasings. The gentlemen can refer to al-Kafi, the Kitab al-Hujjah; the title of its chapter, apparently, is this: _Bab man dana Allah 'azza wa jalla bi-ghayri imamin min Allah_[741] (the chapter on whoever serves God while under a leader who is not from God). It says, on the authority of the Imam, peace be upon him, and the Imam on the authority of God, that God Most High has said:

«I shall surely punish every flock (ra’iyyah) in Islam that gave its allegiance (danat bi-wilayah) to an unjust leader (imam ja’ir) who is not from God, even if the flock was, in its own deeds, godfearing and pious; and I shall surely pardon every flock in Islam that gave its allegiance to a just leader from God, even if the flock was, in itself, wrongdoing and evildoing.»[742]

A remarkable hadith, this. This hadith says that those people who live under the wilayah of the wali of God are people of salvation, even if in personal and private affairs they sometimes have shortcomings, failings, and sins too; and those people who live under the wilayah of Satan and the Taghut are people of wretchedness and torment, even if in personal affairs, in private deeds, they are people of good works and good deeds too. This is very remarkable. Of course, I have said that there are several phrasings, and all the phrasings yield this very same meaning. The hadith is in Usul al-Kafi. Just now I did not refer to it — it seems to me, since I am usually scrupulous about looking at the chains of transmission of the hadiths, I think its chain was a good chain too. Some time ago I saw it; just now I do not recall.

I always used to liken this hadith — I would say it is as though you boarded a car bound for a certain definite point, say, intending to reach Nishapur. If this car is heading toward Nishapur, you will certainly reach the goal. If this car, instead of going toward Nishapur, is going, say, toward Sarakhs or toward Quchan — well, it is certain that you will not reach the goal. Take the car that is going toward Nishapur and brings you to the goal. If the people in it associate with one another with courtesy, kindness, and human manners — so much the better. And if they do not — in the end they still reach Nishapur, they reach the goal. Even though along the way they did a little evil, those evils will of course have their punishments, their effects, their consequences, and the people are compelled to bear them; but they reach the goal. Now the contrary case: the car that is supposed to bring you to Nishapur is going to the point opposite Nishapur. Suppose all the individuals in this car behave toward one another with courtesy, with refinement, with respect, deal with one another with good cheer — yet they see that the car, instead of going to Nishapur, is heading toward Quchan, and in the face of this they show no reaction whatsoever. These are very good people, very kind to one another. But will they reach the goal or not? It is obvious — no.

In the first example, the driver was a trustworthy driver, a driver who knew the road — he was "imamin min Allah" (a leader from God) — he brought them to the goal, even though they were of bad character: "wa in kanat al-ra’iyyatu fi a’maliha zalimatan musi’atan" (even if the flock was, in its deeds, wrongdoing and evildoing). In the second example, the driver was not a driver who knew the road; he was not a trustworthy driver; he was a passion-worshipping driver, drunk, he had lost the road, he had business in Sarakhs and Quchan, he had given precedence to his own want over the wish of the people, he was heading there; these will certainly not reach the goal — even though inside the car the people were very kind to one another, very warm, very good-natured: "wa in kanat al-ra’iyyatu fi a’maliha barratan taqiyyatan" (even if the flock was, in its deeds, righteous and godfearing) — but in the end, "la-u’adhdhibanna" (I shall surely punish), they will fall into the torment of God, they will not reach the goal. Therefore, in a society administered by the wilayah of the Taghut — like that very car steered by the driving of an untrustworthy man who does not know the road — human beings will not reach the goal and cannot remain Muslims.

What are they to do? What are they to do? Here the verse of the Qur’an gives the answer. The verse of the Qur’an gives the answer to this "what are they to do"; it says: “Indeed, those whom the angels take in death while they were wronging themselves…”[743]

Those whose souls the angels seize while these wretches have been wronging themselves; those people who wronged their own souls, their own future, their own everything, and are now dying — the angels of God, the agents of the Lord, are seizing their souls. "Qalu" — the angels say to them — "fima kuntum" — "In what condition were you? Where were you?" A person might imagine that the angel of heaven says, when it sees this man’s condition so wretched, "Wherever were you living? Why is your condition like this?" Picture the surgeon who comes to operate on a patient and sees that his condition is very bad — very lamentable, despair-inducing. He asks the same thing. I draw this analogy[744]: that the angels, out of the wretchedness of this poor man’s state, out of the badness of his soul, out of the misery and torment that await him, are astonished, and say to him, "Wherever were you living, you poor wretch? Where were you that you wronged yourselves so, and are now departing this world, departing this world as a wrongdoer against your own soul?" "Qalu fima kuntum" — "Where were you? How were you?"

In answer they say — "qalu," they say — "kunna mustad’afina fi l-ard": "We, in the earth, among the people where we were living, were among the oppressed and downtrodden (mustad’afin); we were part of the will-less mass." The mustad’afin are that group within a society in whose hands the control of the society does not lie; these are the downtrodden. In the society’s course and in its going, in its movement, in its repose, in its orientation, in its activity, they have no say. As I said yesterday, it goes wherever the pullers of the rope desire. So they go, the poor wretches, having no say of their own as to where to go and what to do.

Imagine a handful of small elementary-school children, first grade — and not even at the age of seven, for seven-year-old children today have their eyes and ears far more open than this — imagine a four- or five-year-old child placed in a school, a maktab, like the maktabs of old. I recall: when we used to come out of the maktab toward home, in a group, we did not even understand at all where we were going. Children do not pay attention to what is where. A monitor, say — some older child with a stick — "Go this way, go that way, don’t go under a car," or "Do go under the car!" — sometimes he even wishes that this would happen (laughter from the audience) — they do not at all pay attention to where they are going; suddenly they find they are in their own house, say; they find they are in the house of some other student, say. Now if this monitor takes a fancy to lead them around the street a little, they find they are at such-and-such a place, say.

The mustad’afin of the earth are those who, within a society, have no news of the goings-on of the society. They do not know what is where; they do not understand where they are going. Where they will end up, who is carrying them there, how one might keep from going, and — now that we have not gone — what we must do next: they understand none of it at all, they pay no attention at all. Just so, they have hung their heads down, like — with all due distinction, with all due distinction, with all due distinction — the millstone horse.[745] The horse, with all due distinction, of course (laughter from the audience). They have blindfolded its eyes; it keeps pacing, keeps walking. It just keeps going, going, going; it goes round, goes round, goes round. If this animal were capable of understanding anything, at dusk it would imagine to itself that "by now we must be around Paris and thereabouts, we have come such a long way" (laughter from the audience). Then, when they uncover its eye, it sees it is the very same place where it was at first dawn. It does not at all know where it has gone; it does not understand where it is going while it is moving.

The mustad’afin in a society are these — the majority, the uninformed mass of the people. Of course, in societies other than those administered by a sound system — not those societies that set a value on the jewel of humanity; not those societies that hold a dignity for the human being and for the human will; not that society whose leader is the Prophet, of whom, although he is the Prophet, the Qur’an says: “And consult them in the affair.”[746] — even though he is the Prophet, even though he has no need to consult the people, he is nonetheless commanded to consult the people, to hold them dear, to deem them great, to give them personality. Not these societies — such a society does not have such a mass; but in those societies administered by an individualistic system, by a tyrannical system, by an ignorant system and the like, the majority of the people are mustad’afin.

They say: "kunna mustad’afina fi l-ard" — "We were among the mustad’afin." They dragged us along so, carried us off, flung us down, trampled us, befouled us, and we did not understand; and now we are dying too. This is the excuse and answer of the mustad’afin. See what the angels say to them now. "Qalu kunna mustad’afina fi l-ard" — they say, "We were oppressed in the earth; we were among the weak, the overpowered, the will-less, the powerless." The angels reply. See — it becomes clear that the logic of the angels is exactly equal to the reasonable, intelligible human logic; the human intellect too says this very thing. As that servant of God said seven or eight hundred years ago:

Set not your heart upon any one beloved, nor upon any one land,
For land and sea are wide, and human beings are many.

Sa’di’s view too was one with the view of these angels. The angels of the Lord say — "qalu," they say — "a-lam takun ardu Allahi wasi’atan fa-tuhajiru fiha": "Why, man, you were oppressed there — but was the earth of the Lord confined to that one place? Was the whole world summed up in that one society in which you were living in a downtrodden way? Was the land of God not spread out, that you might go forth from this prison, go to a point of freedom? — to a point where you could worship God, to a point where you could put your energies to work along the right path, to a point where you would not be downtrodden? Was there no such place in the world?" "Qalu a-lam takun ardu Allahi wasi’atan" — "Was the earth of God not broad and wide?" "fa-tuhajiru fiha" — "that you might make hijrah in the earth of God and go to another place?"

They have no answer left to give. What can they say, the poor wretches — it is well known that a sound argument has no rejoinder. This is why the Qur’an, regarding the outcome and end of these wretches, speaks thus: "fa-ula’ika" — those mustad’afin, those whose power and will were in the hands of the Taghuts, who were carrying them off to Hell — "fa-ula’ika ma’wahum jahannamu wa sa’at masiran": those, then — "their abode" — where is their dwelling-place? — "Hell, and what an evil journey’s end" and final destination it is for a human being. This too is the end of the affair.

Of course, there is an exception. Not everyone is able to make hijrah; not everyone is able to rescue themselves from those bonds of the ignorant system. A certain number are incapable; a certain number are old; a certain number are children; a certain number are women for whom the possibility of this undertaking does not exist. Hence these are excepted: "illa l-mustad’afina" — except the oppressed and downtrodden, "mina l-rijali wa-l-nisa’i wa-l-wildani" — among the men, women, and children — those weak and incapable ones who, "la yastati’una hilatan" — who have no recourse, of whom no undertaking is possible, "wa la yahtaduna sabilan" — they find no way toward the region of light, toward the region of Islam and the worship of God; they find no way, they can do nothing — "fa-ula’ika," then, these who can do nothing, "'asa Allahu an ya’fuwa 'anhum" — it is to be hoped that God will pardon them. See, these are the very words of the Qur’an: it is to be hoped that God Most High will pardon them; this is how their case stands. "Wa kana Allahu 'afuwwan ghafuran" — and God is ever Pardoning, possessed of forgiveness.

Then, so that those to whom the address of hijrah is directed should not feel, should not imagine, that hijrah will be a source of wretchedness and loss for them — "How will it turn out? Can we? Can we not? Will we reach some place, or not?" — in answer it says: "wa man yuhajir fi sabili Allah" — that one who makes hijrah in the way of God — "yajid fi l-ardi muraghaman kathiran wa sa’atan" — finds in the earth a vast field of movement and a spacious land. He sees, "What a flight one can make in the world! What a heart’s-content soaring of wing one can do in the Islamic society! Until now our wing and our flight, when we soared very high, reached only to the ceiling of the cage. What horizons there are, how vast! In Mecca, the poor wretch prayed his prayer by force; if he showed any keenness[747] in the Masjid al-Haram he prayed a two-rak’ah prayer and then took a thorough beating into the bargain. The utmost of being a Muslim was this, no more than this. Then, when he made hijrah, when he came to the free land, to the free air, to the Islamic society, beneath the wilayah of God and of the Messenger of God, he saw, 'What a place this is! Here they vie with one another toward good works (yatasabaquna ila l-khayrat); here, by the verse of the Qur’an and by piety and worship, the rank of individuals is distinguished and made known. Whoever moves more for God, worships more, strives more, performs jihad more, gives more in charity — he is the more honored in this society.'"

Yesterday, if they had found out that one had given a single dirham in the way of God in Mecca, they would have heated the iron skewer red-hot and burned him with fire under torture. When you come and make hijrah in the way of God toward the city of the Messenger (Madinat al-Rasul), O Muslim of the early era of Islam, then you see what a field of movement it is, what a place for flight it is, how a human being can soar his wing to his heart’s content. "Wa man yuhajir fi sabili Allah" — whoever makes hijrah in the way of God — "yajid fi l-ard" — that is, toward the divine and Islamic society — finds in the earth, in the way of God, "muraghaman kathiran wa sa’atan" — a vast field of movement, a place of abundant flight, and a spaciousness, an opening-up, a breadth.

Now, if you moved in the way of God from Mecca, from the abode of unbelief (dar al-kufr) toward the abode of emigration (dar al-hijrah); and along the way God took your soul, you died — how is it here? They say, "Then your wage and reward is with God, because you did your own part. The movement that it was incumbent upon you to perform issued from you."

Going to the desert road is better than sitting idle;
_For though I do not attain my desire, I strive to the measure of my capacity._[748]

And Islam wants this. Islam wants every person, to the measure of his own ability — the amount that he can, and is able and capable of — to move in the way of God.

“Whoever goes forth from his house as an emigrant to God and His Messenger…”[749] — that one who goes forth from his house, while he is making hijrah toward God and His Messenger — "thumma yudrikhu l-mawt" — then death overtakes him along the way — "faqad waqa’a ajruhu 'ala Allah" — then his reward has assuredly fallen due upon God and is upon the responsibility of God — "wa kana Allahu ghafuran rahiman" — and God is Forgiving, possessed of mercy.

Note this point: since today is the last day of the discussion of recitation and our Qur’anic study, this topic remains roughly half-finished. Let me state this point: hijrah from the abode of unbelief, from the wilayah of other-than-God, from the wilayah of Satan and the Taghut — to where? To the abode of emigration (dar al-hijrah), the abode of faith (dar al-iman), beneath the wilayah of God, beneath the wilayah of the imam; beneath the wilayah of the Prophet and the divine wali one must make hijrah — this is hijrah. Now, if such a region did not exist in the world, what is to be done? Must one remain in the abode of unbelief? Or must one set about creating an abode of emigration? The Prophet himself, too, was among the emigrants, was he not? The Prophet too made hijrah; but before the Prophet made hijrah, an abode of emigration practically did not exist; the Prophet, by his own hijrah, created the abode of emigration.

Sometimes it becomes necessary that a group of human beings, by their own hijrah, inaugurate the starting-point of hijrah, found the divine and Islamic society, bring it into being, create the abode of emigration; then the believers make hijrah to that place. The upshot of the matter — this is the substance of the discussion concerning hijrah.

Appendixes

Index of Qur’anic Verses

al-Fatihah (1)
1:5

1:5

1:7

1:7, 1:7

al-Baqarah (2)
2:21

2:21, 2:21

2:22

2:22, 2:22

2:61

2:61

2:85

2:85

2:91

2:91

2:124

2:124

2:143

2:143, 2:143

2:144

2:144

2:153

2:153

2:156

2:156

2:165

2:165, 2:165

2:166

2:166, 2:166

2:205

2:205

2:213

2:213, 2:213, 2:213, 2:213, 2:213, 2:213, 2:213, 2:213

2:214

2:214

2:255

2:255, 2:255

2:257

2:257

2:285

2:285

Al 'Imran (3)
3:31

3:31

3:32

3:32

3:64

3:64

3:68

3:68, 3:68

3:81

3:81

3:125

3:125

3:130

3:130

3:131

3:131

3:132

3:132, 3:132, 3:132, 3:132, 3:132

3:133

3:133, 3:133, 3:133, 3:133, 3:133, 3:133

3:134

3:134, 3:134, 3:134, 3:134, 3:134

3:135

3:135, 3:135, 3:135, 3:135

3:136

3:136, 3:136

3:139

3:139, 3:139

3:146

3:146

3:159

3:159

3:164

3:164, 3:164

3:172

3:172, 3:172

3:173

3:173, 3:173, 3:173

3:174

3:174

3:175

3:175

3:176

3:176

3:190-191

3:190-191, 3:190-191

3:192-193

3:192-193

al-Nisa' (4)
4:58

4:58, 4:58, 4:58, 4:58, 4:58

4:59

4:59, 4:59, 4:59, 4:59, 4:59, 4:59

4:60

4:60, 4:60, 4:60, 4:60, 4:60, 4:60

4:65

4:65

4:76

4:76

4:97-99

4:97-99

4:100

4:100, 4:100, 4:100

4:115

4:115, 4:115, 4:115

4:116

4:116, 4:116

4:117

4:117

4:118

4:118

4:119

4:119, 4:119

4:120

4:120

4:174

4:174, 4:174

4:175

4:175, 4:175, 4:175

al-Ma’idah (5)
5:18

5:18, 5:18

5:51

5:51

5:52

5:52

5:53

5:53

5:54

5:54, 5:54

5:55

5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55, 5:55

5:56

5:56

5:90

5:90

5:104

5:104

5:116

5:116, 5:116, 5:116

al-An’am (6)
6:13

6:13, 6:13

6:80

6:80, 6:80, 6:80

6:81

6:81, 6:81, 6:81

6:82

6:82, 6:82

6:112-113

6:112-113

6:114

6:114, 6:114

6:115

6:115

6:116

6:116, 6:116

6:118-119

6:118-119

6:120

6:120

6:121

6:121, 6:121

6:158

6:158

6:162-163

6:162-163

al-A’raf (7)
7:54

7:54

7:59

7:59, 7:59, 7:59

7:65

7:65, 7:65, 7:65, 7:65

7:66

7:66, 7:66, 7:66, 7:66

7:67

7:67, 7:67, 7:67

7:68

7:68, 7:68, 7:68

7:69

7:69, 7:69, 7:69, 7:69

7:70

7:70, 7:70, 7:70, 7:70, 7:70

7:71

7:71, 7:71, 7:71, 7:71

7:127

7:127, 7:127

7:128

7:128, 7:128

7:156

7:156, 7:156, 7:156, 7:156, 7:156, 7:156

7:157

7:157, 7:157, 7:157, 7:157, 7:157, 7:157, 7:157

7:201

7:201

al-Anfal (8)
8:1

8:1, 8:1, 8:1

8:2-4

8:2-4, 8:2-4

8:72

8:72, 8:72, 8:72, 8:72

8:73

8:73

8:74

8:74, 8:74

al-Tawbah (9)
9:25

9:25

9:26

9:26, 9:26, 9:26

9:31

9:31

9:34

9:34

9:40

9:40

9:124

9:124

Yunus (10)
10:9

10:9

10:28

10:28

10:30-31

10:30-31

Hud (11)
11:46

11:46

11:115

11:115

Yusuf (12)
12:110

12:110

al-Ra’d (13)
13:11

13:11

13:16-18

13:16-18

13:28

13:28, 13:28, 13:28

13:29

13:29, 13:29

Ibrahim (14)
14:28-29

14:28-29, 14:28-29

al-Hijr (15)
15:29

15:29

al-Nahl (16)
16:36

16:36, 16:36, 16:36, 16:36, 16:36, 16:36, 16:36, 16:36, 16:36

16:68-69

16:68-69

16:98

16:98, 16:98

16:99

16:99, 16:99

16:100

16:100, 16:100

16:106

16:106

al-Isra' (17)
17:70

17:70

17:78

17:78

al-Kahf (18)
18:30

18:30

18:31

18:31

18:44

18:44

18:103-104

18:103-104

Maryam (19)
19:88

19:88, 19:88

19:89-91

19:89-91

19:92-94

19:92-94

Taha (20)
20:82

20:82, 20:82, 20:82

al-Anbiya' (21)
21:7

21:7

21:11

21:11

21:12-15

21:12-15

21:16-17

21:16-17

21:18

21:18

al-Hajj (22)
22:11

22:11

22:41

22:41, 22:41

22:77

22:77, 22:77

22:78

22:78, 22:78, 22:78, 22:78, 22:78, 22:78

al-Mu’minun (23)
23:84

23:84

23:85

23:85, 23:85

23:86

23:86

23:87

23:87, 23:87

23:88

23:88

23:89

23:89, 23:89

23:90

23:90

23:91

23:91, 23:91, 23:91, 23:91, 23:91

23:92

23:92

al-Nur (24)
24:33

24:33

24:46

24:46, 24:46

24:47

24:47, 24:47, 24:47, 24:47

24:48

24:48

24:49

24:49

24:50

24:50, 24:50, 24:50, 24:50, 24:50

24:51

24:51, 24:51, 24:51, 24:51

24:52

24:52, 24:52

24:55

24:55, 24:55, 24:55, 24:55, 24:55, 24:55, 24:55, 24:55, 24:55, 24:55

al-Shu’ara' (26)
26:20

26:20

26:90

26:90

26:149

26:149

al-Qasas (28)
28:1

28:1, 28:1

28:2

28:2, 28:2

28:3

28:3, 28:3

28:4

28:4, 28:4

28:5-6

28:5-6

28:41

28:41

al-'Ankabut (29)
29:45

29:45

29:48

29:48

29:69

29:69

al-Rum (30)
30:30

30:30

30:56

30:56

al-Ahzab (33)
33:22

33:22

33:41-43

33:41-43

Yasin (36)
36:60

36:60

al-Saffat (37)
37:171-172

37:171-172, 37:171-172

37:173

37:173, 37:173, 37:173

37:174-180

37:174-180

al-Zumar (39)
39:17-18

39:17-18

39:30

39:30

Ghafir (40)
40:16

40:16

40:51

40:51, 40:51

40:52

40:52, 40:52

40:53-54

40:53-54, 40:53-54

40:55

40:55

al-Jathiyah (45)
45:24

45:24

Muhammad (47)
47:24

47:24

al-Fath (48)
48:29

48:29, 48:29

al-Hujurat (49)
49:9

49:9

49:13

49:13

Qaf (50)
50:37

50:37

al-Najm (53)
53:1

53:1

53:2

53:2

53:3

53:3

53:4

53:4

53:5

53:5

53:6

53:6, 53:6

53:7

53:7

53:8

53:8, 53:8

53:9

53:9, 53:9

53:10

53:10

53:11

53:11

53:12

53:12

al-Hadid (57)
al-Mujadilah (58)
58:21

58:21

al-Mumtahanah (60)
60:1

60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1, 60:1

60:2

60:2, 60:2, 60:2, 60:2

60:3

60:3, 60:3, 60:3

60:4

60:4, 60:4, 60:4, 60:4, 60:4, 60:4, 60:4

60:6

60:6, 60:6

al-Saff (61)
61:2-3

61:2-3

al-Jumu’ah (62)
62:1

62:1

62:2-3

62:2-3

62:6

62:6

62:7

62:7

al-Munafiqun (63)
63:1

63:1

al-Muddaththir (74)
74:43-44

74:43-44

74:46

74:46

'Abasa (80)
80:34-36

80:34-36

80:37

80:37, 80:37

al-Fajr (89)
89:27-28

89:27-28

al-Duha (93)
93:1

93:1, 93:1

93:2

93:2

93:3

93:3, 93:3

93:4

93:4

93:5

93:5

93:6

93:6

93:7

93:7, 93:7

93:8

93:8

al-'Alaq (96)
96:1

96:1, 96:1, 96:1, 96:1, 96:1

96:2

96:2, 96:2, 96:2, 96:2, 96:2

96:3

96:3, 96:3, 96:3, 96:3

96:4

96:4, 96:4, 96:4, 96:4, 96:4

96:5

96:5, 96:5, 96:5, 96:5

96:6

96:6, 96:6, 96:6, 96:6, 96:6

96:7

96:7, 96:7, 96:7

96:8

96:8, 96:8, 96:8

al-Ma’un (107)
107:1-3

107:1-3

al-Nasr (110)
110:1-2

110:1-2, 110:1-2

Index of Concepts and Key Ideas

Anfal
belongs to God means spent for divine aims, not private use

▸

hoarding imprisons the public wealth that belongs to the many

▸

public wealth belonging to the whole nation

▸

wealth belongs to God; humans are only trustees

▸

wilayah brings about a just distribution of wealth

▸

Attaining perfection
a whole world of talent is latent within the human being

▸

every human being is fit to ascend toward infinite perfection

▸

the end of humankind accords with goodness

▸

the human being is always in the state of becoming complete

▸

the human being’s perfection is unlimited, there is no end to it

▸

dhikr Allah
keeps the heart free of agitation, temptation, and anxiety

▸

remembrance of God is the strong attraction that gives the heart rest

▸

Faith
"we hear" means understanding — faith must be conscious

▸

a believer is one bound to faith’s responsibilities

▸

a believing society wins honorable provision and realizes peace, freedom, and welfare

▸

a campaign over centuries to persuade Muslims that action is unnecessary

▸

a God-remembering society produces rulers who crush injustice and subjects who never submit to it

▸

a prophet’s defeat traces to followers lacking faith or patience

▸

a society without commitment is not a believing society

▸

a testimony that imposes no duty is empty

▸

as the strongest attraction it neutralizes the pull of all lesser attractions

▸

aware faith cannot be torn from the heart even under torture

▸

belief in part of the Book and disbelief in part is contradictory

▸

blind and unaware faith is of no benefit

▸

both committing and submitting to injustice stem from remoteness from the remembrance of God

▸

commitment is not contingent on personal benefit

▸

commitment is perpetual and universal

▸

deeply rooted faith withstands the flood that uproots shallow faith

▸

divine leaders are first to walk the road they summon others to

▸

divine leaders believe in their own mission, unlike worldly politicians

▸

divine promise is fulfilled wherever faith takes form, not only at the appearance of the Mahdi

▸

embracing easy duties while shunning costly ones is not faith

▸

establishing prayer makes a society of God-remembrance in which crime and treachery cannot occur

▸

even false schools triumph only through striving

▸

exists only when acted upon, not mere heart’s inclination

▸

faith mixed with oppression does not procure security

▸

faith requires a sense of duty; the people’s loss of it let tyranny go unopposed

▸

false claimants of obedience must be distinguished from true believers

▸

fear of God arises from knowledge, not from sin

▸

God accepts no honor or worth for unaware faith

▸

God never lets faith and deed go to waste; each step advances on the road of perfection

▸

God promises the believers every element of felicity

▸

God promises the committed believers succession and rule over the earth

▸

God’s glad tidings and promises are its reward

▸

God’s unseen aid works through the natural order, not magical intervention

▸

imitative faith is acquired free and just as easily plundered

▸

is of two kinds — imitative/prejudiced versus aware

▸

its sign is acting first on what one believes

▸

love of ease invents false formulas to win Paradise without action

▸

mistaken belief that mere profession secures salvation

▸

must be conscious and must impose commitment on conduct

▸

must be conscious not blind, and coupled with action

▸

must grow and deepen, not remain borrowed or stagnant

▸

neutrality between the two ranks does not reach salvation

▸

not merely an affair of the heart

▸

only aware faith joined with understanding has worth in Islam

▸

outward believer without commitment is not a true believer

▸

prejudiced faith is partisanship without proof

▸

productive faith gives birth to action

▸

professing a belief without acting on it is a great sin

▸

religion has no variance with sound reason

▸

religion is fundamentally a matter of awareness and insight, not blind acceptance

▸

requires a sense of duty

▸

requires a sense of duty and responsibility within the created order

▸

requires a sense of duty toward society

▸

requires a sense of duty toward the rights of the weak and oppressed

▸

requires commitment and righteous deeds

▸

requires obedience to God’s appointed duties

▸

requires vigilance — weakness of will lets the Taghut seize a community

▸

reward attaches to deeds; one must not rest in mere speech

▸

righteous deed is the commitment commensurate with faith, fulfilled in action

▸

self-sacrificing faith springs from insight and awareness

▸

silence before falsehood makes one complicit

▸

soundness of faith measured by fulfilled commitments

▸

studied to know its worth as preliminary to grasping religion

▸

the believer fights in the way of God, the disbeliever in the way of the taghut

▸

the believer regards his striving as fruitful, never wasted, which speeds his progress

▸

the believer who acts on faith flourishes in this world and the Hereafter

▸

the change of qibla tested the believers' readiness to abandon ancestral custom for God

▸

the general rule — movements with sufficient faith and patience succeed

▸

the heavier the mission, the more prayer and commitment it demands

▸

the hypocrite professes with the tongue but not the heart

▸

the ideal people are humble toward believers and live among the people, not in an ivory tower

▸

the prophets' worldly victory is conditional on the followers' faith and patience

▸

the Qur’an reproaches imitating forefathers who themselves knew nothing

▸

the shahada must create commitment

▸

the true believer is the one who emigrates and strives, not the false believer

▸

the war of truth and falsehood admits no neutrality

▸

the wise respond to the call to faith out of insight, not mere command

▸

thirty or forty privileges follow upon it in the Qur’an

▸

those who want God’s sovereignty must build up faith and patience

▸

to fear injustice from God or His Messenger is the essence of unbelief

▸

trials reveal the true substance of a person

▸

true believers are defined by emigration, struggle, and mutual aid

▸

true believers are the awliya' — shared-fronted allies — of one another

▸

true love of God means following the Prophet, not merely professing sacrifice

▸

truth accords with the nature of the world and so prevails

▸

truth is hurled against falsehood and crushes it

▸

truth still requires effort and striving to prevail

▸

useless at the moment of choice if it stays in the heart

▸

victory and superiority over the enemy are promised to believers

▸

victory requires faith grounded in awareness and commitment

▸

without it the heart is dead and one is not truly a Muslim

▸

Fear
fear and greed are the chief motives that hold a person back from his goal

▸

the monotheist fears only God, never the false partners men set up

▸

the sick of heart befriend the enemy of religion out of fear of a turn of fortune

▸

fitrah
instinct suffices to guide the animal

▸

intellect, will, free choice and innovation set man apart from creatures

▸

man’s distinctions flow from God’s spirit breathed into him

▸

prophets come to show humankind the path of its innate nature

▸

Satan’s whole work is to draw people away from the God-given nature

▸

the good the prophet commands is what the intellect and primordial nature recognize

▸

Goal of Islam
a social order, not mere individual cultivation or preaching

▸

guidance
any nation that does not move along the course of religion is destroyed

▸

building firm faith requires giving people awareness, not keeping them ignorant

▸

comes incrementally to the one who strives, each step lighting the next

▸

faith itself opens the road, guiding one step at a time

▸

first condition of happiness, knowing the goal and the road to it

▸

God alone guides to the Truth, for He created it; the false partners cannot

▸

God guides by real knowledge and the text of reality, not by conjecture or theory

▸

God’s will operates through ordinary causes, leaving man free

▸

keeping company with the Qur’an brings an increase in guidance and a decrease in blindness

▸

only God leads the human to felicity; a leader who must himself be led cannot

▸

promised to whoever strives for the divine goals in any field

▸

special to believers who hold fast to God and act on their commitments

▸

the gravest crime is setting a society back in thought, insight, and morals

▸

the straight path was not the prophet’s before the bi’that

▸

wisdom is open to all who put their God-given intellect to work

▸

without wilayah the lamps of guidance dry up

▸

hijrah
a vanguard may have to found the Islamic society others migrate to

▸

each emigrant lays a brick in building the Islamic society

▸

emigration was a decisive condition of faith

▸

is migration from the abode of unbelief to the abode of faith under God’s wilayah

▸

moving from oppressive wilayah to just wilayah

▸

one who dies en route has his reward fall due upon God

▸

the broad earth of God leaves no excuse for staying oppressed

▸

the genuinely incapable are excepted and may be pardoned

▸

the Prophet’s migration aimed at forming the Islamic society

▸

Imamate
God appoints the Imam either by name and designation or by a mark

▸

the qualified jurist is an Imam appointed by a mark, not by name

▸

Infaq
"zakat" here denotes the absolute of all charitable spending, not the technical alms

▸

requires discernment to meet a nation’s true, fundamental need

▸

spending from all God-given resources, not only money

▸

spending that fills a genuine void or need

▸

spending that fills a true void, not mere expenditure

▸

zakat may encompass all financial and charitable spending

▸

Intellect
even the great philosophers could not guide humankind

▸

finite reason cannot meet man’s infinite needs

▸

Islamic society
every goal is reached only through one’s own effort and striving

▸

is the human-building factory

▸

one at whose head God governs and whose laws are God’s laws

▸

Islamic worldview
a person’s real worth lies in his relation with God, not worldly cunning

▸

a school’s particular conception and understanding of the universe

▸

creation is not in vain — existence has a purpose

▸

Itminan
assurance and security, the condition of being delivered from inner anxiety

▸

assurance is confidence that the future is clear, dispelling fear

▸

being assured means moving swiftly toward the purpose of creation, unruled by caprice

▸

inner anxiety and doubt are more exhausting than external obstacles

▸

sakinah is God-given repose of the self, not inertia or heedlessness

▸

spiritual security is freedom from instability, agitation, and fear

▸

tranquility of heart means calm against anxiety, not absence of striving

▸

jahiliyyah
clears the path for some and blocks it for others

▸

the ignorant order drags people unaware toward ruin

▸

the masters of false, superstitious religion are alarmed by the prophet’s coming

▸

the unjust, un-natural, inhumane order the prophets convert into a divine order

▸

jihad
striving for God must surpass all worldly effort

▸

Keys to happiness
death becoming the first moment of reward, the greatest pillar of happiness

▸

faith equals all the conditions of felicity

▸

final victory over the enemies of one’s goal

▸

one must reckon one’s striving to be fruitful

▸

the help and aid of God in confronting enemies

▸

the same conditions hold for the materialist, not a religious bias

▸

Leadership
choosing the right point of beginning underwrites success

▸

prioritize the vital over the merely correct

▸

the heart of the Ummah must be aware, resolute, fearless, and ready to sacrifice himself

▸

the Ummah needs a single concentrated point of power that assigns each person his task

▸

the urgency of today permits no delay in putting the essentials first

▸

true leadership tempers a whole society, making Kufa the cradle of Shiism

▸

light/darkness
God brings the believer out of the darknesses into the light of knowledge

▸

light, second condition, is distinct from guidance

▸

the bi’that’s forenoon light encompasses the world’s horizons

▸

the light of truth dissolves the superstitions and darknesses of false teachers

▸

the polytheist is left in agitation without luminosity or true knowledge

▸

veils of ignorance, conceit, and tyranny imprison reason in darkness

▸

maghfirah
divine forgiveness is not a human-style pardon won by pleading

▸

forgiveness heals the wound that sin leaves on the soul

▸

forgiveness is not arbitrary grace; it requires the person’s own striving

▸

ghufran means the healing and filling of a void

▸

God’s mercy descends on a people when they act on their duty

▸

popular error: treating God’s mercy as a substitute for action

▸

sins are wounds on the soul; forgiveness is healing them

▸

slips being reparable and subject to pardon is a condition of happiness

▸

the soul’s defect is repaired by making amends and rising again

▸

materialism
a heaped-up fortune always conceals a right that has been wasted

▸

borrows religious symbols it does not believe in

▸

hollow fancies and superstitions could not withstand its waves

▸

offers no goal beyond a flourishing society

▸

religion bids you compete, but toward worthy ends not material gain

▸

rooted in disillusionment with theism, not in proof

▸

mustad’afin
God’s standing will is to favor the oppressed throughout all history

▸

inequality reflects unextracted capacity, not lesser worth

▸

the downtrodden mass with no say in society

▸

Opponents of the prophets
in every community the affluent (mutrafin) are the first to oppose the prophet

▸

the distinct opposing classes unite in one answer against the prophet

▸

the rabbis and monks keep people in unawareness to preserve their standing

▸

prayer
establishing prayer is higher than merely performing it

▸

establishing prayer means building a God-worshipping society that disavows corruption

▸

salat is a capsule of the remembrance of God

▸

Prophethood
aim is to level human beings and abolish class division

▸

all prophets are guides of one caravan toward one goal

▸

all prophets came to make people monotheists by unfastening the chains of obedience to other than God

▸

all prophets sent so people may uphold justice

▸

before the bi’that the prophet shares the people’s current, only discontented

▸

believer’s duty to strive for a divine society

▸

commitment is to follow the Prophet’s path and carry his burden

▸

commitment is to walk behind the Prophet and act as he wills

▸

declare their ultimate aim of Tawhid from the very first

▸

demands a fundamentally new vision

▸

each believer must continue the Prophet’s unfinished work

▸

each prophet advances the shared trust one stage

▸

establishes a society negating social classes

▸

even his chivalry stayed within society’s ordinary course before the bi’that

▸

faith in it must enter practical life

▸

fashions an unhewn man like Abu Dharr into a human being of grandeur

▸

God took a covenant from past prophets to believe in and aid later prophets

▸

God’s help is promised in this very worldly life

▸

God’s promise of victory to the prophets

▸

God’s two proofs over mankind: the prophet and reason

▸

greatest miracle is the making of good human beings

▸

guidance is a shared trust carried forward stage by stage at the cost of life

▸

guidance nurtures reason rather than opposing it

▸

inner transformation must be carried out in society

▸

iron, weaponry, is sent to defend authentic values and the just system

▸

martyred prophets are not defeated but advance the trust

▸

mission is to build a world to Islam’s dimensions

▸

mission is to transform a jahili society into a tawhidi one

▸

needed because senses, instinct, and intellect fall short

▸

primary goal is to bring the human being to perfection

▸

prophet possesses deeper human reserves than others

▸

prophets and imams share the same material origin as ordinary people

▸

prophets are an agent of division within a uniformly misguided society

▸

prophets form just, classless, humane societies

▸

prophets reject individual, one-by-one education

▸

prophets unearth the buried treasures of the intellects

▸

raised humankind from savagery to civilization and perfection

▸

refining souls alone can become a pretext for withdrawal and ease

▸

religion creates a new front-formation in society

▸

religion has no meaning without it

▸

rests upon Tawhid and the negation of shirk

▸

revelation’s transformation even shook the Prophet’s body and nerves

▸

society forms into two opposing ranks

▸

the Balance is the apparatus for social equilibrium, proving the prophet heads a society

▸

the call does not arise from mere reflection but from revelation

▸

the chain of prophethoods raises people step by step until the final prophethood opens a limitless field of perfection

▸

the chain of prophets succeeds as a whole

▸

the Messenger practically exercises God’s rule over the society

▸

the mother principle of all religions

▸

the outcome of prophethood has always ended as desired

▸

the point of beginning of their call is the proclamation of Tawhid

▸

the prophet brings the new road while unbelievers are reactionaries clinging to the old

▸

the prophet came to establish a just system in which people uphold justice

▸

the Prophet himself bore the greatest hardship of early Islam

▸

the prophet lifts the burden of ignorance, false traditions, and tyranny

▸

the Prophet triumphed in Medina under the shadow of faith and patience

▸

the prophet’s advance and the counter-revolution’s defeat is the sunnah of history

▸

the prophets build a suitable environment, a system, to fashion human beings

▸

the prophets came to unearth the buried treasures of the intellect

▸

the prophets have two goals, fashioning the human being and forming a divine system

▸

the same slanders of folly and lying are cast at those who call to the truth in every age

▸

true goal is purification, tazkiyah, and instruction, ta’lim

▸

with the final Prophet humanity reaches maturity

▸

Revolution
does not by necessity contain bloodshed or conflict

▸

right and falsehood
a religion that colludes with oppression must be rejected

▸

falsehood is froth that perishes, truth is water that remains

▸

falsehood is the order laid down contrary to the nature of the universe and the human

▸

right is the law conformable with the nature of the universe and the human

▸

the call of the prophets is the truth that endures, falsehood is doomed froth

▸

Sabr
God’s help arrives at the very point of despair

▸

patience and sacrifice on the battlefield bring advance, comfort-seeking brings decline

▸

patience and tawakkul are the two wings of man’s effort

▸

patience is not passive waiting but active striving

▸

patience means resistance and not abandoning the work at the dangerous moment

▸

striving on even when defeat looks certain is what brings victory

▸

struggle on even when certain of defeat, and victory will be granted

▸

the believer endures suffering because he knows from the first what he is striving for

▸

victory is contingent on faith and patience

▸

Satan
defined as any element that drives a human toward corruption and evil

▸

defined as the evil-producing forces external to the human being

▸

the soul (nafs) works evil from within, Satan from without

▸

servitude
absolute, unconditional obedience to anyone is to worship him

▸

all beings are equal in their servanthood before God

▸

even lending one’s full attention to a speaker is to worship him

▸

even the Prophet’s greatness lies in being fully a servant of God

▸

false worship means following human leaders, treating them as equal to God, and seeking from them what should be sought from God

▸

God’s goals are justice, security, servitude, and human perfection

▸

God-given security exists so that man may attain perfection, not idle comfort

▸

Islam’s mission: to bring people from servitude of servants to servitude of God

▸

Islamic society makes one a servant of God and frees one from servitude to other than God

▸

like a plant prevented from growing, the enslaved human bears no fruit

▸

living as a Muslim means placing all of one’s powers at God’s disposal

▸

mere claim of obedience is cheap; true servitude acts on God’s law

▸

obeying other than God strangles human freedom, growth, and perfection

▸

one draws nearer to God only by serving Him more fully

▸

Paradise belongs to the obedient, not to lineage

▸

servitude and obedience belong exclusively to God

▸

servitude to God is freedom from servitude to other-than-God

▸

Tawhid frees servants from the servitude of other servants

▸

the common sense of worship as sanctification and heartfelt reverence

▸

the first article of Tawhid: no obedience or servitude to anyone but God

▸

the prophet undoes the shackles of bondage and human-made impositions

▸

the supreme trust is to render one’s obedience to God and to the one God commanded be obeyed

▸

the tashahhud names the Prophet a servant before naming him Messenger

▸

true obedience flows from understanding, not blind hearing

▸

whatever rules a person’s life unconditionally becomes that person’s ilah

▸

within a Taghuti system one cannot be wholly a servant of God

▸

worship of other than God can be of a political power, a religious power, or the carnal soul

▸

shafa’ah
God grants the leave of intercession to the righteous, never to tyrants

▸

intercession given to the Prophet, alongside this-worldly victories

▸

intercession reaches only those who strive

▸

intercessors act only by God’s permission, not as a rival power

▸

Shi’ism
true Shi’ism is nothing other than Islam, the correct understanding of Islam and the Qur’an

▸

shirk
all false partners — idols, Pharaoh, Nimrod — are one in kind, kindling for one fire

▸

belief in an intermediary becomes a pretext for serving someone besides God

▸

belief in many gods justifies dividing humanity into classes

▸

claiming God has a son inserts a privileged third rank between God and His servants

▸

kafir means the coverer and ingrate of blessing, not merely one who rejects religion

▸

rival creeds invent tiered gods to justify ranking people into classes

▸

takes one very far from the path of guidance

▸

the "partners" rebuked on the Resurrection are humans set up as rivals of God, not lifeless idols

▸

the pretexts a person fabricates to justify it vanish on the Day of Resurrection

▸

social class
a society where the weak cannot claim their right unashamed is not sanctified

▸

all humans are equal in essence, like the teeth of a comb

▸

belief in innate hierarchy disarms the oppressed from protest

▸

God shatters the wrongdoing society built on class divisions and exploitation

▸

mankind originally one ummah, equal in needs and capacities

▸

modern hidden class division is more insidious than the openly declared kind

▸

natural differences are not a source of unequal rights

▸

scientific progress coexists with deadly class disparity

▸

the basis of a society is whether or not it has class difference

▸

the upper class opposes the prophets to protect rank, not out of devotion

▸

unjust rule breeds extreme class disparity while the rightful leaders live in destitution

▸

social movement
become fire yourself before you can kindle others

▸

begins by changing ideas, not first the social order

▸

one cannot change the world until one changes oneself

▸

Taghut
can be the inner self — caprice, love of mastery, and arrogance

▸

claimants to rule against the prophets are upon falsehood and doomed

▸

every wilayah that is not God’s is the wilayah of Taghut

▸

gains mastery over all the creative energies of one who submits to it

▸

identical with Satan — Qur’an names one in place of the other

▸

ideological enemies of the faith can never be appeased

▸

is the rival of God, whatever stands opposite God and His command

▸

is the wali of unbelievers, casting them from light into darkness

▸

meaning, from tughyan, to transgress one’s natural boundary

▸

not a proper name but any idol — self, money, comfort, a person, a law

▸

obeying law, social order, or custom unconditionally is worship of them

▸

obeying those who make the forbidden lawful and the lawful forbidden is to worship them

▸

religious and political powers coalesce to crush nations and trample the masses

▸

scientific brilliance under tyranny did not benefit humanity

▸

servitude is denied to all god-pretenders, whether religious powers or worldly powers

▸

the "living idols" are those who claim authority, such as Pharaoh

▸

the false lords are heedless and drag their followers into ruin

▸

the false partner is a human being who claims leadership over society

▸

the notion that truth is doomed to defeat serves the tyrants

▸

the objects of false worship were human leaders, not lifeless idols

▸

the one who speaks from the tongue of Iblis is himself Satan

▸

the path of injustice and falsehood is condemned to extinction with no helper

▸

the prophets struggle against the false deities to establish a tawhidi order

▸

the Satan that leads astray is the very Taghut that men wrongly follow

▸

the taghut is the rebellious power set up in opposition to God

▸

the transgression of tyrants kept mankind from reaching guidance

▸

the tyrant suppresses the people’s intellect to survive

▸

the tyrant’s power is hollow; fear of it is the people’s own undoing

▸

the unaccountable despot is the first to be struck down by the prophet’s coming

▸

the worse unbeliever squanders God’s bounties and drags others into Hell

▸

to refer one’s affairs to the Taghut for arbitration is contrary to faith

▸

transgression arises from self-sufficiency and the amassing of wealth

▸

tyrannical propaganda reverses a people’s insight until they see black as white

▸

tyrants corrupt the masses by suppression, propaganda, and engineered poverty

▸

tyrants fail to grasp the worth of the human being

▸

tyrants invoke religion only where it serves their power

▸

tyrants want people to believe striving in truth is always futile

▸

under its rule people cannot reach the goal or remain Muslims

▸

whoever aids an oppressor, God sets that oppressor in authority over him

▸

wilayah of Satan dominates all of a person’s powers and thought

▸

taqwa
a prerequisite and means of victory

▸

armor that lets one enter sin’s zone to save others

▸

constant alertness is the law of God; conceit breeds heedlessness and defeat

▸

greater honor before God does not confer greater social rights

▸

in the Islamic society rank is distinguished by piety and good works

▸

Paradise is prepared specifically for the people of taqwa

▸

rejects monastic flight; engages the zone of sin

▸

reliance on numbers and self-conceit brings heedlessness and defeat

▸

remembrance of God is the believer’s weapon against Satan

▸

sense of God’s grandeur guarantees right action in person and society

▸

the sole ground of superiority and nearness to God

▸

the sole measure of honor, not class or lineage

▸

Tawakkul
a trustworthy support to hold onto in every state

▸

God mobilized humans to uproot corruption by human effort

▸

not folding one’s hands and awaiting a miracle

▸

opens a way at the impasse where the Godless surrender

▸

rely on God, fear no other power, and never despair of His help

▸

true meaning is reliance on God that energizes action

▸

Tawhid
"la ilaha illa Allah" lived truly drives Pharaoh out of society

▸

a belief with no effect on life is little different from shirk

▸

a knowledge that produces action and entails commitment, not only a vision

▸

a living principle connected to the social order and the quality of human life, not a dry "God is one"

▸

a Muslim sees the universe not as independent but as dependent on a higher power

▸

a tawhidi society is the environment in which human beings are fashioned

▸

Abraham was the herald of monotheism who disputed with his idolatrous people

▸

any act begun in the name of other than God takes on a non-divine orientation

▸

at the Resurrection all power is shown to belong to God alone

▸

because all creation belongs to God, legislative rule over it must also belong to Him alone

▸

belongs both to the worldview and to the ideology of Islam

▸

creation is a single cohesive whole, not separate scraps

▸

creation is the first ladder drawing the heart’s attention to God

▸

dry, abstract theological argument failed to build a monotheist society

▸

each principle of the school yields the same conclusion as the others

▸

establishing a monotheistic society is the prophets' worldly success

▸

even physical survival must be oriented to God, who is the principle, not the stomach

▸

every attribute affirmed of God is denied of the false claimants to divinity

▸

everyone who walks the path of Tawhid is a follower of all the prophets

▸

existed from antiquity; religion did not evolve from polytheism to Tawhid

▸

first shapes society, then the individual

▸

foundation of belief and the practical reality of individual and society

▸

God affirms or negates beliefs according to their social benefit or corruption

▸

God’s sovereignty over creation entails His rule over human life

▸

in Islam’s worldview every being is a dependent servant of one mighty power

▸

in Mecca souls are fashioned one by one, in Medina the divine society is formed

▸

in the Islamic society all that is good is available to all and all that is foul to none

▸

is like a spirit present in every ordinance and ruling of Islam

▸

is not commitment-free knowledge but entails duties and responsibilities

▸

is the whole of the school of the prophets

▸

Islam’s proposal to the People of the Book: take no lords besides God

▸

its commitment reaches the fundamental obligations and rights of a society

▸

its proposal for the form of society must be placed in the first rank

▸

its spirit is the negation of every power other than the power of the Lord

▸

knowing all are equal before God dissolves the tyrant’s claim to superiority

▸

make law, order, and custom divine so that obeying them is worship of God

▸

mandates removing hunger, class differences, and discrimination

▸

most monotheists unknowingly worship other than God in the second sense

▸

must be raised as a vital, decisive matter, not a dry cerebral question

▸

one face of it is refusing servitude and submission to evil-producing forces

▸

one God created all humanity from a single root

▸

one origin for all beings forbids both domination and self-abasement

▸

only God has the right to rule over individual and society

▸

pure Tawhid is obeying God exclusively and following the divine program

▸

servitude to God lifts the servitude to creatures from man’s head

▸

since creational governance is God’s, legislative governance must be His too

▸

strength gained for the sake of God must be expended for the sake of God

▸

studied through the Qur’an to derive its practical commitments

▸

Tawhid in worship and Tawhid in obedience negate every tyrant’s imposition

▸

the longest and most detailed discussion in the Qur’an

▸

the monotheistic society sometimes takes shape after the prophet’s own lifetime

▸

the social system of a monotheist society is wholly distinct from a non-monotheist one

▸

the world has no independent existence but was created by a powerful hand

▸

the worldview is the ground and introduction for the ideology of Islam

▸

there is no true ilah but Allah; worshipping any other is a wrong

▸

truth is the line of creation’s progression toward its purpose

▸

Tawhid’s effects
a narrow worldly horizon breeds fear and submission to oppression

▸

a Tawhidi order has no discrimination, class difference, or oppression

▸

abolishes the privileged rank of the lords, so they oppose it

▸

classless society shares economy, government, and rights in common

▸

destroys class division and discrimination

▸

destroys divisions based on class

▸

in a monotheistic society God alone is lord and none calls others to obey itself

▸

negates class division and redistributes wealth

▸

Tawhid is the negation of social classes

▸

the monotheistic society is a classless society

▸

the Bi’thah
"I was astray" means lacking the counter-path before commissioning

▸

a bi’that exists within prophethood

▸

inner revolution in the spirit of the Prophet

▸

inner revolution pours out into society

▸

means being-roused — motion after stagnation

▸

messengership exists to bring a foundational rising into society

▸

Muslims' plight stems from not knowing its aim

▸

the first believers are fashioned one by one as building stones of the future society

▸

the promise of succession was fulfilled with the early believers, not reserved for the end of time

▸

the prophet’s inner change fashioned believers who die rather than yield their thought

▸

two transformations — within the prophet, then within society

▸

the Qur’an
"the Book" means the comprehensive ideology of the religion

▸

aim of recitation is understanding, not finishing a juz' or surah

▸

argues by preparing the ground within the human being’s own mind

▸

complemented by Nahj al-Balaghah and authentic hadith

▸

demands pondering; unlock the heart’s locks

▸

everyone should refer to it directly and not depend on others to explain it

▸

history is its interpretation — seek the Qur’an in history

▸

inexhaustible source of knowledge and felicity

▸

must be understood, not treated as a book of code

▸

one cannot claim 'Ali’s Wilayat while deeming the Qur’an impossible to understand

▸

pondering the Qur’an enlightens a person about matters he had thought were not Qur’anic

▸

seeking Tawhid from it reveals the monotheist life and the monotheist human being

▸

should be read for its social and historical meaning and applied to history

▸

ta’wil adds to the apparent sense without overturning it

▸

the claim that only the Infallible Imams understand it is a word of truth by which falsehood is intended

▸

the pen carries knowledge across generations, enabling human progress

▸

the Qur’an, not false fancy, teaches the true outcome of prophethood

▸

when tribulations beset you like pieces of dark night, hold fast to it

▸

Ummah
a community under God’s command attains lordship and is freed from chains

▸

believers are interlocked bricks, each allied with and upholding the others

▸

divine election is conditional on acting according to God’s command

▸

establishing Shi’ism aims not to divide Shi’a and Sunni but to unite against the common enemy

▸

faith and patience would give the Muslim community the upper hand today

▸

if one community apostatizes, God brings another people to carry the burden to its destination

▸

internal Wilayat demands solidarity and unity of ranks with no division

▸

Muslims must reconcile two warring factions and fight the aggressor who refuses the just word

▸

responsible as witnesses and watchmen over all humanity

▸

the Muslim nations need not feel inferior — with faith and patience they prevail

▸

unified and moving in one direction

▸

victory belongs to the society only while it is the host of God

▸

Wilayah
"rule belongs to God alone" is a true word misused to deny the need for a human executor

▸

a meaning-laden concept linking God’s guardianship to that of 'Ali

▸

a people are left under the tyrant they themselves chose, until they cease to want him

▸

a ruler is obeyed only insofar as he speaks by God’s inspiration

▸

a society can lack it even when individuals possess it

▸

accepting 'Ali’s leadership entails accepting the criteria of Wilayat, which disqualify the tyrants

▸

aiding a Muslim is obligatory wherever he may be

▸

allegiance to a just or unjust leader decides salvation over private piety

▸

allegiance to a leader not from God is shirk; allegiance to a just leader brings pardon

▸

belief in the Imamate entails commitments, not mere recognition

▸

believers interlocked like bricks of one building

▸

binds believers together and to the divine wali

▸

building it means empowering the wali, not idle cursing

▸

completion and conclusion of Prophethood

▸

disunity lets the enemy defeat Muslims piecemeal

▸

divine ruler holds charge of the public wealth

▸

enabled the Shia minority to survive the anti-Shia caliphates

▸

enjoining right and forbidding wrong is far wider than mere telling

▸

even the Imams could not seize power because their followers lacked faith and patience

▸

even the Prophet is commanded to consult and dignify the people

▸

first Qur’anic sense — interconnection of those of one thought and one goal

▸

for Imam al-Sadiq, wilayah lies in deed

▸

God Himself appoints the imam and guardian who guard His law

▸

God’s deputies are the prophets and after them the awliya'

▸

half-hearted offers of help are in truth opposition

▸

individual wilayah is attachment to the wali in thought and deed

▸

individual wilayah is incomplete in a society without it

▸

is higher than knowledge of the truth or love — even enemies had those

▸

is the Qur’anic name for the welded interconnection of the believing front

▸

is to a society what the soul is to a body

▸

Islam never foresees a stateless society; government remains permanently necessary

▸

leaving God’s wilayah means entering the wilayah of Taghut and Satan

▸

means connectedness, God and the believers joined in one rank

▸

neglecting the front-formation breeds fitna and corruption

▸

no guardianship-bond with those who believe but refuse to emigrate

▸

no human being by his nature has the right of rule over others; only God-designation confers it

▸

not reducible to weeping or love of the Ahl al-Bayt

▸

one who joins the enemy’s front out of fear or greed falls outside it

▸

only God and His appointed wali may rule one’s life

▸

Qur’anic Wilayat has two directions, internal and external relations

▸

requires a central concentrated power to lead the Muslim society

▸

severe toward disbelievers, merciful among themselves

▸

severing external bonds means no dependence, not political isolation

▸

society must not be dependent on non-Muslim powers

▸

succession from Prophet to Imam to just divine leader

▸

Surat al-Ma’idah alludes to all three aspects of Wilayat — positive, negative, and the bond with the wali

▸

Surat al-Mumtahanah is the Sura of Wilayat

▸

the Awaited One brings the trust to its final point

▸

the awsiya' and Imams continue the prophets' revolutionary work

▸

the chain of God-given Wilayat — God, His Prophet, the twelve Imams, then the qualified

▸

the Imam is the Balance who separates truth from falsehood in society

▸

the Imam went into occultation because humanity was not yet ready

▸

the Imams are followers of the prophets and continue their work

▸

the just ruler holds exactly the rights of an ordinary person, no more

▸

the legislative sovereignty over human life belongs to God alone, distinct from His creational sovereignty

▸

the Prophet named so obedience to God has a concrete exemplar

▸

the prophets establish the rule of law and the Book, not despotism

▸

the saints follow the prophets' method, not individual education

▸

the same in every age — from Abraham to the Shia of Imam al-Sajjad

▸

the Shi’ah lived inwardly against the Taghuti system

▸

the Shia requires the ulu al-amr to conform to divine criteria, unlike the prevailing Sunni practice

▸

the test is choosing the man of responsibility over the man of comfort

▸

the third dimension is each individual’s firm intellectual and practical connection with the leader

▸

the true wali and ruler of the Islamic society is God

▸

the ulu al-amr is not whoever can command, but the one whose authority God has chartered

▸

the Ummah may never permit exploitative or colonial relations with the non-Muslim world

▸

the wali after God and the Messenger is 'Ali, who gave zakat while bowing in prayer

▸

the wali binds his followers together and is the factor of the current’s survival

▸

the wali is designated either by name or by description

▸

the wali’s required qualities

▸

those who observe all three dimensions of Wilayat are the victorious party of God

▸

unity requires a single administering center

▸

violated by Hatib’s secret overture of friendship to the enemy

▸

whoever is not with the truth is against it

▸

without it prayer, fasting and worship are void

▸

Footnotes


1. rahmatu-llahi 'alayh — "may God have mercy upon him" (an honorific invocation following the name of Imam Khomeini in the source).
2. Surat al-Kahf (18:44).
3. Remarks of the author, dated 13 Mehr 1367 (5 October 1988).
4. Remarks of the author, dated 8 Tir 1371 (29 June 1992).
5. Remarks of the author, dated 25 Urdibihisht 1386 (15 May 2007).
6. Remarks at a meeting with the members of the founding board and the board of trustees of the Research-Cultural Institute of the Islamic Revolution, 4 Tir 1381 (25 June 2002).
7. The Holy Qur’an.
8. The Holy Qur’an.
9. Surat al-Hadid (57:27).
10. (r-h-b) perpetual fear; rahbaniyyah: seclusion and renunciation of the world.
11. A man of heart came to the school from the monastery / and broke the covenant of fellowship with the people of the Path. / I said, "Between scholar and ascetic, what was the difference, / that you chose this party over that?" / He said, "The one carries his own blanket out of the waves, / while this one strives to lay hold of the drowning man." (Sa’di)
12. Surat Al 'Imran (3:130).
13. Surat Al 'Imran (3:131).
14. Surat Al 'Imran (3:132).
15. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:18).
16. Plural of habr: the learned ones (rabbis).
17. (m-y-z) separated out, distinguished.
18. Surat al-Nisa' (4:65).
19. Surat Al 'Imran (3:133).
20. The utmost of desires (ghayat al-amal).
21. (h-t-t) one who becomes degraded, who is brought low.
22. Surat Taha (20:82).
23. "Surely I am the Forgiver of one who repents and believes and does righteous work and is guided to the straight path."
24. The women of Paradise, drawn from the verses of the Qur’an, among them verse 54 of Surat al-Dukhan (al-Mubarakah): "…and We shall wed them to fair maidens with large, lovely eyes" — and We give the maidens of Paradise to them in marriage.
25. Bird-meat, alluding to verse 21 of Surat al-Waqi’ah (al-Mubarakah): "And the flesh of birds, of whatever they desire" — and any bird-meat they may desire.
26. Surat Al 'Imran (3:134).
27. Surat al-Kahf (18:103-104).
28. Surat al-Kahf (al-Mubarakah) / verses 103 and 104: "Say: Shall We inform you of the greatest losers in deeds? They are those whose effort in the life of this world has gone to waste, while they suppose that they are doing good work."
29. Five rials.
30. Surat al-Fath (48:29).
31. Surat Al 'Imran (3:135).
32. Surat al-A'raf (7:201).
33. Surat Al 'Imran (3:136).
34. Surat al-Anfal (8:1).
35. A state of chaos and disorder in which no one thinks of anyone else.
36. (s-f-w) A kind of spoils comprising the precious and valuable objects of kings — movable property — that fall to the Muslims in war. This word is used in contrast to qata’i' al-muluk, the lands and immovable property of kings.
37. Refer to the mimeograph at the end of the session.
38. Surat Al 'Imran (3:32,132).
39. Surat al-Anfal (8:2-4).
40. (d-h-sh) Bewilderment, fear.
41. ('-r-d) Stretching out the hand (i.e., transgressing).
42. (m-h-m) One who gives security, a guardian; (s-t-r) a protector and guardian — this word, according to the rules of the Arabic language, is also written musaytir.
43. "You are great, and do not show forth in a small mirror / I marvel at that head which, like your tresses, falls at your feet." (Shahriyar)
44. Thick, firm, and steadfast.
45. (s-'-d) Helpful, agreeable.
46. A figure of speech for making flimsy excuses, fabricating pretexts, putting off from day to day.
47. (n-h-r) Self-killing.
48. Equipment, gear and means.
49. Sammak ibn Kharashah, known as Abu Dujanah, one of the great companions, who after the passing of the Prophet was martyred in the year 11 AH in the Battle of Yamamah. His valor and self-sacrifice in the Battle of Uhud were such that the fourth verse of Surat al-Saff was revealed concerning his standing and that of great ones such as the Commander of the Faithful and Hamzah. In a narration, Imam Sadiq has mentioned him among the commanders of the army of Imam Mahdi who, after the appearance of that noble one, will return (in the raj’ah).
50. (n-s-kh) Annulling something.
51. Surat al-Rum (30:30).
52. The Karamat Mosque in holy Mashhad.
53. Hadith no. 35.
54. Sa’di. A proverbial half-line meaning that one saves only oneself and pays no heed to others.
55. Surat al-Fatihah (1:5).
56. Surat al-Fatihah (1:7).
57. (b-r-') To keep away from and seek disavowal.
58. A term applied to the communist country of the Soviet Union and its allied states.
59. Mawlana Mahmud al-Hasan (1851–1920), known as "the Father of India" (Shaykh al-Hind), the first student of the famous Deoband seminary and a pupil of Mawlana Ahmad Rashid Gangohi, who later took over the administration of the school. He was among the leaders of the Muslims of India in the struggle against British colonialism, and was repeatedly sentenced to prison and exile. He was the originator of the theory of the Non-Cooperation Movement with the British.
60. Abu al-Kalam Muhyi al-Din Ahmad (1888–1959), whose pen-name was "Azad," was among the scholars and militant leaders of the Muslims of India. He began his struggle by publishing the weekly al-Hilal. He went on to found the Dar al-Irshad school. The government later closed the school and exiled him to a mountainous region. After his exile, he stood alongside Gandhi in the ranks of the struggle against colonialism. After the independence of India, he assumed the responsibility of the Ministry of Education and Scientific Research of India.
61. Mawlana Shawkat 'Ali (1873–1938) and Mawlana Muhammad 'Ali (1878–1931) were two brothers among the Shi’i scholars of India who, during the First World War, in support of the king of the Ottoman Empire, launched a movement called the "Khilafat Movement." Continuing their struggles, they rose up together with Gandhi against British colonialism, and made great efforts toward the union of the Muslims and the Hindus.
62. A mystical school older than Buddhism, whose followers are bound by certain pledges, including: the commitment not to kill or harm animals, abstention from speech and conduct that lead to anger and falsehood, not encroaching upon the property of others, forbidding sexual pleasures to oneself, and abandoning every attachment, small or great, to objects, whether animate or inanimate.
63. He was among the first persons to believe in the Prophet, and among the believers, the first to recite the verses of the Qur’an in Mecca to summon the Quraysh to Islam. After enduring much torture, by the Prophet’s order he emigrated to Abyssinia. In the time of the second caliph, together with 'Ammar Yasir, he was sent to Kufa as a teacher of the Qur’an. Owing to his oppositions to the governor of Kufa in the time of 'Uthman, he was brought to Medina. 'Abdullah ibn Mas’ud finally died in the year 32 AH from an illness arising from the beating he received from the caliph’s agents.
64. Khabbab ibn al-Aratt, a native of Nabatiyya, was among the slaves who answered the Prophet’s call and remained at his side despite much torture. He was with the Commander of the Faithful ('Ali) in the battles of Siffin and Nahrawan. After his death, the Imam, in a saying — Wisdom 42 of Nahj al-Balagha — described him thus: "May God have mercy on Khabbab, for he embraced Islam willingly, emigrated in obedience to God’s command, lived content with what sufficed him, was pleased with God, and spent his life in struggle."
65. He, together with his father Yasir and his mother Sumayya, accepted the religion of Islam. 'Ammar, while his father and mother had perished under torture, dissociated himself [verbally
66. Surat al-Baqarah (2:285).
67. From a poem by Shaykh Mahmud Shabistari: + There is one line from the first to the last; / upon it the people of the world have become travelers. + In this path the prophets are like caravan-guides; / they are the guides and signposts of the caravan. + And of them our master (the Prophet) has become the leader; / he is both the first and the last in this matter.
68. The Prophet Idris was raised to the rank of prophethood after Adam and Seth. According to a tradition from Imam al-Sadiq, he became renowned as "Idris" on account of his much teaching (tadris). Through this prophet, God taught writing and script to mankind.
69. A prophet (Jirjis / St. George) raised to prophethood among the Children of Israel, some years after Jesus. In the course of summoning his people and warning the ruler of that time, he endured much torture.
70. To listen, to comprehend.
71. Unfortunately, the opportunity to present the discussion of "the Resurrection (ma’ad)" did not arise in this series of sessions.
72. Please refer to the duplicated handout at the end of the session.
73. Surat al-Nahl (16:106).
74. Surat Al 'Imran (3:190-193).
75. Concrete reinforced by the insertion of steel rebar.
76. A type of old cannon inside whose main shell are placed numerous explosive projectiles. The main shell, after being fired, explodes along its trajectory near the target and releases the projectiles within it, which scatter over a large area and cause many casualties.
77. "Politics" (rendering the colloquial term pultik).
78. A set of beliefs; a worldview.
79. (root s-l-w) To cry out and summon.
80. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:104).
81. From a poem by Shah Ni’matullah Wali: + Accept this counsel from us, / that you may enter the Paradise of Refuge (Jannat al-Ma’wa). + Tread the road just as the travelers trod; / they trod the road and traversed the way.
82. Refer to the mimeographed handout at the end of the session.
83. Surat Al 'Imran (the blessed surah), verse 139.
84. _garaw-kash — indebted, in pawn (i.e., obligated/in debt to everyone).
85. injaz (from the root n-j-z): fulfilling a need, keeping a promise.
86. 'Abd al-'Uzza, son of 'Abd al-Muttalib, who became known as Abu Lahab on account of the ruddy color of his face. After the beginning of the Prophet’s call, he opposed him fiercely. When the Prophet preached, he would walk behind him and call him a liar. Unable to take part in the Battle of Badr, he died of grief and shock seven days after hearing the news of the polytheists' defeat. It is said that, because of an illness he had, his corpse lay on the ground for two days; his sons carried his body to a remote spot outside Mecca and pelted it with stones from a distance until it was buried. Surat al-Masad refers to the eternal punishment of Abu Lahab and his wife.
87. He was one of the nobles and influential men of Quraysh — the Banu Makhzum clan — and was renowned among high and low for his cunning and intelligence. After the beginning of the Prophet’s call, the chiefs of Quraysh were perplexed as to what to call the verses of the Qur’an. They went to al-Walid. Al-Walid went to the Prophet, and the Prophet recited to him the opening verses of Surat al-Sajda. Al-Walid was moved by those verses and did not return to Quraysh — until Abu Jahl went to him and provoked him. He then told Quraysh that this speech could only be called magic. Verses 11 through 30 of Surat al-Muddaththir (the blessed surah) refer to this episode. He died in the first year of the Hijra.
88. 'Amr, son of al-'As, is famed among the Arabs for cunning. At first he was among the opponents of Islam and the staunchest enemies of the Messenger of God in Mecca. On behalf of the chiefs of Quraysh, he led a delegation that went to Abyssinia to bring back the Muslims. Shortly before the conquest of Mecca, on the condition that his past misdeeds be forgiven, he pledged allegiance to the Messenger of God. In the time of 'Umar, under his command the land of Egypt was conquered and he became its governor; but 'Uthman removed him from that post. In the time of the Commander of the Faithful, he sided with Mu’awiya and played an effective role in consolidating Mu’awiya’s position. 'Amr ibn al-'As went again to Egypt and, by killing Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, seized power over Egypt, and remained there until the end of his life — 43 AH.
89. A qasida called Juljuliyya, which 'Amr ibn al-'As composed in reply to Mu’awiya. 'Allama Amini cited this qasida in al-Ghadir.
90. Tarikh-i Ya’qubi (Ahmad ibn Ishaq al-Ya’qubi, d. 3rd century AH) / the reign of Mu’awiya ibn Abi Sufyan / p. 222.
91. Surat al-An'am (6:82).
92. takhdir (from the root kh-d-r): to make limp, to weaken/benumb.
93. Hadith no. 28. (_Da' 'an hadithi abi wa ummi wa jaddi… al-jannatu li’l-muti’in — "Cast aside the talk of my father, my mother, and my grandfather… Paradise is for the obedient.")
94. Ansab al-Ashraf (Ahmad ibn Yahya al-Baladhuri, d. 3rd century AH) / vol. 5 / p. 153.
95. Surat al-Nur (24:47).
96. Surat al-Hajj (22:77).
97. najah (from the root n-j-h): victory, success.
98. Surat al-Hajj (22:78).
99. An idiom for a full day, a full twenty-four hours ("from sunrise to sunrise").
100. aqran (from the root q-r-n): plural of qirn, meaning equal and peer; intimates/contemporaries.
101. Surat al-Baqarah (2:61).
102. Surat al-Baqarah (the blessed surah), verse 61: "And the stamp of humiliation and want was set upon them, and they were visited with the wrath of God."
103. Surat al-Baqarah (the blessed surah), verse 128.
104. Surat al-Baqarah (the blessed surah), verse 257.
105. Surat al-Anfal (8:72).
106. Two or three bays (i.e., a shop with two or three openings/storefronts).
107. Close to hadith no. 1.
108. mushajjar (from the root sh-j-r): planted with trees, tree-shaded.
109. Surat al-Anfal (8:74).
110. An allusion to attaining a station or rank, reaching one’s goal. (The Persian idiom bar khar-i murad savar shudan literally means "to mount the steed of one’s desire.")
111. From the root q-r-r: one who affirms, acknowledges (muqirr).
112. A proverb (mathal sa’ir); a saying current and widespread among the people.
113. Surat al-Baqarah (2:85).
114. _al-Kafi / Kitab al-Jihad / Bab al-amr bi’l-ma’ruf wa’l-nahy 'an al-munkar / hadith 1.
115. Muhammad al-Kashani (1007–1091 AH), titled Mulla Muhsin Fayd — a renowned jurist, hadith scholar, theologian, and philosopher. He benefited from teachers such as Mulla Muhammad Taqi Majlisi, Shaykh Baha’i, Mir Damad, Mir Findiriski, and Mulla Sadra. Among his works one may mention the Tafsir al-Safi, the book al-Wafi, and al-Mahajja al-Bayda'.
116. Surat al-Nur (24:50).
117. "Crocodile tears": an expression of false emotions, false tears, tears that are hypocritical and not real.
118. Bihar al-Anwar / Kitab al-Fitan wa’l-Mihan / Abwab ma jara ba’da qatl 'Uthman / Bab nawadir al-ihtijaj 'ala Mu’awiya / hadith 524.
119. Surat Al 'Imran (3:164).
120. Hadith no. 11 (from the first sermon of Nahj al-Balaghah).
121. From the root n-m-y: growth and development (numuww).
122. Kitab Sulaym ibn Qays al-Hilali / hadith 26.
123. Hujr [ibn 'Adi
124. [Rushayd al-Hajari
125. Very ugly and repugnant. (Rendering charvadari, here in the sense of base/brutish crimes.)
126. Maytham ibn Yahya was a slave who was freed by the Commander of the Faithful and became one of his special companions. Since he was a date-seller, he became known as al-Tammar ("the date-seller"). After his entry into Kufa, 'Ubaydullah ibn Ziyad hanged Maytham on the date-palm that the Commander of the Faithful had shown to Maytham.
127. 'Umar ibn 'Abd al-'Aziz was the governor of the city of Medina during the time of Imam al-Sajjad. He reached the caliphate in the year ninety-nine of the Hijra and ruled for only two years. During his rule the severities of the previous caliphs upon the people were reduced. Among his measures were: forbidding the preachers from cursing the Commander of the Faithful from atop the pulpits, which had been the custom since the time of Mu’awiya; returning the orchard of Fadak to the Ahl al-Bayt; abolishing the prohibition on the writing-down of hadith; and going easy on the 'Alawis.
128. 'Abd al-Malik [ibn
129. 'Abdullah ibn al-Zubayr (1–73 AH) played an effective role in setting in motion the Battle of the Camel. After the martyrdom of Imam al-Husayn, he proclaimed himself caliph in the region of the Hijaz and gained mastery over parts of Iraq as well. In the year seventy-three, in Hajjaj’s campaign against Mecca and the setting of the Ka’ba on fire, he was killed.
130. From the root r-f-d: "the one who forsakes/rejects" (Rafidi), a term that was applied in the time of the Imams to their Shi’a.
131. Shurayh ibn al-Harith sat upon the seat of judgeship of Kufa from the time of the second caliph. The Commander of the Faithful retained him in this post, on condition that he carry out rulings in coordination with him. In the third letter of Nahj al-Balaghah, the Commander of the Faithful reproaches Shurayh for buying a house worth eighty dinars. After 'Ubaydullah ibn Ziyad’s entry into Kufa, Shurayh joined him. He falsely gave out news of the safety of Hani' ibn 'Urwa and dispersed Hani’s tribe from around 'Ubaydullah’s palace, and deemed the blood of Imam al-Husayn lawful.
132. Muhammad ibn Shihab was among the scholars of the first and second centuries of the Hijra who were in the service of the apparatus of government. He was the first person who, after the order of 'Umar ibn 'Abd al-'Aziz to write down hadith, occupied himself with collecting hadith.
133. From the root f-t-y: a giver of legal opinions (mufti).
134. Abu Yusuf Ya’qub ibn Ibrahim (113–182 AH) was the chief judge (qadi al-qudat) of Baghdad. In his youth he was a student of Abu Hanifa. For eighteen years, during the times of al-Mahdi, Harun al-Rashid, and al-Hadi al-'Abbasi, he was the judge of the city of Baghdad.
135. In the end, ultimately; the final outcome (bi’l-ma’al).
136. Surat al-Nur (24:55).
137. From the root t-b-': to follow after something, to pursue (a Qur’anic tatabbu', a tracing-through).
138. Surat al-Nur (24:46).
139. Surat al-Nur (24:48).
140. Surat al-Nur (24:49).
141. From the root w-d-h: to demand explanation; to call to account (istidah).
142. Doubt, hesitation, becoming of two minds (rayb).
143. Surat al-Nur (24:51).
144. Surat Qaf (50:37).
145. Surat al-Nur (24:52).
146. Narrow-mindedness (rendering jumud).
147. Lofty, transcendent (rendering barin).
148. This samovar is made of a special alloy composed of copper, nickel, and zinc. It has a polish like silver and is resistant to rusting. Because this samovar first came to Iran from the country of Poland, in Iran it took the name "Warsaw," after the capital of Poland.
149. Laziness, idling (rendering lashi).
150. Qur’an, Surat al-Nur (24:55): "And whoever disbelieves after that — it is they who are the transgressors (fasiqun)."
151. ghawr (غور): to plunge in, to sink in — i.e., to delve deeply.
152. Surat al-Kahf (18:31).
153. Refer to the photocopied handout at the end of the session.
154. Surat al-Ahzab (33:22).
155. Surat al-Baqarah (2:214).
156. Du’a' Kumayl, hadith no. 12. The Arabic phrases cited: _"Ya Rabbi, ya Rabbi, ya Rabbi… Qawwi 'ala khidmatika jawarihi, wa ashdud 'ala al-'azimati jawanihi."
157. mustamsak (root م‌س‌ك) and musta’sim (root ع‌ص‌م): a handhold that one grasps; a refuge that gives shelter.
158. musaytir (root ص‌ط‌ر): dominant and overpowering.
159. rujhan (root ر‌ج‌ح): superiority, preponderance.
160. Surat Yunus (10:9).
161. From a verse of 'Attar: "If you are a man of the road, you must go through blood; / and with foot fallen, headlong you must go. / Set foot upon the road and ask nothing at all; / the road itself will tell you how one must go." ('Attar)
162. Surat al-Tawbah (9:124).
163. Surat al-Nisa' (4:174-175).
164. Surat al-Nisa' (4:175).
165. Surat al-'Ankabut (29:69).
166. ma’mur shudan (root ع‌م‌ر): to become flourishing, built up, prosperous.
167. dad-khuyi and dad-manishi: ferocity, savagery, wildness.
168. Surat al-Baqarah (2:257).
169. Surat Al 'Imran (3:68).
170. A Qur’anic expression: _"And God is the wali of the believers."
171. ashab (root ص‌ح‌ب): companions, associates, fellows.
172. Surat al-Ahzab (33:41-43).
173. Surat Al 'Imran (3:139).
174. Surat al-Mujadilah (58:21).
175. Surat al-Saffat (37:173).
176. Hadith no. 36.
177. la yazal (root: z-w-l): inexhaustible, never coming to an end.
178. qarib al-ufuq: close to one another (lit. "near in horizon").
179. sazobarg: the gear and equipment given to a soldier.
180. Surat al-Fajr (89:27-28).
181. Surat al-Fajr (the blessed surah), verses 27 and 28: "O soul at peace! ✷ Return to your Lord, while you are well-pleased with Him and He is well-pleased with you."
182. Surat al-Tawbah (9:26).
183. One of the battles of the Noble Prophet, which occurred after the conquest of Mecca.
184. Hadith no. 13. (From Nahj al-Balaghah: "By God, I am not like the hyena that sleeps to the long [coaxing of those who hunt it
185. Surat al-Tawbah (9:25-26).
186. This renewal of allegiance, which took place during the episode of the Truce of Hudaybiyya, became known as the Bay’at al-Ridwan (the Pledge of Ridwan). Verse 18 of Surat al-Fath (the blessed surah) refers to this pledge: "Indeed God was well-pleased with the believers when they pledged allegiance to you beneath the tree; He knew what was in their hearts, so He sent down tranquility (sakinah) upon them and rewarded them with a near victory." — truly, God was well-pleased with the believers when they pledged allegiance to you beneath that tree, and He recognized what was in their hearts and sent down upon them tranquility and rewarded them with a near victory.
187. Surat al-Tawbah (9:40).
188. Please refer to the mimeographed sheet at the end of the session.
189. Surat al-Ra'd (13:28).
190. Surat al-'Ankabut (29:45).
191. Surat al-Ra'd (13:29).
192. muhassal (root: h-s-l): that which has been concluded; a drawn-out result.
193. Surat al-An'am (6:80).
194. mujadalah (root: j-d-l): to dispute, to wrangle; muhajjah (root: h-j-j): to bring forth a proof/argument.
195. Surat al-An'am (6:81).
196. Surat Hud (11:115).
197. Surat al-Kahf (18:30).
198. Surat al-Baqarah (2:144).
199. Surat al-Baqarah (2:143).
200. Surat al-Zumar (39:17-18).
201. A scientific and technical laboratory.
202. From the root (w-s-f): possessor of an attribute.
203. _The Proof of the Existence of God, compiled by John Clover Monsma, is a book comprising forty essays by scholars of the modern sciences on the proof of the existence of God. This book was translated by Messrs. Ahmad Aram, 'Ali-Akbar Mujtahidi, and Sayyid Mahdi Amin.
204. Surat al-Baqarah (2:255).
205. In the sessions held during the year 1352, at the Mosque of Karamat in Mashhad, when the author was devoting himself to the translation of the invocations of the prayer, he presented a translation comprehensible to the general public of these verses. The sixth discourse of the collected discourses titled Sahba, under the title "The Detailed Translation of Ayat al-Kursi," is devoted to that lecture.
206. From the root (q-d-s): to deem pure / hallow.
207. Without restraint or bond.
208. Surat Ibrahim (14:28-29).
209. Tafsir Nur al-Thaqalayn, under verse 28 of Surat Ibrahim.
210. From the root (s-k-n): poverty, indigence.
211. Equal, on a par.
212. He was among the great emperors of Rome, who subjected the Christians to much persecution and torment. This king, toward the end of his life, was taken captive in a war with the Sasanians. The Christians called this captivity a divine retribution upon Valerian, who had persecuted the Christians.
213. The name of God Most High among the Jews. It is a name applied to God in the Torah, signifying the everlastingness of the God of the Jews.
214. This is an example illustrating the meaning of mutual boastings and tribal prejudices over one another. [Shushtar and Dezful are neighboring towns in Khuzestan whose inhabitants were noted for their local rivalry.
215. Surat Maryam (19:88).
216. In verses 19 and 20 of Surat al-Najm, the names of these three idols of the polytheists are mentioned.
217. Surat Maryam (19:88-91).
218. Surat Maryam (19:92-94).
219. Democritus (Persian: Dimokrat / Zimoqratis), 460–370 BCE, the famous Greek philosopher. He held that things are composed of small, indivisible parts called atoms. He did not believe in the existence of a soul and considered it bound up with the human brain; he thought that the only thing that exists is the atom and matter, and so he is called a materialist.
220. Materialism, or madi-gari, is a worldview in which everything beyond matter and the sensible is denied and existence is taken to be equivalent to matter.
221. Surat al-Jathiyah (45:24).
222. An allusion to Hafiz: "Will it be, perhaps, that in the taverns they will untie / the knot of our tangled affairs?"
223. I.e., something utterly trifling.
224. Surat al-Hadid (57:25).
225. Fils — black, worthless coin.
226. Surat al-Tawbah (9:34).
227. From the roots (r-kh-w) lethargy/slackness and (z-l-m) to suffer oppression, to accept oppression.
228. "Set aside" — meaning to let it go; from this verse of Hafiz: "Excuse the war of the seventy-two sects, all of them; / since they did not see the truth, they took the road of fable."
229. Lam-yazra' — unfit for cultivation.
230. A cartel refers to companies active in the same field that, by agreeing among themselves on the division of the market, the volume of production, and the price of the goods, monopolize the market for that commodity for themselves.
231. A trust arises from the union of several companies producing a similar commodity. In a trust, the shares of the member companies are separate and distinct, but the resources of all are placed at the disposal of the trust.
232. Shahi — a small unit of currency, equal to one-twentieth of a rial, current in the Qajar period and the early Pahlavi era.
233. Hadith no. 37: "al-Mal malu Allah ja’alaha wada’i’a 'inda al-nas" — "Wealth is the wealth of God; He placed it as deposits among the people."
234. Hadith no. 2: "Kullukum min Adam wa Adam min turab" — "All of you are from Adam, and Adam is from dust."
235. From the root (q-h-r): vanquished, defeated.
236. Rab’i ibn 'Amir.
237. From the root (h-d-r): place of residence, the city, the home.
238. From the root (z-w-r): hypocritical, deceitful.
239. I.e., sleeping, resting.
240. Surat al-Baqarah (2:165).
241. Surat al-Baqarah, verse 165. (This is the verse set at the head of the session; its full commentary comes at the end.)
242. I.e., "as though."
243. An idiom for dependence on worthless grandees.
244. Surat Ghafir (40:16).
245. Self-conceit, arrogance, and vanity.
246. I.e., what a foolish clutching/grasping they engaged in.
247. Surat al-Baqarah (2:166).
248. From the root t-w-y, meaning "folded up, wrapped."
249. From the root t-b-', meaning "to follow after something" (tatabbu': to trace and pursue).
250. From the root b-y-n, meaning "opposed, separate" (mubayin: divergent).
251. Surat Yasin (36:60).
252. Surat al-An’am (6:112): "And thus We made for every prophet an enemy — satans (shayatin) of men and jinn." See the session "The Opposing Groups."
253. From the roots r-q-q and d-q-q. Riqqah, in terms of meaning, is like diqqah (precision), but diqqah is used where all aspects of a matter are observed, while riqqah is by virtue of depth in a matter.
254. Imam al-Baqir (peace be upon him), hadith no. 32. The Arabic: «la-u’adhdhibanna kulla ra’iyyatin fi’l-islam danat bi-walayati kulli imamin ja’irin laysa min Allah, wa in kanat al-ra’iyyatu fi a’maliha barratan taqiyyatan; wa la-a’fuwanna 'an kulli ra’iyyatin fi’l-islam danat bi-walayati kulli imamin 'adilin min Allah, wa in kanat al-ra’iyyatu fi anfusiha zalimatan musi’atan.»
255. From the root '-q-b: tormented, chastised.
256. From the root n-q-m: retribution, chastisement (niqmah).
257. From the root f-h-s: to search out, to investigate.
258. "Like a stone beside the human being" (kal-hajari fi janbi’l-insan).
259. Surat Yunus (10:28).
260. Hinduism is the ancient religion of the people of India, from which other schools later arose over time. Belief in transmigration (reincarnation), observance of the regulations of social classes (castes) in association and marriage, and likewise reverence for living beings — especially the cow — are among the principles of this religion.
261. From the root sh-b-th: one who clutches, one who clings.
262. Surat Saba' (34:33): "And those who were oppressed (kept down) will say to those who were arrogant, 'Rather, it was the plotting of night and day.'"
263. From the root w-k-': a support, a thing to lean upon.
264. From the root k-w-n: to make, to bring into being (tadbir takwini: creational governance).
265. From the root sh-r-': legislating (tadbir tashri’i: legislative governance).
266. The Mosque of Karamat, in holy Mashhad.
267. A wali (guardian) from the side of God.
268. Surat Yunus (10:35).
269. Please refer to the mimeographed handout (poly-copy) at the end of the session.
270. From the verse: "O ignorant one, go — from a guide without gnosis, what grace? / Where does the blind man become the staff-bearer of another blind man?" (Kalim Kashani).
271. Belonging to the tribe of Quraysh.
272. A religion that was current in ancient Iran and among the Indo-Aryan peoples. Later this religion was modified in Iran by Zoroaster. Fire, in this religion, is a symbol of purity.
273. Kana’is: the plural of kanisah, the place of worship of the Jews.
274. From the root m-l-': the great ones and notables of a people (al-Mala'). From the root t-r-f: the wealth-hoarders and aristocrats of a people (al-Mutrafin).
275. Surat Al 'Imran (3:64).
276. Please refer to the mimeographed handout at the end of the session.
277. Surat al-An'am (6:116).
278. Surat al-An'am (6:121).
279. Please refer to the mimeographed handout at the end of the session.
280. (q-d-s) "Qiddis": the faithful, the pious.
281. (t-b-') "Muttaba'": leader, that which is followed and pursued.
282. Surat al-Tawbah (9:31).
283. 'Adi ibn Hatim, son of Hatim al-Ta’i, who after his father took over the leadership of the tribe. In the ninth year of the Hijrah, influenced by the character and conduct of the Prophet, he became a Muslim. He was among the companions and devotees of the Commander of the Faithful, present in the battles of the Jamal, Siffin, and Nahrawan, and he offered three of his sons to Islam in the Battle of Siffin. He died in the year sixty-seven of the Hijrah.
284. The cord by which Christians used to hang the cross around their necks.
285. Hadith no. 39.
286. Nur al-Thaqalayn, a narration-based commentary, written by Shaykh 'Abd 'Ali ibn Jum’ah al-'Arusi al-Huwayzi, one of the scholars of the eleventh century of the Hijrah (lunar).
287. Hadith no. 45.
288. (sh-'-r) plural of "mash’ar": the five outward senses and the inner faculties.
289. (dh-'-n) "Mudh’inan": acknowledging, submitting, bowing the neck (in acceptance).
290. Surat al-A'raf (7:157).
291. "It is the sea — from whatever side you come to it; / its depths are renowned good, and its shores are beneficence." (It is a sea: from whichever side you come to it, its waves are goodness and its shores are beneficence.)
292. Hadith no. 14.
293. Hadith no. 15.
294. "Husk": the outer shell.
295. ('-dh-r) plural of "mi’dhar": pretexts, excuses.
296. Hadith no. 3.
297. Surat al-An'am (6:114).
298. Surat al-A'raf (7:54).
299. "Siyaq": style and manner, the manner of constructing sentences.
300. (kh-l-t) to become intermingled; (m-z-j) to become mixed.
301. Surat al-Baqarah, verse 156.
302. (m-d-y) made current, ratified, made definitive.
303. Surat al-An’am, verses 117 and 118.
304. (dh-k-w) in the language it means to kindle a fire. As a technical term, it means to expel the instinctive heat of an animal from its body.
305. Hadith no. 38.
306. Surat al-An'am (6:162-163).
307. Surat al-An'am (6:118-119).
308. Surat al-An'am (6:120).
309. Surat al-Shu'ara' (26:90).
310. Surat al-Qamar, verse 1: "The Hour drew near and the moon was split."
311. Surat al-Qasas, verse 63.
312. (continuation of Surat al-Shu’ara', verses 90–103).
313. To examine a word or thing closely.
314. Refer to the polycopy (handout) at the end of the session.
315. Jawaharlal Nehru (1889–1964) was among the leaders of the struggle for India’s independence movement. A graduate in law from the University of Cambridge, upon seeing the suffering of the people of India and the oppression of the British during the course of the First World War, he joined the Indian independence movement and the Congress Party. After India’s independence he was elected prime minister. His daughter, Indira Gandhi, was elected prime minister of India some time after her father.
316. "Daughter."
317. Man’s Religions (A History of the World’s Religions), written by John Noss, in which he examines the rites and religions of the ancient world up to the present age in four parts: the primitive and past religions, the religions of India, the religions of the Far East, and the religions of the Near East.
318. And such-and-such activities of this kind — qis 'ala hadha ("measure [the rest
319. "To the ear of the soul, a wayfarer brought a cry / from the Presence of the One: 'There is no god but God' — / that, O dear one, whoever is allotted abasement, / in truth attains not rank and station by force. / The threadbare carpet of one whose fortune was woven black / cannot be made white by the water of Zamzam and Kawthar." (Hafez)
320. Surat al-Baqarah (2:21).
321. A hemistich from the Diwan of poetry attributed to the Commander of the Faithful [Imam 'Ali
322. Surat al-Baqarah (2:91).
323. Surat al-Jumu'ah (62:6).
324. Surat al-Jumu'ah (62:7).
325. (z-l-l) shade.
326. Golestan of Sa’di.
327. Surat Muhammad (47:24).
328. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:84).
329. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:85).
330. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:86).
331. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:87).
332. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:88).
333. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:89).
334. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:90).
335. Surat al-Mu'minun (23:91).
336. Surat al-Baqarah (2:22).
337. Surat al-Hujurat (49:13).
338. A hemistich from the Diwan of poetry attributed to the Commander of the Faithful: "al-nasu min jihati al-timthali akfa’u / abuhum Adamu wal-ummu Hawwa’u."
339. Surat al-Isra' (17:70).
340. This is the opening epigraph of the session, comprising Al 'Imran 3:172–173.
341. Surat al-Nur (24:33).
342. (Translator’s/editor’s note) istintaj: drawing a conclusion, inference.
343. A weakening, enervating [inference
344. (Root: m-r-r) a place of passing, a thoroughfare (mamarr).
345. Surat Al 'Imran, verse 175.
346. 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar, son of the second caliph, who because of his young age was not present at the battles (ghazawat) of the Prophet. He affected asceticism more than he practiced it. 'Abdullah ibn 'Umar was among the few who did not pledge allegiance to the Commander of the Faithful. When Hajjaj came to Mecca on behalf of 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan to overthrow the house of al-Zubayr and seized Mecca, he pledged allegiance to him in a humiliating fashion. Some time later, in the year 73 AH, he was put to death by the order of Hajjaj.
347. Hadith no. 16. (From the Commander of the Faithful: _"La tastawhishu fi tariqi al-huda li-qillati ahlih" — "Do not feel desolate on the path of guidance because of the fewness of those upon it.")
348. To welcome, to receive.
349. Supplication of Makarim al-Akhlaq (the Noble Traits of Character), hadith no. 31. (From the Sahifa al-Sajjadiyya of Imam 'Ali ibn al-Husayn, Zayn al-'Abidin.)
350. Sa’di.
351. Surat Al 'Imran (3:172).
352. Surat Al 'Imran (3:173).
353. Surat Hud (11:46).
354. Hadith no. 34. ("Al-mu’minu akhu al-mu’mini li-abihi wa-ummih" — "The believer is the brother of the believer through his father and his mother.")
355. Surat Al 'Imran (3:174).
356. Equal; the same; on a par with one another.
357. Surat Al 'Imran (3:175).
358. Surat Al 'Imran (3:176).
359. Surat al-'Ankabut (29:48).
360. Surat al-'Ankabut, the Blessed Surah / verse 48: "And you would not write any book with your right hand, otherwise the falsifiers would certainly have fallen into doubt."
361. "'Attar traversed the seven cities of love / We are still in the bend of a single alley" (Rumi).
362. Conclusion, outcome.
363. Surat al-Nahl (16:68-69).
364. (s-d-s) six-sided, hexagonal.
365. ('-w-n) helpers, companions.
366. Surat al-Nahl, the Blessed Surah / verses 68 and 69: "And your Lord revealed to the honeybee: make houses for yourself from some of the mountains, and from some of the trees, and from what they build as trellises. Then eat of all the fruits, and tread the paths of your Lord in humble obedience."
367. (f-t-r) created, made.
368. Maurice Maeterlinck (1862–1949 CE) was a Belgian poet, writer, and philosopher who won the Nobel Prize with his play The Blue Bird. He wrote essays entitled The Life of the Bee, The Life of the Termite, and The Life of the Ant.
369. Aristotle, titled the First Teacher, is one of the great philosophers of ancient Greece. He has been regarded as the founder of the science of logic.
370. Plato, one of the great philosophers of Greece, was a student of Socrates. In a book named The Republic, he set forth the characteristics of an ideal society.
371. Socrates was one of the great philosophers of Greece, whom the court of Athens condemned to death on the charge of not believing in the gods of the temple and of propagating his views.
372. Hadith no. 11.
373. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:90).
374. Surat al-Isra' (17:78).
375. Hadith no. 30.
376. Surat al-Isra', the Blessed Surah / verse 78: "From the first declining of the sun until the utmost darkness of the night (until its midpoint) establish the prayer, and also the Qur’an of dawn (the dawn prayer and the supererogatory prayer of dawn)."
377. (n-s-kh) to render void, to abrogate.
378. Hadith no. 42.
379. Surat al-Ma'un (107:1-3).
380. Surat al-Muddaththir (74:43-44).
381. Surat al-Muddaththir (74:46).
382. "The city is empty of lovers; perhaps from some quarter / A hand may come out from the unseen and do something" (Hafiz).
383. Please refer to the mimeographed handout at the end of the session.
384. An allusion to the tradition of the prophet Zakariyya, who, according to narrations, was sawed in half inside a tree where he had taken refuge.
385. Surat al-Baqarah (2:213).
386. A reference to In the Light of the Qur’an (Partuvi az Qur’an), a commentary (tafsir) written by Ayatollah Taleqani.
387. It is a proverb, alluding to having a benefit and share of something.
388. An ugly and frightful being; in common parlance applied to satans and jinn.
389. Surat al-Jumu'ah (62:1).
390. The Mosque of Karamat, in holy Mashhad.
391. Aware of and committed to religious and legal (shar’i) matters.
392. Surat al-Nahl (16:36).
393. Surat al-Rum (30:56).
394. A "rally" (miting): a gathering of groups for discussion or for expressing views on social and political matters.
395. "Being-roused" (inbi’ath), from the root b-'-th, "to be raised up / stirred up."
396. Surat al-Baqarah (2:156).
397. From the root h-d-d, meaning "lowness, debasement" (hadid).
398. An idiom (lit. "the work of a one-shahi, half-penny") signifying something of trifling worth.
399. Drawn from this Persian proverb: "Two hundred maunds of bone are needed to bear a hundred maunds of burden."
400. Mahatma Gandhi (1869–1948 CE), spiritual and political leader of the Indian nation in the cause of freedom from the rule of the British Empire. Influenced by the Brahmanical creed, he lived very simply and emphasized non-violent struggle. In one initiative, Gandhi boycotted the consumption of British goods. After the independence of India, he was assassinated by an extremist Hindu who opposed broad relations with the Muslim country of Pakistan.
401. Patrice Lumumba (1925–1961 CE), leader of the anti-colonial movement of the Congo against Belgium. After reaching the office of prime minister, through a plot of the American and Belgian intelligence services he was dismissed by the president, and after a period in hiding he was killed by Colonel Mobutu Sese Seko.
402. Surat al-Shu'ara' (26:20).
403. Surat al-Duha (93:1).
404. Please refer to the mimeographed handout at the end of the session.
405. Surat al-Duha (93:1-2).
406. Surat al-Duha (93:3).
407. The fatra: the period between two occasions (of revelation).
408. Surat al-Duha (93:4).
409. Surat al-Duha (93:5).
410. Surat al-Duha (93:6).
411. Surat al-Duha (93:7).
412. Surat al-Duha (93:7-8).
413. The Hilf al-Fudul, or "Pact of the Chivalrous," is a pact that the Prophet, at the age of twenty, concluded with a number of the young men of Mecca, in order to support the oppressed and the strangers who entered the city and fell victim to the oppression of the powerful.
414. Surat al-'Alaq (96:1).
415. Surat al-'Alaq (96:1-5).
416. Al-Burhan fi Tafsir al-Qur’an (Sayyid Hashim ibn Sulayman al-Bahrani, d. 1107 AH), under the exegesis of Surat al-'Alaq.
417. Negating "ma": placed before a verb, it makes its meaning negative. Interrogative "ma": placed before a verb, it makes its meaning a question.
418. 'Abd al-Rahman Jami.
419. Sharh Nahj al-Balagha of Ibn Abi al-Hadid, Letter Nine, the story of the Battle of Badr.
420. Jundab ibn Junada, known by the kunya Abu Dharr, of the tribe of Ghifar, was the fourth or fifth person to become a Muslim. When he heard the news of the appearance of the new Prophet, he hastened to Mecca and embraced Islam, then returned to his own people and, after the Battle of the Trench, emigrated to Medina. After the passing of the Messenger of God, Abu Dharr was among the supporters of the Commander of the Faithful and refused to pledge allegiance to Abu Bakr. During the caliphate of 'Uthman, with the lavish gifts of the government to the Banu Umayya, Abu Dharr turned to criticism against the government; for this reason he was exiled to Syria (Sham) and then to Rabadha. Abu Dharr al-Ghifari died there in the year 31 or 32 AH.
421. He was among the first to embrace Islam, and Islamic historians have counted him the seventh Muslim. Miqdad is among the eminent companions; on account of the oppression of the Meccan polytheists he emigrated to Abyssinia. He then returned to Mecca and set out for Medina, and took part in all the battles of the Prophet of Islam. He was among the famous archers. After the passing of the Messenger of God, Miqdad was among the few companions of the Commander of the Faithful. At the time of the people’s allegiance to 'Uthman, Miqdad rose in opposition. He finally died in the year 33 AH in a place about one farsang from Medina, was transferred to Medina, and was buried in the Baqi' cemetery.
422. Surat al-'Alaq (96:2).
423. Surat al-Hijr (15:29).
424. From the root f-y-d, "outpouring, overflowing" (fayadan).
425. Surat al-Hijr (15), verse 29; Surat Sad (38), verse 72.
426. "Where is dust and where is the Lord of lords!" — an idiom for the immense distance between man and the Lord.
427. Surat al-'Alaq (96:1,3).
428. Surat al-'Alaq (96:4).
429. Abu 'Ali Sina (Avicenna) (370–428 AH) was born in a village near Bukhara. With extraordinary talent he gained mastery in various sciences, including the rational sciences and medicine. He authored works in various fields, among them al-Qanun in Islamic medicine and al-Shifa' in philosophy, theology, the natural sciences, and logic.
430. Shaykh Abu Ja’far Muhammad ibn Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Tusi (385–460 AH), known as Shaykh al-Ta’ifa, was born in Tus. To complete his studies he went to Iraq and studied under masters such as Shaykh al-Mufid and Sayyid Murtada 'Alam al-Huda. Many works remain from Shaykh al-Tusi, among them the two books Tahdhib al-Ahkam and al-Istibsar, which are among the four principal hadith books of the Shi’a.
431. Hasan ibn Yusuf al-Hilli (648–726 AH) was born into a family of learning. He studied under masters such as Muhaqqiq al-Hilli and Khwaja Nasir al-Din al-Tusi, and through the mastery he attained in various sciences such as jurisprudence and hadith, theology and philosophy, mathematics and geometry, he was given the title "'Allama" (the most learned). 'Allama Hilli, after the death of Muhaqqiq Hilli, attained the leadership and religious authority (marja’iyya) of the Shi’a at the age of twenty-eight. Through the 'Allama’s debates with the scholars of the Sunnis, Oljaitu, the Mongol ruler of Iran, adopted the Shi’a school and chose the name Muhammad Khudabanda for himself.
432. Shaykh Murtada (1214–1281 AH), a descendant of Jabir ibn 'Abdullah al-Ansari, was born in the city of Dezful. Before his birth, his mother had seen in a dream Imam al-Sadiq giving her a gilded Qur’an. After beginning his studies in Dezful, he set out for Karbala and benefited from the presence of scholars such as Shaykh Musa Kashif al-Ghita', Sayyid Muhammad Mujahid, and Hajj Mulla Ahmad Naraqi. After the passing of the late Sahib al-Jawahir, he assumed the religious authority and leadership of the Shi’a. His jurisprudential works, such as the book al-Makasib, are still a reference for the learning of students and scholars.
433. The late Ayatollah Muhammad Hasan Husayni Shirazi (1230–1312 AH) was among the distinguished students of the late Shaykh Ansari. After the passing of Shaykh Ansari in the year 1281 AH, he attained the universal religious authority. With the migration of Mirza Shirazi from Najaf to Samarra, the religious seminary of Samarra was founded. Among the influential measures of Mirza Shirazi is the proclamation of the fatwa prohibiting tobacco. This fatwa, and the people’s compliance with it, brought about the annulment of the Regie concession between the Iranian government and England.
434. Surat al-'Alaq (96:4-5).
435. Surat al-'Alaq (96:3).
436. Surat al-'Alaq (96:6).
437. Surat al-'Alaq (96:6-7).
438. Surat al-'Alaq (96:7).
439. Surat al-'Alaq (96:8).
440. Surat al-Najm (53:1).
441. Surat al-Najm (53:2).
442. Surat al-Najm (53:3).
443. Surat al-Najm (53:4).
444. Surat al-Najm (53:5).
445. Surat al-Najm (53:6).
446. Surat al-Najm (53:7).
447. Surat al-Najm (53:8).
448. Surat al-Najm (53:9).
449. Surat al-Najm (53:8-10).
450. Surat al-Najm (53:11).
451. Surat al-Najm (53:12).
452. Refer to the printed handout at the end of the session.
453. The pouring of a slurry of lime, earth, and sand or gravel into the footings of a building.
454. (root th-m-r) To exploit the labor of others.
455. Plural of Qaysar (Caesar), the title of the kings of Rome; and plural of Kisra (Chosroes), the title of the Sasanian kings.
456. A whirling torch (shu’la-yi jawwala): a long stick set alight at both ends and spun very rapidly around one’s head and sides.
457. Surat Al 'Imran (3:146).
458. (root s-n-') Skilled, fine-crafting.
459. Close to hadith number 41. («The people are equal, like the teeth of a comb.»)
460. Hadith number 2. («All of you are from Adam, and Adam is from dust.»)
461. "Right belongs to the one who is superior and dominant."
462. Plundering, pillaging (turk-tazi).
463. (root j-z-y) An inseverable interconnection.
464. A drug obtained accidentally during the research of a Swiss scientist. Among the effects of its use is the creation of hallucinations and false excitations. The use of this substance, after it had been in decline, again became prevalent through the hippie group in America.
465. Surat al-Qasas (28:1).
466. Surat al-Qasas (28:2).
467. Surat al-Qasas (28:3).
468. Surat al-Qasas (28:4).
469. Surat al-Baqarah (2), verse 205: "And when he turns away (or gains a position of leadership), he strives to spread corruption in the land and to destroy the crops and the offspring, and God does not love corruption."
470. Plural of Kisra (Chosroes), the title of the Sasanian kings; plural of Qaysar (Caesar), the title of the kings of Rome.
471. Surat al-Qasas (28), verse 7.
472. Surat al-A'raf (7:156-157).
473. manassah: the place of display, the place where something appears.
474. Flight (tayaran).
475. Sa’di.
476. Rumi.
477. dadd: a wild, predatory beast.
478. (root '-j-z) "that which renders helpless," "that which reduces to incapacity" — i.e. the inimitable, awe-compelling miracle (mu’jiz).
479. (root h-l-y) "ornamented," "made to be adorned" (mutahalli).
480. "For the mount to go lame" (kumayt-i … lang budan) is an idiom for being defective and incapable.
481. Surat al-Baqarah (the Blessed Chapter of al-Baqarah), verse 156.
482. Hadith no. 6.
483. (root h-dh-b) to cleanse, to keep pure.
484. "Excuse the war of the seventy-two nations, all of them; / since they did not see the truth, they took the path of fable" (Hafiz).
485. (root r-w-y) plural of rawi (transmitter).
486. Surat al-Nasr (110:1-2).
487. (root s-m-h) to take easily, to deal with leniently.
488. Tafsir Nur al-Thaqalayn, in commentary on verse 25 of Surat al-Hadid.
489. A term referring to attention to the subtle niceties of the translation of Arabic words.
490. Amir al-Mu’minin, hadith no. 21.
491. Baseless, without foundation or reason (katra-i).
492. Surat al-A'raf (7:59).
493. Surat al-A'raf (7:65-68).
494. From the root (k-f-l): guarantor, surety, one who pledges.
495. Refer to the mimeographed handout [polycopy
496. From the root (j-m-l): to flatter, to use smooth and oily speech.
497. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:116).
498. Qur’an, Surat al-Ma’idah (5:116). The rendering of the closing phrase: "If I had said it, You would certainly have known it; You know what is in my soul."
499. Qur’an, Surat Al 'Imran (3:79). The phrase «Be servants to me» (kunu 'ibadan li) appears in this verse.
500. "The thumbs are alerted" — a proverbial expression meaning to become informed and aware.
501. Abu al-Hakam 'Amr ibn Hisham, whom the Prophet named Abu Jahl ["Father of Ignorance"
502. Umayya ibn Khalaf was the head of the Banu Jumah clan of the tribe of Quraysh, who, with the beginning of the Prophet’s call, rose in opposition to him and in persecution of the Muslims. Bilal the Abyssinian was his slave, who, after embracing Islam, was severely tortured. He [Umayya
503. 'As ibn Wa’il ibn Hashim al-Sahmi, the chief of the Banu Sahm clan of Quraysh and one of the bitter enemies of the Prophet of Islam. When Qasim, the first son of the Prophet, died in childhood, he called the Prophet abtar ["cut off, without posterity"
504. This proverb is used on occasions when a person is harmed in a dispute that does not concern him, or loses property in a contrived quarrel.
505. Dawal dadan: delay in carrying out a task.
506. From the root (s-d-m): colliding with one another.
507. An Egyptian writer, man of letters, and intellectual who, despite his blindness from childhood, succeeded in receiving a doctorate from the two national universities of Cairo and the Sorbonne in France. He wrote many books, of which the one he wrote concerning his own life-story, titled al-Ayyam, gained very great fame.
508. Master Ahmad Aram (1904–1998) is one of the pioneers and masters of the art of translation, who has a great claim [to credit
509. Non-professional, beginner.
510. From the root (k-s-w): garment, covering.
511. From the root ('-d-d): number, count.
512. From the root (k-y-s): wise, alert.
513. Hadith no. 4: «Your most hostile enemy is your own self, which is between your two sides» (a’da 'aduwwika nafsuka allati bayna janbayka).
514. Garrulous, talkative.
515. Babylon and Assyria were among the ancient civilizations of the Mesopotamian region before the Common Era. With the decline of the civilization of Babylon, the Chaldean civilization replaced it.
516. From the root (d-h-r): age, era, time.
517. Surat al-A'raf (7:65).
518. Surat al-Shu'ara' (26:149).
519. Qur’an, Surat al-Shu’ara' (26:149): "And you skillfully hew out houses for yourselves from the mountains."
520. To speak with eyes closed and from memory.
521. The portion of the wall of a room or porch [iwan
522. Surat al-A'raf (7:66).
523. Surat al-A'raf (7:67).
524. Surat al-A'raf (7:68).
525. Surat al-A'raf (7:69).
526. Surat al-A'raf (7:70).
527. Surat al-A'raf (7:71).
528. Hadith no. 5. «لن تقدس امة لا یؤخذ فیها للضعیف حقه غیر متعتع» — "No community will be sanctified in which the weak one cannot take his right without stammering."
529. A figure of speech for being utterly restless and agitated.
530. Close to Hadith no. 18. «ما رأیت ثروة مجموعة الا و فی جانبها حق مضیع».
531. John Rockefeller was one of the greatest capitalists of America. The center he established under his own name later, with the influence of Zionist currents within it, played an effective role in the political events of the world. As an example, one may point to the close relationship of Muhammad Reza Shah with this center.
532. (r-b-h) profit, gain.
533. He was the son of 'Ad who, after his father’s death, became the ruler of the people of 'Ad. In response to the descriptions that the Prophet Hud would give him of Paradise, he resolved to build a paradise better than the Paradise of Hud’s God. He built a great palace — one brick of gold and one brick of silver — and a garden of various trees with abundant jewels, with streams of honey and milk and pearls and coral. When the work of building his palace and garden was finished, as he wished to dismount from his horse to view and behold them, before his foot reached the ground, the angel 'Izra’il took his soul.
534. Abu Ishaq Ka’b ibn Mati' al-Himyari was one of the Jewish scholars of Yemen who, after the Prophet, in the early caliphate of the second caliph, converted to Islam and came to Medina. He learned the Qur’an from the Companions. Because of his familiarity with the books of the Jewish scholars, he became known as Ka’b al-Ahbar. He related many false narrations, with the claim that they were transmitted from the Torah, which are known as the Isra’iliyyat.
535. 'Abd Allah ibn Salam ibn al-Harith al-Isra’ili was one of the rabbis and notables of the Jews of Banu Qaynuqa' who, according to one account, embraced Islam in the first year of the Hijra. He and Ka’b al-Ahbar were, in the time of the third caliph, among the close associates and counselors of the caliph — which very thing caused the creation of many deviations in the government of the Islamic society. 'Abd Allah was, in the time of Mu’awiyah too, among the intimates of his court, and he refrained from giving allegiance to the Commander of the Faithful.
536. Hadith no. 29. "And know that the least thing you have concealed and the lightest burden you have borne is that you grew familiar with the desolation of the oppressor (and kept him company), and smoothed the path of error the moment you drew near to him and the instant you accepted his call."
537. The exposition of this letter by the Supreme Leader is given under Chapter 59, the third circle, "The 250-Year-Old Human."
538. (k-h-n) the claim of being informed of the unseen secrets; fortune-telling.
539. Khwajah Nasir al-Din al-Tusi composed these two couplets in reply to the accusation of unbelief leveled against him: "Let the disordered Nizam call me an unbeliever / the lamp of falsehood has no radiance. / I call him a Muslim, for he is not / worthy of any lie but a lie."
540. (gh-l-q) difficult, hard, closed.
541. (t-q-n) firm, sturdy.
542. Mirza Muhammad Husayn Na’ini (1277–1355 AH) was born in the city of Na’in. After benefiting from the presence of the scholars of Isfahan, he set out for the holy Najaf and the lessons of Mirza-yi Shirazi. With the formation of the Constitutional movement in Iran, he declared his support for it and composed the book Tanbih al-Ummah wa Tanzih al-Millah. In this book he brings proofs for establishing the absolute guardianship of the jurist (wilayat-i mutlaqah-yi faqih) in the age of occultation. The late Na’ini, in addition to playing an effective role in the Constitutional movement of Iran, was an influential figure against the colonial domination of England over the country of Iraq.
543. "He does whatever he wills, and rules in whatever manner he wishes."
544. Surat al-Anbiya' (21:23): "In what He does there is no questioning."
545. Surat al-A’raf (7:66): "The chiefs of his people who disbelieved said…"
546. A group used to walk ahead of the king’s harem on foot, calling out "clear the way, get back" — that is, "close your eyes and move aside from the road."
547. Surat al-Mu’min / Ghafir (40:36): "And Pharaoh said: O Haman, build me a lofty tower."
548. "Call me your own servant, that I may attain to kingship / a fly that you set flying is a falcon." (Sa’di)
549. Literally, to strike someone with a sword.
550. A large tent or curtain (tutuq).
551. Al-Mughirah ibn Shu’bah was from Ta’if; he came to Medina in the fifth year of the Hijra and embraced Islam. After the passing of the noble Prophet, he was among the key counselors and operators of the people of the Saqifah of Banu Sa’idah. After the martyrdom of the Commander of the Faithful, he made his way to the court of Mu’awiyah. The selection of Yazid as crown prince was his proposal.
552. Ziyad ibn Abihi — his mother’s name was Sumayyah, but his father’s name was not clear, so he was known as "Ziyad, son of his father." In the time of the second caliph, Abu Sufyan attributed him to himself, but met with the immediate rebuke of Imam 'Ali. After the Battle of the Camel, Ziyad was for a time, on behalf of the Commander of the Faithful, the governor of Basra. In the affair of the peace of Imam Hasan, he at first stood against Mu’awiyah, but finally was deceived by Mu’awiyah. Mu’awiyah, contrary to the explicit text of the ruling of Islam, called him his own brother. He later became ruler of Basra and Kufa and severely harassed and tormented the Shi’ah of the Commander of the Faithful. 'Ubayd Allah ibn Ziyad, one of the killers of Karbala, was his son.
553. Surat al-Tawbah (9:34).
554. Hadith no. 4. «اعدی عدوک نفسک التی بین جنبیک» — "Your most hostile enemy is your own soul that lies between your two sides."
555. Surat al-Nisa' (4:76).
556. Surat al-Baqarah (2:257).
557. Surat al-An’am (6:112).
558. Surat al-Mu’min / Ghafir (40:26).
559. Surat al-An’am (6:113).
560. Surat al-Mu’min / Ghafir (40:23–25).
561. Surat Saba' (34:34–35).
562. Surat al-Tawbah (9:34).
563. Surat al-Saffat (37:171-180).
564. Literally, "never to let the eye grow warm with sleep" — that is, never to close the eyes in restful sleep.
565. hadid (root h-d-d): a lowering, a lowliness, the nadir.
566. athna' (root th-n-y): in the midst, in the interval, during.
567. 'Abdullah ibn al-Hasan al-Muthanna, known as 'Abdullah al-Mahd ("the pure"); so called because his father, al-Hasan al-Muthanna, was a son of Imam al-Hasan, and his mother, Fatima, was a daughter of Imam al-Husayn — for which reason he was called a pure (khalis) 'Alawid. Two of his sons, named Muhammad — known as al-Nafs al-Zakiyya ("the Pure Soul") — and Ibrahim, rose in opposition against al-Mansur al-Dawaniqi and went into hiding in a secret place. To learn their whereabouts, al-Mansur treated 'Abdullah al-Mahd very harshly and imprisoned him several times in Medina and Kufa. After the uprising of his sons, al-Mansur severed both their heads from their bodies and sent them to him. 'Abdullah was killed at the age of 75, by order of al-Mansur, in the year 145 AH.
568. nass (root n-s-s): text.
569. This term is applied to those verses whose words and expressions bear multiple meanings, such that the intended sense is not arrived at from their translation and outward form. These verses are interpreted by referring to the "firm" (muhkam) verses — those that have a clear and plain meaning.
570. awrang: a royal throne.
571. Surat al-Baqarah (2:153).
572. Surat al-Hajj (22:11).
573. Surat al-A'raf (7:127).
574. Surat al-A'raf (7:128).
575. Surat al-Ma’idah (the Blessed Sura of al-Ma’idah), verse 21.
576. Surat Al 'Imran (the Blessed Sura of Al 'Imran), verse 125: "Yes, if you are patient and God-fearing, and they come upon you in a rush, your Lord will reinforce you with five thousand marked angels."
577. hilya (plural of haly): haly is an ornament made of mineral stones. piraya: that which goldsmiths make for the adornment of women.
578. Surat al-Saffat (the Blessed Sura of al-Saffat), verses 171 to 173.
579. Qur’an, Surat al-Mu’min (Ghafir), verses 51–54.
580. Refer to the mimeographed handout at the end of the session.
581. Milliyyun — "the national-minded," partisans of the nation (literally, supporters of the millah/community).
582. A reference to the prophet Joseph (Yusuf), who was cast into the well by his brothers.
583. Qur’an, Surat al-Saffat, verses 171–173.
584. A reference to one of the great figures of our own near-contemporary history, who counseled continued struggle even in the face of certain defeat.
585. Qur’an, Surat Yusuf, verse 110.
586. Zayd ibn 'Ali rose up during the imamate of Imam al-Sadiq and the caliphate of Hisham ibn 'Abd al-Malik, as the first 'Alid to take up armed struggle. His aim was to restore the lost rights of the House of Muhammad to the chosen Imam of the House of Muhammad. Zayd gathered companions for himself in Kufa and then raised the banner of revolt. Yusuf ibn 'Umar al-Thaqafi was commissioned to battle him. Before this confrontation, many of Zayd’s companions abandoned the field, and in the end Zayd went into the arena of struggle with only a few companions and was martyred. Imam al-Rida said concerning Zayd: "He rose for the truth and was killed in the path of truth, and had he been victorious he would have restored the caliphate to its rightful holders."
587. Muhammad ibn 'Abdullah al-Hasan, known as "the Pure Soul" (al-Nafs al-Zakiyyah), was among the most excellent of the Banu Hashim. In the closing days of the Umayyad state, the Banu Hashim agreed among themselves to give allegiance to "the Pure Soul" as the Mahdi of this Ummah, but Imam al-Sadiq did not consent. After Mansur came to the caliphate, all the descendants of Imam al-Hasan and Imam al-Husayn were taken captive and sent to Iraq and imprisoned in Kufa, where they died one by one in prison. On hearing this news, he rose up in Medina and expelled the governor of Medina from it. Near Medina he fought against an army sent by the caliph and was killed.
588. Husayn ibn 'Ali ibn Hasan, one of the descendants of Imam al-Hasan, lived in Medina during the imamate of Imam al-Kazim. With the harshness of the Abbasid caliph and the governor of Medina, a group proposed that he rise up and pledged their support. He first rose up in Medina, and after taking the city set out for Mecca with three hundred men. Near Mecca, at a place called Fakhkh, he met the army of the Abbasid caliph and, after great effort, was martyred. His head and those of a hundred others were severed from their bodies and placed before the pilgrims in Mecca. Their headless bodies lay upon the ground for three days. Imam al-Jawad said concerning him: "After the event of Karbala, there was for us no slaughter-ground greater than the calamity of Fakhkh."
589. Ibrahim ibn 'Abdullah, brother of the Pure Soul, at first took allegiance from the people in his brother’s name; and when his brother was martyred, he called the people to himself. He rose up in Basra and quickly seized the city. A group of the people of Kufa invited him to that city. On the road to Kufa, Ibrahim encountered the army of the Abbasid caliph and was martyred.
590. (s-l-m): musallam — surrendered to, accepted, established as certain.
591. (kh-dh-l): makhdhul — rendered abject and humiliated, forsaken.
592. Hadith number 17 (a sermon of the Commander of the Faithful, from the Nahj al-Balaghah).
593. Qur’an, Surat al-Mu’min (Ghafir), verses 51–55.
594. Imam al-Sadiq, in Tafsir Nur al-Thaqalayn, on verse 51 of Surat al-Mu’min.
595. 'Ala ayyi hal — "in any case, at all events."
596. Qur’an, Surat al-An’am, verse 158.
597. Qur’an, Surat al-Anbiya', verses 7–18.
598. (q-l-') to uproot, to tear out from the root.
599. Surat al-Munafiqun (63:1).
600. "Al-sakitu akhu al-radi"_ ("The silent one is the brother of the one content") — Hadith no. 23; reference: Bihar al-Anwar, the volume of admonitions.
601. Rabi' ibn Khuthaym was an ascetic and devout man, counted among the Successors (tabi’in). According to what is reported in the book Waq’at Siffin, he came, together with a number of others, to the Commander of the Faithful and said that they had doubt about the rightfulness of this war, and requested of the Imam that he send them to one of the frontiers for frontier-guarding and to fight against the unbelievers.
602. Nayyir Tabrizi. (The two lines of poetry: "He said: O company, whoever has not love for us, / let him take to the road and depart from our Karbala.")
603. Surat al-Saff (61:2-3).
604. (n-m-r) angry, leopard-tempered (mutanammir: fierce, enraged).
605. "Go set this snare for some other bird, / for the 'Anqa’s nest is lofty" (Hafiz).
606. "'Inda al-imtihan yukramu al-rajulu aw yuhan"_ ("At the time of the test a man is either honored or disgraced") — Hadith no. 19.
607. "Fi taqallub al-ahwal 'ulima jawahir al-rijal"_ ("In the vicissitudes of circumstances the substances of men become known") — Hadith no. 20.
608. Abu al-Hasan, Muhammad ibn al-Husayn (359–406 AH), known as Sayyid Radi, was born in Baghdad. Together with his elder brother, Sayyid Murtada 'Alam al-Huda, he was raised under Shaykh al-Mufid. This devout scholar became famous chiefly through his compilation of the book Nahj al-Balagha.
609. "Min kitabin lahu ila 'Abdillah ibn 'Abbas" ("From a letter of his to 'Abdullah ibn 'Abbas") — instead, he wrote "Min kitabin lahu ila ba’di 'ummalih" ("From a letter of his to one of his administrators"). Letter forty-one of Nahj al-Balagha.
610. "Two or three openings" (i.e., a wide shopfront).
611. (l-s-q) to stick to and adhere to something.
612. Surat al-Anfal (8:73).
613. (h-w-z) in terminology, meaning "independent / separate" (munhaz).
614. Surat Al 'Imran (3:81).
615. Finally; in the end.
616. Hadith no. 33. The Arabic, in part: «If a man were to stand in prayer through his nights, and fast through his days, and give all his wealth in charity, and perform Hajj every year of his life, yet did not recognize the Wilayat of the friend of God so as to take him as guardian and have all his deeds be by his guidance…​»
617. Hadith no. 6: «I was sent to bring the noble traits of character to completion» (bu’ithtu li-utammima makarim al-akhlaq).
618. For more information about the discussions related to Islamic government, the conditions and characteristics of Islamic rulers, and government during the era of Occultation, you may refer to the book Wilayat and Government (Vilayat va Hukumat).
619. Usama ibn Zayd, son of Zayd ibn Haritha, the freed slave of the Prophet, and of Umm Ayman, the maidservant of Lady Amina, the mother of the Messenger of God. After returning from the Farewell Pilgrimage, the Prophet, while Usama was still young, made him commander of the army of the Muslims for the battle against the Romans. In the time of the Commander of the Faithful, he first pledged allegiance to the Imam, but he was not present in the wars of the Commander of the Faithful. On account of his remorse for this failing in the latter part of his life, Imam al-Baqir, in a hadith, recommended that nothing but good be said about him.
620. Hadith no. 7: «Set out in the name of God» (Intaliqu 'ala ismi-llah).
621. Flawed; tainted (lit. having "adulteration" / impurity).
622. Qur’an, Surat al-Nahl (16:125): "Call to the way of your Lord with wisdom and goodly admonition, and dispute with them in the manner that is best."
623. Hadith no. 22: «no blame of any blamer affects them» (la ta’khudhuhum fi-llahi lawmatu la’im).
624. A passage and crossing-place (the mountain defile / ford).
625. Hadith no. 43: «And the Wilayat of Ali ibn Abi Talib is my fortress» (wa wilayatu 'Aliyyi-bni Abi Talib hisni).
626. (q-d-m) earlier, former; the predecessors — i.e., the earliest/foremost jurists.
627. 'Abdullah ibn Ahmad, surnamed al-Mansur; because he was very miserly and calculating, he became known as Mansur al-Dawaniqi. After the death of his brother al-Saffah in 136 AH he came to the caliphate and ruled until the year 158. In addition to martyring Imam al-Sadiq, he suppressed the uprisings of Muhammad al-Nafs al-Zakiyya and his brother Ibrahim. He had Abu Muslim al-Khurasani killed and consolidated the rule of the Banu Abbas over all the Islamic regions.
628. Rabi, the special servant of Mansur al-Dawaniqi and, in the expression of that day, his chamberlain (hajib). From the year 153 AH until the end of Mansur’s life he served him in this post.
629. 'Abdullah ibn Harun, surnamed al-Ma’mun; by the killing of his brother al-Amin, he came to rule in the year 198 AH. He is reckoned among the most learned of the Abbasid caliphs. In order to control the Alids, he designated Imam al-Rida as his heir apparent and summoned the Imam from Medina to Khurasan. He sought, by defeating the Imam in scholarly debates, to lower his standing among the people; yet each time the rightfulness and superior knowledge of the Imam became ever more evident. Ma’mun ruled until the year 218 AH.
630. Surat al-Mumtahanah (60:1).
631. Shrewdness, cleverness (ziraki, zerangi); the trait of a rind — a sly, worldly-wise person.
632. Surat al-Mumtahanah (60:2).
633. (s-kh-t) a severe wrath that brings punishment and chastisement in its train.
634. Surat al-Mumtahanah (60:3).
635. Surat 'Abasa (80:34-37).
636. Surat 'Abasa (80:37).
637. Surat al-Mumtahanah (60:4).
638. Surat al-Mumtahanah (60:6).
639. "Though all created beings should turn unbeliever, / upon the skirt of Your majesty no dust would settle." (Baba Afdal Kashani.)
640. Yahya was the son of the foster-nurse (wet-nurse) of His Holiness al-Sajjad (Imam al-Sajjad); through the blessing of his close connection with the Imam and his benefiting from the Imam’s teachings, he was steadfast in defending the rightfulness of the Imams and in struggling against the dominance of the culture of the Taghut.
641. Hadith no. 40: «He would say: We have disbelieved in you, and there has appeared between us and you enmity and hatred» (yaqulu: kafarna bikum wa bada baynana wa baynakumu l-'adawatu wa l-baghda').
642. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:52).
643. Hadith no. 8. "May God have mercy on a person who performs a deed and does it with perfection."
644. (kh-s-m) one who shows enmity, [the two parties
645. Surat al-Hujurat (49:9).
646. On Nasir al-Din Shah’s third journey to Europe, a contract was concluded between the government of Iran and Gerald Talbot, founder of the Regie company, by which the concession for the trade in tobacco, pipe-tobacco, and cigarettes was given over to the monopoly of this company for a period of fifty years in exchange for the payment of a certain sum annually. Under the pretext of commercial activity, this company brought many foreign nationals into Iran, a considerable number of whom were Christian missionaries. This concession was annulled by the issuance of the prohibition decree (fatwa) of Mirza[-yi
647. The East India Company was an English joint-stock company which, by receiving a charter from the Queen of England and exclusive concessions from the ruler of India, was able to attain enormous profit. Gradually, under the pretext of defending its property and so forth, this company stationed military forces in India and in practice made this great country part of the colonies of Britain.
648. A matter relating to the foundation, the root, and the essence of each thing and each affair.
649. Surat al-Baqarah (2:124).
650. Imam Hasan al-'Askari, hadith no. 46. "As for whoever among the jurists is one who guards his soul, preserves his religion, opposes his [base
651. (n-s-s) designated by way of [Qur’anic
652. Hadith no. 43. "The Wilayat of 'Ali ibn Abi Talib is my fortress; whoever enters my fortress is safe from my punishment."
653. Hadith no. 24. "And know that this Qur’an is the counselor who does not deceive, and the guide who does not lead astray, and the teller who does not lie. No one sits with this Qur’an but that he rises from it with an increase or a decrease: an increase in guidance, or a decrease in [his
654. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:53).
655. (gh-l-z) plural of ghaliz — coarse, heavy, weighty; (sh-d-d) plural of shadid — severe.
656. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:54).
657. Qur’an, Surat Al 'Imran (3:31).
658. (n-kh-w) arrogance and self-conceit.
659. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:55).
660. Surat al-Zumar (39:30).
661. (n-f-r) to feel aversion to and distance from one another.
662. Surat al-Ma'idah (5:56).
663. Continuation of verse 56: "And whoever takes God and His Messenger and those who have believed as allies — then indeed, the party of God — they are the victorious (wa-man yatawalla-llaha wa-rasulahu wa-alladhina amanu fa-inna hizba-llahi humu al-ghalibun)."
664. Hadith no. 9. «مثل المؤمنین فی توادهم و تراحمهم کمثل الجسد» — "The likeness of the believers in their mutual affection and their mutual mercy is like the likeness of a single body."
665. Surat al-Ma’idah (5:54). «اذلة علی المؤمنین اعزة علی الکافرین».
666. Surat al-Fath (48:29). «محمد رسول الله و الذین معه اشداء علی الکفار رحماء بینهم».
667. (j-dh-b) mutual attraction, the drawing of one another toward each other.
668. (m-s-k) holding oneself fast, gripping firmly.
669. A blow struck upon the crown of the head with the two open palms pressed together.
670. It is a tale in the second book of Rumi’s Mathnawi-yi Ma’nawi, under the title "The gardener separating the Sufi and the jurist and the 'Alawi (descendant of 'Ali) from one another." In this tale, a Sufi, a jurist, and an 'Alawi (one of the sayyids) enter a garden. The gardener, in order to drive these three out of his garden, separates the three from one another by a stratagem and has each punished at the hands of the others.
671. (m-l-') agreeable and suited to one’s nature.
672. Mutawalli: custodian, overseer; mawali: friends and helpers.
673. They were a group made up of the Shi’ah of Kufa, under the leadership of Sulayman ibn Surad and al-Musayyab ibn Najaba, who, regretting their failure to aid Imam Husayn at Karbala, rose up to avenge the blood of that Imam against the Banu Umayyah. Because of their repentance for their past negligence, they became known as the Tawwabun (the Penitents). In the end, they and a group of the Shi’ah of Basra who had gone to their aid clashed with the army of Syria and fought valiantly. Although at first they met with some success, in the end many of them were martyred. The uprising of the Tawwabun (65 AH) was the first uprising against the Umayyad state after the event of Karbala.
674. (n-t-q) a zone, region.
675. Ascribed to truth/right (haqq).
676. Wholesome, agreeable to drink.
677. Hadith no. 46. «فاما من کان من الفقهاء صائنا لنفسه حافظا لدینه مخالفا علی هواه مطیعا لامر مولاه» — "As for the one among the jurists who is a guardian of his own soul, a protector of his religion, an opposer of his own caprice, obedient to the command of his Master…"
678. The digestive system.
679. Hadith no. 25. «سیف صارم» — "a cutting (sharp) sword."
680. Surat al-Hajj (22:41). «الذین ان مکناهم فی الارض اقاموا الصلاة و آتوا الزکاة و امروا بالمعروف و نهوا عن المنکر و لله عاقبة الامور».
681. Hadith no. 26. «ارید ان آمر بالمعروف و انهی عن المنکر» — "I wish to enjoin the right and forbid the wrong."
682. Please refer to the mimeographed sheet at the end of the session.
683. (t-b-') tatabbu': to follow after, to investigate.
684. (q-h-r) qahira: overpowering, dominant.
685. (z-l-l) zill: shade, shadow.
686. (m-sh-y) mamsha: manner of conduct, way of proceeding.
687. (t-l-q) itlaq: generalization, inclusion (i.e., the term being absolute/unqualified).
688. Short and concise.
689. ('-d-w) ta’addi: to transgress, to exceed bounds.
690. (s-w-y) musawat: equality, sameness.
691. ('-t-y) ita': giving.
692. (n-w-t) manat: the criterion, the basis/aim upon which a thing hinges.
693. (sh-'-sh-') musha’sha': radiant, brilliant.
694. (q-t-') iqta': a parcel (of land); a land-grant.
695. Tiyul (fiefdom): the assignment of land and property to a person by the king, whereby that person provides himself an income through the taxation of that property.
696. Turaf: indulgence, luxurious living.
697. Yahya ibn 'Abd Allah, one of the descendants of Imam Hasan, who in the time of Harun al-Rashid, in various regions of the Islamic government, gathered allegiance (bay’a) for himself and made his call openly in Tabaristan. Harun appointed Fadl ibn Yahya al-Barmaki to suppress his uprising. After matters became very difficult for Yahya, he requested a guarantee of safety (aman) from Harun, and Harun granted him safety. In the end he was martyred in one of Harun’s prisons.
698. Surat al-Nisa' (4:59).
699. (q-t-r) aqtar: corners, sides, regions.
700. "Broken neck" ('unuq munkasira) literally means a broken neck, but in idiom it is said of an ill-tempered and sullen person.
701. Surat al-An'am (6:13).
702. Surat al-Nisa' (4:58-60).
703. (m-y-z) mayiz: that which separates, the differentiator.
704. Hadith no. 15.
705. Surat al-Nisa' (4:60).
706. (t-y-h) tih: the wilderness in which the Children of Israel were left wandering.
707. Surat al-Nisa' (4:76).
708. A rope the Beloved has cast around my neck / He draws me wherever it pleases Him. (Persian couplet quoted in the source.)
709. Surat al-Nisa' (4:115).
710. Surat al-Ra'd (13:11).
711. Refer to the polycopy (handout) at the end of the session.
712. Hadith no. 27 — «انه لیس علینا إمام» ("Indeed, we have no Imam over us").
713. These three were counted among the notables of the Shi’a of Kufa. Habib and Muslim reached Karbala and were martyred fighting alongside Imam Husayn; Sulayman later launched the uprising of the Tawwabun (the Penitents).
714. Hadith no. 47 — «یا اهل الکوفة یا اهل الختل و الغدر» ("O people of Kufa, O people of guile and treachery").
715. Root gh-d-r: "wily, treacherous." (Lexical note.)
716. A litam — a face-cover or veil.
717. The continuation of the turban which, after being passed under the chin, is thrown over the shoulder.
718. _Sharh Nahj al-Balaghah of Ibn Abi al-Hadid / under aphorism 475. — "I am the son of daybreak and the climber of the mountain passes; when I lift off my turban, you will recognize me."
719. "To one’s taste, to one’s liking." (Lexical note.)
720. The hemistich "Better that the description of beloveds be told in the discourse of others" is attributed in the source to Iqbal Lahori.
721. Sa’di.
722. Hadith no. 10 — "Whoever aids an oppressor, God sets that same oppressor in authority over him."
723. Surat al-Nahl (16:98).
724. Surat al-Nahl (16:99).
725. Surat al-Nahl (16:100).
726. Surat al-Nisa' (4:116).
727. Surat al-Nisa' (4:117).
728. Surat al-Nisa' (4:118).
729. Surat al-Nisa' (4:119).
730. Surat al-Nisa' (4:120).
731. "From God."
732. Surat al-Qasas (28:41).
733. Gustave Le Bon (1841–1931 CE), a French sociologist and orientalist who carried out extensive studies on Muslims and Islamic civilization. His works contain comparatively fewer bigoted opinions. The Civilization of India, The Civilization of Egypt, Arab Civilization in Andalusia, and The Civilization of the Arabs are among his books.
734. Adam Mez (1869–1917 CE), a German orientalist resident in Basel, Switzerland. His book was translated into Arabic and published under the title al-Hadara al-Islamiyya fi l-Qarn al-Rabi' al-Hijri (Islamic Civilization in the Fourth Hijri Century).
735. Hafiz.
736. Kulah-gusheh (the cocked corner of the cap): rank and majesty; a metonym for greatness and pride. "The sultan’s worth and majesty lost nothing / from his attention to the cottage of a peasant; / The peasant’s cap-corner reached to the sun / when it cast its shade upon his head, with a guest like you." (Sa’di)
737. Mu’alla ibn Khunays of Kufa was among the close companions of Imam Sadiq and was the Imam’s agent in the affairs of his household’s maintenance. The governor of Medina, on the pretext of learning about the Shi’ah, arrested Mu’alla and threatened him with death. Mu’alla answered thus: "Do you threaten me with killing? By God, were the Shi’ah of Imam Sadiq beneath my feet, I would not lift my foot from them; and if you kill me, you have made me fortunate and yourself wretched." And in this cause he attained martyrdom.
738. Muhammad ibn Abi 'Umayr al-Azdi was among the close companions of three illustrious Imams — Imam Kazim, Imam Rida, and Imam Jawad. There is, however, a difference of opinion as to whether he attained the presence of Imam Sadiq. Harun summoned and imprisoned him in order to make him disclose the names and whereabouts of the companions of Imam Kazim. According to one account, they administered a hundred lashes to him to make him open his lips, but he uttered not a word. Both in the time of Harun and in the time of Ma’mun, on various pretexts rooted in his non-cooperation with the apparatus of the caliphate, he was repeatedly thrown into prison. He passed away in the year 217 AH.
739. Yahya ibn Zayd is the son of Zayd ibn 'Ali ibn al-Husayn. He was present in his father’s uprising against Hisham, and after his father’s martyrdom in 121 AH he went from Iraq toward Khurasan. After gathering some companions around himself, he went to Herat and took it. But in the next battle, against the army of the governor of Khurasan, he was martyred in the year 125 AH. After they severed his head from his body, they hung his corpse on the gibbet, and it remained on the gibbet until the time of the uprising of Abu Muslim.
740. Dhimmah lexically means safe-conduct and covenant. To the People of the Book who commit to the conditions of dhimmah and are under protection on the part of the Islamic government, the term ahl al-dhimmah (the protected people) is applied.
741. One who obeys God while under the sway of a ruler who is not from God.
742. Hadith no. 32.
743. Surat al-Nisa' (4:97-100).
744. Istinas (from the root a-n-s): familiarization; a metonym for bringing a concept near to the mind.
745. A horse that, in the old mills, by its own movement along a fixed circular path, set the mill turning.
746. Surat Al 'Imran (3:159).
747. Hiddat (from the root h-d-d): sharpness, keenness, intensity.
748. Sa’di.
749. Surat al-Nisa' (4:100).